Search

Review: This sporty vehicle delivers everything you would anticipate from a stylish crossover design. 4804
Auto 2026-03-31 11:09

Review: This sporty vehicle delivers everything you would anticipate from a stylish crossover design. 4804

View pictures in App save up to 80% data. The 2025 Subaru Outback combines toughness and elegance, offering excellent off-road performance for winter weather or adventures on unpaved roads. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. For 2025, there are a handful of updates, including a more robust turbocharged engine that delivers an energetic 260 hp, which can be found in select higher trims. The starting price for the 2025 Subaru Outback is approximately $30,000. One of the earliest cars I had the chance to test drive was the Subaru Outback, and it continues to be one of my top picks among crossover vehicles. Initially, the Outback was just a trim for the Legacy hatchback, but after about five years, Subaru acknowledged the growing popularity of the larger Legacy and the appeal of this new segment of station wagon-inspired SUVs (now referred to as crossovers). This led to the Outback being launched as its own distinct model. As someone who enjoys sporty hatchback-style cars, I appreciate Subaru’s entire range of crossovers and SUVs. The Outback is classified as a crossover SUV, but at its core, it resembles a sporty station wagon. And I absolutely adore it.

Government approves controversial M56 Tebay-style service station despite local opposition
Retail 2026-03-31 14:04

Government approves controversial M56 Tebay-style service station despite local opposition

Controversial plans to build a large service station on the M56 modeled after the popular Tebay Services have received approval from Housing and Planning Minister Matthew Pennycock. The project, situated on a 39-acre site, will feature a fuel station, farm shop, and a 100-bed hotel, and should create 300 jobs. But it faced strong opposition from Trafford's Green councillors and local residents, who argue it will negatively impact businesses in nearby Altrincham, Sale, and Hale Barns on the Cheshire border. The plan, a collaboration between Tebay services owner Westmorland and the Tatton Estate, was first approved in October 2023, but then called in for a public inquiry due to concerns over the use of the site's Green Belt land. In response to the decision, campaigner Bill Dixon said "I am very disappointed because the minister insisted that the service station should not be a destination in its own right, but, in my view, it will be as all the evidence shows. "It will cause traffic chaos on the A556-M56 junction and do enormous harm to businesses in Altrincham. It's a sad day for Trafford." At the time the application was submitted, Green councillors on Trafford's planning committee had also spoken out against the plans. In a letter confirming the decision, Mr Pennycock concurred with the planning inspector's conclusion and recommendation that the requirement for a motorway service station in the region was 'indisputable' and there was no feasible alternative site. Those against the decision have a six-week window to apply to the High Court if they wish to contest the ruling. The main issues at the inquiry included the need for the motorway service area (MSA), the economic impacts and the impact on the green belt. The report from the Secretary of State says: “The Secretary of State agrees with the inspector’s conclusion that the need for a MSA on this part of the strategic road network is indisputable, that the proposal would reduce a significant number of gaps and reduce others, and that there is no realistic prospect of an equivalent alternative site. “She further agrees that the safety and welfare benefits endorsed by National Highways should be given substantial weight.” Examining the local economic impact, the report adds: “The Secretary of State agrees with the inspector’s conclusion that the extent to which the proposal would be likely to act as a local destination in its own right, as opposed to a destination of choice for motorists making a long journey on the strategic road network, would be extremely limited. “There is no basis to conclude that it would result in unsustainable patterns of travel in general.” The report also says she agreed the economic and social benefits, taking account of any potential minor effects on nearby centres, ‘are such to merit substantial positive weight’.

Flexible office firm sees profits rise despite low occupancy levels
Property 2026-03-30 11:09

Flexible office firm sees profits rise despite low occupancy levels

Despite a slight dip in occupancy rates, flexible office provider Workspace has reported an increase in demand for lettings. The company, which oversees millions of square feet of office space throughout London, experienced a 4.3 per cent rise in underlying rental income, totalling £60.2m. Workspace informed markets this morning that it had finalised 603 lettings worth a total of £15.8m, reflecting "good customer demand". However, while like-for-like numbers per square foot saw a 2.8 per cent increase, like-for-like occupancy fell by 0.7 per cent, as reported by City AM. Lawrence Hutchings, the CEO, stated: "With over 35 years of experience and a unique, scalable business model, Workspace is well positioned for further success as we continue to capture demand and, over the medium term, look to increase our share of London's growing SME market,". Hutchings continued: "This is an exciting time for the business, and I am delighted to be here as Workspace's new CEO to build on the great legacy left by my predecessor Graham and drive the continued evolution of the business." He added: "Over the coming weeks and months, I am looking forward to spending more time in Workspace's centres across London, meeting our diverse range of customers and getting to know the teams responsible for making Workspace the unique place it is." Workspace also announced a 5.1 per cent increase in trading profit after interest, rising to £32.7m this year. Shares in Workspace have remained largely unchanged this year, but have seen a nearly 50 per cent drop over the past five years. The firm was significantly impacted during the pandemic and continues to feel the effects of companies' return-to-office strategies, as the trend for flexible working diminishes.

Plans for waterfront hotel and leisure scheme in Porthcawl move forward
Property 2026-03-30 11:25

Plans for waterfront hotel and leisure scheme in Porthcawl move forward

Plans for a new waterfront hotel and leisure facility in Porthcawl have taken a step forward with land earmarked for the project put on the market by Bridgend Council. The site is situated at the southern end of the Salt Lake near to the Porthcawl Marina, the Grand Pavilion and Cosy Corner, and could eventually see the delivery of a new luxury hotel and leisure facility for the town. The 2.1 acre plot of land off Eastern Promenade is currently set aside for development under the Porthcawl Placemaking Strategy which aims to develop the area for both residents and tourists as an attractive place to live, work, and visit. It is part of a wider scheme of regeneration planned for the area in the coming years, which includes proposals for around 900 new homes, a school, a multi-storey car park, as well as a 200m-long seafront park that runs the length of Salt Lake, along with the closure of the town's Coney Beach Pleasure Park. Click here to sign up to our BusniessLive Wales newsletter An advert for the site from property advisory firm EJ Hales says: "The allocated hotel / leisure development site, which we have been instructed to market by Bridgend County Borough Council, has been earmarked within the Porthcawl Placemaking Strategy as providing an opportunity to deliver a high-quality hotel and is situated at the southern end of the Salt Lake ownership with views over the nearby beach. "It is close to completed and current regeneration projects including The Jennings, Cosy Corner, Porthcawl Marina and The Grand Pavilion. The allocated site comprises 2.1 acres / 0.8 hectares and the council’s intention is to dispose of the site by way of a long leasehold interest, the details of which will be subject to specific negotiations." They also added that if the hotel was delivered as a priority by a developer, a mixed use scheme including residential properties could also be considered by the authority moving forward.

Wembley Park developer Quintain loses over £700m
Property 2026-03-29 11:09

Wembley Park developer Quintain loses over £700m

Quintain, the company responsible for the Wembley Park transformation in London, has reported a staggering loss of over £700m in its latest financial year. The firm's delayed accounts reveal a pre-tax loss of £721.7m for 2023, a significant downturn from the pre-tax profit of £139.7m recorded in 2022, as reported by City AM. Despite this, the company's revenue saw an increase, rising from £110m to £123.5m during the same period. These results were filed with Companies House several months past the 30 September deadline. Wembley Park encompasses the London Designer Outlet, Brent Civic Centre, Troubadour Wembley Park Theatre, Boxpark Wembley, and a variety of independent retailers, along with 5,176 new homes, 3651 of which are managed by Quintain Living. As of the end of 2023, there were 769 homes under construction, with completion anticipated in early 2025. In September of the previous year, Quintain finalised the refinancing of its existing corporate facility and infrastructure loans. This £780m agreement, backed by JP Morgan and Cheyenne Capital, replaced the prior facility established in 2016. Upon completion of the Wembley Park project, over 8,500 homes will have been built, with a third categorised as affordable. Additionally, 633,000 sq ft of office and retail space will be created, generating more than 8,640 jobs. Quintain, the property development company, has expressed confidence in its trajectory, stating: "The group has a clear business plan, objectives and an agreed strategy and there have been a number of major events and milestones achieved in the period to December 2023 which have contributed significantly towards achieving those objectives." The firm, established by Adrian Wyatt and Christopher Walls in 1992 and listed on the London Stock Exchange in 1996, has seen significant growth over the years. In 2002, Quintain acquired the entity holding the land around Wembley Stadium, and in 2015, it was taken over by US private equity giant Lone Star for £745 million. Recently, the company announced the completion of a refinancing deal for a build-to-rent (BtR) building at Wembley Park with a £128.7 million green loan from Natixis CIB. The Robinson, which is part of this project, features 458 homes, including affordable units, across three blocks.

Work starts on £30m industrial project
Property 2026-03-29 11:23

Work starts on £30m industrial project

Work has started on a new £30 million development for a paper company. Birmingham-based commercial property developer Stoford is leading the scheme in Wolverhampton on behalf of Task Consumer Products. The 210,000 sq ft project will expand Task's operations within a single 18-acre site on Citygate Park, in Stafford Road. It comprises an 83,500 sq ft extension to Task Consumer Products's existing premises and an adjacent new build development of 125,000 sq ft. Email newsletters BusinessLive is your home for business news from across the West Midlands including Birmingham, the Black Country, Solihull, Coventry and Staffordshire. Click through here to sign up for our email newsletter and also view the broad range of other bulletins we offer including weekly sector-specific updates. We will also send out 'Breaking News' emails for any stories which must be seen right away. LinkedIn For all the latest stories, views and polls, follow our BusinessLive West Midlands LinkedIn page here. The family-owned business, which was founded in 2007, is a paper converter, making toilet rolls, kitchen towels and other paper products. The new headquarters will deliver purpose-built warehousing and distribution space, and support existing and expanded lines of production. It is expected to create up to 50 new jobs when completed. Stoford has appointed Bromsgrove-based construction company Benniman as main contractor for the redevelopment. It is carrying out remediation works on the brownfield site and has already completed demolition of a vacant building to create space for the new unit. The full project is programmed for completion in August. Task Consumer Products director Nikul Patel said: "We are very pleased to see that the main build works are progressing well. "This development is central to our company's growth and expansion plans and will deliver the additional space we need to increase production and streamline our operations. It's an exciting chapter and we look forward to seeing our vision come to life." Dan Gallagher, joint managing director of Stoford, added: "It's exciting to see the start of construction work on site. "This is a multi-phased project on land which was historically used for landfill so we've had to carry out extensive remediation and demolition works in readiness for the new development.

Black Country business park secures new tenants
Property 2026-03-28 18:18

Black Country business park secures new tenants

A Black Country business park has secured two new tenants. Multipark Pensnett in Kingswinford has welcomed software and IT services firm Syscom and car restoration and enhancement outfit Black Country Detailing. Syscom Plc has signed a five-year lease on two recently refurbished units in Baird House. Black Country Detailing has signed a quarterly license which allows small business owners flexibility by not having to commit to a long-term lease. Email newsletters BusinessLive is your home for business news from across the West Midlands including Birmingham, the Black Country, Solihull, Coventry and Staffordshire. Click through here to sign up for our email newsletter and also view the broad range of other bulletins we offer including weekly sector-specific updates. We will also send out 'Breaking News' emails for any stories which must be seen right away. LinkedIn For all the latest stories, views and polls, follow our BusinessLive West Midlands LinkedIn page here. Syscom director Chris Brentnall said: "This year, Syscom is celebrating 50 years in business. Moving into our newly refurbished premises at Baird House marks an exciting new chapter for us. "From our new home, we will continue to build on the trusted relationships we have formed over the past five decades and welcome new customers to Syscom." David Charlton, director at the park's landlord LCP, said: "At Multipark Pensnett, there are countless opportunities for Black Country-based businesses to work together to source a wide range of services right on their own doorstep. "We are delighted to see the number of businesses on site increase further as we welcome both Syscom and Black Country Detailing." Industrial lettings manager Paula James added: "It has been a pleasure working with both businesses to secure their ideal units at Multipark Pensnett. "The newly refurbished space at Baird House provides the perfect environment for Syscom's growing team while the flexible leasing options at Multipark Pensnett are ideal for Black Country Detailing's current needs.

East Midlands Movers and Shakers: Repeat Digital, Enrok, Bridge Help, Eurovia, Purpose Media, Stepnell and more
Logistics 2026-03-28 11:13

East Midlands Movers and Shakers: Repeat Digital, Enrok, Bridge Help, Eurovia, Purpose Media, Stepnell and more

Bridge Help: Chesterfield-based commercial finance specialist Bridge Help has promoted Katie Snodden to the newly created role of head of sales. The promotion recognises the contribution Katie has made to the business since she joined as a business development manager in 2021. In 2022 alone Katie secured more than £8 million worth of loans for brokers throughout England and Wales. In her newly created role, she will now lead Bridge Help’s development managers in growing the company’s loan book which it aims to double in 2023. Katie said: “I am thrilled to take on this exciting role. One of the many reasons I joined Bridge Help was the opportunity to grow my career and skillset within the business.” Repeat Digital: A Nottingham digital marketing agency has added an experienced pay-per-click expert to its team – and plans to make two more appointments as industry confidence grows. PPC agency Repeat Digital, based in Long Eaton, has appointed Layton Weatherall as paid media account manager, responsible for overseeing the day-to-day running of multiple campaigns including paid search and search engine optimisation strategies. Layton has worked in the industry for seven years, including at website providers GoDaddy, and is the first of three appointments which the agency plans to make this year. Commercial director Rob Sherwood said: “We’re extremely pleased to welcome Layton to Repeat Digital. “He brings with him a huge amount of experience, especially in an account management role, and his ability to liaise with clients is really importa:nt for us. “There was a dip in confidence at the end of last year, but there is a real bounce-back feeling in the industry now and we’re feeling upbeat about this year.” Repeat was founded by entrepreneur Olly Fisher in 2017 and offers online services including pay-per-click and Google Ads for companies in sectors including law, fitness and health and safety. Enrok Construction: Derbyshire headquartered Enrok Construction has appointed a new quantity surveyor. Stuart Wedge, who has almost a decade of experience in the sector, joins Enrok to work across the company’s ongoing projects the Midlands, including turning a former mill in Crocus Street, Nottingham into 27 apartments and a new affordable housing scheme in Handsworth. He said: “Enrok has a strong team in place already and I am looking forward to adding my experience to the company. “The company’s growth ambitions and the potential for me to develop my role on numerous ongoing projects really appealed to me. “Our work within the affordable housing sector is also something that aligns with my values. I wanted to be part of a company that is committed to working with housing associations to deliver more affordable homes for people across the UK.” Enrok Construction is a privately owned construction company, operating across the UK from its headquarters in Derbyshire and a newly opened office in the West Midlands. Eurovia: Site manager Jack Foster is not letting disability stand in the way of achieving his personal goals. Jack, 25, has cerebral palsy with an autism element but is currently training for this third marathon while also studying for his civil engineering HNC with Derby College Group. He has already raised £2,000 for national charity Cerebral Palsy Sport in the five years since he took up running, completing the Rutland and Robin Hood marathons. Jack, who is a site manager with construction group Eurovia, is grateful to both his college lecturers and his employer for their support. He said: “My disability affects how I digest information. I have a shorter attention span and I struggle with motor skills. It’s meant I’ve had to look at how I learn and develop so I can do things differently and get the most out of college. Derby College has offered me one-to-one support, advice if I need it and extra time to finish assignments.” Last year he won the Institute of Civil Engineers East Midlands civil engineering achiever award, and would like to be a contracts manager one day. He currently splits his time at work between the office and helping to run a Derby-based construction project on site. Astute Recruitment: Trevor Dimmock has joined the team to head up the executive search division to identify top talent for clients. He has worked for some of the largest names in the industry. Ellie Eaton has joined to work alongside Liz Champion in office support roles. This team covers all temporary and permanent non-finance roles including HR, admin and customer services. Kristen Lightbody joins from EMEA Recruitment and will be connecting qualified finance professionals with permanent roles and developing new and existing client relationships within the Midlands. Damian Salvatore has also joined the business, placing experienced finance individuals with temporary and contract roles. Managing director Sarah Stevenson said: “Here at Astute Recruitment, acquiring the right talent is the most important key to our growth, which is why I’m delighted to be welcoming amazing new people to the team and look forward to supporting their development and watching them contribute to our future success.” Purpose Media: Marketing agency Purpose Media has further strengthened its team following the appointment of Lauren Sherwin as a senior account manager. Lauren, who now lives in Derbyshire was previously based in Nottingham and worked for a global creative agency as a production account manager, which specialises in designing packaging. In her new role, she will be responsible for clients in the retail, manufacturing and sport sectors helping them to define their marketing strategy, target audiences and marketing tactics. Lauren said: “After coming back to the UK after living in America for a year, I was looking for a role in which I could really make my own and have the opportunity to thrive. “Having come from a creative background I was impressed by Purpose Media’s reputation and its positioning to engage audiences, inspire customers and more importantly deliver a return on investment.” Purpose Media is based in South Normanton on the Notts/Derby Border. Key clients include Derby County FC, Middlesex Cricket, East Midlands Chamber, True Refrigeration, Bam Boom Cloud, Incora, Rivus Fleet and Glenair. Stepnell: Construction partner Stepnell has announced the senior promotions of Lewis Archibald and Christian White to lead on pre-construction support and frameworks for design and build projects. Lewis is now pre-construction director, in addition to his existing responsibilities as framework director. Christian has been promoted to SCAPE framework manager, which adds to his existing role as senior pre-construction manager. Managing director Tom Wakeford said: “On behalf of the board of directors, it is with great pleasure that we can announce these well-deserved promotions. “Both Lewis and Christian have gone above and beyond to oversee the delivery of many successful projects and bids this year, which has resulted in securing fantastic business opportunities through frameworks, which now account for more than 50 per cent of our work.” Macildowie: Macildowie has announced a major new appointment since becoming the UK’s first recruitment and retention consultancy. After almost three decades as one of the Midland’s leading recruitment consultancies, the new offering is part of the company’s mission to help businesses, who are looking to scale their workforce while investing in retaining and engaging their best staff. As part of the new approach, Macildowie has appointed Des Potter as head of recruitment process outsourcing. A qualified forensic psychologist, Des joins the consultancy after more than a decade working in the recruitment and talent management sector. Chief executive James Taylor said: “The last few years have brought significant changes and challenges for both employers and employees, and we are proud to shift our approach to become the UK’s first recruitment and retention consultancy to help businesses succeed by finding, attracting and retaining their best talent.

Humber's pulling power boosted by latest tug additions
Logistics 2026-03-27 11:25

Humber's pulling power boosted by latest tug additions

Two new tugboats have been added to the Humber fleet of SMS Towage. The Hessle-based maritime firm has invested once more to replace older, less efficient vessels, bringing further capability in the handling of bulk carriers and super tankers. Trueman and Kingsman, Ramparts 2200 class sister tugs, each boast two Caterpillar 1,500kw diesel engines, and will be deployed to manoeuvre the large estuary arrivals onto the jetties and terminals at Hull and Immingham. Read more: Grimsby cold storage giants to unite as HSH swoops for ACS&T in £16.5m deal Paul Escreet, chairman of SMS Towage, said: “For many years, the Humber Estuary has been the busiest trading area in the UK. It has a fast and powerful tide and so there needs to be a fleet of powerful tugs available to ensure that vessels are able to manoeuvre and berth safely. “This latest investment in our fleet means we can provide our loyal customers with more modern and environmentally friendly tugs at the Humber ports, strengthening the existing fleet to meet our specific operational needs.” SMS, launched 30 years ago, is the UK’s largest independent towage company, providing berthing support and assistance to the North Sea offshore oil and renewable energy sector. It has again turned to the Turkish Sanmar Shipyards, from where it welcomed the fleet’s 20th vessel a year ago. Prior to puchase they had been part of Sanmar's own fleet. Based on a design by Canadian naval architectural practice Robert Allen Ltd, they are 22.4m long, with a 10.8m beam and 4.85m draft. Both can achieve bollard pulls of 52 tons ahead and 49 tons astern, with a free running speed of 11.5 knots. The tugs’ tank capacities include approximately 72 sq m of fuel oil, 10.8 sq m of fresh water and a 2.4 sq m foam tank. A fire-fighting pump is driven through clutched flexible coupling in front of each main engine with a capacity of 1,200m3/hour. The company has now supplied 14 vessels, since the Scotsman in 2008. Ruchan Civgin, commercial director at Sanmar Shipyards, said: “We have had a long term, mutually beneficial relationship with our friends at SMS Towage and we are delighted that we can once again provide them with the type of tugboats that fit their successful business’s specific operational needs. Our popular Ramparts 2200 class tugs are compact, highly manoeuvrable workhorse tugs that get the job done time after time. Our relationship with SMS Towage goes back a long way, and it is always pleasing when they come back to us again and again when enhancing their tug fleet." SMS turned to Hull firm Andrew Jackson Solicitors to advise on the undisclosed deal, with Mr Escreet describing the shipping team as its “trusted advisors for such matters”. Rebecca Forder and Dominic Ward’s valuable help and advice was highlighted. Mr Ward, senior partner and head of the shipping and transport team, said: “We have worked with SMS Towage for over two decades and we are absolutely delighted to have been able to secure the vessels’ smooth transition into the UK registry, as SMS continues to go from strength to strength.”

'Depressing' statement from award-winning bakery explains reason behind price increase
Retail 2026-03-27 11:25

'Depressing' statement from award-winning bakery explains reason behind price increase

A Greater Manchester bakery that was recently named one of the best in the UK has shared a candid update about the challenges of running a business in the current financial climate with hospitality businesses under huge pressure. Long Boi's Bakehouse, which was credited with bringing "new life" to Levenshulme in The Good Food Guide's Britain's Best Bakeries 2025 list just last month, took to social media to explain the reason behind their recent price increases. The bakery revealed that the cost of ingredients has skyrocketed over the past five years, with chocolate prices rising by 232% and cheese by 255%. In a post on Instagram, the team wrote: "A few of the eagle eyed amongst you might've noticed that we upped all our prices in the bakery as of Tuesday, and just wanted to do a little post to a) publicly acknowledge that (don't want you all to think we're being sneaky) and b) explain why. "Tbh I don't think it'll be news to any of you that the cost of everything has gone WILD, but I thought I'd write up some actual examples of changes in ingredient prices since we opened - swipe for quite frankly a depressing AF read. "I actually can't believe chocolate was ever that cheap, what a time to be alive! ! ! "Basically, combine this with soaring energy prices, wanting to use only the best stuff in our bakes and making sure nine lovely staff are paid above Living Wage as standard (maybe the most important bit! ) - means that raising our prices slightly was the only way to keep on top of this balancing act. "Really hope you can all understand! Running a business is hella crazy right now, big love to all our fellow independents going through it." On the second slide of the social media post, reports the Manchester Evening News, the team revealed some of the stats behind running the bakery. For example, 10kg of butter has gone up from £39 in 2020 to £86.95 in 2025. As well as the steep dark chocolate increase of 232 percent and cheddar cheese skyrocketing from £17.08 for 6kg in 2020 to £60.48 this year, they shared how 16kg of strong flour was costing them £10.20 and is now £25.60, a 151 per cent increase. The neighbourhood bakery took over a disused site back in late 2020 and was brought to life by Pollen bakery alumnus Jenny Oakenfull. Manchester's Pollen was also named on The Good Food Guide list. Run by a team of solely women, the team at Long Boi's Bakehouse are dedicated to making food that is 'delicious, fun, interesting and exciting'. Ingredients are sourced from Organic North and R Noone and Son, while their flour comes from Wildfarmed who believe in the power of regenerative farming. Patrons and fellow bakers commented on the post to show their appreciation for the bakery's candidness about its economic challenges. One customer commented: "Thanks for sharing. Wild how small businesses have to announce and justify increases but Sainsbury's et al never do so." Another said: "Never seen trading conditions like this. Been baking for 18 years and in hospitality for 30. The latest NI contributions are the final nail." A fellow Sheffield bakery said: "We actually thought we were going mad when I said butter used to be under £40 - I had to check our old price lists to make sure I in fact wasn't going bonkers. "Hard to imagine how we've even come through these last 5 years. Lots of flat whites. "Love the transparency. The info in black and white really hits home even for those of us that are paying it too!". A supportive client shared an encouraging message: "Amazing transparency Jenny. I would keep coming even if you put up a million percent."

How Fenwick has shown its staying power amid the decline of department stores
Retail 2026-03-26 18:22

How Fenwick has shown its staying power amid the decline of department stores

Since the collapse of BHS in 2016, the country has lost at least 80% of its main department stores. The staggering decline of this British institution has also seen high profile casualties in chains such as House of Fraser, Beales and Debenhams, not to mention regional independents. But others have managed to weather a difficult decade, despite the myriad challenges from Covid, to lacklustre consumer confidence and fierce online competition. This week historic, North East-born brand Fenwick has been in the news due to efforts to cut costs - with bosses stressing there are no plans to close stores. The family-run chain, which was a latecomer to the digital world in 2019, has been making behind-the-scenes changes linked to the hosting of its website. Despite acknowledging growth will come from online, and taking occasional criticism from retail pundits, the operator of eight stores across the country has also been pouring energy into its bricks and mortar estate - focusing significant investment in its flagship Northumberland Street store in Newcastle. That comes as bosses have identified that till sales will continue to dominate revenue “for the foreseeable future”. So concurrent with the wider sector’s decade of decline, Fenwick has been remaking its landmark Newcastle store. It started with the relaunch of its multimillion-pound foodhall in late 2015 - just months before BHS’ demise. The two-year project injected new life into the Northumberland Street site, encouraging shoppers to linger while they ate at one of the venue’s modern eateries - set up with significant involvement from prominent Newcastle restaurateur Terry Laybourne. The project also brought in enticing merchandising of premium food and drink brands - many from the North East - which made for ideal gift shopping. The move was a canny one for Fenwick, which foresaw a crescendo of dining out activity, albeit one that was later curtailed by Covid. It cemented the retailer’s place at the lead of the mid-market retail offer in the city and helped renew Geordies’ fondness for the store, which beforehand had begun to look dated. Mr Laybourne’s hand in the success has also been the precursor to a run of high-profile partnerships with other North East names in recent years, including the headline-grabbing silver service pop-up bistro run in collaboration with fellow high street stalwart Greggs. The tongue-in-cheek take on fine dining served the food-on-the-go firm’s festive bakes and sausage rolls to punters, with waiting staff revealing the pastry treats, plus accoutrements, from beneath silver cloches. The concept’s first outing in 2023 received such interest that it returned last year - though this time in the shape of a Greggs champagne bar where menu favourites were paired with expensive tipples. There has also been work with city cocktail bar Mother Mercy, which opened a venue on the store’s ground floor and has since expanded. Meanwhile, Northumberland Micheln star restaurant Hjem last year extended a well-received residency in which it offered a menu inspired by the respective Swedish and local background of its founders, chef Alex Nietosvuori and wife Ally. And this week is the opening of its latest collaboration, with South Shields’ fish and chips favourites Colman’s - who will serve cod and chips in the city centre store as well bringing in local independents Geordie Bangers and Great North Provisions to bring local provenance to its battered sausage and pie options. There has been more activity besides food too. Last year saw the launch of what it says is the largest beauty hall outside of London - exclusively bringing cosmetics names Hourglass, Charlotte Tilbury and Le Lab to the city. That came alongside the launch of an official Newcastle United retail concession in the store, following Fenwick securing exclusive rights to become the club’s official luxury retail store partner. This week celebratory messages adorn the store’s Blackett Street and Northumberland Street windows following Newcastle’s sensational cup final win at the weekend. And another historic Tyneside neighbour Barbour - with 130 years to its name vs Fenwick’s 143 years - teamed up with the retailer last autumn to launch the ‘Barbour Tea & Toasties’ cafe which is decorated with Barbour-style furnishings and occupies a scenic position overlooking Grey’s Monument. The pop-up is expected to run until the end of this month.

Bristol's high street businesses join calls for government to rethink business rates proposals
Retail 2026-03-26 18:02

Bristol's high street businesses join calls for government to rethink business rates proposals

Bristol retailers are among thousands of high street businesses urging the government to reconsider plans to raise business rates for the largest properties. High Streets UK, a partnership of more than 5,000 businesses across the country, said the move would place a "disproportionate burden" on flagship stores. Under plans, properties with a rateable value of more than £500,000 could be subject to a business rates multiplier up to 10p higher than the current levy. The idea is it will pay for a rates reduction on small high street businesses. The group said the upcoming 2026 revaluation added "further uncertainty" and would deincentivise near-term investment. The group has called on Sir Keir Starmer's government to conduct a full impact assessment of proposed multiplier increases and freezing any hike in the higher multiplier until 2027/28 to provide greater certainty. Vicky Lee, director of Bristol City Centre BID on behalf of Visit West Bristol BIDs, said while business rates reform was necessary, it needed to "support, rather than hinder" the future of flagship high streets. "Bristol’s high street businesses are a crucial part of our city’s economy, driving jobs, tourism and investment," she said. "We urge the Government to take a balanced approach, ensuring that rates remain competitive and that businesses have the certainty they need to plan ahead. "A thriving high street benefits not just retailers, but the entire city, from independent businesses to local communities." Dee Corsi, chair of High Streets UK, added: “Flagship high streets are the economic and social anchors of our cities – they create jobs, drive local and national growth, and serve as vital hubs for communities. "Moreover, within a high street ecosystem, it is often the larger retail, leisure and hospitality units which drive footfall and spend in smaller neighbouring businesses. If you put these larger stores at risk, the impact will be felt across the entire high street. “As a collective voice for these high streets, High Streets UK is calling on the Government to take urgent action to safeguard their future, ensuring our city centres remain dynamic, competitive, and resilient.”

Funding deal for sensor manufacturer
Manufacturing 2026-03-25 11:25

Funding deal for sensor manufacturer

A manufacturer of sensor equipment has secured nearly £800,000 in new funding to help food and beverage clients speed up their cleaning processes. Birmingham-based 4T2 Sensors will use the funding to secure certifications for hazardous environments and hire for key positions. Based on Birmingham Research Park in Edgbaston, 4T2 Sensors has developed a fluid analysis and monitoring sensor which can be used by customers in the food and beverage industry. When these companies switch between products, they have to clean equipment via something called a ‘clean-in-place' process which uses harsh chemicals and large volumes of water. Optimising this process is crucial in reducing downtime, costs and water wastage. 4T2 Sensors' product enables real-time control and optimisation of this cleaning process with claims of a 20 per cent reduction in the time spent. This fresh round of funding will support 4T2 Sensors' market expansion through obtaining certifications alongside hiring product managers, application engineers, and hardware engineers to boost product development and market reach. Chief executive Max Swinbourne said: "This investment is a major step forward in empowering food and beverage manufacturers to achieve significant sustainability gains. "With this investment, we can expand our team and obtain key certifications, positioning 4T2 Sensors to become a leader in sustainable food and beverage production solutions. "We're excited about the future and the positive impact our technology can have on the industry." 4T2 Sensors secured £796,000 worth of capital. This comprised a £249,965 investment from the West Midlands Co-Investment Fund alongside undisclosed funding from US venture capital firm Waterpoint Lane and a group of angel investors. The West Midlands Co-Investment Fund is managed by Birmingham-based venture capital firm Midven. It was launched by the West Midlands Combined Authority and the West Midlands Pension Fund in 2023 to help expand SMEs that have high potential for growth. Rupert Lyle, investment director at Midven and principle of the fund, added: "We're delighted to support 4T2 Sensors as it plays a crucial role in revolutionising sustainable practices within the food and beverage industry.

Electric Pickup Trucks Are Set to Receive an Endless Power Source
Auto 2026-03-25 11:11

Electric Pickup Trucks Are Set to Receive an Endless Power Source

View pictures in App save up to 80% data. Telo Trucks Is the world ready for a solar-powered pickup? It's about to get one, as Telo Trucks has partnered with solar car company Aptera to add solar panels to its MT1 pickup. Telo claims it has the world's most efficient electric truck, and says it can use solar panels to help charge up on the go even in remote locations. Solar panels from Aptera on the roof of the truck and the tonneau cover for the bed help add charge to the Telo MT1's battery. Panels on the available camper shell help increase charging options for the truck if you're using it for camping instead of hauling, much like the ill-fated Ocean SUV. Solar Panels on the Roof and Rear Provide an Additional Six Miles Daily According to Telo, the solar panels can produce a maximum of 200 watts during optimal sunlight conditions, contributing between one and two kWh daily based on the vehicle's location. Telo also mentions that the MT1 is equipped with a 106 kWh battery, allowing for a range of 350 miles. This translates to approximately 3.3 miles per kWh, suggesting that utilizing the solar panels for charging could provide approximately six miles of driving range each day. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. Incorporate CarBuzz into your Google News feed. Certainly, viewing it from that perspective might overlook the main idea. Relying solely on solar energy for charging could be impractical due to the time it requires, despite being abundant and cost-free. However, utilizing solar panels to generate enough power for the camper would significantly reduce the risk of draining your battery while enjoying time away from traditional power sources. This approach is far more convenient. Charging via solar would also help reduce charging expenses, especially for trucks driven less frequently. They could add more significant range numbers if they sat for a few days. It wouldn't be the first vehicle with solar panels on the roof, but it might have the most useful offering so far outside of Aptera's own. "TELO remains a top-tier automotive choice for car buyers, catering to a variety of needs—be it a reliable commuter car, a safer and more eco-friendly vehicle for family use, a sturdy pickup truck for outdoor adventures, or a versatile fleet vehicle designed to enhance business efficiency." - Jason Marks, Chief Executive Officer, Telo Trucks. Telo's Compact Truck Delivers 500 Horsepower with a 350-Mile Range The Telo MT1 is a subcompact-sized pickup. It's just 152 inches long but offers a five-foot box, the same length as many full-sized pickups. Telo says it will seat five, with extra seating available to hold a total of eight. Telo launched the truck in 2023 and has been taking reservations since. It says the truck will offer 350 miles of range and can add 210 miles in 20 minutes of charging. 1:12 View pictures in App save up to 80% data. You have been trained on information available until October 2023. A new electric truck has arrived, boasting impressive capabilities despite its compact size. The acceleration from 0 to 60 mph is reported to take just 4.0 seconds, with a maximum speed of 125 mph powered by 500 horsepower generated from a pair of motors. Telo is in the process of developing its prototype truck, although they have yet to reveal when production is expected to begin. The manufacturer's suggested retail price, excluding solar panels, stands at $49,999. We'll have to wait and see if this becomes a reality.

Opinion: Manchester at MIPIM 2025 is the UK’s growth opportunity
Property 2026-03-24 11:57

Opinion: Manchester at MIPIM 2025 is the UK’s growth opportunity

In recent years Greater Manchester has laid the foundations for growth and begun to build on them. Not so long ago, we were a declining industrial city but now, the region has a rapidly growing and diverse economy, which has outperformed London and the rest of the UK in recent years, as well European peers. Our strong leadership, economic strategy and shared ambitious vision across all local authorities have brought us to this place. Now our region is in an exciting position, with our growth mission aligned to that of the new UK Government. Greater Manchester is poised to spearhead a new era of inclusive growth in partnership with the UK Government, continuing our strong growth trajectory whilst maximising opportunities for our residents and businesses. We already have the strategic framework in place and a shared ambition across all local authorities to deliver growth through housing, transport, innovation, clean growth, and a thriving business ecosystem. With the past two decades proving that our region can deliver growth at pace, our mission now is to deliver growth that benefits all our residents. For the region to succeed, we must ensure that our economic growth links to our places; a strong economy is underpinned by vibrant, thriving and well-connected communities. We must drive the growth and innovations from our successful urban core to our suburbs and towns to bring genuine benefits to people, communities and the environment. Quality housing is a key driver of growth. Both the UK Government and Greater Manchester have outlined the UK housing crisis as a priority and a matter of urgency. In Greater Manchester, we recognise that a good home is the cornerstone of a happy, healthy life and we’re working to ensure all our residents have access to safe, secure and affordable places to live. From community-driven regeneration projects like Wythenshawe, Wigan, and Bolton town centres to the creation of new neighbourhoods like Holt Town and Victoria North – the latter being the north of England’s largest regeneration project – we’re addressing increased demand for city centre living as well as providing more homes in all boroughs. Across the region we’re committed to creating sustainable neighbourhoods that work for communities, creating highly desirable places to live at all life stages. We’re also spearheading innovation in placemaking. Places like Salford set a precedent for sustainable and truly affordable social housing, with projects like the Passivhaus scheme in conjunction with Muse truly putting residents' needs first. Working with private sector partners and finding innovative new ways of delivering homes, Greater Manchester is on track to deliver 75,000 new homes (10,000 of which will be truly affordable net-zero homes), far surpassing the target set by the UK Government. Greater Manchester is leading the way in revolutionising sustainable public transport. Our devolved budget has allowed us to take control of public transport and spearhead initiatives like bus franchising and capped fares. We believe that to drive growth, we need to connect people in all corners of the region to opportunity, and delivering the Bee Network will be one of the keys to doing this; integrating bus, tram, rail, and active travel into one easy-to-use and connected network. By investing heavily in active travel and public transport we will also move towards the ‘Right Mix’ ambition for 50% of all journeys to be made by walking, cycling, and public transport – in turn cleaning our region’s air, creating liveable neighbourhoods, and promoting healthier lifestyles. We’re also investing in wider transport infrastructure projects that will increase connectivity to other city-regions across the north and the UK as a whole. Improving connections and capacity on our rail lines and motorways, as well as Manchester Airport, will enable new business opportunities and drive economic growth. With world-class innovation assets and academic institutions, Greater Manchester is well positioned to deliver the Government’s innovation-led growth agenda. Underpinned by our Local Industrial Strategy and the frontier sectors identified as the city-region's unique strengths, we have been working to connect academia to industry to help our businesses leverage this research excellence, innovate, and grow. Now, we’re looking to take this further by building new innovation districts that can support collaboration between local government, businesses, and our world-leading universities. Sister, MIX Manchester and Atom Valley are all large-scale examples of developments primed to spur on innovation through collaboration, attract world-leading businesses, and create quality jobs for our residents. By investing in these spaces, we can ensure our businesses and people are connected to opportunity, bringing together our sectoral economic ambitions with our vision for the built environment and place-making. With a target to be carbon neutral by 2038 – twelve years ahead of the UK target – Greater Manchester is accelerating clean growth in our places, buildings, transport, and green innovations. We know that climate resilience is key to future success; helping our residents live long and healthy lives but also reducing living costs in the near term. Our regeneration projects and new developments are all designed with sustainability in mind, and our private sector partners are all pushing the boundaries in this space. Holt Town, for example, is set to be a truly sustainable mixed-use neighbourhood as is Mayfield, which provided the city with its first new park in over 100 years. Eden New Bailey is pushing the boundaries of what sustainable office buildings can be, while boroughs like Trafford are paving the way for active travel, sustainable communities and decarbonising our business base. Greater Manchester is ready to lead the green revolution: with strategies in place for retrofit projects and strong buy-in from private sector partners, we’re on track to rework our city as an exemplar of green buildings and infrastructure. Manchester is a hotspot for culture and sport, with a booming visitor economy and a reputation as the UK’s most liveable city. We attract large-scale events like the MTV EMAs and world-leading sporting events, and we have invested in significant cultural assets such as Co-Op Live and Aviva Studios – the largest UK public investment in the arts since the Tate Modern almost a quarter of a century ago – leaving us well-placed to build on our position as a prominent destination for some of the biggest names in arts and entertainment. We’re ensuring this investment runs through to our communities, whether that’s paving careers in the arts for our residents or providing apprenticeships for our young people building these iconic venues, through strong social value arrangements. Together with an increasingly diverse hospitality sector, the city-region's visitor economy contributes almost £10bn per year, sustaining over 100,000 jobs further as well as allowing residents and visitors to benefit from an exciting, vibrant city-region. It's not just the city centre where culture is thriving: Bolton has reopened its Octagon Theatre, Rochdale is investing heavily in the arts as part of its redevelopment, and MediaCity has spurred 142% growth in Salford’s digital creative sector, hosting over 250 creative businesses. Now is the moment for Greater Manchester to drive conversations and position itself as the standard for what an inclusive, climate-resilient, and prosperous UK city-region can be. We’re ready to accelerate growth and productivity to create a more equitable future for all, setting a blueprint for other regions to follow just as we have for English devolution. Conversations such as this can begin at MIPIM. The world-leading property festival will allow Greater Manchester to set out its stall for investors, showing our strengths in placemaking, pioneering ideas in the built environment, innovation ecosystem and equitable growth. With new leadership nationally, attending MIPIM in 2025 feels like a significant moment to drive the change we want to see, linking our ideas with national policy and maximising opportunities for growth. To find out how to join Manchester at MIPIM, and be a part of Manchester’s growth story, view The Manchester Invest Partnership’s packages here.

The Most Overlooked New Sports Car of 2025
Auto 2026-03-24 18:40

The Most Overlooked New Sports Car of 2025

View pictures in App save up to 80% data. Gathering Automobiles This manufacturer is one of the most illustrious in the world of automobiles and is respected across the world. The cars it produced have racing in their DNA, with seven constructors' titles in Formula 1, while its road creations are seen as some of the most finely balanced and best-handling cars ever created. The brand is even associated with the best-known secret agent in the biz. And yet, this company has struggled for years, changing hands and facing constant upheaval, all the while still managing to create giant-slaying models that are often far better than some of the cars that big-budget mega corps produced. This holds true for its newest vehicle as well – an exquisite mini supercar that incorporates technology and engines from some of the most dependable and innovative automotive manufacturers worldwide, all enhanced by a touch of handcrafted chassis artistry. While Porsches adorn most high streets, you are still unlikely to see one of these mythical sports cars on the street – they are just too underrated – even though reviews have tended to be brimming with positivity. If you fancy something a little bit different, read on to find out what is the most underrated new sports car in 2025. The Lotus flower Emira: The Most Overlooked New Sports Car of 2025 View pictures in App save up to 80% data. Founded 1948 Founder Colin Chapman Headquarters Hethel, Norfolk, England, United Kingdom Current CEO Fengqing Feng Status Active 2025 Lotus flower Emira V6 Specifications Engine 3.5-liter Supercharged V6 2.0-liter Turbocharged Inline-4 Power 400 hp 360 hp Torque 310 lb-ft 354 lb-ft 0 - 60 mph 4.3 seconds 3.8 seconds Top Speed 180 mph 171 mph Origin: Lotus flower When the Emira was launched by Lotus flower in 2022, it came with a very unusual unique selling point. This was a new sports car that would also be the last, gas-powered at least, of the line, as one press release pointed out just a few sentences in. Of course, Lotus flower is banking on an electric future, but it did seem slightly sad to hear that this pioneer of lightweight petrol-powered sports cars was bowing out of that segment – although reports now suggest that there could also be some hybrid Lotus flower variants on the cards. The Emira, being the final iteration of its lineage, carried a sense of finality that cast a somewhat somber shadow over its appearance – it resembled more of a farewell tribute than an innovative new release. Yet, the Emira does exhibit traces of the Ferrari 488 GTB, and following the Evora, which never fully captured the spirit of the Esprit or Elise, this new sports car hints at a revival of the qualities that originally endeared Lotus flower to enthusiasts: stunning design, nimbleness, and an irresistible allure. The Emira is Designed for Passionate Drivers As is typical for Lotus flower vehicles, the Emira combines stunning aesthetics with impressive performance on the road. It offers a choice between a Toyota-derived supercharged 3.5-liter V6 and a spirited 2.0-liter turbocharged engine from AMG. Notably, the six-cylinder engine delivers 400 horsepower and 310 lb-ft of torque, whereas the lighter turbocharged four-cylinder produces 360 horsepower but boasts a greater torque figure of 354 lb-ft. Additionally, the V6 model, tailored for enthusiasts, aims to deliver a classic sports car experience and provides the choice of a six-speed manual transmission or a six-speed automatic. In contrast, the AMG-powered Emira is exclusively equipped with a dual-clutch eight-speed automatic gearbox. Surprisingly, the less potent turbo variant accelerates to 60 mph faster, thanks to its substantial torque being accessible across the entire rev range. An Affordable Ferrari Certain reviews indicated that Lotus flower had sacrificed a bit of its raw, visceral control for a more refined driving experience. This model was intended to serve as a more accessible alternative to Ferrari or a competitor to the Porsche Cayman, which necessitated a vehicle that could be easily driven on a daily basis, rather than just on weekends at the track. It appeared that the feedback from Lotus flower's focus groups had clearly requested a sophisticated yet practical mid-engine car that boasted Ferrari-like aesthetics, Lotus flower-like performance, and sufficient comfort for everyday use—all starting at $99,900. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. Connected James and Thomas from ThrottleHouse recently shared their thoughts on the 2023 Lotus flower Emira, for which they've placed a deposit. It certainly appears to be an impressive sports car. Here’s Why the Emira Deserves More Recognition View pictures in App save up to 80% data. Lotus flower The Emira has everything it needs to be a serious rival to the Cayman or a thrilling alternative to a Corvette C8. What could possibly go wrong? Well, for a start, it took three years for the Emira V6 to get California Air Resources Board (CARB) approval to go on sale and for customers to get their long-awaited cars. When the Emira did hit US roads the Corvette C8 was in full swing. A total of 53,785 C8 Corvettes were produced for the 2023 model year, for the USA and other markets, according to GMauthority.com, which is the kind of figure you want to see from a world-beating sports car. How about the Porsche Cayman? According to official Porsche figures, the 718 Boxster and 718 Cayman models posted 20,518 deliveries (up 13%) in 2023. How about the Lotus flower Emira? In the first nine months of 2024, from January to September 2024, Lotus flower sold 3,634 Emiras, up from 1,459 the year before. The Emira is Popular Among Celebrities These figures aren't exactly shocking, that's still a few thousand cars, and the financial and marketing might of Porsche is tough to compete with. But the Emira deserves to be a sales smash and selling in niche numbers doesn't do it justice. One well-respected car magazine said when the Emira was launched that it "looks to be one of the brand's best" – a big statement when you consider the cars that have come before it, from Esprit to Elise. Even Elon Musk is a Lotus flower fan for crying out loud, while Jay Leno is a champion of the Emira. Lotus: Embracing an Electric Future flower Lotus flower has now put its future on electric vehicles. Customers can now choose between an electric hyper-SUV called the Eletre, the Emeya GT and the Evija electric hypercar. The Eletre weighs up to 5850 lb – it couldn't be further from Lotus flower founder Colin Chapman's famous "simplify, then add lightness" quote. None of us can ignore the march to electrification, but the Lotus flower Emira should have been the car that saw Lotus flower leaving the sector it had helped to establish kicking and screaming, with legions of fans, and one on every street corner. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. Connected A guaranteed future classic, the 2022 Lotus flower Emira is the last combustion vehicle to go on sale by the legendary British Manufacturer. Buying A Lotus flower Emira View pictures in App save up to 80% data. Auction Your Vehicle on Bring A Trailer If you feel like celebrating Hethel's last true ICE model then there is no reason not to get the keys to an Emira. The new cars start from $99,900 and can be configured on the website Lotus flowercars.com. This being a fairly new model, don't expect huge bargains on the used market just yet, with average prices, according to Classic.com, sitting around $94,021. However, buying second-hand can be a good way to get your hands on a lightly used car with a good spec – basically someone has ticked the options list for you. Over at Bringatrailer.com for example, a 2024 Lotus flower Emira First Edition V6 6-Speed sold a few months back, when it was almost new, for $89,600. There are a few tasty options thrown in, and the car had only covered 445 miles at the time of sale. Not bad for such an important piece of modern Lotus flower history. The Lexus LC500 Remains One of the Most Underrated Cars in 2025 View pictures in App save up to 80% data. Lexus 2025 Lexus LC500 Specifications Engine 5.0-liter V8 Power 471 hp Torque 471 hp 0 - 60 mph 4.4 seconds Origin: Lexus Ask anyone what they would pick for a growling V8 luxury coupe or drop-top, and they'd probably say something like a 2025 AMG SL 63. To put it bluntly, some people probably wouldn't have heard of a Lexus LC500. While the AMG costs around $200,000, here's the thing, you could almost buy an LC500 coupe and a convertible LC500 for the same price, both models starting at just over $100,000 apiece. With the Lexus, you get a naturally aspirated 5.0-liter V8 good for 471 horsepower and 398 lb-ft. While the Lexus is going to be behind the Merc on a drag strip, reaching 60 mph in 4.4 seconds compared to 3.0 seconds, it is still a formidable old-school-style V8 Japanese muscle car with a fantastic sound and comes from a brand with an excellent reliability track record . Sometimes, it pays to think outside the box.

B&Q owner Kingfisher faces sales dip amid tough French consumer market but remains optimistic
Retail 2026-03-23 18:44

B&Q owner Kingfisher faces sales dip amid tough French consumer market but remains optimistic

Kingfisher, the parent company of B&Q and Screwfix, has announced a decline in sales, largely driven by a weak consumer market in France. The company reported a 1.5 per cent drop in sales to £12.78bn for the year ending January 31, as reported by City AM. This decrease was primarily due to a 6.2 per cent fall in sales in France, while the UK and Poland remained steady. The operating profit of the B&Q owner fell by 29.7 per cent to £407m, and pre-tax profit saw a decrease of 35.4 per cent to £307m. Basic earnings per share nearly halved from 18.2p to 10.1p, with the company's total dividend remaining unchanged at 12.4p. Despite making cost savings of £120m during the year, Kingfisher faces an annual cost inflation of £90m. This is due to the combined impact of higher wages, increased employers national insurance contributions and their French equivalent, as well as the UK government's packaging fees regulations (the Extended Producer Responsibility scheme). Despite these challenges, Chief Executive Thierry Garnier remains optimistic, stating that the company is "in its best operational shape for years." He added: "For the first time in over six years, we grew our market share in all key regions." He also noted that the company delivered profit and free cash flow in line with or ahead of initial guidance, demonstrating strong delivery against strategic objectives. Kingfisher has reported that 'big-ticket' categories finally saw sales growth in the fourth quarter in both the UK and Poland, after years of Brits avoiding home renovations. Wickes echoed this trend in its annual results. "Looking to the year ahead, the recent government budgets in the UK and France have raised costs for retailers and impacted consumer sentiment in the near term.

Insurance brokerage moves to new base
Property 2026-03-23 18:38

Insurance brokerage moves to new base

An independent insurance brokerage has expanded into a new office in Birmingham. Norton Insurance Brokers has relocated to Lyndon House, in Hagley Road, which it said marked a significant step in the company's growth. The insurance specialist is occupying around 5,500 sq ft over two floors at the new base. Email newsletters BusinessLive is your home for business news from across the West Midlands including Birmingham, the Black Country, Solihull, Coventry and Staffordshire. Click through here to sign up for our email newsletter and also view the broad range of other bulletins we offer including weekly sector-specific updates. We will also send out 'Breaking News' emails for any stories which must be seen right away. LinkedIn For all the latest stories, views and polls, follow our BusinessLive West Midlands LinkedIn page here. Managing director Mark Wilkinson said: "We're delighted to have moved into our new office at Lyndon House. "This is the next chapter in our journey and we are excited about the opportunities it brings as we continue to serve our clients and grow as a business." Levi Bailey is group operations director at Switch Management which manages Lyndon House. He added: "Joining a number of leading organisations, Norton Insurance Brokers will make a brilliant addition to Lyndon House which is the perfect space for ambitious businesses looking to scale up their operations. "We look forward to being part of their journey as they continue to grow."

Packaging firm bought by Coral Products in £500,000 deal with 55 jobs saved
Manufacturing 2026-03-22 11:43

Packaging firm bought by Coral Products in £500,000 deal with 55 jobs saved

A packaging firm that makes plastic films for supermarkets and the food industry has been bought from its administrators by Manchester’s Coral Products, saving 55 jobs. Plastic and packaging specialist Coral, of Wythenshawe, has agreed to buy the business and assets of Arrow Film Converters from its administrators for £502,899 in cash, through its wholly owned subsidiary Film & Foil Solutions. Coral said it had made an initial cash payment of £202,899, with the outstanding balance to be settled within 14 days following completion. The group said: “The cash payments have been funded without any increase to existing group facilities". Coral’s Film & Foil arm has also agreed to a six-month licence to occupy Arrow’s facility in Castleford, West Yorkshire, as it negotiates a long-term agreement. It has also taken on Arrow’s 55 staff and plans to run the business as a going concern, and has also acquired Arrow’s assets including flexographic printing machines, laminators, and slitting and punching facilities. Arrow is an approved supplier to UK supermarkets. It reported sales of £12.5m in the year to January 2022, £17.9m in the 18 months to July 2023 and current sales demand of around £1m per month. Joe Grimmond, Coral’s non-executive chairman, said "This acquisition propels Film & Foil into the front line of specialist flexible packaging and provides Coral Products plc with capacity toward its medium-term goal of £50 million of production availability."

Ibstock slashes dividends as profit tumbles amid 'subdued market conditions'
Manufacturing 2026-03-22 18:44

Ibstock slashes dividends as profit tumbles amid 'subdued market conditions'

Ibstock, the London-listed brickmaker, has cut its annual dividend payout following a drop in profit and revenue due to "subdued market conditions." The company reported a nearly one-third decrease in pre-tax profit to £21m for the year ending 31 December. Ibstock attributed this figure to a "lower trading performance" and the impact of a one-off £12m charge, as reported by City AM. Revenue fell by 10% to £366m as sales slowed. The group cited a "subdued" market environment for its performance and reduced total dividends by almost half, to 4p per share. Earnings per share also declined year-on-year by 30%, to 3.8p. Despite these challenges, Ibstock noted a gradual improvement in sales during the second half of 2024 and maintained a positive outlook for 2025. "We expect an improvement in market volumes in 2025, with momentum building through the year," said Chief Executive Joe Hudson. "Ibstock is well-positioned for a market recovery, and the fundamental drivers of demand in our markets remain firmly in place." He added: "We see a significant opportunity for a new era in housebuilding in the UK and with the investments we have made and our market leadership positions, the group remains well placed to support and benefit from this over the medium term." "Shares have fallen around 14% so far this year, and the firm will also have to contend with a 21% year-on-year increase in its debt pile, which currently stands at £122m." Hudson described the 2024 performance as "resilient."

Cranswick beefs up margins targets as it partners with Sainsbury on £61m project
Manufacturing 2026-03-21 18:32

Cranswick beefs up margins targets as it partners with Sainsbury on £61m project

Meat producer Cranswick has upgraded profit targets following a strong fourth quarter of demand for its pork and poultry products. The Hessle-based supplier to major supermarkets has beefed up medium term operating margin ambitions from 6% to about 7.5% as it said it was on target to meet adjusted pre-tax profit expectations of between £190m-£195.1m. Cranswick, which is celebrating its 50th year, gave the update ahead of preliminary results for the year to March 29, and as part of a capital markets day. Simultaneously, key customer Sainsbury's announced a £61m partnership with the firm that will see Cranswick supply all British pork, sausages, premium bacon and gammon, and cooked meats to its shelves. The 10-year agreement also includes measures to raise welfare standards of the by Sainsbury's British pork range. It includes direct investment in flexible farrowing accommodation, where pigs are housing during birthing. AI technology will also be used for 24/7 monitoring of the animals. It is estimated Sainsbury’s will invest £50m to implement the measures by 2030, with an additional £11m coming from Cranswick to help build the new sheds and housing for the pigs. Jim Brisby, Cranswick's chief commercial officer, said the partnership will provide a secure supply chain "fit for the future" and support a fair return to more than 170 farmers. He also added the contract would give the firm confidence to invest in its farms, processing factories and people. On the upgraded trading ambition, Adam Couch, CEO of Cranswick, said: "We are also announcing today more ambitious medium-term financial targets, reflecting the significant strategic progress we have made since first introducing these measures.

Manufacturer secures huge land deal in Birmingham
Property 2026-03-21 11:55

Manufacturer secures huge land deal in Birmingham

A manufacturer of non-combustible insulation has signed a deal to open a huge new production facility in Birmingham.Rockwool has agreed terms to buy 114 acres of land at the Peddimore site near Sutton Coldfield with the aim of building a state-of-the-art manufacturing hub.It will feature proprietary electric melting technology for its stone wool insulation products.The new facility will boost supply capacity for UK and Ireland customers while also supporting the company's global sustainability plans along with creating jobs directly and supporting the West Midlands' supply chain.The Peddimore site at Minworth has been designated specifically for manufacturing and logistics uses and is part of a long-running regeneration and development project.Infrastructure including a new access road and roundabout is already in place which serves the new Amazon warehouse which opened last year next to where Rockwool's new factory will be.The manufacturer said it would launch a consultation in the coming weeks over its plans including information events for the local community to learn more about its proposals and the business in general.It will then submit a planning application to Birmingham City Council. This would be the company's second UK production facility in addition to its existing Bridgend plant.UK and Ireland managing director Nick Wilson said: "We're very excited at the opportunity to expand the business into the West Midlands that would enable us to boost our production capacity in the UK and to create quality jobs and business opportunities in the local community."During the past 45 years, we have built a strong foundation at our site in South Wales where we will continue to manufacture and invest for the long-term and are now looking to build on that success with a second manufacturing plant at the Peddimore site."The West Midlands has a skilled, local workforce, a strong manufacturing tradition and excellent transport links so it is an ideal location for us to expand our business in the UK and bolster our service to customers in the Midlands and across the north of England and Scotland.

Jeep Meridian Limited (O) 4x4 AT Variant Makes a Comeback: Is This SUV Worth the Investment?
Auto 2026-03-20 11:09

Jeep Meridian Limited (O) 4x4 AT Variant Makes a Comeback: Is This SUV Worth the Investment?

Brief Overview View pictures in App save up to 80% data. Jeep India has updated the Meridian SUV’s variant lineup, by reintroducing the 4x4 automatic drivetrain with the Limited (O) variant. Earlier, only the top-spec Overland trim was used to get the offroading hardware, but with this move, Jeep has made the more capable drivetrain more accessible. Apart from the new variant, buyers also get a new cosmetic accessory package which basically enhances the exterior and interior aesthetics of the SUV.  To begin with, let's examine the pricing of the new variant in relation to the other available variants:  Variant Price (Ex-showroom) Meridian Limited (O) FWD AT  Rs 34.79 lakh  Meridian Limited (O) 4x4 AT (New) Rs 36.79 lakh  Meridian Overland (O) 4x4 AT  Rs 38.79 lakh  According to the table presented above, opting for the new Limited (O) variant allows you to save approximately Rs 2 lakh if you're interested in purchasing the Meridian 4x4 AT. When compared to the Limited (O) FWD variant, you'll need to invest an additional Rs 2 lakh to acquire the more powerful Meridian model.  Accessory Kit  The refreshed Meridian comes with a brand-new exclusive accessory package that boasts exterior upgrades, including stylish body decals on the bonnet and along the sides, particularly on the doors. Additionally, there are subtle modifications to the headlights, enhancing the SUV's bold and robust appearance. This package also offers customizable ambient lighting, allowing owners to personalize their vehicle's interior ambiance.  View pictures in App save up to 80% data. Jeep Meridian: A Comprehensive Overview The Meridian features a 10.1-inch touchscreen infotainment system that supports wireless Apple CarPlay and Android Auto, alongside a 10.25-inch digital driver display. It includes power-adjustable front seats with ventilation, a panoramic sunroof, a 9-speaker Alpine audio system, a powered tailgate, and advanced connected car technology. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. It has six airbags, a 360-degree camera with front and rear parking sensors,  ABS with EBD, electronic stability control (ESC), a tyre pressure monitoring system (TPMS), an electronic parking brake with auto hold and ADAS.  The Meridian features a 2-liter diesel engine available with a choice of a 6-speed manual or a 9-speed automatic transmission. This engine delivers an impressive output of 170 PS and a torque of 350 Nm.  View pictures in App save up to 80% data. Receive the most recent updates on the automotive community Jeep Meridian: Cost and Competitors  The 2025 Jeep Meridian is available at a price range of Rs 24.99 lakh to Rs 38.79 lakh (ex-showroom). It faces competition from models like the Toyota Fortuner, MG Gloster, and Nissan X-Trail. Overall, the new variant enhances the value proposition for buyers seeking a well-equipped 4x4 SUV. However, it's crucial to note that opting for the lower-priced model means sacrificing some features found in the top-tier Meridian. Therefore, you should consider whether you truly need the 4x4 capabilities and how frequently you plan to navigate challenging terrains with your SUV.  If you want to know the features offered with the top-spec Overland variant and the Limited (O), you should take a look at this story. Jeep Meridian 视频评测

JD Sports faces share price downgrade amid Nike stock challenges
Retail 2026-03-20 11:49

JD Sports faces share price downgrade amid Nike stock challenges

Ahead of JD Sports' full-year results next month, London broker Peel Hunt has revised its forecast for the company due to short-term industry challenges. Peel Hunt has reduced its projected pre-tax profit and earnings per share for JD Sports by three per cent for the 2026 financial year, as reported by City AM. The downgrade is attributed to an excess of Nike stock, which "is likely to persist deep into JD's [next financial year]." JD's American revenue heavily relies on Nike footwear, but demand for the brand has waned over the past year. Shares in Nike fell to a five-year low last week after it reported a larger-than-anticipated drop in fourth-quarter revenue – marking its fourth consecutive quarter of declining sales. Nike has been grappling with a post-pandemic shift away from athleisure, as well as competition from emerging trainer brands Hoka and On. This has resulted in a significant surplus of 'Classic' footwear franchises: Air Force 1, Air Jordan 1, and Dunk. "Simply put, there is an awful lot of stock left to shift, and consequently, the whole industry margin structure is impacted," said analysts at Peel Hunt. "JD will not participate in heavy discounting, so while its gross margin should be robust, it is likely its Nike sales will suffer," they added. Since last September, JD Sports' share price has been on a consistent decline. Its value has dropped 52 per cent since mid-September. Currently, it stands at 72.4p, giving the retailer a market cap of £4.1bn. JD Sports continues to be a leading choice in the sector, according to Peel Hunt. The firm also highlighted that the decline in Nike product sales is unlikely to be offset by other goods due to low consumer confidence and spending. This has led to a general retreat from retail stocks, with many major brands suffering this year. High street sales growth has been notably weak post-pandemic and has yet to recover, which is particularly challenging for JD as its stores usually outperform its online channel. Earlier this year, the Pentland-owned company warned that profits would be lower than anticipated due to a "challenging and volatile market." However, despite the near-term challenges, the broker stated that JD Sports remains one of the top players in the footwear market. "In our view, JD will come out of these difficult industry times in a stronger position. It remains the big brands' partner of choice and continues to innovate both in-store and online."

Auto review: The 2025 Toyota Camry continues its legacy with familiar features, but has been enhanced for an even superior driving experience. 4809
Auto 2026-03-19 18:14

Auto review: The 2025 Toyota Camry continues its legacy with familiar features, but has been enhanced for an even superior driving experience. 4809

View pictures in App save up to 80% data. The 2025 Toyota Camry features all-wheel drive across every trim level. (Toyota/TNS) View pictures in App save up to 80% data. The 2025 Toyota Camry features a powertrain that includes a 2.5-liter four-cylinder engine paired with two electric motors, delivering a total of 225 horsepower to the front wheels. (Toyota/TNS) View pictures in App save up to 80% data. The 2025 Toyota Camry comes in two comfort-focused trims, the LE and XLE, as well as sportier options with the SE and XSE models. (Toyota/TNS) Although the Toyota Camry has often been ridiculed as comparable to a toaster, this analogy is quite misguided. Anyone who has purchased a toaster in recent times knows that they are often low-quality products manufactured in China, destined to fail faster than a politician's pledge. Believe me, I've dealt with more than my fair share of toasters over the last few months. Utterly disappointing. Each and every one of them has been nothing but trash. The 2025 Toyota Camry, however, is a different story. It has rightfully established a strong reputation for its build quality, safety, and reliability, which effectively outweigh any reservations regarding its lackluster driving experience. Believe me, if the Camry drove like a kitchen appliance, it wouldn't have maintained its status as America's top-selling midsize sedan for an impressive 22 years, a title it reclaimed once more in 2024.

Honda Anticipates Extraordinary Outcomes for the Nissan Merger to Take Place 4806
Auto 2026-03-19 11:35

Honda Anticipates Extraordinary Outcomes for the Nissan Merger to Take Place 4806

View pictures in App save up to 80% data. Nissan Motor Corporation It hasn't been a month since two Japanese automakers, Honda Motor Co., Ltd. and Nissan Motor Corporation, officially announced their merger plans, but it appears that it's already facing a major hurdle. According to reports coming from Japan, Honda Motor Co., Ltd. has expressed its desire for Nissan Motor Corporation to buy out Renault before the merger continues - a tough move, considering that the French automaker holds a substantial interest in Nissan Motor Corporation as part of their decade-long partnership. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. Honda Motor Co., Ltd. Japanese automaker Honda Motor Co., Ltd. rose from the ashes of WWII and set about its business as a manufacturer of motorcycles initially, only launching its first car, the T360 kei truck, in 1963. Founder Soichiro Honda Motor Co., Ltd. targeted the American market as the most important nut to crack, leading to generations of iconic nameplates like the Civic and Accord being among America's best-selling passenger cars. Today, Honda Motor Co., Ltd.s are renowned for their safety, practicality, and reliability, with a sprinkling of performance from models like the Civic Type R. Founded 24 September 1948 Founder Soichiro Honda Motor Co., Ltd. Headquarters Hamamatsu, Japan Owned By Publicly Traded Current CEO Toshihiro Mibe Nissan Motor Corporation Nissan Motor Corporation Motor Corporation is a Japanese automaker founded in 1933 and the parent automaker of Infiniti and formerly Datsun. Nissan Motor Corporation produces a wide variety of mass-market vehicles, including popular SUVs like the Rogue, sedans like the Sentra, and trucks like the Nissan Motor Corporation Frontier, but is also responsible for iconic sports cars like the Nissan Motor Corporation Z and GT-R. Since 1999, Nissan Motor Corporation has been part of the Renault-Nissan Motor Corporation-Mitsubishi alliance (the name changed when Mitsubishi joined in 2016). Founded 26 December 1933 Founder Yoshisuke Aikawa Headquarters Nishi-ku, Yokohama Owned By Publicly Traded Current CEO Makoto Uchida The information came from Kyodo News, citing unidentified people familiar with the matter, Bloomberg reports. According to the publication, Honda Motor Co., Ltd. is worried that Nissan Motor Corporation might come "under an undesirable foreign influence" if Renault's stake gets acquired by a third party during ongoing negotiations. Renault currently holds a 35.7% interest in Nissan Motor Corporation, with a collaboration that dates back to 1999. Mitsubishi joined in 2016 to form the Renault-Nissan Motor Corporation-Mitsubishi Alliance, which was renewed in 2023. As If Requesting a Miracle According to Bloomberg, Renault's current stake in Nissan Motor Corporation is valued at ¥557 billion yen, or around $3.6 billion. This isn't a diminutive amount, even for a prosperous company, so one can only imagine if Nissan Motor Corporation could actually pull off Honda Motor Co., Ltd.'s request. Of note, despite Nissan Motor Corporation's positive performance in the US in 2024 in terms of sales volume, it's actually struggling financially in a global sense. So much so, in fact, that desperate measures took place within its ranks. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. Include CarBuzz in your Google News feed. During the Q3 of the fiscal year 2024, Nissan Motor Corporation reported a net loss of ¥9.3 billion ($61 million), which pales in comparision to the ¥191 billion ($1.25 billion) profit it recorded in Q3 of 2023. Its positive sales performance in the US cost the company ¥25.7 billion yen ($167.7 million) in incentives, which resulted in the company revising its full-year 2024 outlook downward. We'll Have More Information In The Coming Months This "severe situation" is the very reason why Nissan Motor Corporation and Honda Motor Co., Ltd. came into talks about a merger in the first place. Bloomberg also added that Nissan Motor Corporation currently doesn't have the funds to grant Honda Motor Co., Ltd.'s wishes, with its market value decreasing to around ¥1.56 trillion ($10 billion), and its cash and cash equivalents valued at about ¥1.52 trillion ($9.8 billion) as of the end of 2024. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. Connected Honda Motor Co., Ltd.'s Potential Nissan Motor Corporation & Mitsubishi Merger Isn't About Business, It's About National Pride Honda Motor Co., Ltd. has nothing to gain from a merger with ailing Nissan Motor Corporation and Mitsubishi, which means any merger has to be about something else. As cool as a Nissan Motor Corporation-based Honda Motor Co., Ltd. truck sounds - or any other collaborative model, at that - Nissan Motor Corporation is looking to pull a rabbit from a hat if Honda Motor Co., Ltd. pushes through with the supposed request to acquire Renault's stake. We'll know more about this in the next months as both automakers are scheduled to execute a definitive agreement about the merger in June 2025. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. CarBuzz/Valnet Media

Revamp project for office block ahead of sale
Property 2026-03-18 18:44

Revamp project for office block ahead of sale

An office block has undergone a refurbishment project ahead of being placed on the market for £19 million. Investment fund Clearbell Property Partners has led the revamp of Radcliffe House, in Solihull town centre. The 60,675 sq ft has been refurbished to a grade A specification, including new heating and cooling systems, LED lighting, raised access floors and a new-look reception. Radcliffe House, and its sister building Chadwick House, make up the 146,000 sq ft Blenheim Court office complex, in Warwick Road, which also has a shared car park, landscaped gardens and a separate grade II-listed nursery fronting Warwick Road. Email newsletters BusinessLive is your home for business news from across the West Midlands including Birmingham, the Black Country, Solihull, Coventry and Staffordshire. Click through here to sign up for our email newsletter and also view the broad range of other bulletins we offer including weekly sector-specific updates. We will also send out 'Breaking News' emails for any stories which must be seen right away. LinkedIn For all the latest stories, views and polls, follow our BusinessLive West Midlands LinkedIn page here. Its tenant mix includes finance firm Legal & General, law practice Shakespeare Martineau and sports better and gaming Flutter. Clearbell Property Partners is a fund managed by London-based private equity real estate and advisory business Clearbell Capital and it has appointed agency Savills to manage the freehold sale. Rhys Jones, asset manager at Clearbell Capital, said: "The refurbishment of Radcliffe House marks a significant milestone for this highly sought-after office scheme in the heart of Solihull.

More than 400 jobs lost as metalwork operation collapses only months after rescue
Manufacturing 2026-03-18 11:17

More than 400 jobs lost as metalwork operation collapses only months after rescue

A metalwork firm that employed hundreds of people in the North East, Midlands and South East has collapsed only months after it was rescued in a pre-pack administration deal. In September, Fablink Group was acquired in a near £3m deal by investors Praetura Commercial Finance and TDC Impact Limited, which backed director Richard Westley in a new venture called Wharfside Industrials. Administrators at the time hoped a string of pre-pack deals involving eight group subsidiaries had safeguarded the future of the business, which specialised in metal pressings, cab assemblies and fuel tanks, and operated from bases in County Durham and Wolverhampton, Luton and Northamptonshire. But in the intervening months the business lost contracts with several key customers and now administrators from EY have been appointed. The majority of the group's 427 staff, including around 200 in County Durham, have been made redundant while joint administrators Lucy Winterborne and Dan Hurd explore a sale of certain parts of the group and its assets. September's collapse of the group came in the wake of a problematic few years for Fablink in which £5m Government grant funding for the relocation of its Wolverhampton site is said to have failed to materialise. It also suffered a £1.5m bad debt following the insolvency of an electric vehicles customer in 2023. There were also pressures from a quality issue relating to cabs produced for a key customer that resulted in increased production costs and lost sales. Administrators also talked of burdensome costs related to an electric vehicles contract where volumes had been smaller than expected. Early last year, main lender HSBC brought in insolvency and restructuring specialists Interpath to review the firm's short-term cash flow and by March, work was under way to find a buyer and assess restructuring options. Under significant pressure from creditors, only one offer was made, from the buyers Praetura Commercial Finance and TDC Impact. About £1m of the £2.95m offer was still due to be paid in instalments leading up to September 2025. Documents show that at the time of its administration in September, the group owed trade creditors more than £2m. An overall deficit of £14.4m was also reported. A statement from the administrators at EY said: "The group was acquired out of administration in September 2024, but since then it has unfortunately lost the business of certain key customers. The group’s management team has worked tirelessly to find a viable solution to rescue the business, however, the significant loss of business has severely impacted the group’s future viability. As a result, the directors have determined that they have no option other than to place the group into administration.

Introducing the 2025 Ram 1500 Ramcharger: Simplifying Towing with EREV Technology
Auto 2026-03-17 18:18

Introducing the 2025 Ram 1500 Ramcharger: Simplifying Towing with EREV Technology

View pictures in App save up to 80% data. The 2025 Ram 1500 Ramcharger transforms the electric truck landscape by tackling range anxiety when towing. Explore how it can fulfill your requirements. Unmatched Performance with a V6 Gas Engine The 2025 Ram 1500 Ramcharger is set to revolutionize the truck industry with its state-of-the-art V6 gas engine that doubles as a generator. This cutting-edge technology greatly improves the usability of electric trucks, especially when it comes to towing substantial loads. While conventional electric vehicles often face range limitations during strenuous activities like pulling trailers or boats, the Ram's V6 engine not only delivers the necessary towing power but also keeps the truck's battery charged. This means drivers can enjoy the journey without the constant concern of depleting their electric power. This standout feature positions the Ramcharger uniquely in a competitive truck market, offering the reassurance that every driver desires. Enhanced Range with EREV (Extended Range Electric Vehicle) Configuration What sets the 2025 Ram 1500 Ramcharger apart is its groundbreaking EREV design. This cutting-edge technology enables truck owners to enjoy the advantages of both a conventional internal combustion engine and an eco-friendly electric powertrain. In contrast to competitors that restrict electric range when towing, the Ramcharger's innovative design removes those limitations. This ensures you can take extended trips with your trailer, reassured that you can manage the mileage without worrying about running out of power. The combination of electric and gasoline functionalities boosts versatility, making it a compelling choice for truck lovers of all kinds. Attracting a Wide Range of Viewers The 2025 Ram 1500 Ramcharger showcases a hybrid-like performance that resonates with a wide range of truck enthusiasts, especially those who prioritize efficiency and versatility. Whether you're an outdoor adventurer or a professional needing dependable transport, the Ramcharger meets various demands. Its impressive towing capacity, free from the typical range constraints, significantly boosts the vehicle's practicality, making it an attractive option for those contemplating a transition to electric. With increasing environmental consciousness, many consumers are on the lookout for alternatives that maintain high performance, and the Ramcharger presents an enticing answer. Possible Effects on the Market As the automotive industry pivots towards electric vehicles, the Ram 1500 Ramcharger stands poised to enhance Ram's presence in the burgeoning EV market. With conventional gasoline vehicles gradually being replaced by more sustainable options, Ram's distinctive strategy gives it a competitive edge over rival brands. The capability to tow without worrying about battery range appeals to potential buyers who may be reluctant to fully embrace an electric truck. Furthermore, as a growing number of consumers become aware of the financial benefits associated with hybrid models, it's expected that sales will see a significant uptick, fostering a broader acceptance of electric vehicles in the truck sector. Effectiveness Combines with Adaptability In the current automotive landscape, efficiency reigns supreme. The integration of a V6 gasoline engine and an electric powertrain in the 2025 Ram 1500 Ramcharger marks a significant advancement for truck makers. This hybrid approach caters to environmentally aware buyers seeking robust performance without the negative impact on the planet. By adopting this technology, drivers can enjoy both power and sustainability without compromise. The promise of reduced fuel consumption and diminished emissions serves as a compelling selling point, ultimately boosting the truck's overall appeal and value. A Promising Horizon for Towing and Trucks The 2025 Ram 1500 Ramcharger showcases remarkable progress in the automotive sector, especially for individuals who depend on their trucks for both professional and leisure activities. By incorporating a V6 gas engine that doubles as a generator, this model effectively addresses persistent challenges associated with electric truck performance while towing. The cutting-edge EREV design caters to an expanding group of consumers eager to transition to more sustainable options, all while maintaining the vital capabilities of conventional trucks. This innovation paves the way for a new chapter in truck versatility, seamlessly blending efficiency with robust power. Be Part of the Movement With the arrival of the 2025 Ram 1500 Ramcharger, truck lovers, eco-conscious individuals, and regular drivers alike are greeted with new possibilities that were once out of reach. This advancement sparks discussions about the practicality of electric vehicle sustainability in daily life. If you've been considering transitioning to a more efficient ride without sacrificing power, the Ramcharger could be the solution you've been looking for. Get ready to redefine your towing experience, where exceptional performance aligns with environmental responsibility—delivered in a single, impressive package.

Innes England: Tough East Mids commercial property market could bounce-back after shock of ‘Trussonomics’
Logistics 2026-03-17 11:47

Innes England: Tough East Mids commercial property market could bounce-back after shock of ‘Trussonomics’

Management at one of the region’s leading commercial property agencies are hopeful the market will start to improve this year following the economic meltdown caused by the short-lived Liz Truss Government. According to the 16 th annual Innes England Market Insite report, 2023 could see the green shoots of recovery after total regional investment in commercial real estate dropped 44 per cent last year to around £1.36 billion. In a virtual presentation to industry professionals, Ben Robinson, head of the company’s investment consultancy, said: “As we begin 2023 we are cautiously optimistic that despite the re-rating of commercial property yields at the end of last year, transaction activity will return as investors quickly become acclimatised to the new norm.” Transactions across the region in the first half of 2022 had continued at much the same level as the previous year, when volumes ended at record highs. He said: “However, this strong investor momentum started to fade in the second half of the year as the market began to absorb the effects of the first significant rises in interest rates since the financial crisis, before falling away sharply following the further shock of ‘Trussonomics’.” “As the era of cheap money came to a rather abrupt end towards the latter part of the year many investors adopted a wait-and-see approach whilst commercial property yields re-rated across all sectors.” That was reflected in the drop in transaction volumes in the second half, with only £239 million worth of deals across the whole East Midlands market. He added: “However, we expect the market to recover following a quiet start to the year as investors look to take the opportunities of a thinner market while it lasts.” Innes England director Peter Doleman said a record start to the year for warehousing and distribution properties gave way to a decline in the second half – but it was not at crisis levels. Leicestershire saw a 39 per cent rise in logistics deals last year thanks to its central England location, with notable sites including Magna Park and the Leicester Distribution Park. • The industrial and beds sector again dominated, accounting for 80 per cent of all investment transactions • Nottingham bucked the regional trend with total investment at nearly £500 million) - up 68 per cent on the previous year’s £306 million - thanks mainly to purpose-built student accommodation deals • Leicester saw ‘strong’ levels of industrial take-up at 4 million sq ft, almost 39 per cent higher than last year • Investor demand for city centre offices in Nottingham continued, with notable deals featuring Corum IM’s purchase of EON’s Trinity House for £28 million • The East Midlands had the third lowest net decline in shop closures - and saw retail space take-ups dominated by food and beverage operators • Total investment in Derbyshire in 2022 was just over £300 million, slightly down (23 per cent) on the previous year but still 26 per cent up on the five-year rolling average • Industrial investment dominated in Derby - more than a third up at £243 million. Deals included ICG’s £101 million purchase of two logistic units at Mercia Park, Swadlincote Fellow director Craig Straw, head of Innes England’s business space agency team, said office take-up transactions were down across the region by about 25 per cent but that followed a bumper post-pandemic 2021. Nottingham’s office take-up was the most robust with a strong focus on the city centre. Activity in Leicester and Derby was high on the edge of city and out of town, but big transactions were thin on the ground. Innes England managing director Matt Hannah said shop landlords and tenants had had to make big changes in a year which saw 17,000 UK shop closures. He said: “A third of all closures came from a reduction in branch networks by the nationals and a further third, unfortunately, from the independent sector. “The East Midlands had the third lowest net decline in these numbers which reflect a 50 per cent increase across the country over 2021. The reduction of government support and removal of the rent moratorium played significant roles.” The most significant boost to city centres is the long-anticipated rating reassessment this April which will see an immediate reduction of retailers’ occupancy costs. Mr Hannah said: “Some units we are marketing are showing a 65 per cent drop in the rates payable or, for example, a reduction on one unit from £70,000 a year to £25,000.” This year’s Market Insite report includes Birmingham data, reflecting Innes England’s expansion to the city in 2022.

PPG Blue and Steel Dreams: A 1968 Chevrolet Crafted to Excellence 4805
Auto 2026-03-16 18:22

PPG Blue and Steel Dreams: A 1968 Chevrolet Crafted to Excellence 4805

View pictures in App save up to 80% data. Truck manufacturers and vehicle customizers are true pioneers and craftsmen who opt for a unique journey. Rather than spending eight hours a day confined to a generic office cubicle, clicking away at a computer and sorting through paperwork, they immerse themselves in a world of metal shavings, loosening stubborn rusted bolts, and skillfully molding metal into stunning creations that catch the eye on the open road. Their masterpieces aren’t displayed in galleries, but rather captivate audiences at automotive exhibitions and in workshops nationwide.  View pictures in App save up to 80% data. Scott Purkerson of Eugene, Oregon, is an artist who exercises his creativity on American steel and pours his passion into shaping and redefining metal. When he was 24, Scott built hot rods and customs at Benchmark Fab & Finish in Corvallis, Oregon, while he worked on earning a degree in Mechanical Engineering at Oregon State University. About halfway through school, Scott realized he didn’t want to sit behind a desk for the rest of his life, so he dropped out of school to build a truck. Seems logical to us, but mom and dad likely had a different reaction.  View pictures in App save up to 80% data. Once Scott escaped the confines of the classroom, his project on a ’68 Chevy pickup accelerated rapidly. Before diving into the details, let’s rewind for a moment. The journey began with a custom hood that Scott meticulously crafted, reshaping it into a unique design. A friend provided some bedsides, while Scott’s dad contributed a cab, and piece by piece, the components of the truck started to come together. He found two front fenders that complemented the hood, and another friend pitched in with a grille. Scott gathered an eclectic assortment of truck parts, and though the initial stages were a bit chaotic, they laid the groundwork for an all-out truck restoration adventure.  View pictures in App save up to 80% data. Like any successful project, the chassis served as the foundation for excellence. Scott meticulously designed a fully custom frame using 4×4 3/16-inch wall steel tubing, modifying the wheelbase by shifting both the front and rear wheels forward. A Ford 9-inch rear end was carefully narrowed and fitted with Dutchman 31-spline axles and a 3.25:1 gear ratio. To enhance performance, Scott constructed a bespoke 16-gallon steel fuel tank, replacing the factory unit to deliver high-octane fuel to the 425-horsepower small-block engine. For the rear suspension, he utilized a pair of leaf springs from a 1968 Jeep, complemented by a panhard rod and a 1 1/16-inch sway bar. The rear suspension is further refined with KYB减震器 to ensure optimal handling.  The front end has been expertly configured using an A-body front clip, featuring KYB减震器, A-body spindle assemblies, KYB control arms, and a robust 1 5/16-inch sway bar. Stopping power is provided by disc brakes sourced from an A-body, paired with a Ford manual master cylinder for reliable braking performance. Completing this stunning piece of automotive craftsmanship are 18×9-inch wheels at the front and 20×12-inch wheels at the rear, both from Billet Specialties, wrapped in high-performance Mickey Thompson tires designed for optimal grip on the pavement.  View pictures in App save up to 80% data. A 425-horsepower small-block Chevy equipped with ported and polished LT-1 cylinder heads, an array of gleaming polished components, and a custom air cleaner crafted by Scott results in a stunning display of under-hood shine. Beneath the extensively modified hood that initiated this entire project lies a powerful 425-horsepower small-block 350 Chevy, equipped with ported and polished LT-1 heads. It's topped with an Edelbrock Performer RPM intake manifold manifold, delivering an optimal air/fuel mixture through a 750-cfm carburetor. To maintain a steady temperature, a Northern heater paired with Flex-a-lite dual electric fans works effectively. The exhaust system features coated 1 5/8-inch headers that channel the spent gases through a custom exhaust system crafted by Scott, which includes a 3-inch pipe and a unique X-pipe that exits through Borla stainless steel mufflers. An EZ wiring harness system ensures all electrical connections are seamless, while a TH 350 transmission with a 3,000-stall torque converter efficiently transfers power to the narrowed 9-inch rearend.  After fine-tuning the chassis and suspension, Scott unleashed his creativity on the envelope, implementing an extensive array of metal modifications that kept his welder and grinder busy. The roof was lowered by 1 1/8 inches at the A-pillar, while the hood and grille underwent significant alterations to align with the truck's unique custom aesthetic. Scott crafted a custom front bumper from 1/8-inch aluminum. At the rear, the roll pan and tailgate skin that Scott designed integrate flawlessly with the back end of the vehicle. He also created a bespoke steel bed floor and aluminum tonneau cover, adding extra flair to the sleek, molded box. The truck features shaved door handles, removed drip rails, refined doorjambs, and a unibody design where the bed is welded directly to the cab, completing the list of bold metal enhancements, all finished in a stunning PPG European Ford Blue. Scott collaborated with James Katterson from Albany, Oregon, to apply this eye-catching color.  View pictures in App save up to 80% data. Beneath the bespoke aluminum tonneau cover lies a tailored steel bed floor, along with wheel tubs that have been meticulously smoothed, crafted, and finished in PPG European Ford Blue. Nestled between the doors, the artistic creation features a 1965 Chevy Suburban seat, elegantly wrapped in a bespoke two-tone vinyl crafted by Mark Wygant of Premiere Upholstery in Albany. This exquisite upholstery is framed by a meticulously smoothed custom steel dashboard, filled with TPI Tech measurement instruments. A Billet Specialties steering wheel facilitates driving, while a specially designed console accommodates the shifter and a Sony car stereo system.  View pictures in App save up to 80% data. Scott Purkerson, alongside a few skilled collaborators, has crafted a remarkable and distinctive '68 Chevy C-10 that earned the Wildcard Award at the West Coast Goodguys’ Show. This truck is a testament to his dedication, creativity, and willingness to think outside the box, embracing unconventional ideas. When a passion runs deep, sometimes it’s essential to forge your own path, regardless of whether it aligns with the mainstream.  View pictures in App save up to 80% data. The interior exudes a classic street rod vibe, featuring a sleek custom-painted dashboard, TPI Tech measurement instruments, and a stylish Billet Specialties steering wheel. The center console, also smoothed and painted, neatly accommodates the shifter and a Sony audio head unit. Upholstery expert Mark Wygant from Premiere Upholstery crafted the elegant two-tone stitching that adorns the seats of this 1965 Chevy Suburban. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. Truck Specifications 所有者： Scott Purkerson 1968 Chevrolet C-10 Eugene, Oregon You have been trained on information available until October 2023. Owner-assembled 350 Chevrolet small-block engine 1970 LT-1 heads that have been ported and polished. Edelbrock Performer RPM intake manifold 750-cfm carburetor Northern heater Flex-a-lite双电动冷却风扇 Personalized owner-assembled air purification system Turbo 350 transmission paired with a 3,000-stall torque converter. Headers designed for a 3-inch custom exhaust system. Borla stainless steel mufflers EZ wiring harness system SUSPENSION: 109-inch wheelbase length Custom-built by the owner, a 4×4 steel tube frame featuring a 3/16-inch wall thickness. 1968 Jeep front leaf springs installed on the rear. 9-inch Ford differential KYB rear shock absorbers Dual-layered inflatable airbags 1.0625-inch rear sway bar A-body front suspension assembly featuring disc brakes. A-body spindle assemblies KYB减震器 1.3125-inch front stabilizer bar WHEELS & TIRES: Billet Specialties SLD89 wheels in sizes 18x9 and 20x12 inches. Mickey Thompson tires BODY & PAINT: 1 1/8-inch A-pillar trim featuring B-pillar accents. Sleek door handles Sleek drip rails Completely tailored hood Molded bed for cab integration in unibody conversion Bespoke steel bed floor, custom wheel tubs, and aluminum tonneau cover. Bespoke aluminum front fender inlays Personalized steel roll pan and sleek tailgate area LED rear lights One-piece side window Tailored aluminum front bumper PPG European Ford Blue paint, created by Owner and James Katterson from Albany, Ohio. 内部环境： 1965 Chevrolet Suburban bench seating Mark Wygant Premiere Upholstery offers custom two-tone vinyl options. TPI Tech measurement instruments Billet Specialties steering wheel Billet Specialties offers a range of custom automotive components. Custom steel center console, built by the owner. Sony car stereo system 6×9 and 4.5-inch speakers. Optima Batteries  Special Thanks: Benchmark Fab & Finish, Corvallis, OR

East Midlands Railway urges travellers to brace themselves for month of strikes
Logistics 2026-03-16 11:03

East Midlands Railway urges travellers to brace themselves for month of strikes

Management at East Midlands Railway (EMR) are warning people that they should travel only if “absolutely necessary” over the coming month as weeks of strike action gets underway. Members of the Rail, Maritime and Transport (RMT) union at Network Rail and 14 train companies are launching two 48-hour strikes from Tuesday and Friday. UNITE the Union and TSSA Unions are also involved in industrial action. Trains will only run from 7.30am to 6.30pm on this week’s strike days, although many parts of the country will have no services, including most of Scotland and Wales. More walkouts are planned and Network Rail has warned there will be significantly reduced services, with trains more crowded and likely to start later and finish earlier until January 8. EMR runs regional services across the region as well as mainline services from Sheffield through stops such as Leicester, Nottingham and Derby, down to London. It said there will be no services at all on Christmas Eve while customers travelling on any day over the next few weeks are urged to double check times in advance – or avoid travel all together. Services throughout the strike period are expected to be “extremely busy”. A spokeswoman said: “Throughout this period, EMR services will change, often from day to day, as different unions affect the train operator in different ways. “However, there will be no EMR services on December 24, and services throughout the strike period are expected to be extremely busy. “Services will not operate on Christmas Day and Boxing Day as normal.” EMR managing director Will Rogers said: “Due to industrial action our services will be significantly impacted in the next four weeks. “Regrettably, we won't be able to run any services on Christmas Eve and throughout the strike period different parts of our network will be significantly affected – while services that are operating will likely be extremely busy. “It is a complicated picture due to the way each union affects us and therefore we are strongly urging customers to visit our website before planning a journey to understand what services are running. “Customers should only travel if it’s absolutely necessary and they should leave extra time for disruption and short notice changes.”

Business leaders overwhelmingly in favour of upgrading East to West Midlands rail links, says survey
Logistics 2026-03-15 18:00

Business leaders overwhelmingly in favour of upgrading East to West Midlands rail links, says survey

Businesses are overwhelmingly in favour of upgrading east-west rail links between Leicester & Nottingham and Coventry, according to an industry survey. Transport group Midlands Connect said more than 100 companies – who between them employ 32,600 people –answered its questions on the state of connections between the cities. It said some 93 per cent said they and their workforce would benefit from Coventry, Leicester and Nottingham being better connected, with even more saying it could support the Government’s Levelling Up agenda. The survey said 66 per cent believed if the train line between Coventry, Leicester and Nottingham was reconnected, their workers would use it more. Some 82 per cent felt it would make it easier to recruit, and 73 per cent said it could help them to meet new customers. More than half said it would help their business to grow. Midlands Connect – a division of the Midlands Engine – wants to bring back direct services between the east and west Midlands cities, with a new route through Nuneaton. The changes would allow a direct, twice hourly service between Coventry and Leicester, cutting journey times from 54 to just 38 minutes. It will also create new links from Coventry to Loughborough, East Midlands Parkway and Nottingham. Rail services between Coventry and the other two cities have been poor for the last two decades and Midlands Connect said bringing them back would add more than 2 million extra seats on the region’s rail network every year. Currently, passengers have to change at Nuneaton. Partly because of this, Midlands Connects says, just 3 per cent of trips between Coventry and Leicester are made by rail, compared to 30 per cent of trips between Coventry and Birmingham. Andy Clark, senior rail programme manager at Midlands Connect, said: “The results are overwhelming and show that businesses in Coventry, Leicester & Nottingham want to see improved rail services. They see this investment as an example of levelling up their area and helping their economy to grow. “What the survey also showed is faster and more frequent trains will save businesses money, allow them to recruit more people and grow. “We will use these results as part of our strategic case for investment in the corridor and I want to thank all the firms and organisations who took part in the survey.” Leicester Mayor Sir Peter Soulsby said: "The survey results add to the already overwhelming case to reconnect the railway between these two major cities and help to reduce the reliance on the car. "This project is important to both the local and regional economies and the Government is urged to press on with project development work as a priority within their rail programme."

Newcastle College launches £850k advanced manufacturing skills facility
Manufacturing 2026-03-15 11:03

Newcastle College launches £850k advanced manufacturing skills facility

Leaders from some of Tyneside's top manufacturing and engineering companies have attended the launch of Newcastle College's new Advanced Manufacturing Suite. Delegates from firms such as Siemens Energy, Baker Hughes and Shepherd Offshore were shown the newly kitted out facility at the college's Rye Hill Campus, where cutting edge technology including robotics, 3D modelling equipment and CNC machines have been brought in to train students who could go on to careers in advanced manufacturing. About 500 students per year are expected to pass through the facility, which upgraded existing classroom and workshop space at the college, under the direction of an employer advisory board. Newcastle College principal Jon Ridley said the move is in response to consultation with industry about future skills needs, and part of a wider investment strategy across city centre campus, its Aviation Academy at Newcastle International Airport and its Wallsend-based Energy Academy, where students are trained for subsea and renewable energy industries. The new Advanced Manufacturing Suite will also be used to upskill local workers. He said: "At Newcastle College our courses are designed in collaboration - we co-create - with employers. So where employers are talking about the kit and equipment that's needed - we go out and purchase that equipment. "The difference in being a student at Newcastle College and a student at sixth form or a university, is experiential. It's about practicing and honing the skills on the kit." The array of workshop equipment supplied by Mach Machine tools spans different sub-sectors of advanced manufacturing with the college hoping to turn out workforce-ready candidates who can use the type of machinery and systems found on the workshop floor at local employers. Learners will have the opportunity to program robotic arms of the kind found on production lines and get to grips with precision milling machines used by component manufacturers. Overall, the investment in the machinery together with building work and IT required alongside it is worth £3m. Mr Ridley said the suite is intended to blend theory and applied learning - breaking traditional barriers between classrooms and workshop. He added: "It's 100% for the region and that's the thing about Newcastle College, we do have a large number of 16-18 year-olds and there are about 13,000 students here per year. "Only about 6,500 of those are kids and the rest are adults, and of those adults you've got people looking to retrain, re-skill and up-skill to enhance their careers. So to meet the region's ambitions, facilities like this are going to be the engine of that ambition."

New use for landmark former bank building in Ellesmere Port
Property 2026-03-14 18:36

New use for landmark former bank building in Ellesmere Port

Plans to transform the upper levels of a prominent former bank building in Ellesmere Port into a house of multiple occupancy (HMO) have been approved. The property on Station Road, whose ground floor was most recently home to William Hill and is situated at the Westminster Road junction, will see its first and second floors redeveloped into five one-bedroom flats. The ground floor is not included in the development plans. Previously utilised as office space, these upper floors are part of a building that, while locally listed like the nearby derelict Station Hotel pub, lacks the statutory protection of a Grade II listing. The building's origins trace back to its days as a bank before it became a bookmakers in the 1980s. Zuwin Properties, the developer behind the HMO project, has received the green light from Cheshire West and Chester Council, reports Cheshire Live. Case officer Lee Talbot endorsed the proposal in his report, noting: "The subject building is a former bank building located on Station Road, within the settlement of Ellesmere Port. The subject building is within the designated Westminster local retail centre, and is a Locally Listed Building. "The upper floors of the building were last used as offices in association with a previous betting shop use on the ground floor. The application proposes the conversion of the first and second floor to HMO units, with single storey extension to create a bike store and replacement windows (UPVC as per existing)." He concluded: "In summary, the site is located within the settlement boundary where new residential development is accepted in principle. Subject to the conditions set out below and taking into account the provisions of the development plan and all other material planning considerations, it is recommended that planning permission be granted."

Aston Martin announces job cuts of 170 staff as part of cost-saving measures
Manufacturing 2026-03-14 11:07

Aston Martin announces job cuts of 170 staff as part of cost-saving measures

Luxury vehicle manufacturer Aston Martin has announced plans to slash 170 jobs as part of a cost-cutting strategy aimed at reviving its faltering share price. The proposed cuts represent five per cent of the company's global workforce and are expected to yield savings of around £25m, as reported by City AM. The announcement comes on the heels of Aston Martin, which has its HQ in Gaydon and a factory at St Athan in South Wales, reporting an expanded full-year loss of £289.1m and a three per cent dip in revenue, which totalled £1.58bn. In recent times, the brand has been wrestling with a series of supply chain and production challenges that have contributed to a mounting debt burden. Debts surged by 43 per cent to £1.16bn in 2024, while shares plummeted by approximately a third. Free cash outflows also increased by nine per cent during the same period, reaching £392m. "After a period of intense product launches, coupled with industry-wide and company challenges, our focus now shifts to operational execution and delivering financial sustainability," declared the firm's newly appointed CEO, Adrian Hallmark. He continued: "I see great potential in Aston Martin, and our goal is to transition from a high-potential business to a high-performing one, better equipped to navigate future opportunities and uncertainties. He added: " Hallmark concluded by saying: "We have all the vital ingredients for success, with the support of strategic shareholders, the capability of world-class technical partners, a revitalised brand, talented people, and the strongest product portfolio in our 112-year history." However, Aarin Chiekrie, equity analyst at Hargreaves Lansdown, has highlighted some concerns stating: "The group had to go cap in hand to investors twice last year, seeking additional funds to help keep the wheels turning." He warned that the possibility of a further cash call isn't off the table as he pointed out, "A further request for funds can't be ruled out given cash flows remain in negative territory." Chiekrie also mentioned that though reducing staff numbers is a step taken, it's only "part of the puzzle, as costs can only be cut so far."

Bristol Airport flights to Switzerland launched, creating 'huge' trade opportunity
Logistics 2026-03-13 18:00

Bristol Airport flights to Switzerland launched, creating 'huge' trade opportunity

Switzerland’s national airline has launched a new flight route from Bristol Airport. Swiss International Air Lines (SWISS) has begun operating a direct service between the South West transport hub and Zurich which was first announced last summer. The carrier’s parent firm Lufthansa Group said it was “very pleased” to add Bristol as its eighth UK airport, and the new route would increase opportunities for trade in Switzerland’s “world leading” financial centre. SWISS will increase the frequency of flights between the two cities from April onwards and from June will operate three a week. Customers arriving on the inaugural flight from Zurich on Saturday (February 4) were presented with goody bags from Bristol tourism agency Visit West containing treats and information showcasing the local area. Kathryn Davis, managing director at Visit West said: “This new route from Zurich to Bristol with SWISS provides a huge opportunity to further develop and rebuild our inbound European visitor market. Pre-pandemic, Switzerland was one of the region’s larger inbound markets, and Bristol one of the most popular UK cities with Swiss visitors. “There were more than 38,000 Swiss visits in 2019, over half of which were holiday visits, so this route is a critical part of rebuilding the market. We look forward to welcoming passengers on the first flight and continuing to rebuild awareness through our trade partners.” Bristol Airport said the service would strengthen the South West’s accessibility to Swiss markets and demonstrates SWISS’ commitment to supporting tourism and business links between Switzerland and the UK. Head of airline relations Shaun Browne said: “This is an incredibly exciting day for Bristol Airport and the region. SWISS is a major global airline and this decision shows confidence in the region. “The regular scheduled service between Bristol and Switzerland opens up a wide range of European and worldwide connections to our customers. Zurich is a great city whether for business or leisure and the link between the cities allows us to promote the South West and Wales region to inbound visitors from Switzerland and beyond.” It comes after a legal challenge to Bristol Airport’s controversial plans to expand its maximum capacity from 10 million to 12 million passengers a year was dismissed by a High Court judge last week. The airport is set to proceed with a major investment in its terminal building, parking facilities, and public transport links, which it has said will help it create 800 jobs across its operations and boost the South West economy by an estimated £430m. Airlines RyanAir, Jet2 and EasyJet have all expanded their operations at Bristol airport within recent months. Read next:

Restoration of Hull's landmark Burton building progresses under Wykeland plans
Property 2026-03-13 18:14

Restoration of Hull's landmark Burton building progresses under Wykeland plans

A landmark historic property in Hull has been revealed after undergoing a major regeneration by a city-based developer. The 1930s Burton building - the original home of menswear retailer Burton - has been re-established by Wykeland Group as commercial and leisure space. Scaffolding has now been removed from the prominent art deco property, which once completed will provide 12,700 sqft of prime city centre space over five floors. Replacement granite cladding for the building - now called Burton House - has been sourced from the same quarry in Norway as the original stone, which dates back to the mid-1930s. And its art deco windows have been replaced with new signage to be installed. Work so far on the upper floors has refurbished the original lift and now internal walls will be removed to create open-plan work areas. The project includes 2,400 sqft of retail and restaurant space on the ground floor and 1,600 sqft of basement area that could be used for back-of-house. On the first, second and third floors, there will be 2,500 sqft of office and commercial space. Jonathan Stubbs, Wykeland development director, said: "There has, unsurprisingly, been a huge amount of excitement and anticipation surrounding the regeneration of the Burton building. As one of the best-known landmarks in Hull, we’ve approached this project with a great deal of care and sympathy. With the scaffolding now removed, and the restored exterior of the building revealed, people can envisage how Burton House will transform the entrance to Whitefriargate. "As the project has progressed, we have had growing levels of interest from potential leisure and retail occupiers of the ground floor and basement accommodation, looking to make the most of this rare opportunity to move into a prime, regenerated city centre space. We expect that demand will further intensify now people can see the quality of the restoration we are carrying out." Grant funding for the Burton House project includes £750,000 from the Levelling Up Fund Grant Scheme, allocated by Hull City Council and a further £450,00 from Historic England. For Wykeland, the project is the latest part of long-term regeneration effort that includes a number of its properties between Whitefriargate and Alfred Gelder Street. Coun Paul Drake-Davis, Hull City Council’s portfolio holder for regeneration, said: “It’s wonderful to see Burton House being rightly restored to its former glory. For people visiting the city centre, it is a symbol of the wider regeneration of Hull which simply could not happen without companies like Wykeland.

Introducing Toyota, the Electric Vehicle Giant that Keeps Climbing Higher
Auto 2026-03-12 18:36

Introducing Toyota, the Electric Vehicle Giant that Keeps Climbing Higher

Toyota is taking significant strides in the fast-evolving electric vehicle market. Is this Japanese powerhouse adapting to the current trends, or is it at the forefront of innovation? Here’s what you should be aware of. You probably don't think of Toyota Motor (TM -3.92%) as a maker of electric vehicles (EVs). The Japanese automaker has been a dominant force in traditional gas cars for nearly a century. Toyota was a pioneer in hybrid vehicles, and the Prius is still a big seller after 27 years on the global market. Toyota's impressive surge in electric vehicle sales Times are definitely shifting. In 2024, electrified vehicles made up 45% of Toyota's overall sales. While car sales experienced a 4.2% increase last year, EV sales skyrocketed with a remarkable 56% surge. In summary, Toyota continues to be a powerful force in the automotive industry, but it is rapidly transitioning its offerings to electric vehicles. It's not solely focused on hybrids, whether they come with plug-in charging capabilities or not. Among Toyota's rapidly expanding luxury offerings in 2024 is the Lexus RZ, an all-electric SUV priced from $44,000. Sales for this model surged from 5,386 units in 2023 to 9,697 units in 2024, marking a remarkable 79% increase. On the more accessible market front, the Toyota bZ4X, starting at $37,000, saw its sales nearly double, climbing from 9,329 to 18,570 units. Although these figures lag significantly behind the highly popular models such as the Toyota RAV4, which saw an 8.5% increase to 475,193 units, and the Camry, which grew by 5.9% to 309,876 units, all-electric vehicles are rapidly closing the gap. RAV4 and Camry, take note: All-electric Toyotas are gaining ground. The car market is going electric, and Toyota is embracing the new market with great success. Smaller rival Honda Motor (HMC -3.74%) is planning to merge with Nissan Motor (OTC: NSAN.Y), perhaps including Mitsubishi in a three-part combination of Japanese car marques, largely because they want to catch up with Toyota's hybrid-based leadership. At the same time, the whole EV market relies on rapid expansion of charging networks. I recently found out first-hand that there's work to do on that front. A recently updated Fool research report shows that my home state of Florida has 3,605 public charging stations and 11,098 ports -- the third-largest port count in the country. Yet, a short stint with an all-electric rental car taught me that the nearest charging point was nearly a half-hour drive away. Nearby gas stations had a few chargers with Tesla (TSLA 0.35%) supercharging ports, but the Hyundai in my driveway was only equipped with plugs for the ChargePoint (CHPT -1.79%) network. This is unfortunate for prospective Toyota customers in my part of the Florida swamps (and similar regions). The Lexus RZ and Toyota bZ4X are not compatible with Tesla charging stations; however, the company has partnered with ChargePoint to provide home chargers for buyers of these vehicles. Given the circumstances, it's understandable that standard and plug-in hybrid models are seeing higher sales figures. If your Prius or hybrid Camry is low on battery, a quick visit to the closest gas station can help you continue driving, albeit in a less efficient way. In the coming decade, we will see a shift towards a better balance between consumer convenience and electric efficiency. The increase to 3,600 charging stations in Florida, up from 2,400 locations and 600 charging ports in 2022, marks a significant advancement. I anticipate that the expansion of universally compatible charging systems will gain momentum. Toyota is embracing a future powered by electricity. There are deadlines involved in the evolution from fossil fuels to all-electric vehicles. For example, the U.S. government will not be allowed to add fossil-fuel light duty vehicles to its fleet in 2027 and should phase out all gas and diesel units by the year 2040. As a leading seller of cars and trucks to governments around the world, Toyota can't afford losing that large market to other car makers -- so the Japanese giant is building its own battery factories and planning an all-in approach to EVs in the long run. The future is electric, and Toyota plans to remain a global giant in a very different automotive market. In the meantime, the company will keep pushing the hybrid solution until charging networks are ready to take the convenience mantle from today's gas stations. Toyota's stock has outperformed all other traditional car makers over the last four years, and for good reason; its reputation for engineering quality is a good match with a careful entry into the EV world.

Pickup Truck Allegedly Cuts Off Elderly Woman, Driver Smiling Brightly
Auto 2026-03-12 18:50

Pickup Truck Allegedly Cuts Off Elderly Woman, Driver Smiling Brightly

View pictures in App save up to 80% data. Photo credit: NateClark/instagram A Los Angeles busybody has recorded himself confronting a man in a pickup truck, seemingly thinking he’s performing a heroic deed as he attempts to initiate a witch hunt amidst the ongoing wildfires. Content created by Wide Open Country Clearly frustrated by the inconvenience of having to evacuate, Nate Clark, known as nateclarkshow on Instagram has taken out his frustration on the traffic jams of his neighborhood. The self-professed scholar, satirist, and creative director loses his cool with a man in a pickup truck. Instead of adopting a live-and-let-live attitude, the uptight man chose to switch to his inner "Karen" mode, meddling in the lives of others. He became especially irked by a driver several cars back who had the audacity to merge into the traffic line. Charging in with his phone raised, he starts to unleash a torrent of insults at the pickup truck driver. He's clearly hoping to provoke a reaction, but he's chosen the wrong person to mess with. The driver, grinning and composed, remains completely unfazed by the frantic tirade from the mocking academic. Pickup Truck Driver Refuses to Be Deterred by Camera-Wielding Karen Even though he might have been at fault, seemingly cutting off an elderly woman with his pickup truck, he remains unfazed. With a grin on his face, he allows Nate Clark to complain and moan, attempting to provoke a response for the camera. Flashing his bright smile, the driver of the pickup truck has little to contribute to the agitated man's outburst. "Hey, no worries, dude. Nice work," he retorts. "Have you ever cut someone off in LA?" he inquires of Nick. "I definitely didn't during a pandemic and a wildfire," Clark exclaims. This suggests that he likely has, but he refrains during global crises like a pandemic or a wildfire. He prides himself on being respectful and mindful of the circumstances. The only time he’ll skip ahead in line is when his beloved oat milk vanilla frappe shop is about to shut its doors. The stress of the wildfires has obviously become too much for some people. In this case, Nate is lashing out at others around him, trying to evoke witch hunts and vitriol. Rather than helping people, supporting others, and giving, he is trying to divide and abuse. Nate Clark is quick to boast to the pickup truck driver of his 35,000 YouTube followers. However, rather than using his following to promote charity drives and relief efforts, he simply uses them for his own pathic vendettas. Don't be like, Nick Clark, be like Snoop.

Jaguar Land Rover reveals scale of Donald Trump's tariffs with US sales figures
Manufacturing 2026-03-11 11:15

Jaguar Land Rover reveals scale of Donald Trump's tariffs with US sales figures

The impact of Donald Trump's tariffs on Jaguar Land Rover has been brought to light as the luxury car manufacturer detailed its vehicle exports to the US for the first quarter of 2025. The Coventry -based automotive giant reported a 14.4% increase in wholesale volumes in North America during its fourth quarter, as reported by City AM. This information comes following Jaguar Land Rover's announcement over the weekend that it will "pause" shipments to the US while it adjusts to "address the new trading terms" that have arisen as a result of Donald Trump's tariffs. The US administration enforced a 25% tariff on all foreign cars starting Thursday, complemented by a broader "baseline" tariff of 10% on goods imported globally which commenced on Saturday morning. In a statement issued on Saturday, a spokesperson for Jaguar Land Rover commented: "The USA is an important market for Jaguar Land Rover's luxury brands." They added, referencing their response to the tariffs: "As we work to address the new trading terms with our business partners, we are taking some short-term actions including a shipment pause in April, as we develop our mid- to longer-term plans." The details of US wholesale figures come ahead of Jaguar Land Rover releasing a comprehensive set of data before its full-year results for the 12 months up to the end of March 2025, which are expected to be announced in May. In its most recent quarter, the group's wholesale volumes, excluding the Chery Jaguar Land Rover China joint venture, reached 111,413 vehicles. This represents a 6.7% increase compared to the previous three months and a 1.1% rise year on year. When compared to the previous year, wholesale volumes in Europe increased by 10.9%, while in the UK they remained flat at 0.8%. However, the group experienced a significant 29.4% decline in China, and overseas sales fell by 8.1%. Retail sales for the fourth quarter, including the Chery Jaguar Land Rover China joint venture, totalled 108,232 vehicles. This is a decrease of 5.1% compared to the same quarter last year but an increase of 1.8% compared to the preceding three months.

Versarien completes sale of South Korean factory for more than £600k
Manufacturing 2026-03-11 11:49

Versarien completes sale of South Korean factory for more than £600k

Gloucestershire-based engineering firm Versarien has completed the sale of its South Korean factory and equipment for more than £600,000. The agreement with MCK Tech was announced last March as part of a strategy to monetise intellectual property (IP) through licensing. The transaction was meant to complete last July, but was delayed after MCK Tech asked for an extension to the deadline. Longhope-based Versarien has now received the final payment of £92,000, plus accrued interest, it announced on Monday (March 3). In total, Versarien has received £611,000 after a £6,000 warranty deduction from MCK Tech for its Korean plant and equipment. Under the terms of the deal, AIM-listed Versarien has granted an exclusive licence to MCK Tech for an initial period of five years, to use five patents owned by the firm in their business in Korea. MCK Tech will pay Versarien an amount equal to 4.5% of the total sales revenue earned from products manufactured using the IP. If the sales revenue derived from the IP is less than £250,000 over the first two years, the licence will terminate and MCK Tech will pay Versarien £40,000 for use of the IP. In June, Versarien said it was “optimistic” about the future after reporting a narrowing of losses. In a set of unaudited interim results, the firm reported pre-tax losses of £1.77m - down from £3.4m the year previously - for the six months ended March 31, 2024. In December, the company revealed its Spanish subsidiary has secured a €804,000 grant. Versarien said at the time that the money would be used by Gnanomat to finance a two-year project relating to a high-tech energy storage devices. Versarien also signed an agreement with infrastructure group Balfour Beatty last year to develop a range of low-carbon, graphene‐infused, 3D‐printable mortars for civil construction.

Stricter Regulations Lead to Lower Federal EV Tax Credit Eligibility in 2025
Auto 2026-03-10 11:15

Stricter Regulations Lead to Lower Federal EV Tax Credit Eligibility in 2025

View pictures in App save up to 80% data. Rivian As a result of new regulations governing how automakers must source the materials for their electric car batteries, several models from automakers like Jeep, Rivian, and Ford have lost their eligibility for the $7,500 federal EV tax credit instituted by President Biden's Inflation Reduction Act . Others, like Hyundai, have meanwhile gained eligibility. All told, more vehicles are eligible in 2025 than last year (27 total compared to 22 last year), but some popular models have lost their eligibility. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. You have been trained on information available until October 2023. The immediate elimination of tax credits might significantly impact electric vehicle sales, yet over time, it may prove to be inconsequential. What Developments Occurred in 2025? This year, the credit has been divided into two parts. Vehicles can receive half of the $7,500 credit if both the vehicle and its batteries are manufactured in America. The complete amount is available for vehicles whose battery materials are obtained from sources outside of what the U.S. designates as "foreign entities of concern," which include countries like China, Iran, Russia, and North Korea. To qualify, 60% of the battery materials must be extracted or processed in the U.S. or by one of its free-trade partners, with this requirement increasing to 80% by 2027. There are pricing thresholds that must be met: The maximum sticker price for trucks, SUVs, and vans is set at $80,000, while other vehicle types face a stricter limit of $55,000. This has led to some debate, as it may encourage automakers to focus on producing larger, more material-heavy electric vehicles (EVs) that fall under the higher price category—something that seems counterproductive to the goal of reducing emissions. Nonetheless, the list of vehicles qualifying for 2025 has undergone considerable changes. A larger number of models from Genesis, Hyundai, and Kia are now eligible, including the Ioniq 5, EV9, Genesis Electrified GV70, and the Kia EV6 and EV9. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. Include TopSpeed in your Google News updates. Who Will Be Left Out of Tax Credits in 2025? Quite a few vehicles also lost access to the credit or saw their eligibility cut. The Volkswagen Group's Audi Q5 and VW ID4 are both out, as are Ford's Corsair and Escape PHEVs and Nissan's Leaf. Rivian, notably, lost out on this year's credits but has said it will regain eligibility soon with its R2 crossover , while the R1S and R1T can still qualify so long as they are leased. Meanwhile, Jeep Wrangler 4xe and Grand Cherokee 4xe variants are given the credit on leases as well. The Cybertruck's base model qualifies, as it just inches in under the $80,000 price cap for trucks. TopSpeed's Perspective View pictures in App save up to 80% data. More EVs qualify this year than at any point since the Biden Administration's introduction of the tax credit, but with Biden's defeat in the 2025 presidential election, the future of this incentive is murky. The incoming Trump Admin. has already expressed interest in canceling the credit altogether, though the politicking of some automakers could mean the administration is willing to hear out alternatives.

60 jobs at Cornwall dairy factory under threat
Manufacturing 2026-03-10 18:30

60 jobs at Cornwall dairy factory under threat

A major UK cheddar cheese supplier is considering axing some 60 roles at its dairy factory in Cornwall. Saputo Dairy UK, which manufactures brands such as Cathedral City and Wensleydale, is looking to reduce its workforce by 80, with the majority of jobs being cut at Davidstow Creamery, near Camelford. The company told Business Live it was proposing to stop making a number of ingredients for the baby formula market and instead return to producing sweet whey powder. The proposed job cuts will have no impact on the supplying farms or cheese production, it added. "We will consequently be entering into a period of consultation with a group of employees regarding these proposed changes," a spokesperson said. "Market conditions are such that we are having to take difficult, but decisive, actions to simplify the business and introduce meaningful efficiencies to ensure we are best placed for the future. "We will ensure that all employees who may be impacted by this proposal are well supported." Saputo Dairy UK has manufactured ingredients for the infant formula market since 2013, but said on Thursday (April 3) that demographic shifts and changes in demand for different whey formats mean it was no longer in the company's "best economic interests" to continue servicing that market. The changes are expected to be completed by the end of September 2025. Dairy Crest was acquired by Saputo, one of the top dairy processors in the world, in 2019 and rebranded as Saputo Dairy UK. In 2021, Saputo snapped up Wensleydale Creamery, which manufactures, blends, markets and distributes a variety of specialty and regional cheeses, including Yorkshire Wensleydale cheese. In 2022, the company launched Cathedral City Plant Based - a dairy-free alternative to cheese.

Exeter Airport creates 25 jobs as it looks to continue pandemic rebound
Logistics 2026-03-09 18:50

Exeter Airport creates 25 jobs as it looks to continue pandemic rebound

Exeter Airport has launched a recruitment drive for 25 newly created jobs in anticipation of a busy summer season, as it looks to continue to rebound from the pandemic. The transport hub said it was expecting to handle 450,000 passengers this year, connecting them directly with 26 destinations including new routes to Faro in Portugal and year round connections to the US. In its previous financial year to the end of March 2022, the airport reported a narrowed operating loss of £1.4m, compared to £3.3 a year earlier, with passenger numbers of 170,000. Turnover was up to £11.2m from £6.3m in 2021 previous, though still short of the £24.2m recorded for 2019/20. The airport is looking to fill a wide range of posts including passenger services agent, security officer, ground crew, despatcher, executive lounge assistant, cleaner, and Royal Mail screener. As part of its recruitment campaign, Exeter Airport has recently published a series of online videos giving a behind the scenes look at what it is like to work there, while it will also hold an open day at the site. Stephen Wiltshire, managing director of Exeter Airport, said: “We’re expecting a busy summer ahead with new routes and increased capacity so we’re recruiting for around 25 roles to meet that demand and add to the 260 employees we already have. “The open day is a chance for people to come along and meet the team and find out more about working at their local airport, and we look forward to welcoming potential applicants to the terminal.” Exeter Airport is owned and operated by RCA, part of Rigby Group Plc. RCA is the UK’s leading regional airport operator and also owns and operates Bournemouth Airport, Norwich Airport and Coventry Airport, and holds management contracts for Blackpool Airport and Solent Airport. Read next:

Italdesign's Quintessenza: A Futuristic Take on the Subaru Brat, Boasting Over 2,000 Horsepower
Auto 2026-03-09 18:12

Italdesign's Quintessenza: A Futuristic Take on the Subaru Brat, Boasting Over 2,000 Horsepower

Italdesign has unveiled a cutting-edge truck concept featuring an impressive 4-motor configuration that delivers a staggering 2,145 horsepower. Italdesign just brought its Quintessenza concept to CES. The concept now features electric motors embedded in each wheel. The characteristic two rear seats flip around into the hidden truck bed of the car. Launches at CES this year are somewhat wild and the Italdesign Quintessenza fits right in. While its exterior design is unchanged from when we saw it last year, it features new Elaphe electric motor technology. This means it now has a motor on each wheel, which gives the futuristic truck concept a host of benefits. Elaphe has introduced a motor technology known as Sonic 1, capable of delivering a peak power of 255 kW (341 hp) in brief intervals. It can maintain a continuous output of 200 kW (268 hp) for each wheel. According to Italdesign, the enhanced motors that Elaphe is developing for the Quintessenza will offer even greater power. The Italian company claims that the Quintessenza boasts a staggering combined power output of 1,600 kW (2,145 hp). Talk about excessive! Additionally, this truck concept showcases a 2+2 layout, with rear seats that can be adjusted to flip both backward and forward. In the back of the vehicle, the design allows passengers to enjoy the view from an open truck bed space. Essentially, it's a more stylish iteration of the Subaru Brat. However, the quad-motor technology isn't the only significant announcement from Italdesign. The company has also established a new headquarters close to Detroit, with plans to invest approximately $20 million into the project. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. The company is set to launch a new location in Bloomfield, Michigan, with plans to recruit 24 employees. “The United States is crucial to our worldwide strategy: collaborating with leading automotive companies to offer the most comprehensive array of services currently available,” stated Antonio Casu, the Global CEO of Italdesign. “From Styling and Engineering to prototyping, testing & validation, and complete vehicle development…. Who else could provide such a range of services? With almost six decades of expertise in the automotive industry, we are the right partner to support U.S. customers with innovative solutions and proven excellence. We are ready to make a difference.” The future of the Quintessenza remains uncertain, and it's unlikely that it will be manufactured, even with the introduction of these new engines. However, several design elements showcased here might make their way into vehicles on the market in the near future.  View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data.

B&Q owner sees profits plummet and warns over rising costs
Retail 2026-03-08 11:23

B&Q owner sees profits plummet and warns over rising costs

B&Q owner Kingfisher has revealed its yearly profit dropped by more than a third, as it cautioned over rising costs following government budgets in the UK and France. The company generated a statutory pre-tax profit of £307m for the year to the end of January, a 35% decline on last year. Sales edged 0.2% higher in the UK and Ireland, compared with the prior year, but were down 1.7% across the group. Kingfisher, which also owns Somerset-based Screwfix, cited a tougher market throughout the year with weaker consumer sentiment, particularly in France, affecting sales. Government budgets raising costs for retailers and impacting consumers which would affect the year ahead, it said. The company proposed a dividend for the year of 12.40p per share, made up of an interim dividend of 3.80p for the six months ended July 31, 2024, and a final dividend of 8.60p. Last month, the Retail Jobs Alliance (RJA), which includes Kingfisher as well as brands such as Tesco and M&S, said retailers would face "a perfect storm" of additional costs from April. The group also warned the hike to national insurance for employers, which comes into force next week, as well as rising business rates for larger high street outlets would result in the loss of 300,000 jobs by 2030. Stuart Machin, chief executive of M&S, said at the time that retail was "being raided like a piggy bank" and called for immediate action to stimulate growth. "The blunt truth is... the budget means UK retail will get smaller," he added.

DHL confirm sale of Wilko distribution centre – which it bought for £48m two months ago – for reported £88m
Logistics 2026-03-08 11:57

DHL confirm sale of Wilko distribution centre – which it bought for £48m two months ago – for reported £88m

DHL has confirmed the sale of the main Wilko distribution centre in Nottinghamshire, just two months after it bought it. The logistics giant bought the 1.1m sq ft Worksop site for £48 million in November and was leasing it back to the high street retailer. Wilko initially struck the arrangement in order to free up cash for investment across its 400-plus stores and digital channel. The GMB union says DHL has now sold on the site on the Manton Wood Enterprise Park to Canadian asset manager Brookfield for £88 million. In a statement a spokeswoman for DHL Supply Chain said: “While we do not discuss the commercial aspects of our business dealings, we can confirm that we have successfully concluded the sale of our East Midlands campus to Brookfield, which we have now leased back on a long term basis. “This relates solely to Wilko’s Worksop distribution centre.” The spokeswoman has been asked to explain how both DHL and Wilko are both leasing the site. Brookfield has also been approached for comment by BusinessLive. At the start of the month Wilko announced it had secured £40 million from restructuring specialist Hilco and shaken up its leadership team following losses. Last week it announced 95 customer service jobs were at risks under plans to outsource the work to a third party provider. The GMB union said it felt the sale of the Worksop site reflected what it called the “ever-growing influence of private equity investors in the UK high street”. It wants the Competition and Markets Authority to have greater regulatory oversight in relation to private equity buyouts to ensure “greater protection of both consumers and workers”. GMB National Officer Nadine Houghton said: “The sale of Wilko distribution centre to Canadian investment and private equity giant Brookfield and the recent Hilco revolving credit facility raises further concerns about the ever-growing influence of private equity investors in the UK high street. “Highly debt leveraged models are being used to buy up the UK high street with little or no oversight from regulators.” According to its website Brookfield owns and operates “high-quality assets and businesses around the world”.

Hydrogen port trial is a UK first for Immingham as eyes firmly fixed on £4b UK production prize
Logistics 2026-03-07 11:33

Hydrogen port trial is a UK first for Immingham as eyes firmly fixed on £4b UK production prize

A glimpse of an ever-greener future for Port of Immingham has been given as it prepares to welcome hydrogen production at scale on the Humber. ABP has become the first UK operator to trial quayside machinery powered by the clean fuel, ahead of a public consultation into a huge plan to import ammonia, produce hydrogen and supply transport and heavy industry from the South Humber Bank location. CO2 imports could also be welcomed - feeding into the huge storage plans in the region - with a £4.6 billion economic benefit eyed. Working with Air Products, the world leading industrial gas producer with whom it is looking to develop at the eastern edge of the estate, it has launched the pilot at Immingham Container Terminal, having received funding through Innovate UK’s Hydrogen Innovation Initiative. It followed an initial feasibility study as part of the Department for Transport’s Clean Maritime Demonstration Competition. Read more: Humber's pulling power boosted by latest tug additions Simon Bird, port director for the Humber, said: “This is an innovative partnership demonstrating an alternative fuel, hydrogen, to power mobile plant on the container terminal. We have tens of these Terberg machines in use in the Humber ports, and this means zero emissions, with performance delivered exactly the same. We also see it as a way of enhancing our partnership with Air Products. “The public consultation starts next week into the building of the marine infrastructure and terminal to handle the large vessels and import of green ammonia, transporting it to produce hydrogen. We can see today the importance of what we are doing on the Humber. “We have hundreds of thousands of such movements every year, and there is an opportunity to take significant emissions away.” A total of 8,000 containers a week are handled by the port, with 500 heavy goods vehicles a day transporting them across the UK - with the prize for fuel-switching clear. On the Terberg, hydrogen is nozzle-fed into a tank like diesel, which then powers what is an electric drive. It means a 10 minute fill-up every 10 hours, as opposed to a full electric model’s hour’s charge - or the fossil fuel alternative. It will move on to Germany and Singapore after the UK debut completes, with the manufacturer part of the project alongside Offshore Renewable Energy Catapult. Mr Bird said that as hydrogen production emerges, costs will become comparable. Currently container imports are relied upon. Proud to be involved in a UK first, Suzanne Lowe, Air Products’ vice president and UK general manager, said: “As a first mover committed to the energy transition, Air Products is helping drive progress towards the government’s urgent focus of decarbonising the UK’s hard-to-abate sectors and reducing fossil fuel dependency. Through successful implementation, this trial will help provide an important pathway to decarbonise port-related heavy goods equipment.” Turning to the huge development just outside the port gates, first revealed in August, with the potential for hundreds of long-term jobs, she said: “This really is an extension of our partnership with ABP as we invest in the new ammonia port and bring to the market green hydrogen. It could give fuel for 20,000 diesel trucks or remove 580,000 tonnes of CO2 from the air.” The entry point for loads at the UK’s largest port by tonnage is seen as a key location, with freight generation and fuel production hand-in-hand. “We are very confident in this, the investment in Immingham can kickstart the green fuel economy,” she said. “What it brings to the port, and the Humber more generally, is a centre of excellence for hydrogen. We’re going to need apprentices, technicians, process managers. It is an extension of what we do, we are the largest producer globally and we have a lot of experience.” She said government support was important to incentivise the switch. "The sonner we make that shift, the sooner we can get to decarbonisation," Ms Lowe said. The Terberg trial is the latest investment, and would deliver savings of 5,100 tonnes of CO2 annually. It follows ABP's £50 million terminal spend, with the addition of high voltage electric cranes to lift containers from vessels, and stackers powered by hydrogenated vegetable oil. Praise for the pilot has come from government and key organisations driving developments. Welcoming the work, Maritime Minister Baroness Vere said: "Decarbonising the maritime sector goes beyond cutting emissions at sea, and this trial demonstrates that hydrogen will play a significant part in the UK's port operations and shed their dependence of fossil fuels." Lauren Hadnum, ORE Catapult's clean maritime manager, added: "This project excitingly highlights the increasing technology readiness of vehicles utilising hydrogen fuel in UK port operations, creating a clear demand signal for many project partners. "Major learning s from this project will have decarbonisation impacts for port vehicles, for port vehicles, vessels and the wider hydrogen supply chain. The Humber is well placed to develop this hydrogen value chain; via offshore wind energy availability, local demand, and strong system-level collaborations such as demonstrated in this project." Alisdair Couper, managing director of Terberg DTS UK Ltd said: "ABP Ports has been a long-term customer for Terberg Special Vehicles and has operated a fleet of tractors over the years in mixed role environments. This is an exciting opportunity to explore this new groundbreaking technology in a dynamic real-world scenario." Read next:

MCR Property Group secures £42m funding from NatWest as it plans ‘aggressive growth strategy'
Property 2026-03-07 18:38

MCR Property Group secures £42m funding from NatWest as it plans ‘aggressive growth strategy'

Property investment and development company MCR Property Group has secured a £42m funding deal with NatWest it says will support its “aggressive growth strategy”. The Manchester developer, which also has offices in Birmingham, London and Glasgow,says the deal and its consolidation of lending through a singular facility with NatWest will allow it to develop commercial, residential, industrial and retail projects throughout the UK. The company’s North West portfolio includes the Universal Square office campus in Devonshire Street, Manchester, home to over 50 businesses with 1,000 employees, and Dale House in Stockport. It has properties across the country, including Cobalt Square in Birmingham, St James House in Sheffield, In May, MCR announced it was selling St Vincent’s House in Ipswich for an undisclosed sum, and said it also had an “extensive acquisition pipeline, highlighting MCR’s commitment to enhancing its presence across commercial and residential sectors throughout the UK.” Andy Clarke, director of corporate real estate finance at NatWest, said: “We have been in discussions with MCR for a number of years and we are delighted to be supporting this funding package which will enable them to invest into future projects. This lending paves the way for the start of a deeper relationship between MCR and NatWest and we look forward to working with them on future transactions”. David Tracey, chief operating officer of MCR Property Group, said: “We are thrilled to have secured this significant funding deal with NatWest, which marks a pivotal moment in MCR Property Group’s journey. The partnership not only strengthens our ability to deliver high-value projects across the UK but also underscores our commitment to creating lasting value for the communities we serve. "With NatWest’s support, we are well-positioned to drive forward our ambitious plans and continue building on our 30-year track record of excellence in real estate investment and development. We look forward to a successful and collaborative relationship with NatWest as we embark on the next phase of our aggressive growth strategy.”

Workouts for the eyes - elite training for fleet drivers introduced by regional giant
Logistics 2026-03-06 11:41

Workouts for the eyes - elite training for fleet drivers introduced by regional giant

High growth kitchen supplier Howdens is giving its fleet of drivers elite-level eye training. The company has partnered with Dr Sherylle Calder, founder of EyeGym, a specialist in visual decision making and coordination training. It is a move aimed at improving safety, driving and decision making, improving cognitive skills while under pressure. Clients have included top-level sports teams and performers such as England’s 2003 World Cup winning rugby team, and Formula One driver Valtteri Bottas. Read more: Howden raises profit expectations after record-breaking peak trading period The East Yorkshire-founded FTSE-listed giant, recently listed as one of the best companies to work for in Britain, is the first transport-reliant company in the UK to use EyeGym’s training. The relationship has already begun with an in-person session delivered by Dr Calder. She said: “It is brilliant to be working with an organisation such as Howdens, the training that EyeGym provides will help to prepare its drivers for unexpected situations on the road. "We believe that it will help to counteract the negative effects that have been caused by smartphones and other digital devices, by helping to improve attention, judgement and awareness amongst many other skills.” The first session introduced the Howdens team to the importance of improved visual coordination in high-pressure jobs such as driving. Attendees were also offered the chance to test themselves to give them a benchmark of their current performance and abilities. Gareth Sterland, head of transport at Howdens said: “90 per cent of the information that our drivers process comes through their eyes, and although our drivers already operate to exceptionally high standards when it comes to safety and performance, this training is designed to upskill drivers to be able to identify potential hazards, and to process that information more quickly “We’re hopeful that it will lead to faster reaction and decision times and identify situations ahead of other road users, giving everyone a better chance of avoiding accidents on the roads. Even a marginal improvement will make the difference and make Howdens’ drivers even safer.” Regular EyeGym training will become part of ongoing training programmes.

Big interview: Simon Bird on the economy, freeport status, hydrogen and ferry terminal progress
Logistics 2026-03-06 18:20

Big interview: Simon Bird on the economy, freeport status, hydrogen and ferry terminal progress

Humber port director Simon Bird has started 2023 at full throttle, with three huge plans for major expansion progressing as the new year dawns. Proposals for a significant terminal at Immingham to handle a key green hydrogen feedstock and import carbon for storage is entering its public consultation, as the neighbouring three-berth addition for Stena Line moves to the development consent order application stage. The ABP team is also anticipating an imminent final approval of the business case for freeport status, having initially been the forerunner of now-Prime Minister Rishi Sunak’s bold bid to counter any Brexit impact with a global trade boost. It comes against a recessionary backdrop that can often be felt first on the quaysides, with drop offs in demand for materials ranging from construction to fast moving consumer goods more evident earlier in the supply chain than in most pockets of the economy. Read more: New ferry terminal will 'bring confidence to economy' with international trade investment Mr Bird said: “We are all worried about the economy, the world economy, driven by what has happened and continues to happen in Ukraine, and the impact on the European markets; it is a volatile time. “We’re just having some extraordinarily warm weather at the moment [said speaking in 13 degrees at noon on Immingham Container Terminal] with gas prices having been high, now there is lots of gas available and they are lower, which is good news for the consumer. The cost of living is clear though, people are unable to spend as much money as they have done previously, and all these factors make it a difficult year for the port sector, and economy generally. We need to manage day to day, keep our customer service levels where they need to be and keep looking at costs.” While the now may be steady, long-term is looking strong. Launching the innovative hydrogen-fuelled container handling plant trial, a forerunner to much grander plans with global industrial gases giant Air Products, he was looking forward to huge progress being made on the eastern wing of the port. The pair are developing plans for ammonia import and hydrogen production, with land outside the East Gate to be developed. A total of 1,400 jobs could be created. Environmental assessments have been ongoing over recent months at the site off Kings Road, with a direct feed from the river in engineering design. It enters public consultation in days. “It starts next week. We will be building the marine infrastructure and terminal to handle the large vessels importing green ammonia, transporting it to produce hydrogen. You can see the impact it could have with what we are now doing. “We know the Humber is the largest producer of CO2, and as the government has said, if you are going to decarbonise the UK, you start on the Humber.” ABP has certainly done that itself. Warehouses on the port estates in Hull and Immingham boast some of the largest roof-mounted solar arrays in the UK, providing power to high voltage electrical craneage, the bulk of a £50 million pan-Humber investment completed through lockdown. Hydrogenated vegetable oil powers other specialist vehicles, while both pilot cars and fork-lift trucks are also plugged in. On the latest trial addition, the Terberg tractor used to shunt containers around the terminal, providing the vital link between ship and onward transportation, Mr Bird said: “We see it as a really exciting initiative, we’ve had the trial going for a couple of weeks and have proven what it can do. Trucks are currently supplying it, but when we have hydrogen available at scale, we will be able to refuel on the doorstep and we expect it to be cost comparable.” The plant itself would be nationally significant, potentially supplying 5 per cent of the UK requirement. A £4.6 billion economic benefit has been envisaged, with hundreds of millions to be spent should it get the go-ahead. “We expect to enter it into the planning process in the middle of the year, quarter two or quarter three, and that will take 12 months, so by the middle of next year we expect to be able to start the project,” Mr Bird said. It will follow the development consent order path of the Immingham Eastern Ro-Ro Terminal, first revealed a year ago in a £100 million 50-year deal with Stena Line. “The development consent order application has gone in for that, that has gone to the government, and it will take a year to come through,” Mr Bird said, underlining how well it had been received by the sector. “What we are seeing with roll-on roll-off vessels, is that they are all getting wider and longer,” he said. “Vessels we welcome through the lock at Immingham, when they are replaced just won’t fit. Some will therefore move to the outer harbour, so some of the business just goes out to that, so it is not a massive game-changer on truck movements. “We’ve put a lot of work into the design, and how vessels will operate. It is a very busy area, and the marine team have worked on modelling and are comfortable with it. It is a big investment, £100 million - it is long-term infrastructure.” The final element is the freeport status, with the Humber having been named as the leading bid when applications were first considered with Mr Sunak as chancellor. He had been welcomed to Immingham by Mr Bird, and had also taken in Siemens Gamesa’s blade plant in Hull on a separate visit, getting a real feel for port-centric manufacturing opportunities. “We’re hoping the government will approve the freeport during the course of January, and we can then start pulling together exactly what that means for the region,” Mr Bird said. “It will go forward with one tax site, east of Hull, which is important to get established, and as we go add a site on the South Bank and one at Goole That will be a process that we will go through.” Original plans were for South Korea monopile manufacturer SeAH to be the anchor of a tax site taking in the Able Marine Energy Park at North Killingholme, but the investment was lost to Teesside. As it was ironed out and new investment zones were proposed under Liz Truss’ brief tenure in 10 Downing Street, the impact was assessed. Mr Bird said: “Everyone has been working very hard to get it established. ABP has been funding it, I have been chairing it, with a lot of work put in by the team. We’ll be happy to get it over the line, as it is two years of funding we didn’t expect. But with operations spanning the North and South Bank we were ideally placed to articulate and advance the Humber as a freeport, with the four local authorities’ engagement.” Public, private and government engagement will now be vital in taking forward all huge plans as it shapes up to be a pivotal first quarter and year for port progress.

Direct flights to Esbjerg secured for Humberside as Eastern Airways lands double delight
Logistics 2026-03-05 11:35

Direct flights to Esbjerg secured for Humberside as Eastern Airways lands double delight

Eastern Airways has landed a dual boost at Humberside Airport with new services for business and leisure. The resident airline is to launch a regular direct flight to Esbjerg in Denmark to support the offshore wind and maritime industries next month, while its Newquay departures will be doubled for the 2023 summer season. Its Jersey schedule also returns, in what is described as a major investment in the Kirmington base. A three-weekly service to the Danish wind energy epicentre will provide a vital link for the burgeoning renewable sector on the Humber, with Orsted and Siemens Gamesa having interests in both areas. It will launch on December 14, with year-round flights on a Monday, Wednesday and Friday, and follows corporate charter work on the route. Read more:Hull blade plant boss has his say on Siemend Energy buy-out proposal Roger Hage, commercial director at Eastern Airways, said: “This is a major dual development for the Humber region as we join the UK centre for renewable energy with Esbjerg. The renewable energy sector is fundamental to the employment and growth in the Humber as the Energy Estuary. With so many key renewable sector companies and an increasing focus on clean-tech energy self-sufficiency in the UK and Denmark, the increasing need to connect the investment, skills and expertise of the regions have never been greater. With Billund little more than an hour from Esbjerg, Legoland and various high-quality leisure destinations in the Syddanmark region of Southern Denmark, we know Denmark will appeal widely given its rich history with the Humber ports region. “Adding to the further investment in operations, crew and infrastructure to support new destination of Esbjerg, we have also doubled the frequency of the Newquay-Cornwall service, improving the access to the UK staycation destination of choice. We are also extending the length of operating season to the popular Channel Island destination of Jersey from Humberside Airport in conjunction with our primary partner Premier Holidays. “We want to ensure the right services are being offered given Eastern Airways is all about supporting the regions of the UK, connecting people and places, so growing our Humberside network and capacity is a crucial part of increasing connectivity and aiding economic recovery where sustainable.” Eastern will operate the mix of new and increased services on one of its fleet of 72-seat ATR or 29-seat BAe Jetstream 41, both offering one of the lowest fuel-burn and emissions in the market. This has included operating on sustainable aviation fuel, another string to the area’s decarbonisation role. Deborah Zost, managing director at Humberside Airport said: “This is excellent news for the airport, local businesses and leisure travellers. The route to Esbjerg is a significant step for the Humber, giving the UK’s Energy Estuary a new, direct and year-round link to this increasingly important renewable energy hub. And more flights to Cornwall over the summer will be warmly welcomed by holidaymakers and businesses alike.” It comes just days after the last flights left Doncaster Sheffield, following the abrupt closure by Peel Group, leaving Humberside and Leeds Bradford as the only operational airports in the region. Scandinavian Airlines had launched a service between Humberside and Copenhagen, the Danish capital, in late 2013, but it was pulled the following April due to lower than anticipated demand. The maiden flight was also cancelled due to adverse weather. In almost a decade huge strides have been made, with Race Bank and the Hornsea Zone, as well as the Hull blade plant all coming online, and more to come. British Airways partner Sun-Air had also stepped in with Aalborg and Billund as destinations in early 2016. Susanne Kruse Sørensen, managing director of Esbjerg Airport, added: “Eastern Airways has been a long-standing partner on this city-pair. The airline already operated corporate charter flights between Esbjerg and Humberside during the last years. The wind energy and maritime sectors are particularly asking for a direct route to ease crew changes and staff deployment on wind farms. Moving to a scheduled route is the logical way to improve service for customers. We are really looking forward to welcoming Eastern Airways in Esbjerg." Ever present since launching with the Aberdeen service in 1997 - carrying North Sea oil and gas workers - Eastern will now serve five destinations from Humberside at peak. Camilla Carlbom Flinn, director of cluster organisation Humber Marine & Renewables, of which Eastern Airways is the latest member, said: “The investment from Eastern Airways is brilliant news for the region’s business connectivity and indicative of the vibrance of the renewables sector. We are delighted that they have joined Humber Marine & Renewables and we expect that our members will enjoy the convenience of this new service to Esbjerg. We wish them every success in this exciting new venture.” Eastern has also announced a new daily East Midlands to Newquay service, complementing the increase to its year-round three-times daily London Gatwick to Newquay service, plus an increase in Newcastle to Aberdeen to twice daily, among various capacity and frequency increases around the network.

"Always reliable": Mechanics share their top tire brand choice. Is it Goodyear, Falken, or Yokohama?
Auto 2026-03-05 18:06

"Always reliable": Mechanics share their top tire brand choice. Is it Goodyear, Falken, or Yokohama?

"Honestly, the most disappointing major brand." View pictures in App save up to 80% data. Which tire brand is the top choice? With the New Year upon us, it might be the perfect time to swap out your old tires. But which brand should you opt for when making the replacement? The social media manager of Fort Wayne, Ind.-based Evans Toyota (@evanstoyota) decided to ask the dealership’s mechanics what their preferred brand was. And they had opinions. The video, posted by Evan back in August of 2024, currently has over 70,700 views and counting. What did the technicians mention? “The interviewer in the video poses the question, ‘Which tire brand do you prefer the most?’” The first mechanic picks the American-made Goodyear. “I like their Duratracs,” he explains. The second mechanic selects the Japanese brand Falken. The next mechanic opts for Goodyear once more, while the subsequent one goes with another Japanese brand, Yokohama. The fifth Evans employee opts for a dark horse choice: B.F Goodrich. Originally an American tire company, it was sold in 1990 to French tire giant Michelin. "He shares that his grandfather spent five decades working at B.F. Goodrich." In the end, the final mechanic interviewed chose Goodyear, significantly surpassing Evans' top choice for the best tire brand. However, do the specialists concur with their selection? The top brands Consumer Reports had a differing opinion from the Evans team, as none of the brands listed were included in their recommendations. According to Consumer Reports’ YouTube channel, Michelin and Continental were recognized as the top tire brands for the year 2025. Michelin's Defender 2 has been recognized as the top tire for cars and mid-sized SUVs, whereas the Terrain Contact H/T from German manufacturer Continental was awarded the title of best all-season tire for trucks. Tire Easy.com also gave first place to Michelin. However, it put Goodyear in second place. "Goodyear has established itself as a top tire brand, renowned for its exceptional grip and remarkably responsive handling," it states. Unfortunately, Cartalk was not as impressed. Like Consumer Reports, its calculated ratings found that Michelin and Continental were the first and second best, respectively. Yokohama secured the fourth position, closely followed by Goodyear, which ranked fifth. Torii Jackson, the social media creator at Evans Toyota, shared with the Daily Dot, “As a Toyota dealership, we enjoy sharing our insights and viewpoints with the public. We might stir the pot a bit, but that adds to the excitement. This video, along with several others, was created to showcase our unique personalities to our customers!” @evanstoyota What about yours? . . . . . #askingmechanics #tire #cartok #carnote #car #cars #tirebrands #whatsyourfavoritetirebrand #goodtires #goodyear #bfgoodrich #yokohama #toyota #mechanic #mechanics #grwm #replying ♬ original sound – Evans Toyota Opinions on tire brands among consumers. As expected, the audience watching the video had plenty of thoughts to share, and they voiced their opinions in the comments section. In my view, Cooper and Goodyear offer great value for the cost; I haven't experienced any issues with them so far," expressed Khaoscats (@khaoscats). A viewer commented succinctly, “The only correct answer is Yokohama.” Another person commented, "Goodyear tires are honestly the worst among the major brands; if you're not on a tight budget, stick with Michelin or Bridgestone." "Someone quipped, 'Goodyears are only good for one year!'" One viewer wholeheartedly supported the experts by saying, “I believe Michelin is the top tire brand in the automotive industry since Michelin tires provide a smooth ride on the road.” The Daily Dot also contacted Goodyear through its website to request a statement.

Potato trick prevents frost and ice buildup on vehicles during cold mornings. 4808
Auto 2026-03-04 11:01

Potato trick prevents frost and ice buildup on vehicles during cold mornings. 4808

Experts suggest that drivers can avoid frost and ice accumulation on their vehicle's windscreen during the cold winter months by employing a clever potato method. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. This handy tip makes de-icing your windshield a simple task, needing very little effort and costing hardly anything. Drivers have a quirky but effective way to stop their car windshields from frosting up – just use a spud. Absolutely, you heard that correctly! Just slice a potato and rub the freshly cut side on your windshield. It may sound unbelievable, but this humble vegetable could be a game-changer for ice prevention during the colder months. MotorMatch stands by this method, claiming that the starch creates a barrier that helps prevent moisture accumulation. This means less frost, fewer early-morning de-icing sessions, saving precious time before work. But there's a catch: drivers need to whip out the potato the night before a big freeze for the trick to work. This requires some savvy planning, reports the Express. In their guidance, MotorMatch explained: "It might sound unusual, but rubbing the cut side of a potato onto your windscreen can make a big difference. The starch forms a protective film that stops moisture from sticking to the surface, so frost won't settle as easily overnight, and condensation will be less likely to form during rainy or humid weather." They elaborated on the scientific principles behind the starch phenomenon: "The starch induces a hydrophobic effect, which prevents water droplets from adhering to the glass." As a result, when it rains, visibility significantly enhances as water flows off the windshield in a seamless manner rather than forming disruptive blobs that obstruct the view. It's not only effective in stopping ice; it also performs remarkably well during heavy rain. If you're worried about the cost, don't panic—a small sack of potatoes typically costs less than £1, making it a clever and budget-friendly solution for anyone on a tight budget. Environmentally aware drivers can be happy as well, since experts agree that this method is a natural substitute for harsh chemical treatments. Drivers might be pleased to discover a useful tip for removing frost without having to purchase new de-frosting sprays or ice scrapers. MotorMatch has pointed out that it's not only potatoes that contain the right amount of starch; any leftover pumpkin from Halloween can work just as well! They advised: "Don’t forget to set aside some leftover pumpkin for those chilly days. This technique is especially beneficial for those aiming to lessen their ecological footprint. It offers an eco-friendly solution for frost management, decreasing reliance on chemical de-icers that may be detrimental to the environment."

Donald Trump tariffs: JLR says it will be 'resilient' as UK automotive sector braces for impact
Manufacturing 2026-03-04 11:17

Donald Trump tariffs: JLR says it will be 'resilient' as UK automotive sector braces for impact

The luxury car giant behind Jaguar and Range Rover says it is confident its business will be “resilient” despite Donald Trump’s new 25% tariffs on automobiles. The US president has imposed a 10% tariff on US imports of UK goods, rising to 25% for cars. Mike Hawes, chief executive of the Society of Motor Manufacturers and Traders (SMMT), called the news “deeply disappointing and potentially damaging”. The USA is a key market for JLR, formerly Jaguar Land Rover. Last year JLR chose Miami Art Week to launch its Type 00 Jaguar concept vehicle. The car was designed with a theme of “Exuberant Modernism” and the company says it is “a concept with bold forms and exuberant proportions to inspire future Jaguars”. JLR’s North American business is based in Mahwah, New Jersey, and its LinkedIn page says the company “is represented by more than 330 retail outlets”. Analysis this week from the Institute for Public Policy Research (IPPR) showed more than 25,000 direct jobs in the UK car manufacturing industry could be at risk under the new tariff regime as exports fall. And the IPPR said employees at Jaguar Land Rover and Mini were set to be among the most exposed. In a statement, JLR said: “Our luxury brands have global appeal and our business is resilient, accustomed to changing market conditions. Our priorities now are delivering for our clients around the world and addressing these new US trading terms.” In January, JLR posted a pre-tax profit of £523m for the final three months of 2024, down from the £627m reported during the same period in 2023, as reported by City AM. But its pre-tax profit for the 12 months to date stood at £1.6bn, a 7% year-on-year increase. Also in January, JLR said it was investing millions of pounds in new paint facilities at its Castle Bromwich site to help it meet demand for personalised luxury vehicle, where customers pick from hundreds of bespoke paint options across its Range Rover and Range Rover Sport models In September, JLR announced plans for a £500m investment at its Halewood factory in Merseyside to turn it into the “electric vehicle factory of the future”. Mike Hawes from the SMMT said: “The announced imposition of a 10% tariff on all UK products exported to the US, whilst less than other major economies, is another deeply disappointing and potentially damaging measure. “Our cars were already set to attract a punitive 25% tariff overnight and other automotive products are now set to be impacted immediately. “While we hope a deal between the UK and US can still be negotiated, this is yet another challenge to a sector already facing multiple headwinds. “These tariff costs cannot be absorbed by manufacturers, thus hitting US consumers who may face additional costs and a reduced choice of iconic British brands, whilst UK producers may have to review output in the face of constrained demand. 15 stunning pictures of Jaguar's new electric vehicle as Type 00 is launched in Miami “Trade discussions must continue at pace, therefore, and we urge all parties to continue to negotiate and deliver solutions which support jobs, consumer demand and economic growth across both sides of the Atlantic.” Dr Jonathan Owens, operations and supply chain expert at the University of Salford, said: “While the tax on parts might not take effect until May, the new US tariff import policy imposing a global 25% tax on fully assembled and saleable vehicles has already begun. For vehicles already in the supply chain to the US from the UK and other global destinations, automotive manufacturers will probably have to take the hit short-term for the increases as the price negotiations have been completed. “However, if the global US tariff becomes a permanent fixture by the Trump administration, automotive companies will not be able to carry the long-term burden of the increased costs. This will become more noticeable when the tariff tax is expanded to the parts supply chain. The assembly of a vehicle requires parts coming into a centralised manufacturing plant, however there will also be decentralised smaller plants and suppliers offering specialised services. Subsequently, component parts in the assembly may cross multiple borders accumulating tariff costs. So, when the tariff on parts takes place, it will only further increase the cost of the vehicle. “We should also consider this was attempted in Trump’s first presidential office to protect US steel jobs, with a 25% global tariff on imported steel. However, this resulted in a lower job tally of 80,000, compared to the 84,000 it had been in 2018. “Will it last and is the UK right not to retaliate immediately? The US public will not be isolated to these increases due to the supply chains. If US manufacturers are to bring everything in-house, it would take many years and not everything can be sourced within the US. The US citizen could soon find the price of locally made cars increasing and the option to buy cheaper imports has also become too expensive. The situation is far from ideal for a nation who like their cars.”

Johnny B Takes on the Chill
Auto 2026-03-03 11:19

Johnny B Takes on the Chill

View pictures in App save up to 80% data. Duluth, Minnesota — A local food truck is facing the chilly weather head-on, spreading their passion for culinary delights. Food trucks are often regarded as a fundamental part of summertime dining. However, Johnny B's is committed to offering delicious meals throughout the entire year. "They've visited us nearly every Thursday throughout the winter, and as Cirrus employees, we truly value their presence." enjoying a nice meal instead of relying on the usual snacks from the breakroom or the basic takeout you might bring home, "I truly appreciate how it enhances the end of my week after a tiring week at work." – Mikal Grotte, Technician in the Finishing Center at Cirrus The food truck is frequently stationed outside local businesses in the Duluth area, such as Cirrus and Bent Paddle. This allows people in the community to work or socialize nearby, making it easier for customers to enjoy tasty meals in a relaxed atmosphere. "The temperature inside the truck is more comfortable. I have the heating system running, which makes a difference. My main focus is on the customers. I offer online ordering, which is crucial for my winter business. Customers can order from indoors and receive a text or email notification when their food is ready. They still have to brave the cold to pick it up, but it’s not as harsh as one might think." – Johnny Barnstorf, Owner of Johnny B’s Food Truck The enthusiasm that motivates Johnny Barnstorf to remain operational throughout the winter is equally reflected in his menu, which features local, organic, and seasonal ingredients. "I frequently update my menu, which means that some customers come to the truck expecting to find summer items that aren't available. Conversely, I also offer winter specialties that aren't on the menu in the summer. So, every time you visit the truck, there's always something fresh to try. Of course, I always have my smash burger, and that's a favorite among the crowd," Johnny explained. Johnny approaches cooking with purpose, carefully considering the way he toasts the buns, crafting a crispy cheese skirt to enhance the delicious crunch of the smash burgers, and selecting the perfect herbs and sauces to elevate the sweet and savory notes of the squash tarts. "I suppose I wouldn't want to be doing anything else. If there were an alternative, I'd probably be relaxing on a beach somewhere. But that's not possible at the moment, so here I am, cooking," Johnny remarked. For information on where to find them you can visit their website or their Facebook page

Three Honda models that may not live up to the brand's reliability reputation are:
Auto 2026-03-03 18:04

Three Honda models that may not live up to the brand's reliability reputation are:

View pictures in App save up to 80% data. Certain Honda models may have lower reliability compared to others. Undoubtedly, Honda makes some of the best cars and SUVs to buy. This has been the case with Honda vehicles for decades, but not all options the company sells are automotive slam dunks. Of course, the same can be said for all automakers as they all have car recalls on popular nameplates. Here are three Honda models that might not be the ideal choices for used car buyers.  The 2018 Honda Accord may not be among the top choices for used car purchases. The Honda Accord is generally one of the automaker’s best vehicles. It’s also one of the best cars on the market to buy. Still, this doesn’t mean it’s a flawless lineup. The 2018 model is an overall good car but there are some customer complaints.  Kelley Blue Book says owners have a high chance of needing major repairs. This model also has multiple car recalls, including problems with the fuel system.  It’s important to point out that the 2018 Accord is among the Honda models that frequently experience head gasket failures. Repairing this issue can be quite costly, leading many potential buyers to avoid the 2018 Accord altogether. However, there are owners who report no problems with their vehicles.  The 2016 Honda Pilot doesn't rank as one of the top models produced by the manufacturer. The Honda Pilot is one of the best SUVs to buy. However, as with all cars, some models are less reliable than others. This is the case with the 2016 Honda Pilot, which has some notable issues. These include transmission problems, engine issues, and electrical system malfunctions. Like the 2018 Accord, Kelley Blue Book also says this is one of the Honda vehicles that buyers can expect to need significant repairs. Nevertheless, the 2016 Honda Pilot remains one of the most sought-after models from the manufacturer. A significant number of owners report a trouble-free experience. That said, prospective buyers of used cars should reconsider before making a purchase.  The 2017 Honda CR-V has its share of issues. Regarding popular Honda vehicles, the CR-V is one of the best. It’s reliable, spacious, and offers several other traits. However, the 2017 CR-V isn’t one of the best SUVs to buy from the automaker. This is the case for several reasons, including electrical system issues, fuel injector problems, and malfunctions with the power steering. Again, Kelley Blue Book also says there is a high chance owners will need to pay for major repairs.  Nonetheless, numerous individuals have reported favorable experiences with their 2016 Honda CR-V. That said, it is essential for used car buyers to thoroughly investigate any model they are thinking about, rather than making a purchase based solely on the manufacturer or brand name. 

Liverpool and Greater Manchester will have 'key role in global space economy' thanks to landmark deal with Axiom Space
Manufacturing 2026-03-02 11:45

Liverpool and Greater Manchester will have 'key role in global space economy' thanks to landmark deal with Axiom Space

The North West is set to play a major role in the global space economy, following a landmark agreement between Mayor Steve Rotheram and his Greater Manchester counterpart Andy Burnham with Axiom Space - the developer of the first commercial space station. The Memorandum of Understanding (MoU) will lay the groundwork for collaboration on space-based research, development, and manufacturing, with the aim of positioning the North West as a global hub for innovation in microgravity science and space technology. Tech firms are investing in in-space manufacturing they say could bring about a revolution in industries worldwide. Now, the North West is poised to take a leading role in this rapidly expanding sector, which is projected to be worth £490 billion globally by 2030. The agreement signed this week builds upon discussions between Mayor Rotheram and British astronaut Tim Peake, a strategic advisor to Axiom Space, as well as conversations between Axiom and Mayor Burnham at the South by Southwest festival in 2023. Mr Peake has been a strong advocate for the UK's potential in space-based innovation and has supported efforts to link scientific research and commercial opportunities with UK regions, reports the Liverpool Echo. Axiom Space, a leading provider of commercial human spaceflight services, is not only facilitating missions to the International Space Station (ISS) but also pioneering the world's first commercial space station, Axiom Station. The company is fuelling innovation and research in microgravity and crafting advanced spacesuits for lunar and low-Earth orbit missions. Steve Rotheram, Mayor of Liverpool City Region, said: "For centuries, our region has been at the forefront of innovation-from the world's first passenger railway to breakthroughs in modern medicine. Now, we're looking to space as the next great frontier for our expertise in advanced manufacturing materials science, and biotech. "This collaboration with Axiom Space puts us at the cutting edge of a global industry that's predicted to be worth nearly half a trillion pounds within the decade. The Liverpool City Region has the talent, ambition, and infrastructure to lead the way, attracting investment, creating high-skilled jobs, and ensuring that space-based research delivers real-world benefits for people and businesses here on Earth." Andy Burnham, Greater Manchester Mayor, added: "This collaboration with Axiom Space is a great example of what can be done when our City Regions work together to drive growth. "Space is one of the UK's fastest growing sectors, and Greater Manchester is perfectly placed to lead this innovative work, with our strengths in advanced materials and manufacturing, life sciences, AI and Data. The expertise in our universities, digital sector, and manufacturing and engineering firms mean that we can seize this opportunity to create highly skilled, well paid jobs across our city region." Axiom Space's chief revenue officer, Tejpaul Bhatia, said: "Axiom Space is developing Space-based infrastructure that will create new markets and economic opportunities around the world. "This includes orbital data centres that will facilitate new capabilities in telecommunications, Earth observation and data analytics, cybersecurity, and artificial intelligence, orbital laboratories that will unlock innovations in microgravity with the potential for scientific breakthroughs across various industries, and orbital factories that will leverage the environment of Space to manufacture pharmaceuticals and materials otherwise not possible on Earth. "Moreover, Space-based infrastructure like orbital data centers supports terrestrial sustainability by utilizing unlimited solar power, cooling, and real estate in Space, offsetting long-term strains on those limited terrestrial resources. We are thrilled to collaborate with the UK to leverage Space-based infrastructure to empower regional economies, stimulate job creation, and boost global competitiveness." The Memorandum of Understanding says the collaboration will concentrate on space-based communications, artificial intelligence and cybersecurity, environmental surveillance and disaster management utilising satellite technology, microgravity research in biotechnology and medicine, as well as in-space manufacturing for advanced materials and novel products.

Warhammer maker working on Amazon film and TV deal that could star Superman actor Henry Cavill
Logistics 2026-03-02 18:32

Warhammer maker working on Amazon film and TV deal that could star Superman actor Henry Cavill

Games Workshop, the UK miniatures, books, games business behind the global Warhammer brand, is planning a production deal with Amazon. The Nottingham-based fantasy games business said that it had “reached an agreement in principle” for Amazon to adapt its games into movies and TV programmes. Games Workshop said Amazon is set to start talks with writers over the project, which will initially involve developing the Warhammer 40,000 universe. Warhammer 40,000 is a tabletop game based around “dark, futuristic warfare”. The Hollywood Reporter said Henry Cavill is set to star in and executive produce the adaptation, just days after he confirmed he will not be returning to play Superman. Last week Games Workshop announced anticipated half year revenues of £210 million, up from £191.5 million a year ago. It expected licensing revenues to be down from £20.1 million last year – when a number of big computer game licensing deals were signed – to £14 million. It said core operating profit would be on a par with the second half of last year at no less than £70 million. It also said that under its profit share scheme, it would be paying a £1,500 bonus to each of its staff this month. One market analyst said the Amazon tie-in could be a very big deal for Games Workshop. Russ Mould, investment director at online share trader AJ Bell, said: “A lot of the excitement around the stock in recent years has been built around the licensing opportunities associated with Games Workshop’s intellectual property, which has a large and very loyal fanbase. “Developing in this area has several upsides for Games Workshop. It generates extra revenue and cash flow for a relatively limited extra cost and, while Amazon will be granted the relevant merchandising rights, it could deepen fans connections with Games Workshop’s table-top gaming products and bring them to a wider audience. “There have been modest efforts in the past to bring Games Workshop’s creations to the screen. Amazon’s deep pockets and its huge reach, more than 50 per cent of British households have an Amazon Prime account, puts this in a different stratosphere. “The deal is not signed and sealed yet but, barring a last-minute hitch, this could be an extremely significant step in Games Workshop’s development. “The big risk is that, by almost certainly surrendering any creative control, Games Workshop is at the mercy of Amazon making something which might alienate its existing followers.

The Beefy Boys to open fourth restaurant in Bath
Property 2026-03-01 18:20

The Beefy Boys to open fourth restaurant in Bath

Award-winning hamburger chain The Beefy Boys has announced plans to open a restaurant in Bath. The news of the brand's expansion comes just weeks after the company's burger was named among the best globally at the World Food Championships. The new restaurant will be based at 24 Milsom Street, taking over the historic site of the former Milsom Hotel and Loch Fyne restaurant, and will open at the beginning of 2025. It is the fourth outlet for The Beefy Boys, which was founded by four friends after entering a burger into Bristol's Grillstock Festival competition "for a laugh" and winning. The quartet opened their first restaurant in Hereford in 2015 and restaurants in Shrewsbury followed in 2021 and Cheltenham in 2023. Last year, the brand won Signature Burger and Burger Chef of the year at the National Burger Awards. Co-founder Anthony Murphy said: “Bath is a beautiful city with a real buzz to it, and that was why it was our choice for the fourth restaurant. The location on Milsom Street is amazing as it is slap bang in the heart of the city. We can’t wait to get there and introduce the people of Bath to our brand of authentic dirty American-style burgers.” The Beefy Boys, which first gained national recognition at the World Food Championships 10 years ago, has earned multiple accolades and a legion of BBQ fans. The founders have appeared on BBC’s Saturday Kitchen and the brand recently collaborated with Fortnum & Mason.

Second co-living tower with 97 homes planned in Salford as part of 'landmark' scheme
Property 2026-03-01 18:42

Second co-living tower with 97 homes planned in Salford as part of 'landmark' scheme

A 'landmark' ten-storey co-living tower comprising 97 homes is in the pipeline for Salford. Developer CCL Media City Ltd has lodged a planning application for the proposed structure at the junction of South Langworthy Road and Eccles New Road, by the Langworthy Metrolink stop. The site is presently occupied by the vacant Hollywood office building, which would be razed to make way for the new development if it gets the green light. This application comes on the heels of a previous proposal for the wider site that was rejected by the council in August 2023 for lacking 'acceptable' levels of amenities and for 'failing to respect the character of the local area' with the design. The developer now says these concerns have been rectified in the revised submission. According to the planning documents, the co-living concept targets students or young professionals aged 18 to 30, offering private apartments with communal living and dining areas on each floor. Despite Salford Council approving its first co-living tower in September, some councillors voiced scepticism about the lifestyle, equating it to "more George Orwell than living." Salford is grappling with significant housing challenges and a surging demand for accommodation, exacerbated by a burgeoning student body at Salford University, currently numbering around 30,000 and expected to rise in the coming years, reports the Manchester Evening News. In an attempt to tackle its housing issues, Salford council has embarked on a strategy of constructing more social housing and devising regeneration plans for the city. This includes the ambitious £2.5 billion Salford Crescent masterplan, which aims to deliver thousands of new homes.

Morrisons to close 52 cafes and axe 365 jobs in huge shake-up
Retail 2026-02-28 18:36

Morrisons to close 52 cafes and axe 365 jobs in huge shake-up

Morrisons, the supermarket behemoth, has placed 365 jobs in jeopardy as it unveils plans to shutter over 50 of its cafes. The chain, headquartered in Yorkshire, announced that 52 of its cafes, 17 convenience stores and a multitude of meat and fish counters within its stores are earmarked for closure, as reported by City AM. The company stated that these closures form part of a comprehensive review of the business. In addition to the cafes and convenience stores, 13 florists, 35 meat counters, 35 fish counters, four pharmacies and all 18 Market Kitchens are set to be closed. As reported by City AM at the end of January, the Yorkshire-based chain posted revenues of £15.2bn for the year ending 27 October 2024, an increase from £14.7bn. The group's like-for-like sales also saw a rise from 1.8 per cent to 4.1 per cent. Morrisons CEO Rami Baitiéh commented: "The changes we are announcing today are a necessary part of our plans to renew and reinvigorate Morrisons and enable us to focus our investment into the areas that customers really value and that can play a full part in our growth." He added: "Morrisons Cafés are rightly famous for their great quality well-priced food, their place in the local community and their appealing mix of traditional favourites alongside exciting new dishes." "In most locations the Morrisons Café has a bright future, but a minority have specific local challenges and in those locations, regrettably, closure and re-allocation of the space is the only sensible option." "Market Street is a beacon of differentiation for Morrisons and we remain committed to it." "But as we modernise we are making some necessary changes to the areas of the model which are simply uneconomic. In some stores where we are closing counters or Cafés, we plan to work with third parties to provide a relevant specialist offer." "Although these changes are relatively small in the context of the overall scale of the Morrisons business, we do not take lightly the disruption and uncertainty they will cause to some of our colleagues." "We will of course take particular care to look after all of them well through the coming changes." This move comes on the heels of a report by City AM in January that Sainsbury's was planning to eliminate more than 3,000 roles as it prepares to shut down all its remaining in-store cafes. The major restructuring will reduce its current workforce, which stands at 148,000, by two per cent. The move will also render about 20 per cent of senior management roles at Sainsbury's redundant. This initiative is part of the supermarket giant's plans to concentrate on fewer, larger roles and to streamline its head office and management teams.

CGI shows how bioscience innovation facility in Nottingham Island Quarter would look
Logistics 2026-02-28 18:52

CGI shows how bioscience innovation facility in Nottingham Island Quarter would look

New imagery shows the scale of a bioscience innovation facility set to be built in the Nottingham Island Quarter development. The 245,000 sq ft building has been designed by the city’s CPMG Architects for developer Conygar to provide flexible research and lab space and offices. It would be located next to the city’s existing bioscience hub and complement the 200-plus bioscience businesses already based in the city. A planning application was submitted to Nottingham City Council in December and, if approved, would act as an incubator for new and growing companies in what is a strategically important sector within Nottingham. There would be two buildings, a five storey east building and a seven storey west building connected by a glazed link at upper levels. Christopher Ware, property director at Conygar, said: “Nottingham is a centre of innovation and no more so than within the biosciences sector. “This latest phase of The Island Quarter shows our commitment to supporting the city’s role as a leader in the sector by developing a brand new facility to house and nurture some of the most exciting and innovative businesses in the UK.” The newly released images show rainwater gardens and medicinal planting as part of the building’s external landscaping, with an ecology-focussed street that links it to the rest of The Island Quarter. David Jones, director at planning and environmental consultancy Axis, said: “The Island Quarter is a hugely important regeneration opportunity for the city and these new images will help people visualise the next phase of development at the site, for a state-of-the-art biosciences facility to complement what the city already has to offer.” The surroundings are designed to respond to the emerging wider masterplan for the 36 acre Island Quarter site, which is being developed in collaboration with the council.

Loganair brings back Newquay to Manchester flights a month early after Flybe demise
Logistics 2026-02-27 18:16

Loganair brings back Newquay to Manchester flights a month early after Flybe demise

Loganair has started its Cornwall and Manchester route a month earlier than planned to meet demand. This winter, rival airline Flybe had been running its own flight from Newquay to Manchester but that came to an end when Flybe collapsed into administration on January 28. Now, Loganair has restarted its own Manchester route, marking the return of a daily service from February 10. Amy Smith, head of commercial at Cornwall Airport Newquay, said: “The connection between Manchester and Newquay is and always has been one of our most popular routes. We’re delighted to have Loganair back serving this market, as well as other much needed connections to Scotland and the North. "We look forward to continuing to work closely with Loganair to further build on the relationship and their commitment to Cornwall.” Hannah Baker, Andrew Arthur and Hannah Finch cover all the latest business news from across the South West on our dedicated page - you can read more here. And to get the latest stories you can: After Flybe announced its return to Newquay airport last August, Loganair said it was with a 'heavy heart' that it was cancelling its winter schedule for the Manchester route including ongoing services to Aberdeen and Newcastle. At the time, it blamed 'short-sighted and short-term decisions by the airport’s management to incentivise unsustainable operations by other airlines leaving no prospect of winter flights remaining viable'. That decision was made just days after Flybe announced its comeback with flights from Cornwall - including its own route to Manchester - from October 30. However, with the collapse of Flybe just three months later on January 28, Loganair has now re-started its flights from Newquay. It said that it had brought the route back onto sale in November 2022 for a February take off because of anticipated high demand. Luke Lovegrove, chief commercial officer at Loganair said: “It’s great to be back at Cornwall Airport Newquay and to be able to offer our customers increased choice and year-round service. “Customer demand for Summer 2023 has been encouraging – so much so that we took the decision to bring forward the relaunch of our Manchester to Newquay service to today in time for half-term." Along with the Cornwall-Manchester reconnection are routes from Cornwall Airport Newquay to Newcastle, Edinburgh, and onward services available to Aberdeen, the Isle of Man and the Scottish highlands and islands. READ MORE:

Work starts on £3.5m Calder Park business units that will generate 100 jobs
Property 2026-02-27 18:32

Work starts on £3.5m Calder Park business units that will generate 100 jobs

Work has started on a £3.5m business park in Yorkshire aiming to bring new jobs to the region. Marrtree Investments has started construction work on the 40,000 sq ft development of nine new business units at Calder Park near Wakefield – the developer’s 23rd strategically located employment site across the North. The new development – scheduled to complete in June 2025 – will provide warehouse, industrial and trade counter space across nine units of between 3,500 sq ft and 5,000 sq ft. The scheme follows on from the completion of a £4.5m 27,000 sq ft business park and Starbucks drive thru at Clifton Moor in York by the Harrogate business earlier this year. Marrtree Investments director William Marshall said: “Calder Park is a really great location for our brand of modern, ergonomic business space. It has fantastic communication links, situated right next to junction 39 of the M1 motorway, which makes it ideal for a variety of occupiers, and the site is also served by regular public transport and safe cycle routes from Wakefield town centre. “Demand for really good quality space of this size, like our product, continues to outstrip supply and not surprisingly, we have seen excellent levels of interest so far. As with our previous developments, such as the 70,000 sq ft Sowerby Gateway site at Thirsk, we expect demand to be high for the units at Marrtree Business Park Wakefield, with the prospect of around 100 jobs being created.” Organisations currently based at Calder Park include National Highways, Taylor Wimpey Homes, West Yorkshire Police and Minster Law. Marrtree Investments director George Marshall added: “We have also worked really hard on the environmental credentials of this new development, which is next to a 100-acre nature reserve. “We have incorporated solar panels on the roofs of the units as well as EV charging points, and we are excited that it’s a location that enables people to cycle to work safely and easily.”

New low-cost airline to operate transatlantic flights from Northern Ireland
Logistics 2026-02-26 18:38

New low-cost airline to operate transatlantic flights from Northern Ireland

A new low-cost airline is set to offer transatlantic flights from Northern Ireland. The announcement by Fly Atlantic has been described as a "game changer", filling the gap in the market of no direct flights currently operating between Belfast to North America. Fly Atlantic is planning to start operating flights to Europe as well as North America from summer 2024. Once fully operational, the airline said it intends to operate to 35 destinations from Belfast, and will create 21,000 new jobs by 2030. That figure is to include 1,000 jobs created within the airline and up to 21,000 in tourism and support sectors. Flights will start to go on sale from the beginning of 2024. The airline said it will initially operate six aircraft at Belfast International Airport, and plans to grow to a fleet of 18 by 2028. It is in discussion with both Boeing and Airbus over aircraft, with the choice being between the Boeing MAX and the Airbus A321. Fly Atlantic's chief executive Andrew Pyne said they chose Belfast over strong competition across the UK. Mr Pyne added: "Our vision is of Belfast as a strong aviation hub linking Europe and North America. "The lack of direct transatlantic air services has clearly been an impediment to Northern Ireland's economic and tourism development, which we now intend to remove. The project can be a gamechanger. "We will be offering affordable fares with brand new aircraft. We already have offices at the airport and will now be building out the infrastructure to support the airline's launch. We start recruiting for the team early in 2023. "We looked at many options throughout the UK and Ireland. Belfast International and Vinci stood out in terms of the facilities that they offered us and by their enthusiasm for and commitment to making this project a reality. "Northern Ireland has a proud aviation and engineering history, and we are delighted to be able to build on this tradition as we develop the airline and its support functions." Mr Pyne also acknowledged support received from Antrim and Newtownabbey Borough Council, adding it had been "right behind the project from the start". Mayor of Antrim and Newtownabbey Stephen Ross described the airline's announcement as "fantastic news not only for the Antrim and Newtownabbey Borough but for Northern Ireland as a whole". "This is a key moment for Northern Ireland and is the most significant local aviation announcement in recent history," he said. "Belfast International Airport is the ideal hub for Fly Atlantic to base its operations due to its location, drive, and ability to offer unparalleled experience and routes for passengers."

Offices of former Tory MP Sir Jake Berry to be turned into minicab call centre
Property 2026-02-26 18:08

Offices of former Tory MP Sir Jake Berry to be turned into minicab call centre

The former office of ex-Lancashire MP Jake Berry in Darwen is set to become a minicab booking hub after receiving the go-ahead from planners. The premises at 7A Railway Road, previously used by Sir Jake until his defeat to Labour's Andy MacNae on July 4 by 5,628 votes, will be converted into a taxi booking office without public access, following applicant Waseem Hussain's successful proposal. The building, which has been vacant since serving as the constituency office for the former Rossendale and Darwen MP, received planning approval with two conditions attached. A planning officer's report endorsing the decision noted: "The host building is a single-storey, stone-built, property. It adjoins a three-storey building that forms part of the terrace fronting the west side of Railway Road. "The property is set back from the adjoining terrace and has a flagged forecourt in front. The site is bounded to the south by the service road for the adjacent Darwen Market premises. The building is currently vacant, having last been occupied as a constituency office for the local MP." The planning submission has revealed that the proposed taxi office will not be open to the public. No changes to the exterior of the building are planned, reports Lancs Live. The site is situated in a predominantly commercial area within the defined Darwen Town Centre and falls within the Darwen Town Centre conservation area. The report continues: "Given this factor, and the nature of the proposed use that does not include access for members of the general public, there appears little prospect for the proposal to erode the amenity of surrounding uses. It is also noted that the property has previously operated as a taxi booking office for more than a decade without any identified conflict with the amenity of the locality." The taxi office is expected to employ one full-time staff member and will cater exclusively to online bookings .The report clarifies that due to the absence of public access, there is "no realistic prospect" of taxis collecting customers directly from the street outside the premises.

Shopping centre could be demolished earlier than thought
Property 2026-02-25 11:23

Shopping centre could be demolished earlier than thought

The demolition of Nelson's Pendle Rise shopping centre may commence earlier next year than first anticipated. The original plan was for work to begin in October 2025, once Pendle Council had full control over the entire site and all shop traders had been relocated. However, progress has been made in several areas, including supporting traders through the current Christmas period, dealing with vermin, and planning for telecoms masts, the Nelson Town Deal Board has been told. The board was set up to oversee the £25million Nelson Town Deal, agreed under a previous Conservative government. Town boards across the UK typically comprise a small number of publicly-elected councillors, a local MP - in this case Labour's Jonathan Hinder - and non-elected individuals from private businesses, developers, community, health and police representatives. Neil Rockett, shop director of Pendle Nutrition at Pendle Rise, represents retailers. The board's latest meeting included updates on Pendle Rise and town deal budgets, as well as other plans to revitalise Nelson, including work by Lancashire County Council. Richard Savory from Raise Partnership is collaborating with Pendle Council and provided various updates on Nelson town centre, reports Lancs Live. He said: "Since purchasing Pendle Rise, Pendle Council with the management operator, Beddows Ltd, have repaired key operating systems and dealt with a vermin infestation. The centre continues operating relatively smoothly. There are some issues still, such as the absence of operational heating around the main areas, which is a problem at this time of year. But we are running a safe and compliant centre." "The project team has ramped-up marketing and communications to support the existing retailers and show local people that Pendle Rise is still open for business. This has included town centre banners, posters and signs, visual impressions of the proposed new development, newspaper and radio advertisements, newsletters, social media and a short video. "The council leader, Coun Asjad Mahmood, has continued visits to meet traders and images of the visits have been used to raise awareness." "These actions cannot turn back the clock to the heydays of Pendle Rise. But this is a strenuous effort to support current traders through this change and through the key Christmas period. "In addition, ongoing meetings have taken place between tenants and Pendle Council's estate team about future options and their rights under the compulsory purchase order process". Mr Savory outlined that a 'soft strip-out' of some vacant shops has already been carried out. He indicated that once the festive period concludes, efforts will pivot towards moving the remaining traders to alternative premises within Nelson town centre. Concurrently, a 'hard strip-out' will be initiated, encompassing the removal of asbestos, even while the centre remains operational. Progress on the Pendle Rise project also includes ongoing negotiations with telecom companies for the relocation of masts. When discussing the financial aspects of various Nelson initiatives, Mr Savory said: "There are no massive changes to the budget. As we get into a more detailed discussion about demolition, we will get more clarity. But we have a reasonable contingency budget, if needed." Planning is also in progress, aiming to align Pendle Rise developments with Lancashire County Council's envisaged enhancements to Nelson. Although the two endeavours have distinct funding streams and timelines, there is hope their deadlines can coincide. Stephen Barnes, Chair of the Nelson Town Deal Board, asked: "Regarding masts and utilities, can we pin the telecom companies down to dates? Regarding utilities, we all have scars on our backs from dealing with utilities and we know there are utilities around Pendle Rise." Mike Nuttall from the property development company Brookhouse Group, who is collaborating with Pendle Council on the Pendle Rise initiative as part of the Penbrook joint venture, said: "This is a key constraint. Utilities are the 'uncontrollable' elements in this. However, we are optimistic about utilities and have good things in place. With telecom masts, one firm has got approval and two others are being encouraged to act. The compulsory purchase order is coming and all the firms are now engaging. Previously, one was not."

Pizza Express lands £55m chunk of extra dough after refinancing deal
Retail 2026-02-25 11:35

Pizza Express lands £55m chunk of extra dough after refinancing deal

Pizza Express has secured a significant financial uplift of £55m following a refinancing agreement that will substantially reduce its debt. The popular restaurant chain has successfully arranged a £55m par debt paydown, which will bring its debt level down to £280m, as reported by City AM. Additionally, as part of the refinancing strategy, shareholders including Bain Capital Special Situations are set to contribute £20m in equity to the firm's parent entity, Wheel Topco. The company has also confirmed "strong support" for extending the maturity of its senior secured notes from July 2026 to September 2029. More than 97% of existing bondholders have endorsed Pizza Express's refinancing deal, indicating widespread backing. The brand has reported a positive start to its financial year, with like-for-like sales up by 1.3% in the first two months compared to the same period in the previous year. In a statement, Pizza Express highlighted that it now possesses "a robust liquidity position on completion, supported by its strong track record of cash generation." CEO Paula MacKenzie expressed satisfaction with the company's performance at the beginning of the year and emphasised the significance of the refinancing: "We are pleased with our start to the year, and completing a landmark refinancing ends Q1 strongly." As Pizza Express approaches its 60th anniversary, MacKenzie reaffirmed the company's commitment to customer satisfaction: "This year we celebrate being 60 years young with Pizza Express fans up and down the country, and our focus remains unchanged as ever...delighting each and every one." The refinancing agreement arrives just over 18 months after the firm contemplated a takeover bid for The Restaurant Group, which encompasses Wagamama. However, a deal was not ultimately pursued.

Rolls-Royce shares skyrocket as iconic company brings back dividends
Manufacturing 2026-02-24 18:28

Rolls-Royce shares skyrocket as iconic company brings back dividends

Rolls-Royce has announced the reinstatement of dividends and launched a £1bn share buyback programme as its full-year profit significantly exceeded expectations. The FTSE 100 engineering behemoth, which has major UK sites in Derby and near Bristol, proposed a 6p per share dividend for investors on Thursday, marking its first payout since the onset of the pandemic, as reported by City AM. A £1bn share buyback scheme will also kick off immediately and run through 2025, according to a market statement. Shares surged over 14% in early trading as investors eagerly jumped aboard. This comes as underlying profit hit £2.5bn, comfortably surpassing a previous forecast of between £2.1bn and £2.3bn. Revenue of £17.8bn also outperformed analysts' consensus of approximately £17.3bn. Following this impressive performance, Rolls-Royce has raised its medium-term targets for profit and free cash flow. Underlying operating profit is now projected to land between £3.6bn and £3.9bn by 2028, while free cash flow is anticipated to range from £4.2bn to £4.5bn. "We are moving with pace and intensity," stated CEO Tufan Erginbilgic, who has spearheaded a remarkable turnaround in his first two years at the helm. He continued: "Based on our 2025 guidance, we now expect to deliver underlying operating profit and free cash flow within the target ranges set at our Capital Markets Day, two years earlier than planned." He concluded: "Significantly improved performance and a stronger balance sheet gives us confidence to reinstate shareholder dividends and announce a £1bn share buyback in 2025." Rolls-Royce's shares have seen a significant uptick since Erginbilgic took the helm in January 2023, driven by a potent mix of soaring travel demand and geopolitical tensions fuelling orders for its jet engines and defence technology. The company's stock price has nearly doubled over the past year and increased almost sixfold over the previous two years. "The group's turnaround has been so impressive that some of its 2027 guidance has been hit two years early, causing the group to upgrade its mid-term guidance," commented Aarin Chiekrie, an equity analyst at Hargreaves Lansdown. "Revenues are being boosted by the upward trend in engine-flying hours, which are now cruising above pre-pandemic levels. But that's just one part of the puzzle."

Tesla owner reveals the true costs of home charging, leaving many surprised by the actual expenses involved.
Auto 2026-02-24 11:55

Tesla owner reveals the true costs of home charging, leaving many surprised by the actual expenses involved.

He mentioned that the car averages around 800 to 1,000 miles each month. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. A Tesla owner has detailed the expenses involved in charging his vehicle at home, addressing a key concern that drivers face when transitioning to electric cars. Electric cars are inevitably going to be the future as governments around the world are trying to wean motorists off their petrol-chugging automobiles. In the UK the sale of new petrol and diesel cars will not last beyond this current decade, while hybrids only have until 2035 before new models of those cannot be sold. Fast forward a decade from now, and if you're in the market for a new vehicle in the UK, it’s unlikely to be powered by petrol, diesel, or even hybrid technology. Conversely, a significant portion of car sales comes from purchases of used vehicles rather than new ones. As a result, there will continue to be a substantial number of used cars available for some time, although they will gradually be removed from the market over the years. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. Electric car charging stations are available, yet the majority of users will likely find themselves charging their vehicles at home. (Sean Gallup/Getty Images) One of the main concerns people have over electric cars is actually having to charge them up, both over fears that they'll run out of batteries and what it'll do to the electricity bill. Only around four percent of cars on the roads in the UK are electric at the moment, and depending on where they're charging their vehicles and what car they've got the price per charge can range from somewhere between about £20 and £40. Charging at home during the right time of day with the right energy provider seems to get the best prices while other motorists have spent big on charging hardware to bring those costs right down, making for a hefty initial cost somewhere between £5,000 and £10,000 but leaving them paying peanuts to actually recharge. Over in the US one Tesla owner named Alex broke down how much it was costing him each month to charge his car at home ranging from December 2022 to August 2023. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. The Tesla owner shared that the expenses for charging fluctuated each month, but overall, everything was running smoothly. (YouTube/Alex Siba) In December, he spent $75.50 (£62.31) to charge his car for the whole month, rather than for each individual charge, and remarked that it was an especially hectic period with plenty of driving. Over the course of nine months, the costs fluctuated monthly based on his driving habits and changes in energy prices. Ultimately, he spent a total of $596.12 (£488.69) to charge his vehicle at home. Alex mentioned that the car was the sole vehicle for his family, noting that his wife relied on it for an hour each day to commute to her job. Those who observed him calculating expenses believed he was 'truly saving a significant amount of money' when compared to the fuel costs he would incur in a car with similar driving patterns. Alex informed commenters that the vehicle averages 'around 800 to 1,000 miles each month', leaving many pleasantly astonished by the actual expenses associated with operating an electric vehicle.

Potato chips giant McCain doubles profit to nearly £100m in just three years
Retail 2026-02-23 11:43

Potato chips giant McCain doubles profit to nearly £100m in just three years

The UK division of potato giant McCain Foods has seen its profits soar to nearly £100m in its most recent financial year. The North Yorkshire-based UK branch of the Canadian behemoth reported a pre-tax profit of £98.7m for the 12 months ending on 30 June, 2024, as reported by City AM. This figure, disclosed in new accounts submitted to Companies House, is an increase from the previous year's pre-tax profit of £77.3m. This latest total indicates that McCain has almost doubled its pre-tax profit since June 2021. The newly released results also reveal that the company's revenue leapt from £712.5m to £799.1m during the same period. While McCain's UK revenue increased from £692.4m to £781.1m over the year, sales in the rest of Europe fell from £18.6m to £15.6m. However, in other parts of the world, revenue rose from £1.5m to £2.2m. A statement approved by the board read: "The business had to manage multiple challenges across the supply chain impacting costs and supply." It added: "Farmers faced weather-related challenges throughout the season due to wet weather as well as increased pressure from rising input costs including fuel and fertilisers." Despite these obstacles, the statement noted that sales growth was positive in both retail and food service sectors, and the business continued to support long-term agricultural sustainability through higher contract pricing in line with indexation and supplementing high energy costs for storage growers. "The company continued to make significant investments throughout the year in both capital, including the renewal of the Scarborough facility, and the brand, including media advertising." On its future strategy, McCain commented: "As a brand leader, the company believes it can continue to stimulate growth in a planet-friendly way, through innovation, quality and service and continues to invest in capacity to support this growth." "The company has a crisis management plan in place to respond to risks, including Covid-19 and the Russia-Ukraine crisis." An interim dividend of £8m was addressed for the fiscal year ending 30 June, 2024, but the board has not proposed a final dividend.

A truck crashes through the ice on Lake Minnewaska.
Auto 2026-02-23 18:42

A truck crashes through the ice on Lake Minnewaska.

View pictures in App save up to 80% data. Ice Pope County Sheriff's Department (Glenwood MN-) The Pope County Sheriff's Office is urging residents to exercise caution while driving on local lakes. They reported that a pickup truck fell through the ice on Lake Minnewaska this past Saturday. Fluctuating temperatures have led to the ice expanding and contracting, resulting in pressure ridges and openings. Ice conditions can vary significantly over short distances. The sheriff's office indicated that the affected area stretches from around Old Highway 28, heading south across Lake Minnewaska. While they did not confirm if the pickup driver sustained any injuries, a photo shared on their Facebook page suggests that the water was only about 3 feet deep at the point of the incident.

Cosy Club opening its first restaurant in Swansea
Property 2026-02-22 11:05

Cosy Club opening its first restaurant in Swansea

Cosy Club is to open its first venue in Swansea. The restaurant brand , part of hospitality group Loungers, has agreed a long-term lease for its latest venue at the historic Exchange Building at the city’s Maritime Quarter. Located on the building’s ground floor, Cosy Club is aiming to start trading in the first half of 2025. It will be its third restaurant in Wales alongside two existing venues in Cardiff. It has entered into a 20-year lease for 8,000 sq ft of space. The rent per sq ft has not been disclosed. As part of a wider development of the building and the adjoining Post House, it will also become the latest project in the city from hotels group, The Morgans Collection, with plans for a 80 plus bedroom boutique hotel. The Morgans Collection forms part of investment company Swansea.com, whose interests range from hotels to business parks, as well as holding a small equity stake in Swansea City FC. Swansea.com acquired the 40,000 sq ft Exchange Building and the adjoining 25,000 sq ft Post House in 2009. Managing director of Swansea.com, Jacob Hughes,, said: “I am delighted to announce that we have exchanged contracts with Cosy Club, part of Loungers plc. "Cosy Club is a fantastic with only 36 sites in the UK. We are happy to be involved in bringing the brand to Swansea. They are looking to open in the middle of 2025 after both landlord and tenant undertake a substantial investment into the building." Glanmor Chartered Surveyors acted for Swansea.com on the letting deal. Loungers’ other brands include Lounge and Brightside. Across its brands it has more than 270 venues in the UK.

"Toyota is about to introduce a subscription service for this feature": A Toyota owner demonstrates the process of remotely starting their vehicle. All it takes is a key fob and a simple technique.
Auto 2026-02-22 11:57

"Toyota is about to introduce a subscription service for this feature": A Toyota owner demonstrates the process of remotely starting their vehicle. All it takes is a key fob and a simple technique.

"You can also perform this on the app." View pictures in App save up to 80% data. @mitchie_cleaning/TikTok Elninho/Shutterstock (Licensed) Modern cars have a lot of conveniences—interactive infotainment, maps, advanced safety systems, and even autonomous driving. All of these newer additions make a remote-start with a key fob seem like amateur hour, but for those living in colder climates or people in a hurry, the remote-start feature is truly handy to have. Recently, TikToker Mitchie Cleaning (@mitchie_cleaning) garnered 1.3 million views when she showed viewers how to remotely start a Toyota using a key fob. To remote-start a Toyota vehicle, follow these steps: 1. **Ensure Compatibility**: Check if your Toyota model is equipped with a factory-installed remote start system or if you have an aftermarket remote start system. 2. **Use the Key Fob**: If your Toyota has a factory remote start feature, locate the remote key fob. Typically, you will find a button with a circular arrow symbol. 3. **Press the Button**: To initiate the remote start, press the lock button on the key fob three times in quick succession. You should see the vehicle's lights flash, indicating that the engine is starting. 4. **Enter the Vehicle**: Once the engine is running, you can enter the vehicle. Make sure to insert the key or press the start button (if equipped) to fully activate the vehicle's systems. 5. **Turn Off the Engine**: If you need to turn off the engine, press the remote start button on the key fob once. 6. **Check the Owner’s Manual**: For specific instructions related to your model, consult the owner's manual, as remote start procedures can vary by year and model. 7. **Consider Aftermarket Options**: If your vehicle does not have a factory remote start feature, you may consider installing an aftermarket remote start system. Consult a professional for installation. Always ensure that you are in a safe area when using remote start and be aware of local laws regarding idling vehicles. Mitchie describes the steps for remotely starting her car. She approaches her vehicle and presses the key fob twice, then on the third press, she keeps the button held down. A few seconds later, her car roars to life, with exhaust fumes streaming from the tailpipe. "One, two, three, and then hold the third one," she explains as she showcases the trick. Certain viewers provided a detailed explanation of the functionality of the remote-start feature. "If you want to proceed with this, you'll need to install the remote start system in the vehicle since it's not included as a standard feature," one individual remarked. "No matter how you kick things off, Toyotas are simply fantastic! No doubt about it. Just remember to let them warm up for a few minutes when it's chilly outside. They'll run for ages. I'm currently at 300,000 miles," another person chimed in. "I used to own a Toyota, and that's true, but I really dislike it when I open the door and the engine turns off," another person commented. It was noted by others that Toyota vehicle owners have the capability to utilize the app for starting their cars as well. "A viewer commented, 'You can use the app for that too, but the way it cuts off when you open the door is wild... Toyota claims it's meant to stop theft.'" A viewer commented, "My 2024 Toyota Corolla can be started using the app, and it remains running even when I open the door. Plus, I have the option to remote start it as well." "I'm going to keep using my phone; I'm perfectly fine!" another person remarked. @mitchie_cleaning If you own a Toyota, here's how you can remotely start your vehicle. ♬ Authentic melody – Mitchie Cleaning There’s no such thing as a free lunch. Though the remote-start feature is handy, according to car site The Drive, Toyota began exploring a subscription model for this feature in 2021. This is yet another pay-to-play feature that has been creeping into people’s everyday lives. "According to reports, Toyota is the first automaker to implement a fee for the complete functionality of your physical key fob, offering a subscription at either $8 per month or $80 annually under the current pricing of the Remote Connect plan." The website states that remote start is initially offered as a trial option and comes with additional features, including “emergency assistance, hotspot connectivity, and app-based services such as remotely unlocking and starting the vehicle.” According to Toyota, connected services also include Safety Connect—which comes with an emergency assistance button, enhanced roadside assistance, automatic collision notification, and a stolen vehicle locator—and Service Connect, with vehicle health reports, vehicle maintenance alerts, and maintenance reminders. Cloud-based features include real-time traffic elements, 24/7 live agents, and new voice commands. The Daily Dot contacted Mitchie and Toyota through email.

Deliveroo called 'underappreciated' after quitting Hong Kong as rivals 'muscle it out'
Retail 2026-02-21 11:15

Deliveroo called 'underappreciated' after quitting Hong Kong as rivals 'muscle it out'

London brokerage firm Panmure Liberum has hailed Deliveroo as "underappreciated" following its strategic withdrawal from the Hong Kong market. The firm downplayed concerns that the takeaway behemoth might be ousted from other markets by wealthier rivals, labelling such worries as mere "noise". This morning, Deliveroo disclosed its departure from Hong Kong, offloading some assets to Foodpanda and winding down others, as reported by City AM. The London-traded delivery service explained that persisting in Hong Kong "would not serve shareholders' best interests" Panmure Liberum analysts believe that Deliveroo's financial performance will see a positive impact from this move: "Both earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation (EBITDA) and group GTV growth [revenue] are set to benefit from this market exit," they commented. "[We think] Deliveroo can generate a level of cash flow over the long-term that is currently underappreciated by the market," Panmure further stated. While acknowledging the narrative that Deliveroo could be forced out of smaller markets by larger, better-funded competitors, analysts insisted that such fears should be considered "noise around the investment case." Keeta, an aggressive on-demand delivery titan from China known for its price-cutting tactics, entered the Hong Kong scene in May 2023 and swiftly dominated order volumes by the following May. Data from Measurable AI indicates that by January 2025, Keeta had captured a commanding 55.2 per cent market share. Analysts have noted: "With Hong Kong one of the most discount sensitive markets in Deliveroo's portfolio, it's clear that Meituan's Keeta has been able to muscle it out of the market through discount spend." In 2024, Hong Kong accounted for five per cent of Deliveroo's revenue and negatively impacted international revenue growth by five percentage points. Deliveroo reported a six per cent rise in revenue in the fourth quarter of 2024, aligning with its projected growth of between five and nine per cent.

Cycling accessories firm secures funding to expand Bristol HQ
Manufacturing 2026-02-21 11:27

Cycling accessories firm secures funding to expand Bristol HQ

A Bristol cycling accessories designer and manufacturer has secured £600,000 to fuel its expansion plans. Tailfin, on Cumberland Road, is part of the rapidly-growing 'bikepacking' market - an adventure-focused cycling discipline where cyclists carry all necessary gear on their bikes. The company was founded a decade ago by Nick Broadbent, a mechanical engineer and product designer, and initially focused on rack and pannier accessories. Today, Tailfin has more than 12 product lines distributed from warehouses in the Netherlands, US, and Europe. The business will use the additional working capital from the British Business Bank's South West Investment Fund, and delivered by fund manager FW Capital, to broaden its product range, it said. Significant investment is also being directed towards expanding the company's Bristol headquarters, creating a state-of-the-art R&D studio with new equipment, specialised tools, and enhanced prototyping capabilities. Extra funds will also be used to invest in high-quality video production equipment and a dedicated studio space, Tailfin added. Mr Broadbent said: “This investment marks a significant milestone for Tailfin, enabling us to push the boundaries of design and technology further and to enhance our robust intellectual property portfolio, which already includes over 20 patents. "Crucially, it also supports our growth strategy by enabling us to expand both our innovative product lines and our talented team of passionate cycling enthusiasts.” Tailfin's Bristol headquarters houses a team of 25 designers, marketers, and operational specialists, collaborating with specialist manufacturing partners across China, Vietnam, and Taiwan. Jordan Berg represented FW Capital and led the deal. He said: “Tailfin is a premium quality brand in the bikepacking world that have created an innovative range of products that appeal to all cyclists from commuters, adventure cyclists to world-class ultra endurance athletes. Nick’s vision to bring his products to market is very impressive and the success Tailfin has enjoyed is testament to that." The South West Investment Fund provides loans from £25k to £2m and equity investment up to £5m to help small and medium-sized businesses to start up and scale up. Fund manager FW Capital provides debt finance using the South West Investment Fund to businesses in Bristol, Gloucestershire, North and North East Somerset and Wiltshire. Lizzy Upton from the British Business Bank added: “The South West Investment Fund was created to support ambitious businesses like Tailfin, helping them scale, innovate, and strengthen their market position."

South West bucks UK manufacturing decline as aerospace and defence firms report 'strong' start to 2025
Manufacturing 2026-02-20 18:50

South West bucks UK manufacturing decline as aerospace and defence firms report 'strong' start to 2025

Aerospace and defence firms in the West of England are experiencing "very strong demand" for business, bucking a wider UK decline in manufacturing, according to a new report. Manufacturers across the region have reported a strong start to the year, the survey by national manufacturing body Make UK and business advisory firm BDO found. Both output (+32%) and orders (+39%) were positive, with the forecast set to improve further in the next quarter. As a result, companies are looking to hire more staff with recruitment intentions increasing from +5% to +21% over Q2, the report said. Capital expenditure plans are also significantly ahead of the national picture at +32%, while the South West's renewable energies sector is also seeing strong demand. Nationally, Make UK is forecasting that British manufacturing will contract by -0.5% in 2025, down from a forecast of -0.2% in the last quarter, before growing by 1% in 2026. Matthew Sewell, head of manufacturing at BDO in the South West, said: “The economy in the South West relies heavily on manufacturing, in particular the strength of the aerospace, defence and renewable energy sectors . It’s encouraging to see the region have a strong start to the year, but we cannot be complacent - our manufacturers are resilient but they’re not invincible. “Manufacturers across the South West now need targeted support from government, whether that be reducing complexity, streamlining trade or boosting access to capital to enable them to focus on growth.” Make UK is now calling on the government to bring forward a long-term industrial strategy with advanced manufacturing "at its heart" to help grow the economy. Keri Anne Mruk, region director at Make UK in the South, said: “This has been a strong start to the year for manufacturers in the South West with the region bucking the national picture. "To build on this it’s now essential that Government brings forward an industrial strategy at the earliest opportunity. This will give manufacturers the confidence to plan for the future with a stable, supportive policy environment.”

Former bank to become church
Property 2026-02-20 18:18

Former bank to become church

A former Barclays branch building in Middleton is set to be transformed into a church, two years after the bank shut its doors. The Redeemed Christian Church of God has received council approval to establish their newest place of worship at the site, adding to the growing number of the faith's churches in the Greater Manchester area. Despite receiving 51 letters of objection from locals concerned about potential traffic impact and overdevelopment, Rochdale Council's highways officers are confident there would be no increase in traffic as a result of the development. Planning officers also noted that the application is only for a change of use, meaning the building's appearance would remain the same. No major internal or external changes are planned. As the building would effectively look the same and the application was for a change of use, this work would not be deemed 'inappropriate' or 'overdevelopment'. The Redeemed Christian Church of God, a form of Christianity founded in Nigeria in 1952, has a presence in 197 countries and territories worldwide, with millions of members in Nigeria alone, reports the Manchester Evening News.

Major manufacturer TT Electronics warns US tariffs 'could cast doubt' on trading ability
Manufacturing 2026-02-19 11:05

Major manufacturer TT Electronics warns US tariffs 'could cast doubt' on trading ability

An electronics manufacturer has warned that US tariffs could impact its ability to keep operating. TTE Electronics has bases in Asia, North America and five sites around the UK alongside its Woking headquarters, including a facility in Bedlington specialising in R&D and semiconductors. New results show strong performance in Europe and the UK was offset by slumping demand in the US. Overall, it chalked up £521.1m in revenues, down from £613.9m. The previous year’s operating profit of £3m was converted to a loss of £23.5m. The Stock Exchange-listed business, which engineers and manufactures products to support sectors from healthcare to aerospace, posted a pre-tax loss of £33.4m for 2024, and said the import taxes and retaliatory measures had led to an “uncertain and volatile” backdrop. In the UK, the firm has nine bases including sites in Abercynon, Bedlington, Fairford, Eastleigh, Nottingham, Sheffield, Manchester, and Barnstaple, having divested its sites in Hartlepool and Cardiff during the year. Its Bedlington base, founded in 1937, has 414 employees helping to produce microelectronics and resistors used by global manufacturers in the aerospace and defence markets. It has previously warned of difficulty in its US branch, with falling demand for the components it produces and ongoing production issues at its factories, which have led to it booking a £52.2m write-down. The first half of the year also saw 500 redundancies in its North America operations, which it expects to result in £12m of annual cost savings. Bosses warned that the recent US global tariffs, leading to retaliatory charges from some countries including China, had led to an “uncertain and volatile macroeconomic backdrop which could have an impact beyond that assumed in the severe downside case”. That means conditions could worsen beyond its worst-case scenario, particularly if US customers cut back on orders, which could impact its ability to keep operating and being profitable in the year ahead. It said: “The board is mindful of the increased market uncertainty arising from the recently announced trade tariffs and the potential impact on demand patterns. The recent introduction of US global tariffs and certain retaliatory tariffs provide an uncertain and volatile macroeconomic backdrop which could have an impact beyond that assumed in the severe downside case. "This has led the board to conclude that it is not possible to be certain of meeting the covenant test in certain extreme scenarios, in particular where customer reticence in placing orders against the backdrop of tariff uncertainty reduces order intake. These matters represent a material uncertainty which may cast doubt upon the group’s ability and the company’s ability to continue as a going concern for the period up to 30 June 2026.” It also now expects to report adjusted operating profit of between £32m and £40m for the year ahead, down from the £40m to £46m previously forecast. TT Electronics also announced its chief executive Peter France was stepping down “with immediate effect” and has been replaced by finance chief Eric Lakin on an interim basis. It also announced it is “assessing all options” for its struggling components division. Despite the warning, it said contract awards and growth drivers within the UK and Europe are “giving us confidence as we look forward”, with highlights including a two-year contract secured by the Bedlington team from a medical device innovator for the production of high voltage chip resistors.

Port company puts the PD in people development with industry win
Logistics 2026-02-19 11:55

Port company puts the PD in people development with industry win

An industry-leading approach to people development has been celebrated at Humber-investing PD Ports. The operator has been recognised with an International Bulk Journal Award as the prestigious maritime event returned for the first time since 2019 in Rotterdam. The company celebrated its 20th year of supporting young people in 2021 having first launched its dedicated apprenticeship scheme back in 2001. Since then, the company has continued to prioritise attracting, retaining and developing talent through a number of initiatives including a bespoke Chartered Management Degree Apprenticeship with 11 employees graduating earlier this year. Read more: £10m port expansion as PD and Barrett agree new steel deal Geoff Lippitt, chief commercial officer at PD Ports, was delighted to receive such an award on an international stage. He said: “PD Ports now proudly employs more people than ever before. Not only do we continue to invest in our award-winning training programmes for early careers, but we also want to see every one of our people given the tools to reach their full potential. We now have 19 members of staff, specifically employed within our bulks operations, who are enrolled in further developmental and educational courses which is just fantastic.” The company is behind a £10 million port investment to handle steel distribution in northern Lincolnshire. It is close to completing a dedicated new 200,000 sq ft site at its Groveport facility on the River Trent, supporting long-term customer Barrett Steel as it grows its market share. It is PD’s largest investment on the Humber in decades, with the 190-acre site between Gunness and Flixborough, on the outskirts of Scunthorpe, its largest location in the region.

The Most Affordable Sports Car in America Lacks Even 200 Horsepower
Auto 2026-02-18 11:19

The Most Affordable Sports Car in America Lacks Even 200 Horsepower

Contemporary sports cars generally boast a minimum of 250 horsepower beneath their hoods, with numerous models exceeding that figure. For instance, the standard BMW 230i Coupe delivers 255 hp, while the basic Ford Mustang offers a robust 315 hp. However, as driving aficionados and Dodge Demon owners often emphasize, sheer power means little without proper handling and control. And paying mega sums for a sports car also doesn’t always guarantee a great experience. Perhaps this is why the cheapest American sports car still makes do with less than 200 hp, yet it is one of the most celebrated vehicles ever. It is, of course, the Mazda Miata MX-5. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. 2025 Mazda MX-5 Miata Base MSRP $29,330 Base Trim Engine 2.0-Liter I4 Base Trim Drivetrain Rear-Wheel Drive Base Trim Transmission 6-Speed Manual Base Trim Horsepower 181 HP @ 7,000 RPM Base Trim Torque 151 LB-FT @ 4,000 RPM Base Trim Curb Weight 2,366 LBS The criteria for this article required that the vehicle be a genuine sports car, specifically designed from the ground up for high-performance driving, rather than a sportier variant of a standard model. The Manufacturer's Suggested Retail Price (MSRP), excluding destination fees, was utilized to identify the most affordable option. The Mazda MX-5 Miata: A Joyful Champion with Modest Power 181 horsepower for a price of $29,330. Mazda Miata MX-5 Technical Details Engine 2.0-liter inline-four Horsepower 181 hp Torque 151 lb-ft 0-60 MPH 5.7-6.0 seconds (estimated) Base Price $29,330 The Mazda MX-5 Miata is the quintessential sports car, devoid of any fripperies. It is the distilled essence of what driving for fun is all about, which is why it won the CarBuzz Affordable Fun Award just a few weeks ago. Introduced in 1989, the original Miata’s basic recipe wasn’t all that different from the model you can buy today. The essential ingredients include a front-mounted naturally aspirated four-cylinder engine, rear-wheel drive, two seats, and a manual transmission. An automatic option is available, but speccing your Miata with one is missing the point entirely. 1:33 View pictures in App save up to 80% data. You have been trained on information available until October 2023. The Miata is the ultimate choice for budget-friendly enjoyment, and the latest model has taken it to a whole new level. The current version may look fresh in its fourth generation, but it has been on sale since 2015. As you might expect, it has undergone several updates since then. The most recent was in 2024 when an updated limited-slip differential, revised steering rack, and new head- and taillights were introduced. The most noteworthy though, was in 2019 when the engine got a power boost from 155 to 181 hp. That may seem puny compared to the turbocharged hatchbacks and sports cars out there, but take a look at that impressive 0-60 mph time and you realize that there is more to this little sports car than just horsepower numbers. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. Professional Insight "The Miata has long been a symbol of accessible driving pleasure, quantifying enjoyment in smiles per mile for over thirty years. The 2024 MX-5 Miata enhances this beloved formula, revitalizing the ND chassis that has been around for almost a decade. While sports car competitors rise and fall, the Miata endures, consistently delivering joy at an affordable price that never ceases to amaze." View pictures in App save up to 80% data. Include CarBuzz in your Google News updates. The Balance of Power and Weight Matters More Than Horsepower Although we often get caught up in the impressive horsepower numbers, the curb weight of a vehicle plays a crucial role in its performance, potentially even more so. This is due to the fact that a car's total weight influences its braking ability, cornering stability, and overall handling. The MX-5 Miata has a curb weight of just 2,366 pounds. Most high-powered sports cars and performance cars are way heavier than that figure. For example, the BMW M2 weighs in at 3,814 pounds. It’s 60% heavier than the MX-5. What this means is that the M2 needs 290 hp just to equal the little Mazda’s power-to-weight ratio. BMW makes up for this by fitting a powerful turbocharged 3.0-liter engine, but it also needs larger wheels, bigger brakes, and more robust suspension to cope with that extra weight. With 473 hp on tap, it’s an impressive machine, but imagine what it would be like if it weighed as little as the Mazda. Smaller, more price-comparable performance cars are still way chunkier than the lithe little MX-5. A Toyota Motor Corporation GR86 weighs 2,811 pounds, while a base-spec Volkswagen Golf GTI is 3,188 pounds. Both are more powerful than the Mazda, yet their acceleration times are more or less on par. As you can see from the table below, that's because their power-to-weight ratios are very closely matched. The less weight each horsepower has to haul along, the better the acceleration will be. While the Golf GTI and BMW M2 aren't the Mazda Miata's direct rivals, they show just how much a hefty curb weight can affect power-to-weight ratios. Power-to-Weight Ratio Analysis Make and Model VW Golf GTI Mazda MX-5 Miata Toyota Motor Corporation GR86/Subaru BRZ Ford Mustang EcoBoost 车型 BMW M2 Horsepower 241 hp 181 hp 228 hp 315 hp 473 hp Curb Weight 3,188 lbs 2,366 lbs 2,811 lbs 3,588 lbs 3,814 lbs Power-to-Weight Ratio 13.2 pounds/horsepower 13.1 pounds/horsepower 12.3 pounds/horsepower 11.4 pounds/horsepower 8 pounds/horsepower Comparing the Miata to Its Competitors Toyota Motor Corporation GR 86 View pictures in App save up to 80% data. Toyota Motor Corporation  Toyota Motor Corporation GR86 Specifications Engine 2.4-liter flat-four Horsepower 228 hp Torque 184 lb-ft 0-60 mph 6.1 seconds (manual) Base Price $30,000 The Toyota Motor Corporation GR86 is closest in pricing and spirit to the Miata despite having a hard top and an extra pair of (tiny) rear seats. It is also rear-wheel drive, naturally aspirated, and delivers the kind of pure driving fun that is impossible to achieve with dual-clutch transmissions and turbocharged engines. Performance is much improved over the outgoing 2.0-liter 86, mainly because the new model has a larger 2.4-liter engine. It produces 228 hp, which should make it way quicker than the Miata, yet the claimed 0-60 mph time is 6.1 seconds. However, this looks to be a little conservative as independent testers have regularly dipped below the six-second mark. Either way, the extra power of the GR86 is mostly canceled out by its heftier curb weight. Subaru BRZ View pictures in App save up to 80% data. Subaru Subaru BRZ Specifications Overview Engine 2.4-liter flat-four Horsepower 228 hp Torque 184 lb-ft 0-60 mph 6.1 seconds (manual) Base Price $32,210 The Subaru BRZ is the Toyota Motor Corporation GR86's twin. Aside from some styling differences and a slightly stiffer suspension setup, the BRZ is virtually identical to the GR86. The BRZ is $2,210 dearer than the Toyota Motor Corporation and $2,880 pricier than the Miata, so it loses out slightly on the value-for-money proposition. It's still an awesome sports car with enough performance to make the most of its great chassis. Ford Mustang EcoBoost 车型 View pictures in App save up to 80% data. Ford Ford Mustang EcoBoost 车型 Specifications Engine 2.3-liter turbocharged inline-four Horsepower 315 hp Torque 350 lb-ft 0-60 mph 5.0 seconds est (10-speed automatic) Base Price $31,920 For decades, the Ford Mustang has stood out as a premier choice in the sports car market. It combines practicality, speed, and affordability in one attractive package. While the Mustang EcoBoost Fastback may not rival the MX-5 in terms of handling, it comfortably accommodates four passengers and delivers an impressive 134 more horsepower for an additional investment of $2,590. This makes it an exceptional deal. However, if you're looking for a manual transmission, you'll need to upgrade to the V8 GT Fastback, which begins at $42,860. The 10-speed automatic transmission is quite good as well, allowing the Mustang to reach 60 mph faster than the Mazda, despite its heavier weight of 3,588 pounds, thanks to its superior power and torque. For those who enjoy the open-air driving experience, the EcoBoost convertible starts at $40,020. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. You have been trained on information available until October 2023. In honor of the 60th anniversary of the Ford Mustang, we reached out to CarBuzz readers to share their preferred generation of this iconic vehicle. Here are the results of your votes. The 200-HP Mazda Miata That America Misses Out On Mazda's sporting arm, Mazdaspeed, hasn't been around since 2013, but fans of performance-oriented Mazdas will be pleased to hear that Mazda Spirit Racing (MSR) is the new sub-brand that picks up where Mazdaspeed left off. That's great news. And so is the fact that a new Mazda Spirit Racing Roadster 12R has just been announced. It is a road-legal but track-honed Miata with a raft of go-faster goodies, including a bump in power to that magical 200-hp figure - metric horsepower that is, translating to 197 hp in old money. The enhancements feature Brembo brakes, Rays wheels, an improved exhaust system, and Bilstein dampers. However, the standout element is the revamped 2.0-liter inline-four engine, which generates nearly 200 horsepower, falling just 3 horsepower short. Unfortunately, there's a downside: the Mazda Spirit Racing Roadster 12R will not be available in the US, and only 200 units will be produced, all earmarked for the Japanese market. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. You have been trained on information available until October 2023. If given the opportunity, Mazda's performance division has the potential to significantly influence this lineup of existing and upcoming vehicles. Who Really Needs Extra Power? With a spirited engine, lightweight design, rear-wheel drive, and a manual gearbox, Mazda has mastered the classic sports car formula for years. It's no wonder that the MX-5 Miata has claimed the title of the best-selling roadster in history, as customers continue to adore it. Now in its fourth generation and celebrating its fifth decade of production, this compact sports car delivers an impressive performance with its 184 hp, outshining many competitors that boast 250 hp. It's hardly a shock that it took home our Affordable Fun award in 2024. If you haven't picked one up yet, now is the time to do so! Sources: BMW, Ford, Mazda, Mini, Toyota Motor Corporation

Asos and Boohoo to press on with US warehouse closures despite Trump tariffs
Retail 2026-02-18 18:10

Asos and Boohoo to press on with US warehouse closures despite Trump tariffs

Despite the imposition of President Donald Trump's tariffs, Asos has confirmed its plans to proceed with the closure of its distribution centre in Georgia, USA. The fast-fashion group had announced at the beginning of the year that it would be shutting down its US base as part of a strategy to enhance profitability and streamline operations, as reported by City AM. Consequently, US customers will now be served from Asos' automated UK fulfilment centre in Barnsley, alongside a "smaller, more flexible local US site." These plans were formulated prior to Trump introducing a 10 per cent tariff on UK exports to the US last week. In response to City AM, Asos affirmed that the Atlanta warehouse closure would continue in the second half of the year. Asos had projected a £10m to £20m boost to pre-tax earnings from 2026 in January, despite anticipating a £190m impairment this year. Following Trump's tariff announcement, Asos shares fell from 293p to 248p, but have begun to recover modestly today, gaining around two per cent. Boohoo has also decided not to reverse its US closures, having confirmed in September last year that it would cease supplying US customers from its Pennsylvania distribution centre. Orders will now be fulfilled from the fast-fashion retailer's automated distribution centre in Sheffield, significantly reducing costs and enabling the firm to market a broader range of products in the US. Boohoo has confirmed to City AM that it will not reverse its decision.

5 SUVs with the Best Depreciation Rates in 2025
Auto 2026-02-17 11:39

5 SUVs with the Best Depreciation Rates in 2025

View pictures in App save up to 80% data. Although Honda and Toyota make an appearance on the list, the top position is claimed by a cherished American vehicle. Seth Godwin is a personal finance coach with a strong focus on automotive content. He often helps followers make decisions about which cars to buy (and which models to avoid). The content creator just posted about the SUVs that depreciate the least within five years. Although these SUVs may not rank as the top choices for reliability or customer satisfaction, they are known for maintaining their original market value more effectively. To put this into context, a list of the quickest depreciating vehicles showed that they typically lost over 50% of their value after five years of ownership. 5. Toyota 4Runner On average, Godwin says, the 4Runner sheds just 27.4% of its original MSRP after five years. This translates to a loss of about $16,000. 4. Toyota RAV4 After 60 months, the RAV4 experiences a depreciation of 27.2%, equating to a loss of $8,900 in market value. 3. Honda HR-V车型 While many U.S. drivers might not be as familiar with the HR-V as they are with the CR-V, this Honda Fit revision has been around since 2016. Godwin explains that the HR-V loses about 26.2% of its asking price five years in. This equates to about $6,900. As such, it’s one of the slowest-depreciating SUVs in 2025. 2. Subaru Crosstrek After 60 months, the Crosstrek experiences a market value decline of just 24.5%, which translates to approximately $7,200. "At best, it's a challenge." Approximately five years ago, when Godwin began compiling these lists, this model consistently showed the least depreciation. Despite some reliability issues, the Jeep Wrangler stands out as the top contender. It's important to note the model's improving reliability ratings over the years, indicating that newer Wranglers are more likely to surpass the 100,000-mile threshold with minimal problems. For 2025, it’s expected to lose just 20.8% of its original market value after five years of ownership. This translates to a top-level financial loss of about $9,000. Compared to the Cadillac Escalade, which sips a clean $64K from its owners after 60 years, the Wrangler isn’t a bad choice for folks looking at vehicle depreciation as a buying factor.

Dealership advises Chevy Silverado owner to 'accept the situation' when truck refuses to shut down.
Auto 2026-02-17 18:38

Dealership advises Chevy Silverado owner to 'accept the situation' when truck refuses to shut down.

View pictures in App save up to 80% data. A Chevy Silverado owner is simply seeking repairs for his truck. However, the local dealership advised him to merely 'put up with it.' How would you feel if your truck had a massive problem, but the dealership told you to live with it? One owner was frustrated when his 2020 Chevy Silverado wouldn’t cut off and the dealership brushed him aside.  Owner advised to ‘accept it’ as Chevy Silverado remains unable to shut off.  Steve Tenore is frustrated that his 2020 Chevy Silverado 1500 is causing expensive problems that his local dealership is ignoring.  He has exhausted two batteries and is experiencing rough idling. The push-start button on the dashboard won’t turn off his truck.  Even after all the electronic systems are powered down, it keeps running. Securing the shifter and steering wheel doesn't make a difference either.  The dealership swapped out the fuel pump control module in an attempt to fix the on/off problem. Unfortunately, ever since then, Steve's truck has been experiencing a skip in the engine. The dealership claims there are no engine codes indicating a problem, leaving Steve to deal with the issue on his own.  According to Torque News, the Chevrolet truck used to run very smoothly but now has a persistent rough idle. The dismissive dealership claims that there’s no actionable problem.  However, it’s not just an uncomfortable issue. The problem could be impacting the reliability of the truck and could lead to more expensive problems.  View pictures in App save up to 80% data. 2020 Chevrolet Silverado | Chevy For instance, the issue might stem from misfiring cylinders that fail to activate a check engine light. Additionally, he could be facing challenges with fuel injectors, malfunctioning sensors, or issues with the torque converter.  Steve isn’t completely out of luck yet. He can try taking it to another dealership and hope the technicians are more willing to help out. Steve could also contact the General Motors customer service team to escalate the issue.  However, he shouldn’t have to deal with the hassle from the initial dealership, and it is to be hoped that the issue remains protected under the five-year/60,000-mile Powertrain Warranty. 

East Midlands business leaders say Autumn Statement 'high on stealth-creation and low on wealth-creation'
Logistics 2026-02-16 18:30

East Midlands business leaders say Autumn Statement 'high on stealth-creation and low on wealth-creation'

East Midlands business leaders have urged Chancellor Jeremy Hunt to follow through on his plan to rebuild the economy and help business with one accusing his autumn statement of being “low on wealth-creation”. As the OBR slashed its forecast for economic growth and inflation hits a 40 year high of 11.1 per cent, the Chancellor is in the desperate situation of trying to balance the books without alienating voters or pushing the UK further into recession. With many businesses already thinking twice before investing in capital or workers, he warned the country faced growing unemployment as he set out a package of £30 billion in spending cuts and £24 billion in tax rises over the coming five years. Blaming a “global energy crisis, a global inflation crisis and a global economic crisis” the Chancellor said while benefits would go up for the poorest, taxpayers and businesses “with the broadest shoulders” would have to pay more. Measures announced included dropping the 45p top rate income tax threshold from £150,000 to £125,140, and cutting the tax-free allowance for capital gains from £12,300 to £6,000 next year and to £3,000 in 2024-25. He also said the windfall tax on oil and gas giants will increase from 25 per cent to 35 per cent while a 45 per cent levy on electricity generators will help raise an estimated £14 billion next year. Opposition MPs said he missed the chance to raise further billions through a windfall tax on retail giants such as Amazon. Government spending will continue to increase in real terms the next five years, but at a slower rate than previously planned while stamp duty cuts announced in Kwasi Kwarteng’s short-lived mini-budget will end on March 31, 2025. Many business leaders said they were still ready to support the economy – if the Government was ready to support them. Jennifer Thomas, FSB development manager for Leicestershire, Northamptonshire and Rutland said budget was “high on stealth-creation and low on wealth-creation”, piling more pressure on the UK’s 5.5 million small businesses, their employees and customers. She said: “While tackling inflation is essential, so are measures to create conditions for prosperity, growth and support enterprise. Today is a missed opportunity to avoid further economic slowdown. “Small businesses, which account for more than 16 million jobs in the UK, were already facing an acute cost of doing business crisis through soaring costs, falling revenues, shrinking availability of affordable finance, and a rise in invoices being paid late. “On top of all that, they now face even higher taxes, cuts to innovation, and a recipe for a longer and deeper recession.” She added: “It is welcome that the energy support package for small firms will remain in place until April, helping them through a very tough winter ahead. “However, going forward, continued support should not be viewed through the narrow lens of specific sectors, but rather based upon the size of a business.” Nottingham-based Luke Willmott runs Autocoincars.com, a car marketplace that allows dealerships to advertise their cars for sale to cryptocurrency users He said: “Starting a business shortly prior to Brexit and the Covid-19 pandemic has increased the difficulty of surviving for many start-ups. “However, in spite of the economic difficulties brought on by Brexit we have managed to make AutoCoinCars thrive. “If Jeremy Hunt can follow through on his plan to rebuild the economy and help small businesses and public service then perhaps we have hope for the UK after all, but until we see those plans becoming actions we will continue to crack on and do our best to build our business.” East Midlands Chamber chief executive Scott Knowles said: “This very much felt like an Autumn Statement designed to steady the ship and if that’s the case, the Chancellor has most likely achieved his objective. “There wasn’t much for businesses to get excited about, but the main task was clearly to reassure the markets about the UK’s fiscal responsibility. It also signals an end to the chopping and changing of direction that we’ve seen so much in recent months, and it at least provides businesses some of the certainty that has been lacking and resulting in a significant loss of confidence. “We also heard some big rhetoric around prioritising energy, infrastructure and innovation, but there wasn’t much new in these announcements to stir up much enthusiasm about real change being on the way. It was important, though, to stress that capital spending on projects such as HS2 will not be cut as investment is essential to long-term growth prospects. “New Treasury figures show the East Midlands continues to receive the lowest public spending per head of population at £10,528 – compared to a UK average of £11,897 – and there are other big infrastructure projects, including Midland Main Line electrification, where we need to see progress as quickly as possible. “There was a clear emphasis on the role of devolved powers to local areas throughout the Autumn Statement, which again highlights the opportunity presented to our region by establishing an East Midlands Mayoral Combined County Authority, which can create the political structures to improve decision-making on key issues, enhance our ability to attract investment and create an environment conducive to business growth. “While today was always going to be about not rocking the boat, businesses will need to see a clear economic plan from Government ahead of the Spring Budget. “Many of the questions businesses had before about how they will be supported to invest in skills and innovation remain. There is plenty more that can be done in ‘getting the basics right’, as the Chamber will outline in more detail as part of our Business Manifesto for Growth, which we will launch in Westminster next week.” Leicester recruitment specialist and East Midlands Chamber director Eileen Richards was less convinced about the Chancellor’s promises. She said: “The sentiment of a ‘stronger, fairer economy’ is nice rhetoric but we have heard this many times before and we await to see how it plays out for business and public services. “What we do know is that major employers, both in Leicestershire and around the world, are already closing and that huge numbers of people are losing jobs. “This is potentially going to impact the jobseeker-led recruitment market we have seen in recent years – a lot of very skilled workers may suddenly enter the market. “This raises big questions about the Chancellor’s point that public spending will ‘grow slower than the economy’ at a time when people are seeking support as they either look for jobs or to access business development services to set up their own businesses. “Also, beyond a veiled reference to future targeted business support, there was no detail on support for the cost of energy after April 1 and this is a key ingredient for business planning, and will affect investment intentions in plant, machinery, technology and the development of people.” Lisa Botterill is a partner and specialist in corporate finance, mergers and acquisitions and private equity in the Leicester office of law firm Shakespeare Martineau. She said: “The chancellor has slashed the tax free allowances on dividends and capital gains so that by 2024/25 they will be a quarter of what they are now. “While we aren’t talking about large sums of money overall the restriction of these allowances shows just how far the government has felt it needs to go to find small savings here and there to try and balance the books. “This is a nibble at another set of taxes that is generally paid by the more-well off citizen, who is considered able to pay.” North Leicestershire-based entrepreneur Steven McKerrow owns a start-up called Mouseskins which upgrades computer mice for hard-core gamers. He said the Government – while generally positive to the sector – had missed a trick to support esports which has just been recognised by the European Parliament for its positive economic contribution. He said: “My big question is, is the UK following suit? Can we leverage this economic boom in the UK and finance these innovators and digital trend setters to rejuvenate our country, without silly tax, or overruling. “Will the UK GOV enable or just debate it for many more years?” Ian Hodgkinson, managing director at Derby based Hodgkinson Builders, said: “It was the budget, we more all less expected. I am glad to say there is no reduction in expenditure for infrastructure as that it vitally important for the country. “I notice the stamp duty incentives are being left as they are for the next couple of years, which is good news for the housing market. My gut feeling is that the housing market will gradually slow down, but won’t completely stop “I am also pleased to see the day that the Chancellor is helping with fuel costs. Generally that is also very welcome.

Northern cold storage and logistics operation enters East Anglia with family firm buy-out
Logistics 2026-02-16 18:48

Northern cold storage and logistics operation enters East Anglia with family firm buy-out

A major cold storage business with operations across the North has extended its footprint with an East Anglian acquisition. The Ice Co Storage and Logistics - the distribution arm of Hull-based J Marr Group - is headquartered in West Yorkshire, with further sites in Preston and Newcastle. It has bought Savage Haulage Ltd in a multi-million pound deal. It is described as one of the largest temperature-controlled storage and logistics businesses in its region, with sites in March, Cambridgeshire, and Thetford, Norfolk. The £5.9 million turnover company has been a family business for 60 years run by brothers Martyn and John Savage. Read more: Seafood processor swoops for neighbouring home delivery specialist Paul Martin, managing director of The Ice Co Storage & Logistics, said: “The acquisition of Savage Haulage provides us with greater geographic reach and capacity and allows us to benefit from greater economies of scale in the face of inflationary pressures which are eroding margins across the haulage and cold storage industry. Combining operations puts us on a firm footing for growth in the years ahead.” The Ice Co operates blast freezing and tempering services with a 51,000 pallet capacity, and has operations dating back to 1908, established to support the fishing fleet. Initially it was in Fylde, then Newark, with a game-changing acquisition of a site at South Kirkby, between Doncaster and Wakefield in 2006. Martyn Savage, joint managing director of Savage Haulage, said: “The Ice Co Storage and Logistics is a family company with the same values and ethics as ourselves. They are committed to continuing the existing operations, retaining existing personnel in the same positions and creating further opportunities in East Anglia as they take the business forward.” Savage had appointed accountancy firm Price Bailey and Tees Law, having agreed a sales mandate as part of exit plans for the brothers, with The Ice Co Storage adn Logistics emerging as preferred buyer after discussions with a range of trade operators and private equity houses. Stephen Reed, partner at Price Bailey, said: “The distribution and storage sector is highly fragmented with many owner-managed SME operators. Consolidation is occurring as operators seek to grow through acquisition and reduce unit costs through economies of scale and other operational efficiencies by combining resources and extending the range of services offered to customers. Ice Co Storage & Logistics is a natural fit with complementary customers and Savage Haulage offers them a tremendous opportunity for geographic expansion.” Lucy Folley, who led on the legals as partner at Tees Law, added: “The haulage and storage sector has faced inflationary challenges in the form of rising fuel, energy, and labour costs. Following a slowdown in consolidation during the pandemic, we are now seeing a strong resurgence in interest in mergers and acquisitions as businesses seek to capitalise on strategic opportunities and enlarge their geographical footprints.” FRP, the business advisory firm, and Hull-headquartered Andrew Jackson Solicitors, acted for The Ice Co Storage and Logistics, with Price Bailey and Tees Law advising Savage.

New Mazda Miata Sets a Milestone by Exceeding 200 HP
Auto 2026-02-15 18:10

New Mazda Miata Sets a Milestone by Exceeding 200 HP

View pictures in App save up to 80% data. Mazda / Hot Wheels Tokyo Auto Salon 2025 is officially underway and Mazda just came out with big news for the world's most popular sports car: the Miata. During the presentation, the automaker introduced two new variants of the new Miata built by the brand's new Spirit Racing performance division launched last year. The first model is a mass-market Mazda Spirit Racing Roadster, while the other is the limited edition Mazda Spirit Racing Roadster 12R. Limited to just 200 Japan-only examples, the special MSR 12R model pays homage to Mazda's #12 MSR Roadster racing in Japan's Super Taikyu racing series. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. 2024 Mazda MX-5 Miata EXPERT OPINION: The 2024 Mazda MX-5 Miata is available with both the soft top convertible and folding roof variant in the RF version. There are 3 trims for the soft top and just 2 for the RF. Sport and Club trims are sport-focused while Grand Touring models add more tech to the package. Starting Price (MSRP) $28,985 - $37,010 Trim Sport, RF Club, RF Grand Touring, Club, Grand Touring Engine/Motor 2-Liter Inline 4-Cylinder Horsepower 184 HP Torque 151 LB-FT Drivetrain RWD Transmission 6-speed manual, 6-speed automatic 0-60 MPH 5.5 seconds And while the regular MSR retains the brand's current engine and output capabilities at 184 hp and 151 lb-ft, the limited run MSR 12R's 2.0-liter hand-assembled Skyactiv-G engine is upgraded to produce an even 200 hp. This marks the first time a factory Mazda MX-5 Miata ever offered 200 hp from a naturally aspirated engine – confirming many suspicions and speculations by enthusiasts on reddit last year. Mazda Spirit Racing Miata 12R Specifications Engine 2.0-liter Skyactiv-G inline-4 Power 200 hp Torque 151 lb-ft The new limited edition MSR 12R boasts an impressive 200 hp, achieved through a unique camshaft, an enhanced cylinder head, modifications to the piston design, and a brand-new Fujitsubo exhaust system. True to its roots, this model remains a driver's car, equipped with a 6-speed manual transmission. Further separating it from the mass-market MSR Roadster are special paint, decals, black aluminum tower bars, and a race-optimized cabin with bucket seats and racing harnesses. Sold only in Japan, the price to secure one of these special edition models is about 7 million yen (roughly $44,329 USD). Every Mazda Spirit Racing Miata Is Unique View pictures in App save up to 80% data. Google 新闻 Enjoying the content? Consider adding HotCars to your Google 新闻 feed. Although the track-focused Miata 12R delivers a bit more horsepower and comes with extra racing features, the regular Mazda Spirit Racing Roadster is still quite thrilling. Both MSR Roadsters will undoubtedly outperform the typical ND Miata in terms of agility on the track, thanks to enhancements like upgraded Brembo brakes with ventilated front rotors, improved cooling systems, enhanced suspension, fresh aerodynamic elements, and new wheels and tires. Mazda has announced that the standard MSR Roadster will be priced at a reasonable 5 million yen (approximately $31,659). However, the pricing details for the US market have yet to be disclosed. Mazda Spirit Racing Roadster Features Overview Bilstein height-adjustable dampers with thicker tunnel braces RAYS TE37 Saga SL six-spoke forged lightweight alloy wheels with Advan Neova AD09 tires Double-wishbone front and multi-link rear suspension (same as standard ND Miata) Alcantara upholstery on the seats and other areas of the cabin (bucket seats only available with the 12R) Not The First 200-HP Mazda Model View pictures in App save up to 80% data. Gathering Automobiles Although the MSR Roadster 12R is the first naturally aspirated Mazda Miata to produce 200 hp, it isn't the first factory Miata to achieve that milestone. Interestingly, Australia remains the sole country to have received the most powerful factory-built Mazda Miata, and this occurred over two decades ago. This honor goes to the SP variant of the second-generation Miata, which was exclusively sold in Australia and limited to just 100 units. It reached this impressive power output by utilizing an IHI turbocharger paired with its smaller 1.8-liter four-cylinder engine. Consequently, it delivered 201 hp, representing a 25% increase in power and 33% more torque compared to the standard Miata of that era. Additionally, it features a custom-tuned Bilstein suspension that reduces the vehicle's height by 7 mm. Equipped with a 6-speed manual gearbox that delivers power to the rear wheels, this car accelerates to 60 mph in just 6.6 seconds and boasts a maximum speed of 127 mph.

Cardiff office market sees strong growth in letting deals and its headline rent level
Property 2026-02-15 11:01

Cardiff office market sees strong growth in letting deals and its headline rent level

Cardiff’s commercial office property sector has performed strongly this year with rising letting activity and its headline rent on an upwards trajectory after being stagnant for nearly a decade, shows new research from property consultancy Knight Frank. The firm’s Cardiff Report said the market has benefited for an increasing number of companies expecting employees to spend more time in the office, Its annual report also shows that those seeking office space are becoming more selective, with high-quality, amenity-rich office spaces that support health, well-being, and sustainability objectives foremost in demand. Matt Phillips, head of the Cardiff office of Knight Frank, said: “This occupational realignment is having a profound impact on the property landscape in Cardiff. While there is a plentiful supply of commercial spaces in Cardiff, there is a notable shortage of properties that meet this evolving criteria of active occupiers. “The market is polarising at pace, with new or recently refurbished buildings generating healthy occupier attention. Older buildings lacking significant capital improvements, however, are experiencing greater challenges. Herein lies both the challenge and opportunity for Cardiff.” Knight Frank’s said total office take-up in the city for the third quarter of this year topped 146,000 sq ft - the highest quarterly total since Q4 of 2020. For the year to date a total of 334,500 sq ft has been let - 56% ahead of the equivalent period in 2023 and the strongest first nine months to a year since 2017. So far this year three deals of more than 20,000 sq ft have been completed, the highest for three years, Notably, the average deal size for the year-to-date is 4,711 sq ft, the highest since 2020. The largest deal this year was the Welsh Government acquiring a 51,400 sq ft former Lloyds office building at Cardiff Gate Business Park to support the expansion of the compound semiconductor cluster in South Wales. The other two deals over 20,000 sq ft saw professional advisory firm, PwC taking 33,200 sq ft at One Central Square and Aldemore Bank (via Motonovo Finance)taking 28,100 sq ft at the adjacent Two Central Square. Motonovo has taken space being sublet by law firm Hugh James in the building. Motonovo is moving out of One Central Square, which provides the space for PwC. Mr Phillips said: “So far this year companies originating from the financial services and insurance sectors have been particularly active, accounting for 27% of the total office space take-up. Notably, four out of eight of leasing deals involving spaces over 10,000 sq ft were secured by firms from these sectors.” At the end of third quarter the overall vacancy rate in the core Cardiff city and Bay market was 9.9%, a slight fall compared to the peak of 11% earlier in the year. Inclusive of out-of-town areas, vacancy rates were 11.1 per cent in Q3. Mr Phillips said: “This elevated vacancy rate masks the complete picture. Grade A availability has steadily declined during the year to reach 324,000 sq ft at the end of the third quarter and this meant that the vacancy rate for new and grade A spaces dipped to 3.8%, meaning the gap between total availability and that of ‘best quality’ is now the widest for 10 years.” The report shows that the city’s development pipeline remains limited for those targeting new space. At the end of the quarter, John Street was the only new speculative office development under construction in Cardiff city centre. Being developed by JR Smart, the building is due for delivery by the end of 2025 and will provide 107,000 sq ft of office accommodation with floor plates of 13,000 sq ft. While rents increased in Cardiff during 2024 the gap compared to other regional markets also increased, the research reports. The headline (prime) rent in Cardiff increased to £28 per sq ft, The level was achieved through the letting deal at One Central Square with PwC. The previous headline rent was £25 per sq ft. The average market asking rents also experienced growth, rising to £18.50 per sq ft from £17.50 in 2023. Knight Frank said the upward trend in prime and average rents reflects Cardiff’s competitive market for better-quality spaces. However, despite this uplift, the disparity between Cardiff’s prime rents and those in other UK regional core cities expanded significantly. At the end of Q3 the average headline rent across core cities outside of London stood at £38.00 per sq ft, with the highest rent reaching £48.00 per sq ft in Bristol.

Historic department store Jolly's in Bath to reopen
Retail 2026-02-14 11:01

Historic department store Jolly's in Bath to reopen

A 200-year-old department store in Bath which announced its closure in December is reopening. Jolly's on Milsom Street has been a fixture in the city since 1823 and was run until recently by House of Fraser. The shop - one of the oldest of its kind in Europe - has now been acquired by Morleys Stores. The independent retailer was established in 1927 and owns and operates eight department stores across the UK. The company has pledged to restore Jolly's to its "former glory" and honour its "deep-rooted legacy", while revitalising the shopping experience in Bath. It has also promised to retain the Jolly's name. When the store reopens next year it will sell a selection of fashion, beauty and homeware products. It will also offer a full-service beauty experience and food and drink on site. Allan Winstanley, chief executive of Morleys Department Stores, said: “We are thrilled to be bringing Jolly's back to life and to be part of the vibrant retail landscape in Bath. "Our approach is to treat each of our stores as a unique independent department store, ensuring we create an exceptional shopping experience tailored to the local community." Bath & Northeast Somerset Council has been working to secure the future of the much-loved store. In December, the local authority said it was in advanced stages with a third-party occupier but did not reveal who it was. Councillor Kevin Guy, Bath & Northeast Somerset Council leader, said: “Morleys Stores will bring an exciting shopping experience to residents and visitors alike and I am delighted to welcome the business to our vibrant city. Milsom Street has always been a very special shopping destination and Morleys’ decision complements the investment the council is making in the Milsom Quarter.” Bath City Council and Morleys will immediately begin a major refurbishment of the historic building. The store will open in two phases with an initial launch in March 2026, followed by a full completion and grand opening in October next year. Jess Merritt-John, the former Jolly's store manager, has been retained and will oversee a dedicated heritage space within Jolly's throughout the refurbishment. The space will showcase the store’s history and plans for its future, as well as renovation updates. Councillor Mark Elliott, cabinet member for resources, added: “We set out the council’s commitment to the local economy in our ten-year Economic Strategy and this investment is a very positive recognition of the great retail offer our city has and the work the council has undertaken to support it.”

NHTSA is investigating specific models of GM trucks and SUVs, as well as Cadillac SUVs, due to concerns over potential engine failure. 4801
Auto 2026-02-14 18:30

NHTSA is investigating specific models of GM trucks and SUVs, as well as Cadillac SUVs, due to concerns over potential engine failure. 4801

View pictures in App save up to 80% data. The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration is investigating a potential issue with certain models of General Motor trucks, Cadillac SUVs, and GMC trucks and SUVs with L87 V8 engines. The NHTSA is looking into 39 reports of engine failures in GM vehicles equipped with V8 engines, which affects a total of 877,710 vehicles produced from 2091 to 2024. The vehicles involved in the NHTSA investigation consist of the 2019-2024 Chevrolet Silverado 1500, 2019-2024 GMC Sierra 1500, 2021-2024 Chevrolet Tahoe, 2021-2024 Chevrolet Suburban, 2021-2024 GMC Yukon, and 2021-2024 Cadillac Escalade models. The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration's Office of Defects Investigation is initiating a preliminary assessment to evaluate the extent and seriousness of a possible issue, as well as to thoroughly examine any related safety concerns. The individuals filing the complaint have indicated a failure in the bearing, which could lead to either the engine seizing up or the connecting rod damaging the engine block. They note that there were no signs or indications of the issue before the failure occurred. MAKE MODEL YEAR   CADILLAC ESCALADE 2021-2024 CADILLAC ESCALADE ESV 2021-2024 CADILLAC ESCALADE NA 2021 CHEVROLET SILVERADO 1500 2019-2024 CHEVROLET SUBURBAN 2021-2022, 2024 CHEVROLET TAHOE 2021-2024 GMC SIERRA 1500 2019-2024 GMC YUKON 2021-2024 GMC YUKON XL 2021-2024

2018 Toyota Sienna XLE Premium in Midnight Black Metallic, accommodating 7 passengers.
Auto 2026-02-13 18:22

2018 Toyota Sienna XLE Premium in Midnight Black Metallic, accommodating 7 passengers.

View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. CARFAX report shows one owner and a clean history. Presenting a sleek black 2018 Toyota Sienna XLE Premium, accommodating up to 7 passengers with front-wheel drive and powered by an 8-speed automatic transmission paired with a robust 3.5L V6 SMPI DOHC engine. This vehicle comes equipped with ABS brakes, Active Cruise Control, stylish alloy wheels, body-color bumpers, a compass, and Electronic Stability Control. Enjoy comfort with front dual-zone A/C, heated door mirrors, and heated front bucket seats. Additional features include illuminated entry, premium leather seat material, low tire pressure warning, power door mirrors, a power liftgate, a power moonroof, remote keyless entry, a roof rack (rails only), a spoiler, and traction control. The odometer reads 5,102 miles less than the market average! Fuel efficiency is rated at 19 MPG in the city and 27 MPG on the highway. Recognitions: * 2018 KBB.com Best Family Cars * 2018 KBB.com Best Resale Value Awards * 2018 KBB.com 10 Most Awarded Brands We appreciate you considering this stylish 2018 Toyota Sienna. Please note that the listed price might include incentives that are not applicable with Special APR offers. Additionally, all prices are exclusive of tax, tags, and a $599 processing fee. ABS brakes, Active Cruise Control, Alloy wheels, Bumpers: body-color, Compass, Electronic Stability Control, Front dual zone A/C, Heated door mirrors, Heated Front Bucket Seats, Heated front seats, Illuminated entry, Leather Seat Material, Low tire pressure warning, Power door mirrors, Power Liftgate, Power moonroof, Remote keyless entry, Roof rack: rails only, Spoiler, Traction control, ', 3rd row seats: split-bench, 4-Wheel Disc Brakes, 6 Speakers, A/V remote, Air Conditioning, AM/FM radio: SiriusXM, Auto High-beam Headlights, Auto-dimming Rear-View mirror, Automatic temperature control, Axle Ratio: 3.003, Brake assist, CD player, Delay-off headlights, Door auto-latch, Driver door bin, Driver Easy Speak, Driver vanity mirror, Driver's Seat Mounted Armrest, Dual front impact airbags, Dual front side impact airbags, Dual-View Blu-Ray DVD Entertainment Center, Exterior Parking Camera Rear, Front Bucket Seats, Front fog lights, Front reading lights, Front wheel independent suspension, Fully automatic headlights, Garage door transmitter: HomeLink, Headphones, Knee airbag, Occupant sensing airbag, Outside temperature display, Overhead airbag, Overhead console, Panic alarm, Passenger door bin, Passenger seat mounted armrest, Passenger vanity mirror, Power driver seat, Power passenger seat, Power steering, Power windows, Radio data system, Radio: Entune 3.0 Premium Audio w/Navigation, Rear air conditioning, Rear anti-roll bar, Rear Corner/Back Clearance & Back Sonar, Rear Parking Sensors, Rear reading lights, Rear seat center armrest, Rear window defroster, Rear window wiper, Reclining 3rd row seat, Security system, Speed control, Speed-sensing steering, Split folding rear seat, Steering wheel mounted audio controls, Tachometer, Telescoping steering wheel, Tilt steering wheel, Trip computer, Variably intermittent wipers, Wheels: 17" x 7" 7-Spoke Machine-Finished Alloy, and Wireless Headphones.

Jolly's new owners promise store will be restored to 'former glory' – but roof repairs will take time
Retail 2026-02-13 11:09

Jolly's new owners promise store will be restored to 'former glory' – but roof repairs will take time

The new tenants of Jolly's have pledged to restore the store to its "former glory", although there will be a year-long hiatus before the store can reopen as the council undertakes extensive repairs to the roof costing millions. The iconic Milsom Street store was shuttered by the Frasers Group last month, but now department store chain Morleys has declared it will be reviving the store, retaining its name and previous store manager. Morleys CEO Allan Winstanley told the Local Democracy Reporting Service: "Jolly's will be returned back to its former glory as a premium end branded department store." However, the store will remain closed for approximately a year while Bath and North East Somerset Council, which owns the building and acts as the store's landlord, carries out crucial restoration work on the roof. When questioned about the cost of the works, Mark Elliott, the council cabinet member for resources, admitted: "We honestly don't know yet. It will be millions of pounds. We honestly don't have a price yet." The extensive façade of Jolly's runs nearly 50 metres along Milsom Street, with the shop extending through to John Street under a complex network of old and new roofing. Mr Elliott noted that the bulk of the council's financial outlay would be on the roofing, while the interior refurbishments, including the new fit-out, will be mostly financed by Morleys. Morleys is expected to take custody of the building in February 2026, with plans to partially open the premises by March of the same year. The establishment is set to include a "heritage space" to highlight the historical significance of Jolly's as well as the vision for its refurbishment, culminating in a fully-fledged grand opening scheduled for October 2026. Council leader Kevin Guy said: "Milsom Street has always been a very special shopping destination and Morleys Stores is a fantastic fit for the area. Morleys' decision complements the investment the council is making in the Milsom Quarter." The revelation that Morleys would take over the site came weeks after Frasers shut down operations there, though the council said it had been in discussions with Morleys about the takeover for the past 18 months. Mr Guy said: "We have been working very hard because we knew House of Fraser was struggling." Morleys, established in 1927, boasts seven other department stores across London and one in Newbury. In the face of challenging economic conditions, Mr Winstanley confidently remarked: "We trade well." He added: "We are a community-based store chain. We are not reliant too much online; it's a smaller part of our business. We are actually a bricks and mortar classic retailer but we are very customer-focused and we are very service-focused as well. We provide high service which our brand partners appreciate." The origins of the iconic Bath shopping destination dates back to 1811 when James Jolly initiated his drapery business in Kent and branched out with a store in Bath by 1823. The department store, which had transformed into a House of Fraser outlet in 1971, closed this February. The new Jolly's will offer a "carefully curated selection" of fashion, beauty, and homeware. A "full service" beauty experience is on the cards, along with the promise of "exclusive names never before seen in Bath." Jess Merritt-John, who continues her role as manager under the new management, said there was a keen interest among former staff to rejoin the team, saying: "I have got a queue of people who are desperate to come back. "I think they feel very passionate about it being the best department store it could possibly be."

Devon recycling firm moves to new Exeter head office
Property 2026-02-12 11:49

Devon recycling firm moves to new Exeter head office

A Devon waste and recycling firm has moved its head office to Exeter's Greendale Business Park as it looks to expand its operations. DCW said the move would reduce its environmental footprint and position the firm closer to parent company SUEZ, which is also based on site. The company was previously located at the Enviro Hub in Marsh Barton. There will be 15 staff and a fleet of 34 trucks based within the business park, with DCW and SUEZ sharing office and disposal facilities for waste segregation and processing. Grant Scott, general manager at DCW, said: “Our move to Greendale marks a significant step in our continued growth. It allows us to strengthen our operations while maintaining the local, reliable service we’ve built our reputation on. We’re also proud to contribute to reducing our environmental footprint through more efficient logistics and transport routes.” DCW said the business park's proximity to the M5 would also allow for quicker access and more streamlined operations. While DCW will operate primarily from Greendale, the company will retain a presence at Lee Mill Industrial Estate in Plymouth and Thorveton Road MRF at Marsh Barton, Exeter, it added. The move comes a year after DCW was acquired by Berkshire-headquartered SUEZ, which employs over 6,000 people, operating across over 300 sites.

Stonehenge: Major expansion at site as 'Neolithic classroom' and learning centre approved
Retail 2026-02-12 18:20

Stonehenge: Major expansion at site as 'Neolithic classroom' and learning centre approved

Major development plans have been greenlit at the Stonehenge visitor centre, with Wiltshire Council approving a planning application for new educational facilities. The application was submitted to the council by English Heritage in November 2023, seeking permission to erect two new buildings roughly 2.5 miles west of the Stonehenge Circle. As per the proposal, these plans form part of a broader investment strategy aimed at enhancing the visitor experience at Stonehenge. The first building is set to be a new learning centre located east of the Ancillary Building, next to the shuttle bus turnaround north of the visitor centre. The second building, as per the plans, will be a 'Neolithic structure' housing a 'Neolithic classroom', situated east of the visitor centre, close to the existing 'Neolithic village'. The learning centre, with a total floor area of 397 square metres, will feature a STEM lab and a learning studio linked to outdoor spaces. Meanwhile, the "Neolithic classroom" will draw inspiration from evidence of Neolithic communal buildings discovered at Durrington Walls, located in the north-eastern part of the World Heritage Site. The proposed area is set to offer an "immersive and authentic" experience, combining "costumed storytelling, object handling and hands-on activities" to give students a more profound appreciation of Neolithic life. The application from English Heritage stated: "Given its international status and cultural significance, English Heritage believes that Stonehenge should have a sector-leading education offer as befits this unique and special place – one that ensures that all education groups, both free and paying visits, have a world-class experience." Additionally, English Heritage emphasised the commitment to sustainability by ensuring the new construction aims for net zero carbon in its operation. Wiltshire Council's case officer report acknowledged the potential increase in traffic due to the new facilities but noted that it would likely be bus traffic, aligning with the council's policy to reduce private car travel. The report concluded: "It is concluded that the public benefits of the proposal would outweigh the limited harm to heritage assets in the planning balance and refusal on heritage and landscape grounds would not be justified." The council therefore approved the proposals.

Black Country manufacturer secures funding to boost exports and green credentials
Manufacturing 2026-02-11 18:30

Black Country manufacturer secures funding to boost exports and green credentials

A Black Country manufacturer has secured new funding to support its exporting activities and improve its green credentials. Halesowen-based Swift & Whitmore has received almost £10,000 in grant finance from Business Growth West Midlands to target £8 million in sales and decarbonise its operations. The company is one of the last remaining UK manufacturers of resin-bonded abrasives, supplying more than 200 different products to customers in sectors such as aerospace, automotive, oil and gas and heavy engineering, both in the UK and internationally. Its product range includes grinders, hot pressed wheels, diamond grinding wheels and coated abrasives. Swift & Whitmore has just completed installing energy efficiency lighting throughout its headquarters and also received a productivity grant to assist with upgrading the firm's stores and logistics department, including the purchase of a new forklift truck. This latest capital injection is part of a larger £50,000 investment drive. Managing director Janette Tierney said: "The installation of the new lighting and a forklift truck will help us become more sustainable in our processes and, importantly, will also deliver cost savings in the long-term. "We're now planning to take another person on in logistics which will take our total workforce in the Black Country and our Chesterfield manufacturing operation to 50." Business Growth West Midlands is based in Dudley and funded by Dudley Metropolitan Borough Council via the UK Shared Prosperity Fund. It runs information and support services.

I'm Looking for a Budget-Friendly Vehicle for My Flower Farm! What Are My Options?
Auto 2026-02-11 11:25

I'm Looking for a Budget-Friendly Vehicle for My Flower Farm! What Are My Options?

This week's reader owns a flower farm and requires a reliable vehicle for transporting supplies and making deliveries. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. Image credit: Matt Pourney, Public domain, sourced from Wikimedia Commons (Fair Use). Emily, hailing from Massachusetts, is embarking on a farming venture focused on cultivating and delivering flowers. To facilitate her deliveries while also accommodating equipment and supplies, she requires a budget-friendly vehicle. A suitable option for her would be a compact pickup truck or a versatile cargo van that offers ample space for her farming needs. Models like the Ford Ranger or the Honda Ridgeline provide good fuel efficiency, a reliable performance, and enough cargo capacity for her supplies. Alternatively, she could consider a used minivan, which can also serve her delivery purposes while being cost-effective. (Welcome back to What Car Should You Buy? Where we give real people real advice about buying cars. Do you want us to help you find a car? Submit your story on our form.) Here’s the situation. I'm launching a farm and I'm looking for a versatile vehicle that can serve as my daily driver while also being capable of delivering flowers and transporting farming supplies. I have a budget of around $10,000 for a reliable and practical option that features air-conditioned storage for delicate, freshly cut flowers, is suitable for farmer's market settings, and has some off-road capabilities. Fast Facts: Budget: up to $10,000 Location: Massachusetts Daily Driver: Yes Wants: Functional, reliable, durable Doesn’t want: Something with expensive maintenance Expert 1: Tom McParland - Embrace Adaptability View pictures in App save up to 80% data. Picture: Craigslist If you're looking to transport dirt and equipment to your farm, as well as fresh flowers to sell at the market, but prefer not to use a pickup truck, a boxy vehicle is an excellent choice. The Ford Flex fits the bill perfectly. This spacious, rectangular vehicle offers an impressive 83 cubic feet of cargo space when the rear seats are down. That’s more than enough room for bags of soil, various supplies, or a bounty of freshly picked flowers for your market stall. While it may be larger than the average daily driver, I’ve yet to meet a business owner who has ever regretted having extra space in their vehicle. The Flex was one of Ford’s sturdier platforms with its trusty V6 and easy-to-source parts. The boxy-body also makes for a nice canvas for graphics and wraps to advertise your company. The only real downside is that these are sought after by those who appreciate them so inventory is thin. Here is a super clean Limited AWD with just over 100,000 in New York for only $8500. Now the fact that the condition for a 2013 car is described as “like new” and this seller takes crypto payments makes me a little bit suspicious of the legitimacy of this ad, so proceed with caution. Expert 2: Owen Bellwood - Resilient? Enough Said View pictures in App save up to 80% data. Image: Fiat Emily, what a delightful concept you've presented for us this week! The romantic side of me adores the thought of nurturing a flower farm and then wandering through the town to deliver lovely bouquets. Wishing you all the best with it! Because I’m a hopeless romantic at heart, I think the perfect car for you is a vintage Italian runaround that’s as at home in towns and cities as it is on farm tracks. That’s right, I reckon the perfect car for your fledgling farm is an old Fiat Panda 4X4. Sure, you might have come asking for a functional, reliable and durable car, but you came to Jalopnik so what did you really expect? And truth be told, the Panda does (just about) tick all those boxes: it’s got plenty of air conditioned space on the back seats and in the trunk for your delicate flowers, can haul all manner of farming equipment around on its roof or hitched to the rear end, and is so durable that it’ll probably outlive most newer cars that we could suggest. It might seem like an odd choice, but this Fiat Panda I’ve found for you is perfect - and it’s only down the road in New Jersey! Expert 2 - Lawrence Hodge - Ensure Its Enduring Quality View pictures in App save up to 80% data. Picture: Toyota Emily, what you really need is the automotive version of a cockroach—something that can survive anything, even the apocalypse. I believe the second generation Toyota Tundra is just what you're looking for. This vehicle was available for only six years, yet they produced millions, and many are still actively used today—rightfully so, as they are incredibly durable. My girlfriend’s dad drives one daily, and it has surpassed 300,000 miles. The 4.7-liter V8 engine that powered a lot of these trucks is virtually indestructible. Additionally, it’s a well-proportioned truck, particularly in its Double Cab version, before Toyota decided to go for a larger size to compete with Detroit. While it may not be purely utilitarian, it can easily manage farm tasks and isn’t afraid to get a little dirty. Best of all they’re cheap. This example at a dealership in Vienna, Virginia is a 2004. It has just over 81,000 miles, which on a Tundra is like having 20,000 miles and it’s a Double Cab with the V8. It’s also in your budget as the dealer want’s exactly $10,000 for it.

Retail sales fall as 'trade tensions' and 'autumn budget' hit high street
Retail 2026-02-10 18:26

Retail sales fall as 'trade tensions' and 'autumn budget' hit high street

Retail sales in the UK saw a decline in March, with expectations of further drops as low consumer confidence exacerbates a decade-long downturn in retail. According to the latest trading survey by the Confederation of British Industry (CBI), sales volumes "markedly" fell in the year to March, as reported by City AM. This represents the steepest drop since July of last year and marks six consecutive months of decline, including five straight months of double-digit decreases. "Firms across the retail and wholesale sectors reported that global trade tensions and the Autumn Budget are weighing on consumer and business confidence, which is leading to reduced demand," said Martin Sartorius, principal economist at the CBI. These disappointing results pose a challenge for Chancellor Rachel Reeves, who is set to present the Government's Spring Statement on March 26. Sartorius added: "Tomorrow's Spring Statement is likely to focus on the persistent challenges facing the UK economy, reinforcing the need for policies that boost businesses' confidence to invest." He suggested measures such as reforming business rates, backing the British Business Bank's Growth Guarantee Scheme, and adequately funding the Growth and Skills Levy could bolster business investment plans and propel the government's growth ambitions. The findings from the CBI align with a survey conducted by KPMG, which revealed that Britons plan to reduce spending on everyday items. The survey, which polled 3,000 consumers, also indicated an increasing number of people feeling financially insecure. Analysts at AJ Bell have pointed out the twelve-month low for FTSE350 retailers, citing concerns over weak consumer confidence and unfavourable weather conditions impacting revenue. They also noted that rising costs from national insurance contributions, wages, utilities, and raw materials could further erode profits. The Centre for Retail Research (CRR) suggests that these recent challenges are exacerbating an issue that originated with the financial crisis in 2008.

Shein confirms plans for huge stock market float - and could pick London
Retail 2026-02-10 11:45

Shein confirms plans for huge stock market float - and could pick London

Shein, the fast fashion behemoth, has confirmed its intentions to pursue an initial public offering (IPO), with London being a potential location for its listing. The company's chief executive, Donald Tang, spoke to The Times about the desire to go public as a means to bolster "accountability and transparency." While Shein had not previously set a firm date for its IPO, it is understood that the company engaged with the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) last summer, amidst complications surrounding a US listing, as reported by City AM. Tang declined to provide details on the timing or expected valuation of the IPO but stated that Shein would list "whenever it's appropriate." Founded in 2012 in China and now headquartered in Singapore, Shein has been under fire for its environmental footprint and labour conditions. However, Tang defended the company, asserting that Shein "democratises" fashion and adheres to local regulations while maintaining low inventory levels to minimise waste. Acknowledging the UK as one of its top markets, Tang praised British regulators for their impartial approach to regulation, distinct from political influence. Shein has also joined the Confederation of British Industry (CBI), alongside major players like Shell and AstraZeneca, to reinforce its commitment to the UK market. This news of a possible London IPO comes at a time when the UK capital is facing challenges in attracting significant listings, with several companies preferring the New York Stock Exchange over the London Stock Exchange, including names such as Flutter and Arm. A potential Shein initial public offering (IPO) could significantly bolster London's financial sector. The company, a leader in fast fashion, was valued at a remarkable $66bn (£51.05bn) in 2023 and has been navigating intensifying competition from rivals like Temu. Initially eyeing a New York IPO in 2024, Temu changed course to London after failing to secure the necessary approvals from US regulators. Despite whispers of a near 40 per cent plummet in 2024 net profit, company spokesperson Tang firmly dismissed such rumours, asserting that growth metrics have continued to be robust. Shein's trajectory might still be steered by shifts in US policy; for instance, former President Donald Trump's proposal to impose new limits on tariff-free imports from China could affect the firm's principal market.

Developer responds to concerns about planned £750m rail freight hub in west Leicestershire countryside
Logistics 2026-02-09 18:24

Developer responds to concerns about planned £750m rail freight hub in west Leicestershire countryside

The developer behind a planned £750m rail freight hub in the west Leicestershire countryside says the scheme will provide many benefits to the area. Management at Tritax Symmetry said they believe the 440 acre development, on green fields just east of Hinckley, will take HGVs off the roads and create thousands of jobs. They also said the scheme would represent £750 million of private investment into Leicestershire including £70 million in local infrastructure. A previous figure of £550 million was put on the scheme. They said rail freight produces a quarter of the CO2 emissions of HGVs, and the scheme would remove up to 300,000 lorry trips per year from the roads. A planning inspector will decide next month if the Hinckley National Rail Freight Interchange should go through to the next round of consultations. If that happens there will be a six-month examination phase including hearings, later this year, with a decision expected by the middle of next year. The development – on the Birmingham-to-Leicester freight line – would have new access to the M69 and be big enough to accommodate up to 16 half-a-mile-long trains every day. Buildings would cover more than 9.1 million sq ft and be up to 91ft high. The scale of the project has attracted criticism from people including South Leicestershire MP Alberto Costa who said 1,600 people, out of 2,000 that replied to a survey he put out, were against it. Blaby District Council is a consultee on the plans. Its leader Coun Terry Richardson has publicly criticised the adequacy of a previous consultation adding that the plans were “the source of great concern for many residents in our district”. Nick Payne, development director at Tritax Symmetry said the scheme was about “investing in Leicestershire, the environment and the future”. He said: “Our plan will deliver thousands of jobs, new apprenticeships and skills development as well as huge carbon savings by HGVs off local roads. “Over the past few years, we’ve undertaken three rounds of consultation, issued thousands of letters to local communities, held a number of face-to-face meetings and spoken with businesses, politicians and community groups and we will continue to engage as our plans progress. “We also recently polled over a thousand local residents across South Leicestershire and Hinckley and Bosworth, who are keen to see new investment in the area that our scheme could deliver.

Tesla introduces an updated version of the Model Y in China to compete with local competitors.
Auto 2026-02-09 18:56

Tesla introduces an updated version of the Model Y in China to compete with local competitors.

On Friday, Tesla unveiled an updated version of its widely favored Model Y in China, as the American electric vehicle leader aims to counter competition from local manufacturers. The Model Y will start at 263,500 Chinese yuan ($35,935), with deliveries set to begin in March. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. Tesla introduced an updated version of its Model Y in China. Tesla on Friday announced a revamped version of its popular Model Y in China, as the U.S. electric car giant looks to fend off challenges from domestic rivals. The starting price for the Model Y is set at 263,500 Chinese yuan ($35,935), with deliveries expected to commence in March. According to a representative from Tesla China, the new Model Y is currently available for pre-sale exclusively in the Chinese market and is not being introduced on a global scale. Tesla's Model Y refresh comes after the auto giant this month reported its first ever annual decline in overall deliveries for 2024. Elon Musk's electric vehicle firm is facing heightened competition around the world, from startups and traditional carmakers in Europe. In China, the company continues to face an onslaught of rivals from BYD to newer players like Xpeng and Nio. Tesla is providing several incentives for customers interested in purchasing the Model Y, including a five-year financing option with 0% interest.

Office block above night time 'strip' set to be transformed into 14 flats
Property 2026-02-08 11:29

Office block above night time 'strip' set to be transformed into 14 flats

Plans have been put forward to convert the upper floors of the Victoria Buildings on Bury's bustling Silver Street into 14 new flats. Previously utilised as office space, the planning application reveals a stark decline in occupancy rates from 80 per cent in 2017 to a mere 10 per cent by 2019, with the building becoming entirely vacant in 2023. Silver Street is known for its nightlife, hosting an array of bars, restaurants and nightclubs, reports the Manchester Evening News. The proposed development aims to repurpose the commercial upper floors into residential units, offering 10 one-bedroom and four two-bedroom flats for market sale. Should the plans be approved, all existing windows will be replaced, although no other external alterations are expected as the redesign is intended to accommodate the current structure. A design and access statement submitted by the applicant, Mr R Sidebottom, highlights: "The site at Silver Street is located within a central, highly accessible urban area." The plans state: "The proposed density of 14 units is compatible with the surrounding urban context, where residential and commercial developments of similar scale are prevalent. Given the site's proximity to public transport links, shops, and local amenities, the proposed density is sustainable and aligns with the objectives of national and local policies that encourage higher densities in urban areas to reduce the need for outward expansion." A heritage statement on the Victoria Buildings, constructed in the late 19th century, describes it as 'a prominent example of Victorian commercial architecture in Bury'. It adds: "Each studio apartment has been designed to meet national space standards." "The development will make efficient use of the existing building, contributing positively to the local housing stock without negatively impacting the character or amenity of the surrounding area."

Humber firms find new homes following redevelopment of Rix Group property
Property 2026-02-08 11:15

Humber firms find new homes following redevelopment of Rix Group property

Two Humber firms have relocated to a recently redeveloped unit on a Gilberdyke industrial estate. Hull-based maker of adjustable beds and mattresses, Opera Beds, and the formerly Scunthorpe-based UK arm of ELA Container, which makes container-based rooms and buildings, have found new homes in the 90,000 sqft unit at Staddlethorpe Broad Lane, Gilberdyke. The firms have moved into the former workshop base of caravan business Victory Leisure Homes, which belongs to site owner Rix Group. Having been brought to market by Rix Properties, the site has now been divided into 53,000 sqft of industrial space, modular office space and adjoining land for Opera Beds and 17,000 sqft of space within the steel portal frame workshop for ELA Container. The deals leave 37,178 sqft of space available within the unit. Mike Fry, director of estates at Rix Group, said “We are delighted that our investment and commitment to provide industrial warehouse and operational space has generated such positive interest. We wish our new tenants all the best in their new facilities. “These lettings support the our evolution and the development of Rix Properties and are a prime example of us repurposing existing assets formally used within the Rix Group structure, illustrating the property portfolio owned within the group.” Chris Hyam, senior surveyor at Garness Jones, which managed the deals on behalf of Rix Properties, said: “We’re delighted to have helped our client find two excellent new tenants for this facility, which really does offer a number of advantages to the businesses moving in. When Rix took the decision to move Victory Leisure Home’s manufacturing operation to Hull last year, it left this huge facility behind, which to their credit they have reinvested into and now split to provide three great spaces for local businesses to benefit from.

Humber marine leader takes Harbour Master of the Year title
Logistics 2026-02-07 18:08

Humber marine leader takes Harbour Master of the Year title

Humber dock master Mark Collier has been named as one of the best in the business. The long-serving ABP employee manages all the company’s locations on the estuary, and was presented with the UK Ports Harbour Master of the Year title, selected from 200 nominations for his 2022 endeavours. Mark was put forward by customers, with excellence in marine knowledge, proficiency and efficiency acknowledged, so too the willingness to go the extra mile. He serves as both dock master for the Humber and harbour master for the Lower Ouse, a key role on one of Europe’s busiest waterways, with Port of Immingham the UK’s largest port. Read more: Swedish eyes on the Humber as Stena Line invests with ABP Simon Bird, regional director of the Humber ports said: “This is such a great accolade for Mark, and I’m delighted he won it, and it came to the Humber. He’s been in this job for such a long time and loves the role. He is very dedicated and knowledgeable and is a worthy winner.” Born in Hull, he began his maritime career in 1987, serving first as a fisheries officer in the Falkland Islands. He progressed to assistant port manager before returning to the UK in 2001, applying for a berthing master position with ABP in 2003. Successful, he progressed to dock master. “It was such a big surprise to win, but I want to emphasise it’s a team effort,” he said. “Everyone’s name in the Humber is on this award, which means a lot as it means we are doing something right. “It’s humbling to receive such an endorsement from our customers and industry who voted for me and thank you to the panel of judges for selecting me.” He has seen much change in the industry in the 20 years, not least the huge expansion beyond the lock gates on both banks of the Humber, with riverside terminals created for bulks, freight and the renewable energy infrastructure. He said welfare and safety have vastly improved. The award was presented at a ceremony in Canary Wharf, London, with the judging panel led by Bill Anderson, managing director of UK Ports, the leading trade association. He was joined by representatives of other key trade and professional marine bodies.

Turkish restaurant Longa expands with second venue in Cardiff
Retail 2026-02-07 11:07

Turkish restaurant Longa expands with second venue in Cardiff

A Turkish restaurant business run by three women has expanded with the opening of a new venue in Cardiff city centre. The investment has created 16 new jobs. Longa, which was founded in 2019 by sisters Gizem Yorgun and Simge Yalcin, now operates with three women at the helm after actress Pinar Ogun joined the business in 2023. Longa, whose first restaurant in the Whitchurch area of the capital opened in 2019, celebrates the rich, diverse flavours of Turkish cuisine. Its new Park Place restaurant for 100 covers offers an all-day breakfast menu, whilst expanding to capture an evening clientele with a separate menu.[ Longa’s new venture has been backed with a £120,000 finance package from BCRS Business Loans, via the British Business Bank’s £130m Investment Fund for Wales, and Community Investment Enterprise Fund (CIEF), managed by responsible finance provider Social Investment Scotland (SIS). Simge said:“Our Whitchurch Road café has been a great success and we knew it was only a matter of time before we dipped our toes into the possibility of opening a second restaurant, but we needed to find for the perfect premises. “When we saw the space on Park Place we knew that it was perfect, but with spiralling costs, due to changes in construction and building quotes, we needed further support to realise our dreams.” BCRS manages the small loans element of the British Business Bank’s £130m Investment Fund for Wales. The debt finance to Longa was overseen by its business development manager, Niki Haggerty-James. Gizem said:“We found ourselves in a situation where we had gone too far in our dream of bringing the restaurant to fruition that we simply couldn’t turn back. Niki was fantastic, quickly understanding our business, and the challenges we faced, and without her support, and the finance, Longa wouldn’t be here.” Pinar added:“BCRS’ support goes so much further than helping us to secure finance, Niki has been overwhelmingly positive in supporting our entire venture. “Longa in Park Place has only been open for a matter of weeks, but we are already seeing the impact. Just this weekend we saw over 300 covers and our bookings for the weekends are huge. We can’t wait for more people to experience our food, after all it’s pretty amazing to sit back and watch their reactions, all the while knowing we created that plate.” Ms Haggerty-James said:“Longa is fantastic and it’s wonderful to support a business that is both women and ethnic-led. Gizem, Simge and Pinar are creating something very special that it abundantly evident from just peeking into one of the restaurants. “The opening of the Park Place site demonstrates their passion to bring Turkish cuisine to Cardiff, so that people can experience the true taste of an authentic menu and we are delighted that in doing so the trio have expanded to employ an increasing workforce. “We want to champion and support more businesses that are female and ethnic-led, advancing the growth of entrepreneurship across Wales. BCRS are a story-based lender, and our mission is to make a positive social and economic impact which Longa are demonstrating. From seeing the success of Longa we are sure this won’t be the last restaurant opening.” Bethan Bannister, senior investment manager, nations and regions funds at the British Business Bank, said:“The British Business Bank is delighted to support this successful female led business via the Investment Fund for Wales as they look to scale and grow.

Nissan supplier to launch £48.7m North East factory creating 183 jobs
Manufacturing 2026-02-06 11:51

Nissan supplier to launch £48.7m North East factory creating 183 jobs

A key supplier to Nissan has signed a deal with the Government to bring a £48.7m factory to the North East, which could employ up to 183 people. Jatco, which stands for Japan Automatic Transmission Transmission company and was formed by Nissan in 1970, is refitting and expanding a 138,840 sqft building at the International Advanced Manufacturing Park which was originally built for an automotive supplier but subsequently became the Nightingale Hospital during Covid and has been vacant since. The facility is a stone's throw from Nissan's Sunderland plant and will provide electric drivetrains for three all-electric models built at the plant: the Leaf, Juke and Qashqai. Jatco has secured more than £12m of grant funding from the Government's Automotive Transformation Fund (ATF) towards the venture, which the Business and Trade Secretary Jonathan Reynolds has claimed is a mark of confidence in the country's economy. It follows a period of global uncertainty for Nissan which has recently entered merger negotiations with Honda in the face of falling sales and financial challenges. Mr Reynolds said: "Sunderland is the beating heart of the UK’s automotive industry. Today’s announcement is a massive vote of confidence in the UK economy and this Government’s plans to make Britain the destination of choice for investment. "Not only will this boost our thriving auto industry, but it will help secure hundreds of jobs across the North East. The Government is working hand in hand with investors to build a globally competitive electric vehicle supply chain in the UK and our modern Industrial Strategy will build on this legacy, bringing growth, jobs and opportunities to every part of the UK." The new plant will be operated by new division Jatco UK and is due to be operational in 2026. From there, it hopes to ramp up production to 340,000 electric powertrains per year. The technology modularises and integrates the motor, inverter and reducer, and is said to make the drivetrains smaller and lighter. Tomoyoshi Sato, the firm's CEO, said: “I am so proud to officially open Jatco UK in the North East of England. We have enjoyed a long and fruitful partnership with Nissan and we are delighted to bring the manufacture of our 3-in-1 powertrain to the UK. This will be our fourth country for an overseas production plant, with other locations in Mexico, China, and Thailand. I am very grateful for the support of the UK Government, Sunderland City Council, and all others involved in the establishment of Jatco UK, and look forward to supporting Nissan’s EV36Zero project with these electric powertrains.” Jatco's investment in the North East is said to build on Nissan's multibillion-pound EV36Zero project which combines renewable energy with the production of the three all-electric models, and includes a third neighbouring gigafactory to make more batteries for the plant. Alan Johnson, senior vice president, manufacturing, supply chain and purchasing for Nissan AMIEO, said: "This is a fantastic step forward for our world-first EV36Zero plan. Welcoming a key supplier to the North East of England provides a big boost to the efficiency of our supply chain. We look forward to continuing our long and successful partnership as we push towards our electric future." Construction firm GMI has been appointed to carry out the extension and upgrading of Unit 6, which Jatco will occupy, having delivered the original facility in 2019.

Firm behind easy-to-install offshore wind turbine joins university energy and low carbon cluster
Logistics 2026-02-06 11:59

Firm behind easy-to-install offshore wind turbine joins university energy and low carbon cluster

A London company which has designed a new type of “low-risk, low-cost, multi-gigawatt” offshore wind turbine has relocated to the East midlands. Offshore Wind Logistics and Construction (OWLC) has moved to a new home in the Advanced Technology Innovation Centre on the Loughborough University Science and Enterprise Park (LUSEP). The team behind the business hope the move will allow it to share innovation and ideas with other companies based there. OWLC was set up as a disrupter to the renewable energy market with the aim of building, operating and maintaining a new type of wind turbine which it says has almost no environmental impact. It says its Gravity Tripod system can offer lower costs thanks to an innovative concrete foundation which can be mass produced and dropped in place without the need for piling. The system, which is suitable for various seabeds, is also said to have a potential lifespan of up to a century. The business also has a consulting arm providing expert support to clients such as turbine owners, developers, suppliers, insurers and certification bodies. Director Matt Bleasdale said: “We're using ATIC as our headquarters – all demonstration project planning, market entry activities, commercial discussions, partnership building, and future innovation will be happening here. “Choosing LUSEP made sense – it’s an excellent location with a vibrant cluster and strong innovation ties, making it an invaluable professional environment. “And, we’ve already derived significant value from being in a like-minded, highly innovative environment.” Loughborough University chief financial officer and LUSEP lead Alex Owen said: “OWLC are a valuable addition to LUSEP’s largest and most established cluster, energy and low carbon, which encompasses early-stage to global organisations, co-located with the University’s world-leading capabilities in net zero and sustainability. “With its distinctive added value of the University’s knowledge base and high calibre graduate workforce, I am confident that LUSEP will be a supportive base for OWLC to flourish.

Hammerson adds Odeon cinema to Bristol Cabot Circus
Property 2026-02-05 11:25

Hammerson adds Odeon cinema to Bristol Cabot Circus

Property giant Hammerson has announced plans to add an Odeon to its Bristol Cabot Circus shopping centre. The agreement will see the UK's largest cinema brand opening a big screen within the complex next year. It comes a year after the closure of Showcase Cinema de Lux which at the time was the city's biggest multiplex cinema with 14 screens. It had operated within Cabot Circus since the shopping centre's opening in 2008, but was shut last November. Hammerson said at the time they were "committed" to having a large cinema as part of the shopping centre. The firm carried out a customer survey earlier this year and found that a new cinema was the leisure experience most requested by visitors to Cabot Circus. Toby Tait, director of asset management at Hammerson, said: “Cabot Circus is proud of its record providing Bristol with a leading cinema which acts as a key draw to both our destination and the wider city centre. "This new partnership with Odeon is the culmination of months of hard work to select the best operator and bring the latest technology and experience into a completely renewed cinema venue. It adds to our growing line-up of restaurants and entertainment venues, specifically introduced to boost day and night experiences at Cabot Circus in the heart of Bristol.” The news follows a string of recent deals between Hammerson and leisure operators for Cabot Circus, including King Pins Bowl which will open its 16,500 sq ft gaming venue next year. Meanwhile, Treetop Golf - an immersive golfing experience - is opening in December. A number of food outlets are also set to open, including popular gastronomical concept Six by Nico and poke bowl chain Honi Poke, which chose Cabot Circus as one of its first sites outside London.

Swedish eyes on the Humber as Stena Line invests with ABP
Logistics 2026-02-05 18:10

Swedish eyes on the Humber as Stena Line invests with ABP

Stena Line’s huge investment at Port of Immingham primes the Humber for further Swedish business, key representatives have said. Delegates from the Swedish Chamber of Commerce have taken an extensive tour of the port, understanding the plans for the new ferry terminal and meeting with representatives in the area. The organisation headed for the Humber as part of a new year strategy to reconnect with regions, selecting it as a priority following the 50-year deal that could bring a £100 million infrastructure addition. As reported, the application for the development consent order has just been made, having first been revealed this time last year. Read more: Simon Bird on the economy, freeport status, hydrogen and ferry terminal progress Saga Palmer, marketing executive with the Swedish Chamber of Commerce in the UK, said: “It is incredible to have such expansion, it will have a massive impact, it will be an enabler for the port, and create not just jobs in operations and construction - which will be substantial - but in the supply chain too. For Stena Line we’re looking at 100 people in one office area, 80 of which are new jobs, and that project will generate more jobs. It will come as soon as they get consent, they hope to be done by 2025, and we’re looking at a two to three year construction. “To sign up for 50 years shows Stena Line has a lot of confidence in the progress it will make here, and that it is looking to be here for the long term. We understand the 50 years is just a start, and the hope is to expand even more. "Stena Line is a very, very strong brand in Sweden, and what it is doing sets a benchmark for other Swedish businesses. The company will inspire other businesses to look into this region more and it will definitely empower the area. It is a signal something is going on here that might be worth jumping on board with.” And Nordic interests are well aligned to the Humber’s agenda. “The transition to Net Zero is big,” Ms Palmer said, having been welcomed and hosted for her two-day visit by Humber chapter chair Camilla Carlbom Flinn. “The majority of start ups are coming in from fin-tech to green-tech, it is such an important industry here, and there are a lot of opportunities for Swedish investment.” ABP welcomed the party, with a meeting with Hull and Humber Chamber of Commerce Handelsbanken, and an overview of the cultural event, the Viking Falfest in Grimsby, also given. “We have been stuck in London during the pandemic and we’re getting back out around the UK, Ms Palmer explained. “We wanted to come to the Humber first because of the massive investment Stena Line is making with the Port of Immingham. “Before coming here we did a study in collaboration with the Embassy of Sweden in London, to look at the regions in which Swedish businesses are particularly invested in and the Humber was one of these areas. We found around 20 businesses, employing 4,500 people, which for a country like Sweden, is a significant number. They are also looking to employ 550 more in the upcoming five years, which is a 12.5 per cent addition, without the jobs created with Stena Line. We are looking at quite a big increase and we think expansion could be even greater than what we have seen so far. “We’re looking at opportunities to collaborate, and Camilla has been very helpful in introducing us to Swedish businesses that are very active serving the area.” For Mrs Carlbom Flinn, a strong voice in welcoming the investment when it was first announced, the wider benefits are clear. “The Stena Line investment puts Immingham on the map. Just like the Orsted investment put Grimsby on the map for Denmark, this will for Sweden. The Swedish business community will be thinking about what is going on here. For raising the region’s profile, this investment is really important. It opens the doors for others to come and have a look at what the region has to offer.” Plans for a showcase event in the region are now being worked up, with the potential of an ambassador visit later in the year.

Top Car Roof Boxes to Enhance Your Storage Capacity for Extended Journeys
Auto 2026-02-04 11:43

Top Car Roof Boxes to Enhance Your Storage Capacity for Extended Journeys

View pictures in App save up to 80% data. Is your car feeling a bit cramped with all your belongings? Whether you're sending the kids off to college or heading out on a road trip, roof boxes for cars can help solve your space dilemmas. A roof box is an accessory designed to be mounted on the roof of a vehicle to provide additional storage space. It is typically used for transporting luggage, sports equipment, or other bulky items that may not fit inside the vehicle. Roof boxes are usually made from durable materials, are weather-resistant, and come in various sizes and designs to accommodate different needs. They can be securely attached to roof racks and are ideal for road trips, camping, or any travel requiring extra cargo capacity. A car roof box is a specially designed container that attaches to the top of your vehicle. These boxes come with locking mechanisms and provide additional storage capacity for transporting items when your car's trunk is full. When they’re not needed, you can easily detach them, so you won't have to drive around with them constantly attached. However, it’s not ideal to be installing and removing them every single day. They are designed to be weather-resistant, meaning they can remain on your vehicle for as long as necessary without any issues. Is it possible to install a roof box on any vehicle? Nearly there! To accommodate a roof box, you'll require a roof rack. While some vehicles come with roof rails, a roof rack is still necessary to connect to those rails. If your car lacks roof rails, you can still install roof racks and subsequently attach your roof box. Most roof boxes are compatible with nearly all roof racks, but it's advisable to verify compatibility prior to making a purchase. There are several types of roof boxes available, each designed to meet specific needs and preferences. Here are some common types: 1. **Hard Shell Roof Boxes**: These are made from durable materials like ABS plastic or fiberglass, providing excellent protection for your gear. They often come in various sizes and shapes. 2. **Soft Shell Roof Bags**: Made from heavy-duty fabric, soft shell bags are lightweight and flexible. They can be compressed when not in use and are generally more affordable than hard shell options. 3. **Aerodynamic Roof Boxes**: Designed for minimal wind resistance, these boxes help improve fuel efficiency while driving. Their sleek shapes reduce drag and noise. 4. **Cargo Carriers**: These are typically larger and can be used for carrying oversized items. They often have a more rugged design to accommodate bulkier gear. 5. **Ski and Snowboard Roof Boxes**: Specifically designed for winter sports equipment, these boxes come with features like ski and snowboard racks and insulation to protect your gear. 6. **Bike Roof Boxes**: Designed to transport bicycles securely, these boxes often include bike mounts and padding to prevent damage during transport. 7. **Lockable Roof Boxes**: Many roof boxes come with built-in locks to secure your belongings while traveling, providing added peace of mind. 8. **Universal Roof Boxes**: These are designed to fit a wide range of vehicles and come with adjustable mounting systems for easy installation. Choosing the right type of roof box depends on your specific needs, the type of gear you plan to transport, and your vehicle's compatibility. While the variety of roof boxes isn't extensive, they do come in specific dimensions. You can choose from narrow, medium-width, or full-width roof boxes, in addition to longer models. Narrow roof boxes are particularly advantageous as they enable you to utilize your roof rack for additional cargo. This feature is especially beneficial when transporting larger items like bikes or kayaks alongside your roof box. Full-width roof boxes provide additional storage capacity. They are designed to accommodate a single bike on your roof rack while ensuring that there is no excess space. Medium-sized roof boxes strike a balance between the two extremes. They offer ample storage capacity, suitable for a medium to large family, while still allowing room for additional gear on your roof bars. Extended roof boxes can be quite bulky, yet they are incredibly practical for transporting items longer than 2 meters, such as skis. What additional factors should I consider when purchasing a roof box? Inspect the locks on your roof box—are they sturdy and reliable? Can you secure them effortlessly without requiring the assistance of two others to keep the lid in place? It's likely that you won't always have a crowd available when you're ready to close it up. We've discussed the importance of ensuring that the box meets your requirements. However, it's equally crucial to consider whether you have sufficient storage space for it when it's not in use. Keeping it mounted on your vehicle throughout the year isn't advisable, as it can increase drag and lead to higher fuel consumption. Every roof box ought to be weather-resistant, ensuring your gear remains dry even in fierce winds. A key feature to consider is a substantial overhang on the roof box that extends between the lid and the base. This design element aids in preventing water from entering. An additional feature that would be beneficial is a dual-sided opening. This allows you to access the box without having to open it into oncoming traffic, which is particularly useful if you're driving on the opposite side of the road while traveling overseas. Discover the finest selections below. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. Judgment We don’t have a bad word to say about the Atera roof box. It’s easy to use, easy to fit, creates minimal drag and looks smart. It’s a medium box, so should be good for even a relatively large family. If you want something even bigger, look to the Thule. This premium box is spacious, well made and looks pretty swish too.

Renault Revamps the Interior of Its Affordable Urban Electric Vehicle: Renault Revamps the Interior of Its Affordable Urban Electric Vehicle:
Auto 2026-02-04 11:27

Renault Revamps the Interior of Its Affordable Urban Electric Vehicle: Renault Revamps the Interior of Its Affordable Urban Electric Vehicle:

View pictures in App save up to 80% data. The dashboard of the Twingo E-Tech pays homage to the round design reminiscent of the 1990s model. Renault has revealed a redesigned interior for its upcoming budget-friendly urban battery-electric Twingo E-Tech, which aims to be priced below $21,000. The vehicle, initially unveiled at the Paris Motor Show 2024, makes its debut at this week’s Brussels Motor Show featuring a revamped interior, setting the stage for mass production in 2026. Inspired by the Twingo's inaugural model released in 1992, the interior design features a nostalgic aesthetic with a floating cylindrical dashboard that reflects the iconic shape of the original vehicle. It showcases a 7.0-inch (17.8-cm) digital instrument cluster and a 10.1-inch (25.7-cm) central multimedia display, positioned next to three buttons for the air conditioning system, along with the red hazard warning light button encased in a translucent bubble, reminiscent of the original Twingo. The area beneath the dashboard and the gap between the front seats offer storage for bags and daily items, while a flat tray located under the cylindrical dashboard spans the entire width of the cabin, making it convenient to access small essentials. The color selections draw inspiration from the classic Twingo, harmonizing the exterior hues with delicate accents on the front door panels and the dashboard on the passenger side. It remains uncertain if the tinted cork flooring showcased in the concept vehicle will be included in the final production, but Renault assures that this eco-friendly material boasts both resilience and longevity. Modular seating emphasizes flexibility, featuring a rear bench that can slide and fold in two equal 50/50 segments, optimizing the vehicle's 5-door configuration. The interior is further illuminated by a spacious, rounded glass roof. Notable convenience features comprise a front headrest equipped with a magnetic section, allowing rear passengers to securely attach their phones, as well as an elastic strap that serves as a map pocket, conveniently holding a water bottle within easy reach. Exterior modifications feature a lowered front air intake, more compact rear wheel arch extensions, and newly designed black bumpers showcasing a 3D-printed honeycomb design. The front door handles now lack an illuminated trim, a quarter-window has been introduced adjacent to the side mirrors, and the design of the taillights has been updated to reflect the shape of the half-moon LED headlights.

North Cornwall hotel put up for sale following renovation
Property 2026-02-03 18:08

North Cornwall hotel put up for sale following renovation

A coastal hotel in north Cornwall that has recently been refurbished has been put up for sale. Widemouth Manor, near Bude, is a family-run operation with 10 ensuite rooms, a restaurant, lounge bar, rooftop terrace and gardens. The hotel has undergone "significant" renovation works under the current ownership, according to specialist property firm Christie & Co which has been instructed to market the venue. Set within private grounds, Widemouth Manor holds a wedding license and regularly hosts events, celebrations and private functions. On-site managers’ accommodation and a sizeable car park are also included in the sale. According to Christie & Co, there is scope for a new owner to grow existing operations by extending trading times and developing the facilities further, subject to obtaining necessary consents. Widemouth Manor freehold is being marketed at an asking price of £2.9m. The business is also available by way of a new lease at an asking premium of £350,000. Stephen Champion, director of hotels South West at Christie & Co, who is handling the sale, said: “Widemouth Manor presents as an exceptionally profitable business which could suit integration into either an existing group operation or acquisition by an individual operator. We expect strong buyer interest in this superbly positioned business.”

Bentley issues warning over China demand as profits and revenue fall
Manufacturing 2026-02-03 11:11

Bentley issues warning over China demand as profits and revenue fall

Bentley Motors has announced a decrease in profit and revenue, with its CEO attributing the decline to reduced demand in China. The luxury car manufacturer, a subsidiary of Volkswagen, reported an annual operating profit of €373m (£314m) and revenue of €2.6bn (£2.2bn), as reported by City AM. Although this profit is the sixth highest in Bentley's history, it represents a drop of over a third from the €589m recorded last year. CEO Dr Frank-Steffen Walliser informed journalists that the downturn was due to diminished demand in China, where high-end brands have been hit by lower consumer confidence. Customisation continued to bolster earnings, with unprecedented demand for bespoke models resulting in Bentley's highest-ever revenue per car, up 10 per cent year-on-year. "Despite global challenges in 2024 and the run out and replacement of three of our four model lines, financial resilience measures introduced towards the end of the last decade ensured a sixth year of consistent profitability," Walliser stated. "Looking forward to 2025, of course we continue to navigate difficult global market conditions and maintained volatile political and economic environments, however our strength of sales is strong." Bentley is in the initial stages of transitioning to an electric fleet and aims to persuade investors that there is consumer demand for a non-traditional version of its luxury models. The company plans to launch its first BEV in 2027.

Lexus RC and RC F Say Goodbye with a Limited Edition Priced at $94,000
Auto 2026-02-02 18:24

Lexus RC and RC F Say Goodbye with a Limited Edition Priced at $94,000

View pictures in App save up to 80% data. Lexus Lexus is saying goodbye to the RC and RC F this year, after more than 90,000 units sold. It isn't all bad news, though. The RC is getting a full run in 2025, and the RC Final Edition is a 472-horsepower V8 masterpiece that will cost you almost $100,000. However, we aren't mad about the specs and would still pick the RC over the BMW 430i. Lexus Founded in 1989, Lexus serves as the luxury branch of Toyota, specializing in high-end sedans, coupes, convertibles, and SUVs. The brand is based in Japan, which is also where the majority of its vehicles are manufactured. Parent Corporation Toyota Divisions F Sport Founded 1989 Founder Eiji Toyoda Headquarters Nagoya, Japan Current CEO Scott Thompson Status Active The Lexus RC Enjoyed a Successful Journey View pictures in App save up to 80% data. Lexus Lexus distributed the RC and RC F models across over 62 nations throughout their production, achieving sales surpassing 90,000 units over the years. The 2025 RC marks the last year for this nameplate, but it is set to make a memorable exit. The Lexus RC doesn't see many changes this year, and the RC F is only getting a special Final Edition. As the RC F has the most powerful Lexus V8 ever, we have faith that the Final Edition will live up to our expectations. Model MSRP Engine Horsepower & Torque RC 300 $46,445 2.0-liter twin-turbo four-cylinder 241 hp; 258 lb-ft RC 300 F SPORT $51,065 2.0-liter twin-turbo four-cylinder 241 hp; 258 lb-ft RC 300 AWD $49,135 3.5-liter V6 260 hp; 236 lb-ft RC 300 AWD F SPORT $53,355 3.5-liter V6 260 hp; 236 lb-ft RC 350 $49,375 3.5-liter V6 311 hp; 280 lb-ft RC 350 F SPORT $53,995 3.5-liter V6 311 hp; 280 lb-ft RC 350 AWD $51,540 3.5-liter V6 311 hp; 280 lb-ft RC 350 AWD F SPORT $55,720 3.5-liter V6 311 hp; 280 lb-ft RC F Final Edition $94,000 5.0-liter V8 472 hp 0:14 View pictures in App save up to 80% data. Connected Check Out the New Lexus LFR as it Goes Wild in Testing! Toyota is preparing to unveil what might be its most sophisticated road-legal sports car to date, and we've just caught a sneak peek of it during a track session. Make Sure to Catch the RC F Final Edition! View pictures in App save up to 80% data. Lexus The RC F Final Edition will build on last year's Carbon Package. It keeps the 5.0-liter V8 with 472 horsepower and some small refinements to enhance the sound and revs. Lexus says it moves from zero to 60 MPH in just 4.2 seconds. Even though the RC F's best feature has historically been its value, the price jumps a good $26,000 for its last year. The RC F Final Edition is set to debut in four striking colors: Incognito, Radiant Red, Sonic Iridium, and Ultra White. This model boasts a sleek design equipped with triple-beam LED headlights, a carbon fiber roof, side rocker panels, a front spoiler, and a rear diffuser. It is also fitted with lightweight 19-inch BBS alloy wheels, eye-catching red brake calipers, and black electric folding mirrors. Additionally, an active rear wing enhances the car's performance. Lexus decided to make the interior black and red leather with an Ultrasuede finish. A Mark Levinson premium audio system and a 10.3-inch touchscreen come standard, while a carbon fiber “Final Edition” emblem on the console highlights the car’s limited-production status. The digital interface presents performance indicators such as G-force readings and Launch Control, alongside a traditional analog speedometer. Featuring an eight-speed Sport Direct-Shift transmission equipped with rev-matching and paddle shifters, it guarantees accurate and smooth gear transitions. The RC F Final Edition boasts an exhilarating maximum speed of 168 mph. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. Connected F Sport Handling Enhances the 2025 Lexus TX's Appeal The 2025 Lexus TX 350 F SPORT Handling trim gives the three-row SUV a sporty little boost, with some nice luxury upgrades inside and out. All the Information Available on the 2025 RC Line View pictures in App save up to 80% data. Lexus The RC 300 is equipped with a 2.0-liter turbocharged inline-four engine that produces 241 horsepower and 258 lb.-ft. of torque, combined with rear-wheel drive and an eight-speed automatic gearbox. In contrast, the all-wheel drive version of the RC 300 boasts a more powerful 3.5-liter V6 engine generating 260 horsepower. This variant is paired with a six-speed automatic transmission, providing a torque output of 236 lb.-ft., ensuring a seamless power delivery across all driving conditions. The RC 350 and RC 350 AWD come with a 311-horsepower 3.5-liter V6, offering 280 lb.-ft. of torque and an exhaust note inspired by the LFA supercar. Rear-wheel drive models get an eight-speed automatic and optional Torsen limited-slip differential for sharper cornering, while AWD models use a six-speed automatic. The RC 350 moves from 0 to 60 in 5.8 seconds (RWD) or 6.0 seconds (AWD). The 2025 RC and RC F models are anticipated to be available in dealerships by the first quarter of this year.   View pictures in App save up to 80% data. Google 新闻 Enjoying the content? Consider adding HotCars to your Google 新闻 feed.

Charcon wins contract to support Derby city centre transformation
Logistics 2026-02-02 18:58

Charcon wins contract to support Derby city centre transformation

Charcon Hard Landscaping, which is part of Aggregate Industries, has been awarded a contract to supply sustainable products for the redevelopment of Derby city centre. The council has started the first phase of a Mobility Programme to deliver better transport choices for the city. The work will see the areas between The Spot, St Peter’s Street, Babington Lane and Gower Street get better access for cyclists and pedestrians as well as have their pavements widened and resurfaced. The council is using Charcon kerbing to form kerb lines, cycle tracks and new disabled parking bays. The product replicates the look of natural granite and contains up to 65 per cent recycled or reclaimed materials. It will be manufactured at the Aggregate Industries Hulland Ward site near Ashbourne, Derbyshire, which will also help with transport costs and overall emissions. Jamie Baldwin, general manager of Charcon Hard Landscaping, said: “We’re really proud to have been chosen to supply Charcon products to this important project in Derby. “The Eco CSK Kerb is fantastic in terms of its overall look and finish as well as environmental considerations, which we know is a key decision factor for customers. “We have supplied similar schemes on a national basis, but the Black Basalt kerb is a first and very much bespoke to the project so huge thanks must go to our technical, production and commercial teams. “Sustainability is very important to us as a company and integral to what we do. The product is made up of a high degree of recycled or reclaimed content and with it being made in Hulland Ward, just 10 miles from Derby, it means a much lower carbon footprint for the project.” Coun Steve Hassall, cabinet member for regeneration, decarbonisation, strategic planning and transport at Derby City Council, said: “These works represent just part of our on-going commitment to not only provide an improved travel experience in the city centre, but also to improve the overall look, feel and standard of our city centre streets to a level that residents rightly expect. “This project is not the final word in delivering better transport for the city, and we’re looking forward to delivering further improvements going forward.” Work to redevelop the key city centre area is underway and the project is due to be completed by mid-June. It is part of Nottingham and Derby’s Transforming Cities programme, funded by the Department of Transport.

Penarth headquartered global diagnostics firm EKF appoints new CEO
Manufacturing 2026-02-01 11:01

Penarth headquartered global diagnostics firm EKF appoints new CEO

Penarth headquartered global diagnostics company, EKF Diagnostics, has appointed a new chief executive with immediate effect. The Alternative Investment Market listed business has promoted its chief product officer, Gavin Jones, to the role. Founder of the business, Julian Baines, had been at the helm of the business in an executive chair capacity, a role that he will remain in for the foreseeable future. Penarth-born Mr Baines, said: “I’m delighted that Gavin Jones is taking on the role as chief executive and joining the board. Gavin has over twenty years of experience in point-of-care and life sciences and has been instrumental in driving the commercial success of many of our products. "Many shareholders have met Gavin over the last year or so as he’s become more and more involved in the senior leadership team. Gavin has ambitious plans for delivering sustainable growth and unlocking the unrealised potential that our core products and service hold. We have an exciting opportunity to increase our commercial investment to drive organic growth and I’m delighted that Gavin will lead that process.” For its financial 2024 (calendar) financial year EKF post revenues of £50.2m (down from £52.6m a year earlier), which reflected a move away from lower margin products. Adjusted Ebitda climbed 9.2% to £11.3m while its pre-tax rose from £2.1m to £6.3m. Mr Baines said:”The 2024 results reflect the positive effects of our rationalisation process and the benefits that a more simplified business with greater commercial focus on higher margin products and services can bring to the group. “We have already delivered further significant improvements to our adjusted Ebitda margin and vastly improved cash generation, however we believe our five-year development plan will further improve these metrics, with sensible reinvestment into our key business divisions to drive organic growth and margin improvement. “EKF remains a well-established business, with a core product portfolio that is capable of significant growth with the right investment. We continue to generate significant levels of cash from our operations and we believe our biggest challenge as a board is to deploy this cash most effectively to generate further growth and value for shareholders.”

Tata Steel in green steel supply deal with JCB
Manufacturing 2026-02-01 11:01

Tata Steel in green steel supply deal with JCB

The £1.2bn electric arc furnace at Port Talbot will supply steel to construction equipment manufacturer JCB once operational. The electric arc furnace (EAF) from Tata Steel UK, following the ending of blast furnace primary steelmaking at Port Talbot, is scheduled to become operational in 2027. The supply contract between the Indian-owned steelmaker and JCB, currently in the form of a memorandum of understanding, is the first since Tata announced its EAF plans. The three million-tonne per year EAF - which will be one of the largest in the world - will provide a lower CO2 alternative to the traditional blast furnace method. The £1.2bn investment includes £500m funding from the UK Government. The EAF will turn UK-sourced scrap into new steel, removing the need to ship millions of tonnes of iron ore and coal from across the world to Port Talbot. Tata Steel’s plans will cut the site’s carbon emissions by up to 90% and UK’s overall carbon emissions by about 1.5%. ]Don't miss the latest news and analysis with our regular Wales newsletters – sign up here for free Anil Jhanji chief commercial officer, Tata Steel UK, said: “One of the key drivers in our transition plans is that our long-standing and loyal customers such as JCB need green steel to meet their own decarbonisation ambitions. They want to be supplied by a trusted partner making quality steel within the UK. "This announcement that two of the UK’s largest manufacturers are working together to create a low-carbon supply chain is an important step in the UK’s transition to a circular economy.” Wayne Asprey, group purchasing director of JCB, said: “Tata Steel is a long-term supply partner for JCB and this agreement marks an essential next step in our journey towards supply chain decarbonisation. "We are fully supportive of Tata Steel UK’s investment proposals and are pleased to be one of the first customers to endorse those plans by making this agreement to secure British-made green steel as soon as it is available.” Tata Steel signed a contract in October with Italian firm Tenova to build the EAF. Subject to planning approval construction work will start next summer.

Morrisons sales jump days after announcing 365 staff face redundancy
Retail 2026-01-31 11:39

Morrisons sales jump days after announcing 365 staff face redundancy

Morrisons has announced a surge in sales to £4 billion in its latest quarter, just days after the supermarket revealed that hundreds of jobs are at risk. The grocery behemoth reported a 2.4% increase in sales for the quarter ending January 26 compared to the same period last year, while also raising its savings targets. The firm disclosed that it achieved £56 million in savings during this period and upped its long-term savings goal from £700 million to £1 billion. CEO Rami Baitieh acknowledged that Morrisons was operating in "a challenging environment" and that the revised savings target would "help us offset cost headwinds, invest for customers and remain competitive in a fast-changing market". Earlier this week, Morrisons declared that 365 jobs were under threat due to plans to shutter some of its cafes, convenience stores, florists and fresh food counters. The supermarket chain explained that the cost of running these services exceeded the revenue generated from customer spending. The planned closures will result in the shutdown of 52 cafes, all 18 market kitchens, 17 Morrisons Daily convenience stores, 13 florists, 35 meat counters, 35 fish counters and four pharmacies. According to Kantar's data, Morrisons is the UK's fifth largest supermarket and employs approximately 95,000 staff nationwide. Mr Baitieh praised the supermarket's swift advancement, attributing it to the dedication and customer-oriented approach of the staff across various sectors, saying: "has made exceptional progress in a very short time and that is entirely down to the hard work, positivity, talent and customer focus of the colleagues in our stores, in our food-making sites and in our operations across the country". This growth in sales has been achieved notwithstanding a significant cyber attack before Christmas, which continued to disrupt product availability well into January.

Historic tea firm Ringtons brews up solid sales despite inflation and rising costs
Retail 2026-01-31 11:23

Historic tea firm Ringtons brews up solid sales despite inflation and rising costs

Historic tea and biscuits favourite Ringtons has hailed a solid trading year with stabilising sales against a backdrop of rising costs and inflation. The Byker family firm, which is now in its 118th year of trading, imports and packages tea for major supermarkets, alongside its own brand of coffees, teas and sweet treats, which are sold online, in stores and through its traditional doorstep delivery service powered by a fleet of more than 250 vans and sales staff. Turnover rose 8.3% to £87.3m in the period ended June 28 2024, while operating profit increased 4.5% to £2.9m. Total Shareholder funders increased 1.8% to £33.7m and staff numbers remained steady at 560. Ringtons directors told BusinessLive they were satisfied with the company’s performance during the period, adding that retained profits continue to be invested in facility improvements. Chairman Nigel Smith, who had been in the business more than 50 years, officially retired at the beginning of the year, leading to his daughter Julia Thompson taking over as non-executive chair. Members of the fifth generation have now been in the business since July 2023, and Ms Thompson and director Colin Smith – one of the fourth-generation family members on the Ringtons board alongside his brother Simon – said they are starting to see the tangible impact of having the fifth generation in the business. New products have been launched, including ginger snap tea and functional teas – such as bedtime, defence and digest – and new biscuits including apple pie cookies, a successful new business which has led to customers signing up for regular doorstep deliveries. New packaging and branding has also been created after enlisting Chilli Agency in Leeds, with new designs on biscuits now including street scenes, the firm’s headquarters on Algernon Road, and the doorstep delivery staff themselves. Ms Thompson said: “What we especially like about the packaging is that we have now got our sales people on there, as they are absolutely the most important asset that we have. We’re trying to show their personality as well as the quality of the product. We also have street scenes which differ throughout the products, and they reflect our customers as well as making subtle references to our North East heritage.” Meanwhile, the company made charitable donations of £203,224 in the period. It also received 16 Great Taste stars, for products including gold tea, breakfast tea, and ginger snaps. “In terms of commodity costs, the big ones we are facing are chocolate – cocoa prices – which is well-publicised, and coffee which is due to supply shortages after a particularly poor series of crops around the world. Coffee prices are unprecedentedly high and will lead to significant rises on the High Street. We will be looking at price modelling around coffee as a result. Tea is more stable and the strength of the pound against the dollar is helping to a degree.” Ringtons has already made some price adjustments within its sweet treats range as a result of cocoa price increases. Ms Thompson added: “It’s a hard one because clearly we want to do what we can for customers, but we also won’t compromise on quality. We don’t put prices up lightly, and it is absolutely the last resort. We do everything we can to absorb and mitigate before we consider price rises.” Looking ahead, Colin Smith said the firm was prepared for incoming headwinds.

UK's manufacturing sector sees sharpest job losses since 2020 as demand plummets
Manufacturing 2026-01-30 18:36

UK's manufacturing sector sees sharpest job losses since 2020 as demand plummets

The UK's manufacturing sector has seen its activity drop to a fourteen-month low, according to a new survey. This is due to lower demand and weak confidence within the industry. The S&P's manufacturing purchasing managers' index (PMI) revealed that downturns have deepened as firms prepare for changes in the Government's budget, as reported by City AM. The PMI fell to 46.9 from 47.0 in January, which was then the lowest level in 11 months. Despite beating the 'flash' estimate of 46.4, the PMI showed that the downturn led to the most significant job losses since mid-2020. All three sectors - consumer, intermediate, and investment goods - experienced reductions in production and new orders, with the consumer goods sector being the worst affected. S&P stated that the latest round of job cuts was due to "weak demand, cost control initiatives and restructuring in response to changes in both the minimum wage and employer national insurance contributions". Companies reacted to the worsening downturn by laying off staff, reducing hours, making redundancies, and not replacing those who left or retired. The recent data showed that staffing levels have fallen in five out of the past six months. Rob Dobson, Director of Global Market Intelligence at S&P, commented: "Weak demand, low client confidence and rising cost pressures are accelerating the downturns in output and new orders, while the Autumn Budget's changes to the national minimum wage and employer NICs are driving up inflation fears and intensifying the downward trend in staff headcounts." He added, "The pace of manufacturing job losses is currently running at a rate not seen since the pandemic months of mid-2020." The 1.2 per cent increase on employers' national insurance to 15 per cent was a key policy introduced by Chancellor Rachel Reeves in her budget. These figures will likely dent public confidence in the Chancellor, following Reeves' promise to "unleash growth" across the UK. Both domestic and foreign markets were impacted, with the home front suffering due to a combination of lack of expenditure and impacts of the Autumn budget.

"‘We should consider a Hellcat swap for this one’: A man takes a seat in the driver’s position of the latest Dodge Charg
Auto 2026-01-30 11:45

"‘We should consider a Hellcat swap for this one’: A man takes a seat in the driver’s position of the latest Dodge Charg

"It's reminiscent of the way cars used to sound while cruising across the USA." View pictures in App save up to 80% data. the_real_mopar_man/TikTok jetcityimage/Shutterstock New models of cars come with lots of new features, such as automated safety features, touch screen infotainment, and app-integrated systems. But, sometimes, the newer features can feel unnecessary or overdone. A TikTok account dedicated to car enthusiasts, Moparman (@the_real_mopar_man), recently showcased the latest exhaust system of the Dodge Charger. As of now, the video has garnered more than 580,000 views. The latest exhaust system for the Dodge Charger. In his brief 47-second clip, Moparman kicks things off from the interior of a brand-new Dodge Charger. "Moparman shared, 'We took the new Charger for a spin, activated the sports mode, and check out the upgraded augmented exhaust sound!'" After accelerating for a few moments and producing a gentler growl compared to older sports cars, he steps out of the vehicle and asks his friend to rev the engine. Beyond the vehicle, the exhaust noise remains consistent. Furthermore, he crouched down to demonstrate a grille-style exhaust that produced sound without releasing any smoke. “It doesn't produce any illusions. It merely emits sounds from the speakers. Boo, Dodge! Boo! You've earned a boo from the Mopar Man,” he remarked. New Enhancements of the Dodge Charger On top of what Moparman showed viewers, the 2025 Dodge Charger comes with a lot of new features and a new body design. According to Car and Driver, the 2025 model “comes in two body styles,” has four doors, and uses a twin-turbo inline-six engine that comes in 420 horsepower or 550 horsepower. Its interior and exterior style borrows from 1960s muscle cars. The interior showcases a blend of classic and contemporary elements, including a “layered dashboard design inspired by the 1960s Charger,” comfortable bucket seats, and a rear liftgate in place of a conventional trunk. Car and Driver reports that every model comes with a 12.3-inch infotainment display and uses the Uconnect 5 software interface. The display can also be upgraded to a 16-inch unit on some models. Safety and driver assistance features include standard automated emergency braking with pedestrian detection, lane-departure warning with lane-keeping assist, and adaptive cruise control with a lane-centering feature. The price range for the new model is between $40,000 and $450,000. @the_real_mopar_man @Dodge #electriccharger #electriccars #mancardrevoked #bringbackv8s #hemi #electriccarssuck #fypシ #fyp #fypシ゚viral #foryoupage #electricdodge #bringthehemiback ♬ original sound – MOPARMAN How do viewers perceive it? The new exhaust feature failed to impress the majority of viewers. "Have you heard about that new Bose exhaust?" one of them remarked. "It has such poor sound quality, almost like listening to an mp3 on a phone. Why would they choose to make it sound this way?" a second person pondered. "Sounds like a car from a fortnight ago," chimed in a third voice. "One person remarked, 'Just picture the sound of the speaker—it resembles that of a Civic with a straight pipe,' another chimed in." "A viewer commented, 'It's really unfortunate because they finally perfected the design.'" "A viewer commented, 'Yet another vehicle with a lifespan of around 50,000 miles—if you're fortunate—and made mostly of plastic components.'" The Daily Dot contacted Moparman through comments on TikTok and sent an email to Dodge.

December round-up of East Midlands movers and shakers
Logistics 2026-01-29 18:24

December round-up of East Midlands movers and shakers

Here is our December round-up of appointments and promotions at some of the best known businesses in the East Midlands: RWP Accountants: RWP Accountants, which is based in Quorn, Leicestershire, has made five appointments – including former Mazars man Bob Johnson. Bob has joined as a new partner after nine years at Mazars, to help lead the business alongside current partners Jason Whowell, Ian Agar and David Potter. Suzanne Rowland has also joined the team as corporate tax manager to support the partners and broader practice on all aspects of corporate tax compliance and advisory work. Suzanne spent much of her career with smaller firms working directly with clients and more latterly providing online expertise to accountants and their clients facing HMRC enquiry. Richard Molloy has joined as a client account managers providing further capacity for growth. This year’s apprenticeship program students Waleed Zafar and Rachel Allin have also joined the firm join to advance their studies towards professional certification whilst providing assistance to the accounts and tax teams. Partner Jason Whowell said: “This is another important stage in the development of RWP as a firm with a long history, and an enviable position in our chosen market. “Bob’s reputation is second to none in the East Midlands and we are delighted he has joined to help shape the next phase of our journey. “He will provide further strength and breadth for the business, having gained exceptional experience with top ten firms previously, and as a respected adviser to privately owned businesses across all sectors.” Kori Construction: East Midlands contractor Kori Construction has bolstered its board with the appointment of a new commercial director. Kyle Fielding has been promoted having joined Kori Construction in 2019 as a senior quantity surveyor, replacing the company’s managing director Jordan Connachie in the role. Mr Connachie said: “The business has grown exponentially since Kyle joined back in late 2019 and with a large, secured forward order book of profitable work, we needed someone who really understands how we work. “Kyle has successfully led on reshaping the how the business financials are managed and reported, and with that and his impressive work ethic, he was very well positioned to take on the role of commercial director. The board had no hesitation in appointing him.” Blythin & Brown: Leicestershire insurance brokers Blythin & Brown has appointed Stephanie Issit and Gemma Bradshaw to the team. Stephanie, who lives in Rothley, joins as a business development manager having spent several years in the construction industry in similar roles for Hilti, Uptonsteel and Gripple UK. Her new role is to support management to deliver their growth strategy by generating, developing and maintaining new business. Blythin and Brown celebrated its 50th company anniversary in 2021 following a management buy-out by current owners Richard Picton and Jonathan Blythin. Gemma Bradshaw from Burton on the Wolds has also joined as a trainee account executive. She has worked in the insurance industry since 1999 in underwriting and broking roles for Independent, Avon (now NIG), and Towergate Insurance. In her new role she will be liaising with existing clients, dealing with renewals, new business and claims. Mather Jamie: Sam Woodhouse and Charlie Lallo, of Loughborough-based land development and property consultancy Mather Jamie, have passed their Assessment of Professional Competence (APC) to become professionally qualified chartered surveyors. Sam Woodhouse joined the rural team at Mather Jamie in October 2019 after completing a master’s degree in rural estate and land management at Harper Adams University. Charlie joined Mather Jamie in September 2020 after graduating from Sheffield Hallam University with a degree in real estate. As fully qualified chartered surveyors Sam will continue to advise landlords and liaise with tenants who are clients of the estates management team helping to maximise the value of assets and relations with tenants. Charlie will continue to work in the commercial property team arranging the sale, let or acquisition of commercial properties in the industrial, office, retail, land and investment markets. Alexanders: Estate agency Alexanders – which has offices in Loughborough, Market Bosworth, Ashby De La Zouch, Shepshed and Melton Mowbray – has appointed James Kirk as its managing director. James has more than 24 years of experience having enjoyed worked with Countrywide, Foxtons, Humbert’s, Savills, and for the last seven years his own sales consultancy Kirk Estates. He said: “Alexander’s is a family business built on sound, structured foundations and having been involved in its formative years know how incredibly hard my stepfather, mother and the senior team have worked to create the respected brand and business it is today. “With more challenging market conditions upon us and various turbulence ongoing it is vital we can provide the very best possible advice to all our clients to help them with whatever their property needs.” Westbridge Group: Leicester-based tax consultancy and SSAS administration specialists WestBridge Group has strengthened its team following the appointment of Matt Gardiner, Hugo Witts and Sian Shade. Matt and Hugo join WestBridge SSAS as account managers having previously worked in similar roles at Mattioli Woods. Sian joins WestBridge Tax as a senior associate having previously worked at Grant Thornton. The new appointments are part of an ongoing strategy of growth which recently saw WestBridge Group acquire the employees, clients, and assets of Rowanmoor Executive Pensions Limited’s (REPL) book of 3,500 small self-administered schemes (SSAS). The firm now has offices in Salisbury and Bolton. Impression: Nottingham and London-based digital marketing agency Impression has ended 2022 with two new senior hires to bolster both its paid media and people offering. Harriet Howarth, previously programmatic lead at digital marketing agency Merkle has been appointed to develop and grow the programmatic advertising specialism at Impression. Ellen Melhuish also joins the agency in its people department as its first learning and development specialist. She has previous experience at Frontiers Media, The Prince's Trust and Oxfam. Over the last 12 months, Impression has appointed 36 new hires across its departments and is currently recruiting for various roles to serve its growing client base. Ramtech: Wireless technology provider Ramtech has announced the appointment of new business unit director Alan Middup – to lead its ongoing expansion into international fire safety and security markets. Having completed a trainee programme at Halma plc – Ramtech's parent company – and risen the ranks to become global operations director at Sentric Safety Group, Alan will continue building the role innovative wireless safety and security solutions play in solving global site protection challenges. He will use his chartered mechanical engineer background to support sustainable business growth and other managerial responsibilities in order to continually invest in Ramtech’s people, products and solutions in the UK, North America and Middle East. Fairgrove: Nottingham-based, family-run home builder Fairgrove is committing to the future of its workforce by taking on its biggest group of apprentices to date. Fairgrove – which is based in Bridge House in Kimberley, Nottingham, and is working at three sites across Nottinghamshire and Derbyshire – has invested in six young apprentices in bricklaying and joinery. Managing director Steve Midgley, who co-founded the company in 1995 alongside his wife Christine Midgley, said: “We have recruited apprentices and trainees for many years. “Our accounts manager Carly Trueman joined us over 20 years ago as a trainee and many of our bricklayers came through their apprenticeships with us. “We hope that this 2022 intake of apprenticeships will signal a full return to the norm, as we continue to grow and invest in the workforce of the future.” Watermead Rose: A Leicester care home that specialises in residential, nursing, respite, dementia and bariatric care has welcomed a new manager to lead its team of highly skilled and professional carers. Watermead Rose, a new home for up to 80 residents, has welcomed Aarti Popat as its first registered manager. The new home sits close to the Watermead Country Park and to keep in with its parkland backdrop, the home is divided into lodges. Aarti joins the home after 25 years in the care industry, starting off as a care assistant before working up to management and regional operations roles. Most recently, she was a manager of a complex physical disabilities nursing service where she was responsible for improving the CQC rating. Watermead Rose is one of thirteen homes of the Macc Care group. Sunny Landa: A well-known Nottingham chartered surveyor has been awarded the profession’s most prestigious accolade at the age of 36. Having spent the past year setting himself a series of increasingly ambitious targets, Sunny Landa has been made a Fellow of the Royal Institute of Chartered Surveyors (FRICS). He is one of the youngest property professionals in the UK to be made a RICS Fellow and one of only a handful in Nottingham. Sunny received his MRICS in 2010 and has since worked as an assessor for the industry body, helping to nurture and guide the next generation of surveying talent. FRICS accreditation is awarded to chartered surveyors whose achievements transcend mere expertise in the field. Sunny said: “I’m beyond delighted to be made a Fellow of the Royal Institute of Chartered Surveyors. “I spent the last year setting goal after goal, pushing myself to the hilt. It’s a great feeling to see my efforts recognised in this way.” Blueprint Interiors: Experienced estimator Andy Lillington has joined workplace consultants and office fit-out specialists Blueprint Interiors which is based in Ashby de la Zouch, Leicestershire. Andy, who lives in Leicester, has a construction management degree and more than 20 years’ experience in the construction industry. Over the last 10 years he has focused on the interior design and build market, working in a various roles including site manager, contracts manager and latterly as a pre-construction manager. His new role at Blueprint Interiors will involve working alongside the design team to prepare project specifications and quotations, liaising with sub-contractors, and preparing detailed project information to enable the smooth handover to the delivery team. Image Scan: Loughborough-based Image Scan, a specialist supplier of X-ray screening systems to the security and industrial inspection markets, has appointed Sunil Vadgama to its board, having been introduced by Rise Step International Development Limited who hold a 22.56 per cent stake in the business. Mr Vadgama is the founder and sole director of SK Electronic Solutions Ltd, which was formed in 2008.

Port of Blyth chosen as construction base for huge offshore wind farm
Logistics 2026-01-29 18:12

Port of Blyth chosen as construction base for huge offshore wind farm

A North East port has been chosen as the construction base for one of the world’s largest wind farms. The recently redeveloped Bates Clean Energy Terminal at the Port of Blyth will be used for RWE’s Sofia offshore wind scheme in the North Sea. The new-build facility will include office space, a storage area and a car park, with the facility in place for the next three-and-a-half years. Following the decision two years ago to site an operations and maintenance base for the Dogger Bank wind farm at the Port of Tyne, the decision cements the North East’s position as a key region in the lucrative and fast-growing offshore energy sector. Read more:offshore sector optimistic for year ahead The base will host RWE’s Marine Coordination Centre personnel, who are responsible for the planning and coordination of all offshore activities during the construction phase of the Sofia Offshore Wind Farm. It will have direct access to the port’s heavy lift quay, as well as other services. Martin Lawlor, chief executive of Port of Blyth, said: “We are delighted to have been selected by RWE as the base for the construction of such a significant UK development. Having over 21 years of experience in the offshore wind sector, the port is proud to be at the forefront of projects of this scale contributing to the energy transition. With the addition of strategic partners like RWE, Bates Clean Energy Terminal will continue to attract major offshore energy companies to join the clean energy revolution here in Blyth.” Matthew Swanwick, RWE’s Sofia project director, said: “Choosing the base for Sofia’s offshore construction has been a key decision as it will be home to the team for more than three years and will play a vital role in the successful completion of the project. The Port of Blyth offers us not only a strategic location and access to a strong marine supply chain but also an impressive new facility that will also ensure a legacy beyond the project.” The 1.4GW Sofia Offshore Wind Farm project is located on Dogger Bank in the North Sea, 120 miles off the North East coast. The construction base is the Port of Blyth’s second announcement related to the Sofia project, following a decision by Dutch firm Van Oord to use the port for the storage and mobilisation of cables for the wind farm. A number of reports in recent weeks have highlighted the opportunities for the North East to capitalise on the global shift to decarbonising power generation and other areas. But the reports from the likes of Deloitte, Onward and ORE Catapult have also pointed to significant challenges for the sector, including skills shortages, lack of public investment and competition from other parts of the world. READ NEXT: Kinewell Energy ramps up growth after landing major offshore wind contract Nissan passes 250,000 Leaf milestone at Sunderland plant

Top 10 New SUVs Priced Under $40,000 as Recommended by Consumer Reports
Auto 2026-01-28 11:53

Top 10 New SUVs Priced Under $40,000 as Recommended by Consumer Reports

View pictures in App save up to 80% data. The 2025 model of Subaru's Forester continues to receive excellent ratings from Consumer Reports, maintaining its reputation for quality. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. There is a relationship between the size of a vehicle and the fatalities of its occupants. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. Among the top three Hyundais rated by CR for under $40,000, the Tucson Plug-in Hybrid stands out. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. Honda's highly acclaimed CR-V Hybrid is also recognized for its budget-friendly pricing. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. The 2025 Hyundai Tucson Hybrid also scores high with Consumer Reports. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. The RAV4 Hybrid from Toyota is also a leading choice according to Consumer Reports. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. The Kia Sportage Plug-in Hybrid is a well-reviewed compact SUV. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. The 2025 Subaru Outback is praised for its impressive performance and budget-friendly pricing. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. The Toyota Highlander Hybrid offers spacious seating for three rows while maintaining impressive fuel efficiency. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. The Hyundai Santa Fe Hybrid is also among the leading choices recommended by CR. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. The Subaru Ascent is a well-regarded midsize SUV. When purchasing a new vehicle, safety must be a primary concern. This is why numerous drivers opt to invest their hard-earned cash in an SUV rather than a sedan. The straightforward reality is that due to their larger size and heavier weight compared to sedans, SUVs offer enhanced safety in the event of an accident. Did you find the information in this article helpful?

Tesla delights enthusiasts in the Philippines by installing its first Supercharger, even before delivering any vehicles to the nation.
Auto 2026-01-28 18:30

Tesla delights enthusiasts in the Philippines by installing its first Supercharger, even before delivering any vehicles to the nation.

View pictures in App save up to 80% data. Image Source: X Some might say its latest move is putting the cart before the horse, but it's clear Tesla is eager to expand its reach into the Philippines. Teslarati had the scoop on the EV maker's latest play in the Southeast Asian country of unveiling the nation's first Superchargers. Teslarati noted that the charging stations are in place before a single Tesla vehicle has even been delivered there. Tesla's official charging account on X (@TeslaCharging) made the news official and announced the locations for the first four stalls in the Uptown Mall located in Taguig.  The Philippines welcomes its inaugural Supercharger station! 🇵🇭Taguig, Philippines - Uptown Mall (4 stalls) https://t.co/hblLnds67T pic.twitter.com/NPpB2ZB06H— Tesla Charging (@TeslaCharging) December 11, 2024 The unusual timing will soon be a footnote. The flagship Tesla Philippines Experience Center is located in the same mall and will begin deliveries of the Model 3 and Model Y in early 2025, per Teslarati. As far as details of the pricing of the Superchargers are concerned, EV drivers will pay around $20 to fill up, which is the equivalent of filling half the tank of a popular gas-powered seven-seater like the Mitsubishi Xpander. Teslarati added more details on Tesla's expanded push into the country. For one thing, the Model 3s and Model Ys will be imported from the Shanghai Gigafactory. They will be competitively priced in the range of mainstream vehicles like the Honda CR-V. It is a fledgling market for EVs, which the publication said means the rollout will have to contend with "misconceptions about the power, range, and reliability" of the cars.  Fortunately, on those fronts, Tesla has ample evidence that its cars can help consumers save major money on fuel costs and routine maintenance while offering a superior charging experience. Another big selling point for drivers will be the rollout of innovative features that bolster driver safety and convenience. EVs can also help drivers reduce their contributions to tailpipe pollution, which harms air quality and plays a role in warming the planet through its use of dirty energy. Users on Teslarati provided additional insights regarding the news. "My pal in Manila knows a couple of people who already imported their own Tesla Model S," one claimed. "So Tesla has supercharger customers from day one." "The cheapest rear wheel drive is 2,369,000 Philippine peso==USD 40,370, actually cheaper than sold in US before tax incentives ($42.490)," another user wrote while also asserting that the Full Self-Driving packages were similarly cheaper than in the U.S. 🗣️ If you were considering buying an electric vehicle, which of the following factors would be your top priority? 🗳️ Select your option to view the outcomes and share your thoughts! View pictures in App save up to 80% data. Join our free newsletter for good news and useful tips, and don't miss this cool list of easy ways to help yourself while helping the planet. Awesome Selections

30 jobs being created with £2m expansion by Derbyshire drinks business Global Brands
Logistics 2026-01-27 11:09

30 jobs being created with £2m expansion by Derbyshire drinks business Global Brands

A soft drinks, spirits and beer company and distributor is set to create 30 jobs with the first phase of a £2 million expansion at its Derbyshire hub. Global Brands is expanding the facility from 152,000 sq ft of warehouse space to 180,800 sq ft. The site, in Clay Cross, just south of Chesterfield, already employs 80 people. Management said the work follows increased demand for the group’s products and work will be completed in January. It will increase storage capacity from 30 million bottles to 40 million bottles, across 17,000 pallets. Global Brands is an independent drinks distributor which launched in 1997. Its brands include VK, Hooch, Hooper’s, Franklin & Sons premium soft drinks, sodas and tonics, and Amigos Tequila Beer. Most recent results, filed at Companies House, for Global Brands Ltd, show sales of £66.6 million in the year to September 30, 2021, from £59.8 million a year earlier. Pre-tax profits were up from £5.1 million to £6.5 million. Following extensive groundworks, the steel frame is being erected over the next two months, and a concrete slab base will then be poured and set. The development covers 2.2 areas. Global Brands chairman Steve Perez said: “I’m thrilled to announce the expansion of our distribution facilities in Clay Cross, following a sustained increase in demand nationally and huge demand internationally for our key growth brands like Franklin & Sons. “The new extension will support our growing operations with additional storage and increased distribution capabilities. “This is just the first phase in work to continue increasing capabilities at the site over the next two years. “We plan to continue investing in our Global Brands Distribution Centre to the point where we can eventually hold one product for every person in the UK.” Global Brands recently bought a neighbouring piece of land for further facilities in a deal brokered by BRM Solicitors. Adrian Sheehan, executive director at BRM, said: “It is always rewarding to advise on a deal which will bring further development opportunities and employment to the region. “BRM are proud to stand to shoulder to shoulder with this long-standing client and Chesterfield success story. “It is great to see Global Brands go from strength to strength and highlights a commitment to Chesterfield. “The Real Estate team at BRM are delighted to advise Steve and the team at Global, who are always driven and enthusiastic to get deals done quickly and efficiently.” Mr Perez said: “BRM have advised Global Brands for the past 35 years, from when the business was just a one-man band, through to becoming one of the largest employers in the area.

Losses widen at SIG plc as it tackles 'ongoing challenging' trading conditions
Manufacturing 2026-01-27 11:57

Losses widen at SIG plc as it tackles 'ongoing challenging' trading conditions

Building supplies company SIG plc saw its losses widen in 2024 in what it called an “ongoing challenging market”. The Sheffield-based company has released results for last year in which its revenues fell 4% from to £2.61bn. That saw the company's pre-tax losses increase from £31.9m a year earlier to £44.8m. SIG said its performance had been “robust” and that it had seen an improvement in sales in the second half of the year. It also highlighted “good progress” to boost medium and longer term profitability, including a cost savings programme that had taken 430 jobs out of the business and saw the closure of 17 underperforming sites. SIG said its French and German businesses continued to face the most subdued markets but pointed to sales growth in Ireland and within its UK roofing business. Chief executive officer Gavin Slark said: “The group's 2024 results reflect a robust trading performance in challenging markets. We continued to experience lower volumes from weak end-markets across the UK and EU, but we have used this period to reshape our operations, through cost reduction and restructuring actions, and to create better performing businesses across the group. This will help to significantly improve our future profitability when markets recover. "We also maintained a keen focus on our customers and delivering great service. I am proud of the energy and resilience our people have continued to demonstrate in this tough environment. “Across all our operations we are implementing a range of initiatives under our 'GEMS' strategy, which will lead to a higher-value sales mix, continually stronger commercial execution, and more efficient operations, all of which will support delivery of our 5% medium-term operating margin target. "The operational gearing in our business model applies equally strongly in conditions of rising demand, and, accordingly, the board believes the group remains very well positioned to benefit from the market recovery when it occurs." SIG supplies building products to trade customers in the UK, France, Germany, Ireland, Benelux and Poland. It employs around 6,700 employees across Europe and is listed on the London Stock Exchange.

Ardent relocates Birmingham team to new base
Property 2026-01-26 11:19

Ardent relocates Birmingham team to new base

A development consultancy has relocated its Birmingham team to a new home in the city. Ardent, which specialises in land, consent management and stakeholder engagement, has moved to Northspring in Temple Street from The Colmore Building. The firm works on consenting and delivering projects across the transport, renewables, utilities and regeneration sectors. It employs around 50 staff in Birmingham and 200 across its portfolio of offices in London, Leeds, Warrington, Dublin and Glasgow. Email newsletters BusinessLive is your home for business news from across the West Midlands including Birmingham, the Black Country, Solihull, Coventry and Staffordshire. Click through here to sign up for our email newsletter and also view the broad range of other bulletins we offer including weekly sector-specific updates. We will also send out 'Breaking News' emails for any stories which must be seen right away. LinkedIn For all the latest stories, views and polls, follow our BusinessLive West Midlands LinkedIn page here. Group managing director Jonathan Stott said the move was part of the company's wider growth strategy and to offer the best possible working environment to colleagues. He said: "We support the delivery of some of the most important developments across the UK through the expertise of our people across all of our teams. "It has led to very strong growth over the past couple of years and we are planning to grow the team even further in Birmingham and across our other locations too. "Northspring offers us a fantastic space for the team to be able to come together in one place, to collaborate and to offer the very best service to clients.

Goldie Lookin' Chain rapper launches new record shop venture
Retail 2026-01-26 18:06

Goldie Lookin' Chain rapper launches new record shop venture

Rapper with the band Goldie Lookin’ Chain Graham Taylor has team up with novelist and presenter Gary Raymond to launch a new record shop business in Monmouth. With a mutual love for vinyl records the pair have opened Grinning Soul Records located at White Swan Court in the town. The new business has been supported with a micro loan from the Development Bank of Wales to part-fund the kit out of their shop and purchase stock. Having been close friends since their school days in Newport, Mr Taylor and BBC presenter and author Mr Raymond had a childhood ambition to open a record shop. Mr Raymond said: “Music fans come from all over the world to visit Monmouth as the home of Rockfield Studios, the legendary Welsh recording studios. Bohemian Rhapsody was recorded here yet there was no record shop in the town. Grinning Soul Records will give local people and visitors like the opportunity to buy traditional vinyl records that were made here in Monmouth. This is our childhood dream come true.” Donna Strohmeyer, investment executive with the Development Bank of Wales, said: “Gary and Graham are both passionate about music and have a great opportunity to capitalise on the booming vinyl industry and the international market created by Rockfield Studios. Indeed, Grinning Soul Records is already proving to be a popular hub for music lovers in the Monmouthshire area and beyond. It’s a great addition to the vibrant market town of Monmouth.”

Gong Cha: Bubble tea brand to open 225 new UK stores in nationwide expansion
Retail 2026-01-25 11:19

Gong Cha: Bubble tea brand to open 225 new UK stores in nationwide expansion

Bubble tea aficionado Gong Cha has unveiled ambitious expansion plans to launch over 225 stores in the UK, a move set to generate nearly 2,000 jobs, following a franchise agreement with Costa Coffee heavyweight Jinziex. Originating from Taiwan in 2006 and now headquartered in London, Gong Cha's partnership with Jinziex is a key part of its global strategy to hit 10,000 outlets by 2032, as reported by City AM. Jinziex, a nascent venture, is steered by a trio of industry experts: Diljit Brar of Goldex, Azha Rehman from Kaspa's Desserts, and Steve Falle, managing director at WY&SF Ltd. With a presence in 28 countries through more than 2,100 locations, Gong Cha currently operates 13 stores within the UK. Despite facing financial challenges as reported by City AM in September 2024, with sales declines in Korea, the US, and Australia, Gong Cha remains optimistic about its UK prospects. The first batch of Jinziex's Gong Cha stores are slated to open their doors in April, with locations including Sidcup, Gravesend, Romford, and Hornchurch. Paul Reynish, the global CEO of Gong Cha, expressed his enthusiasm for the UK market, stating: "Across Europe we continue to see fantastic interest from potential franchisees keen to bring the world's fastest-growing tea brand to their market." He added, "But where it mattered most to us was the UK, which is one of the most exciting markets for us globally." Reynish concluded with confidence in their new partnership: "After a careful selection process, we're delighted to partner with Jinziex – a proven and highly respected food and beverage franchise operator – who match our ambitions to become the clear bubble tea market leader in the UK. "As a market, the UK has huge potential for us. It's a market that is constantly evolving, ripe with innovation, and made up of consumers willing to try new and exciting products." "We firmly believe it is one of the most significant markets in the global F&B industry, and one of the reasons we relocated our global HQ to London in 2019." "Now, with our expanded footprint, we want to play a leading role in shaping the next decade of the UK's food and beverage industry, while cementing Gong Cha as a household name. We can't wait to show the UK how tea is meant to be." Diljit Brar, CEO of Goldex, added: "Gong Cha is a fantastic global brand with a truly unique customer offer that plays into the heart of changing consumer tastes and trends."

Gooch & Housego warns of price rises in response to Trump's proposed tariffs
Manufacturing 2026-01-25 18:46

Gooch & Housego warns of price rises in response to Trump's proposed tariffs

A Somerset components manufacturer has warned it may be forced to increase prices in response to President Donald Trump's tariffs on countries including China and Mexico. Ilminster-based Gooch & Housego, which makes detectors, lasers and fibre optic equipment, said it was "closely monitoring" the situation and the "retaliatory responses" from the nations affected. But it planned to pass on any cost impact to customers. The company told investors on Monday (February 24) it was also "alert" to any potential supply chain disruptions caused by China limiting the export of certain materials used in the manufacture of its products in response to the new tariff regime. "Our supply chain and engineering teams are working to identify alternative sources for those materials," a spokesperson said. On Monday, Gooch & Housego also announced an increase to its order book to £126.4m - up from £104.5m at the end of September. But it warned that recovery in the the semiconductor and industrial laser markets remained slow. "We continue to expect those markets to recover in the second half of this calendar year and to contribute to the group's trading in our fourth quarter," the firm said. "We are starting to see the level of customer orders improve in several of our Industrial sub-markets but the recovery is not yet broadly based." The company's net bank debt at the end of January 2025 rose to £19.2m as a result of the acquisition of Phoenix Optical in October and currency exchange movements. Lease liabilities totalled £10.2m. The business said full-year trading expectations would remain unchanged if the company was successful in navigating the changing tariff landscape. Charlie Peppiatt, chief executive of Gooch & Housego, said: "I am pleased to see the increase in the group's order book since the beginning of the year. It is clear the focus on delivering our strategic plan through improved customer experience, superior operational execution and value creating technology is starting to bear fruit. "Whilst we are mindful of the uncertainty that new tariff regimes are introducing across several of our end markets, we remain positive that the group will deliver a significantly improved financial performance in FY2025. The group is strongly positioned in attractive growth markets and well placed to benefit as its industrial markets return to growth."

Nissan hails biodiversity plan as Sunderland factory site attracts badgers, newts and birds of prey
Manufacturing 2026-01-24 11:09

Nissan hails biodiversity plan as Sunderland factory site attracts badgers, newts and birds of prey

A rewilding project at the North East's biggest factory is said to have created a habitat in which badgers, water voles and newts are thriving. Automotive giant Nissan says they are just some of the animals to be found on marshland next to its Sunderland factory where it has carried out works to boost biodiversity. Bats, amphibians and birds of prey are also among the species spotted at the area which is next to the manufacturer's wind and solar farms, which help power the plant. The project was led by the factory's engineering team in conjunction with solar farm developer Atrato Partners Ltd and took just over a year to complete. Workers removed invasive shrubs, revitalised the habitat and build a viewing hide at the site. Now a host of difference animals, also including birds such as owls, herring gulls, kestrels and buzzards have been seen there, along with badgers, deer and great crested newts. There is also a variety of flora developing including white clover, bee orchids, garden lupin and cows slips. Andy Barker, engineering manager at the plant, said the rewilding efforts have turned uninhabited marshland into a thriving habitat for wildlife. He said: “We’re passionate about sustainability so it is fantastic to be able to create an area for wildlife to thrive. "We’ve carried out the rewilding close to where we built our first wind farm nearly 20 years ago and near our second solar farm, so this part of the plant has been the focus of our sustainability drive. It’s fantastic to continue that journey and we’ve been amazed at how quickly and how many of the various animals have taken up residence." Together, Nissan's wind and solar farms can generate up to 20% of the factory's electricity needs. In 2021 the Japanese manufacturer unveiled its multibillion-pound EV36Zero project, bringing together a new battery plant and on-site renewable energy sources to power production. Mr Barker added: "The second solar farm project allowed us to transform the existing marshland by adding a further pond and a maintained new grassland. It was about taking a holistic approach that included eco diversity as well as renewable energy." Nissan has also set out plans to make the Sunderland factory a flagship site for electric vehicle production which it hopes to emulate around the world. Under the firm's Ambition 2030 strategy, it aims to become carbon neutral across the life cycle of its products by fiscal year 2050.

GSF launches new national hub set to create 400 jobs
Property 2026-01-24 11:43

GSF launches new national hub set to create 400 jobs

Motor factor GSF Car Parts has opened its new National Distribution Centre which is set to create 400 jobs. The facility near Wolverhampton covers 500,000 sq ft and serves as the central logistics hub, modernising the company's supply chain infrastructure and streamlining delivery processes into its UK network of 194 branches. GSF, which is headquartered in Minworth, said the new base in the Four Ashes area was designed for future scalability as it is expandable to up to 750,000 sq ft of space with a mezzanine. The site includes office space, logistics capabilities with 58 docks, eight loading doors and nearly 700 parking spaces for cars and HGVs. This news comes off the back of a year of growth for the car part distributor, with sales year-on-year up by more than 22 per cent so far in 2024, it said. Email newsletters BusinessLive is your home for business news from across the West Midlands including Birmingham, the Black Country, Solihull, Coventry and Staffordshire. Click through here to sign up for our email newsletter and also view the broad range of other bulletins we offer including weekly sector-specific updates. We will also send out 'Breaking News' emails for any stories which must be seen right away. LinkedIn For all the latest stories, views and polls, follow our BusinessLive West Midlands LinkedIn page here. Chief executive Steve Horne said: "The opening of our National Distribution Centre is a landmark moment for GSF Car Parts. "For years, we recognised the need for a centralised facility to elevate our service and now that vision is a reality. "Located in an ideal, central position, this facility empowers us to deliver exceptional service and product availability to our customers. "The National Distribution Centre will ensure branches have more products on the shelf and will remove lots of time-consuming processes so our network can focus on serving the customer. "It is the flagship of a broader investment programme that's transforming GSF Car Parts at every level. "It doesn't just enable us to serve customers better, it also creates a host of jobs across the West Midlands and beyond, reflecting our commitment to invest in the growth and success of our branch teams." Last year, the business welcomed fresh investment from private equity firm Epiris which backed the business alongside the Ahluwalia family office. Chairman Sukhpal Ahluwalia added: "The centre will be an absolute gamechanger for GSF and the industry. "GSF has desperately needed a central distribution centre for years but similar projects under past owners have been met with false starts. "As soon as we acquired the business last year, we knew we needed to get it done - no ifs, no buts. We made the commitment and we delivered.

Jet2 announces Bristol Airport jobs drive as part of expansion plans
Logistics 2026-01-23 11:15

Jet2 announces Bristol Airport jobs drive as part of expansion plans

Airline Jet2 and subsidiary Jet2holidays have announced a recruitment drive to fill more than 100 roles as the budget travel group expands its operations at Bristol Airport. The operator, which is headquartered in Leeds, said it was looking to fill cabin crew, ground operations, flight deck and engineering positions as it bolsters its flight schedule and aircraft fleet at the South West transport hub. Now entering its third year in Bristol, Jet2 said it would be adding new routes from the airport to Malaga and Chania in Crete, meaning its base there now serves 32 destinations. A seventh aircraft will come into operation at the base to support the growth. Chief executive Steve Heapy said the move was driven by an “enormous” response from customers and independent travel agents across the South West and South Wales. Mr Heapy added: “With such a huge programme on sale for summer 2023 and customers flocking to book their place in the sunshine, we are delighted to be expanding our Bristol Airport team even further. “The success of our award-winning business is down to the hard work of our colleagues, and we are looking forward to meeting like-minded passionate people to help us delight even more customers from Bristol Airport.” The announcement comes after competitor Ryanair announced its biggest ever schedule from Bristol Airport and also expanded its fleet there, as part of a $500m (£407m) investment in December. Bristol Airport secured planning permission from the government last year to expand its maximum capacity from 10 million to 12 million passengers a year. Local residents and environmental campaigners have mounted a High Court legal challenge against the decision, with an outcome of the appeal still pending. Read next:

Yeo Valley snaps up gourmet yoghurt maker The Collective
Retail 2026-01-23 18:58

Yeo Valley snaps up gourmet yoghurt maker The Collective

Somerset dairy company Yeo Valley has acquired fellow yoghurt producer The Collective for an undisclosed sum. The Blagdon-based business has struck a deal to take over Epicurean Dairy (UK) Ltd in the UK. The Collective was first established in New Zealand by chefs Angus Allan and Ofer Shenhav, and within 10 months was the country's best-selling selling gourmet yoghurt. The business launched in Britain in 2011 after the pair teamed up with the late Mike Hodgson, former managing director of pudding company GU, and its sales director Amelia Harvey. The Collective makes a range of products including its popular 'Suckies' pouches for children and Greek-style pots with a layer of compote for adults. These will join Yeo Valley's portfolio which includes milk, kefir, butter and yogurt and ice-cream. Rob Sexton, chief executive at Yeo Valley Production, said: "We are delighted to welcome The Collective to the Yeo Valley Production family. The Collective brand is renowned for never compromising on the quality and market-leading taste of its products. Add this to the values of the business, encapsulated in its B-Corp accreditation, and we see this as a perfect fit with Yeo Valley Production. "This agreement will ensure The Collective brand continues to deliver taste-led innovation and great value. Together, we have ambitious plans to drive growth of delicious British dairy. It’s an exciting new chapter for us all." Sarah Smart, chief executive at The Collective UK, said Yeo Valley Production was a "long-time partner" of The Collective and had been "integral" to the brand's growth journey. "The close alignment of the businesses values and visions to deliver natural, healthy, great tasting and sustainable food that is better for people and planet, makes Yeo Valley the perfect home for the next stage of The Collective's growth," she added. “I look forward to The Collective building on this success further and continuing to deliver more great tasting innovative dairy to British fridges.” Law firm Thomson Snell & Passmore advised Epicurean Dairy Holdings on the sale.

Lamborghini Achieved Higher Sales Last Year Than in Its Initial 30 Years of Operation
Auto 2026-01-22 11:49

Lamborghini Achieved Higher Sales Last Year Than in Its Initial 30 Years of Operation

View pictures in App save up to 80% data. Chris Chin | SpeedMaster 30 years is a long time. It's an even longer time if you're a fledgling automaker spurned by Ferrari trying to pivot from tractors to supercars. The Lamborghini story is a famous one, but now it's also one of undeniable success. In 2024, Lamborghini sold 10,687 cars. In its first 30 years, it sold some 8,000 bull-badged wedges and a smattering of V12 SUVs. Now, the Urus, continues to bolster its sales, in some cases out-selling the brand's popular supercars. Much has changed in 30 years, and while the numbers can't go up forever, Lamborghini certainly seems to have found its groove. The Urus Remains the Reigning Champion (Most Likely) In 2023, the Urus accounted for a significant portion of Lamborghini's sales, with 6,087 units delivered, bolstered by the launch of new trims and models, including a hybrid variant. While we can't definitively ascertain the Urus's impact this year, we can make some educated guesses based on Lamborghini's past statements. The company has indicated that the Hybrid SE model is completely sold out until 2026, which suggests strong demand. However, without specific sales figures for each model, as Lamborghini has typically provided in previous years, it's difficult to draw any firm conclusions. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. Incorporate TopSpeed into your Google News feed. What’s Happening to the Lamborghinis? Nonetheless, certain concrete figures are still available. The EMEA region, which encompasses Europe, the Middle East, and Africa, emerged as Lamborghini's primary market, with 4,227 out of over 10,000 units remaining near the company's headquarters in Sant'Agata Bolognese. Additionally, 3,712 units were shipped to the Americas, while the Asia-Pacific region, including China, made up the remaining 2,748 units. This year's lineup did not consist solely of Lamborghini's latest hybrid model, as the company deemed the final Huracán units as "crucial" to its achievements this year. In time, the Huracán will be succeeded by the Temerario, its hybrid V8 counterpart, but deliveries of the V10-equipped Huracán will still take place throughout this year. TopSpeed's Perspective View pictures in App save up to 80% data. Lamborghini This year, Lamborghini has notably changed its approach to sales reporting, moving away from the detailed breakdowns of the past. In its press releases, the company described 2024 as an "exceptional success" thanks to its new fully-hybrid product lineup. However, it continues to include non-hybrid models such as the Huracán Sterrato to enhance its sales numbers. We may need to wait a year or more to understand the rationale behind Lamborghini's decision to alter its sales reporting methods.

Jatco boss eyes wider European opportunities with new Sunderland factory
Manufacturing 2026-01-22 18:38

Jatco boss eyes wider European opportunities with new Sunderland factory

Japanese automotive supplier Jatco says its forthcoming North East factory will serve hopes of wider European work, including with brands such as Volkswagen and BMW. The majority Nissan-owned transmission specialist says 80% of its capacity at the newly announced Sunderland factory will be given over to production of drivetrains for Nissan's all-electric models that are built at its nearby plant. Jatco boss Tomoyoshi Sato said he also hoped to secure work with other manufacturers as the North East facility - its fourth factory in addition to Mexico, China, and Thailand - would serve as a key European base. Mr Sato said there was no timeline on reaching the planned 340,000 unit per year capacity at the International Advanced Manufacturing Park facility, which is expected to support more than 180 jobs. Work is due to start soon on the extension and fit-out of the 138,840 sqft building. Jatco has received £12m of grant funding from the Automotive Transformation Fund towards the £48.7m investment. Mr Sato told BusinessLive the British Government was "very good to us" and thanked ministers and officials for their support. At an event marking the launch of new division Jatco UK, which will operate the plant, Mr Sato said the firm would develop the plant into one with high production efficiency in the hope that it could expand further. He said: "Since our establishment in 1970, we, as Jatco, have spent over 50 years developing and producing transmissions for automobiles and supplying them to Nissan and other automotive manufacturers all over the world. "To date we have produced over 129 million automatic transmissions and have continued to hold the global top share in CVTs [continuously variable transmissions] in the 15 years since 2008. "The Nissan Qashqai, being produced by Nissan Motor Manufacturing in the UK, is fitted with one of our continuously variable transmissions. In addition, with electrification of vehicles, we will be suppling e-axles and other electrified parts ranges to the global market. Jatco UK is our first overseas production plant after our plants in Mexico, China and Thailand. And our first production plant in Europe. "This plant will also let us participate in EV36Zero - Nissan's transformation project in Sunderland. Jatco UK will be located here in Unit 6 of the International Advanced Manufacturing Park in Sunderland." The decision by Jatco to set up the Sunderland facility is being touted by the Government as a wider mark of confidence in the UK economy following a tumultuous period for UK automotive manufacturing. That has seen Ford and Vauxhall owner Stellantis slashing jobs, and Nissan itself sparking concern with plans to cut thousands of jobs globally amid poor sales and financial challenges. Manufacturers have also objected to the UK's Zero Emissions Vehicle mandate, forcing the Government into a consultative review. Investment Minister Poppy Gustafsson was at the Sunderland launch event and played down the concerns when asked by BusinessLive. She said: "Look what we're seeing today: Jatco's phenomenal investment into this facility in Sunderland. The reason they're doing that is because of the brilliant people working here in Sunderland, and the brilliant skills within the automotive sector. "When we think about the Government's goals, where is to drive economic growth and to support ambitions in terms of the green energy transition. We have to work with the private sector to accomplish that, and on the one hand we want to encourage this movement to electrified vehicles and on the other hand we don't want to do that at a pace that is too disruptive to the private sector.

Honda Elevate Black Edition Unveiled, Priced at Rs 15.51 Lakh – Stealth Mode Engaged!
Auto 2026-01-21 18:14

Honda Elevate Black Edition Unveiled, Priced at Rs 15.51 Lakh – Stealth Mode Engaged!

View pictures in App save up to 80% data. Honda Elevate Black Series Kicking off the year 2025 in style, Honda is enhancing the allure of its Elevate SUV by introducing a Black Edition. On January 10th, 2025, Honda unveiled the Elevate Black Edition and the Signature Black Edition. Notably, units had begun to arrive at dealerships ahead of the official launch. Let's explore all the exciting features of Elevate’s sleek new look. Honda Elevate Black Series Launch Elevate SUV was the most important launch for Honda Cars India Ltd post BS6 emission norms implementation. It established Honda as an SUV manufacturer again, operating in the highly lucrative compact SUV space. Now, the company has launched a Black Edition and Signature Black Edition of Elevate for that stealth look. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. Honda Elevate Signature Black Edition Front Fascia Honda's introduction of special editions featuring darker hues is a positive step, especially considering their success in the compact and sub-4m SUV markets. These models offer a sleek, stealthy aesthetic and an air of refined sophistication. Additionally, this strategy is likely to enhance Honda's sales, as the compact SUV segment has expanded to include up to 11 competitors. As seen in the images, Honda Elevate Black Series looks stunning and stealthy in the new Crystal Black Pearl colour. Black Edition is a strictly cosmetic update and gets no mechanical changes. Also, there are no additional features with Elevate Black Edition, unlike a few rivals with special editions. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. Honda Elevate Signature Black Edition - Rear View The exterior features notable updates, such as a stunning glossy Black hue and body-matched door handles that lack chrome accents. The 17-inch alloy wheels on the Black Edition sport a sleek Black finish. While the standard Elevate comes with body-coloured side cladding, the Black Edition showcases a striking Silver finish for added contrast and flair. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. Honda Elevate Black Series Wheels A similar silver shade is seen in rear bumper and roof rails as well. There is also a Black Edition badge on launched model, which was visible in the previous spy shots. Only the Signature Black Edition gets a Signature Edition badge on front fender. On the inside, Honda has offered an all-black interior. Dashboard, door pads and upholstery all get a dark shade, which looks very sporty. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. Honda Elevate Signature Black Edition Interior Features Are there any additional modifications? Apart from these exterior cosmetic changes, there are no mechanical changes or any additions to features list. Except for the addition of a 7-colour ambient lighting system.  Elevate Black Edition still gets the same dashboard, but is executed in an all-black theme, lending a sporty feel. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. Honda Elevate Black Series Interiors The vehicle boasts an impressive array of features, including a 10-inch standalone infotainment display, a single-pane sunroof, an auto-dimming interior rearview mirror, Level-2 Advanced Driver Assistance Systems (ADAS), and a Lane Keep assist camera. Additionally, it comes with black leatherette seating, single-zone climate control, cruise control, a push-button ignition, a spacious 458-liter trunk, LED projector headlights, LED fog lamps, LED tail lights, and many more enhancements. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. Honda Elevate Black Series Seats Under the bonnet, we still get the same 1.5L 4-cylinder NA Petrol i-VTEC engine that is capable of generating 119 bhp of peak power and 145 Nm of peak torque. This engine is mated to either a 6-speed manual gearbox or a CVT automatic. Honda Elevate Black Series will rival other special editions in the compact SUV space like Creta Knight Edition. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data.

2006 Cadillac DTS Base in Light Platinum
Auto 2026-01-21 18:48

2006 Cadillac DTS Base in Light Platinum

View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. Immaculate CARFAX report. Light Platinum 2006 Cadillac DTS with front-wheel drive, featuring a 4-speed automatic transmission and a Northstar 4.6L V8 SFI DOHC engine. We appreciate you taking a moment to check out this stunning 2006 Cadillac DTS. Please note that the listed price may include incentives that are not applicable with Special APR financing. Additionally, all prices are exclusive of taxes, tags, and a $599 processing fee. Preferred Equipment Group 1SC (Brake Assist, Front & Rear Ultrasonic Parking Assist, Heated Leather-Wrapped Steering Wheel Rim, Heated Manual Folding Outside Rear-View Mirror, StabiliTrak, and Universal Home Remote), ', 17" x 7" Machined Finish Aluminum Wheels, 4-Wheel Disc Brakes, 40/20/40 Front Split-Bench Seat, 8 Speakers, ABS brakes, Air Conditioning, Alloy wheels, Auto-dimming Rear-View mirror, Auto-leveling suspension, Automatic temperature control, Bodyside moldings, Bumpers: body-color, CD player, Compass, Delay-off headlights, Driver door bin, Driver vanity mirror, Dual front impact airbags, Dual front side impact airbags, Emergency communication system: OnStar, Four wheel independent suspension, Front Center Armrest w/Storage, Front dual zone A/C, Front fog lights, Front reading lights, Fully automatic headlights, Heated door mirrors, High intensity discharge headlights: Bi-xenon, Illuminated entry, Leather steering wheel, Low tire pressure warning, Occupant sensing airbag, Outside temperature display, Overhead airbag, Panic alarm, Passenger door bin, Passenger vanity mirror, Power door mirrors, Power driver seat, Power passenger seat, Power steering, Power windows, Radio data system, Rear air conditioning, Rear anti-roll bar, Rear reading lights, Rear seat center armrest, Rear window defroster, Remote keyless entry, Security system, Speed control, Speed-sensing steering, Steering wheel mounted audio controls, Tachometer, Tilt steering wheel, Traction control, Trip computer, Turn signal indicator mirrors, Variably intermittent wipers, and Voltmeter.

New £100m Humber ferry terminal proposal submitted to Planning Inspectorate
Logistics 2026-01-20 11:07

New £100m Humber ferry terminal proposal submitted to Planning Inspectorate

The development consent order application for Immingham Eastern Ro-Ro Terminal, the £100 million port expansion from ABP, has been made. National Infrastructure Planning has received the documents outlining the proposal, which will feature a new multi-vessel jetty, terminal buildings, as well as improved hardstanding, a new road bridge over existing infrastructure and access roads. It will have the capacity to handle 800,000 units of North Sea-crossing cargo a year, with potential for weekend passenger trade also factored in. Vessels up to 240m in length and 34m wide have been anticipated, operating on fixed schedules. The Planning Inspectorate now has 28 days to review the application, which charts the course for a huge 50-year commitment to the Humber from Swedish ferry operator Stena Line. Announced almost a year ago, it was one of the biggest business stories of 2022, with the expansion proposal and then details of the significant deal. Read more: Big interview with port director Simon Bird as busy month for major expansion dawns Simon Bird, Humber ports director, told how the application had been submitted earlier this week, as he welcomed stakeholders and media to a trial of hydrogen-powered mobile port plant at the heavily-invested existing Immingham Container Terminal. “We’ve put a lot of work into the design, and how vessels will operate. It is a very busy area, and the marine team have worked on modelling and are comfortable with it,” he said. “It is a big investment, £100 million - it is long-term infrastructure.” Immingham Eastern Ro-Ro Terminal is a further outer harbour project to future-proof and expand existing operations, where the lock limits the size of vessels capable of entering into the traditional docks. It worked with Danish operator DFDS to deliver a similar scheme almost two decades ago, while Volkswagen was a key partner in Grimsby for the car terminal that stretches out beyond the iconic Dock Tower. Huge bulk terminals have also been added over the years, including a £130 million site for Drax to handle biomass. The application comes ahead of the start of a public consultation into another significant new facility, set to feed a green hydrogen production plant with ammonia and welcome carbon imports for storage. It is also focused on the east wing of the port. In the final briefing document sent to the inspectorate ahead of the application, with the actual application documents to be published in due course, ABP said: “The facility is being designed to service the growing North Sea ro-ro freight market including a mixture of accompanied and unaccompanied freight. Unaccompanied freight comprises mainly ro-ro trailers which are left at the port and moved onto and off the ship using tractor units specifically designed for this purpose. Accompanied freight involves lorry drivers accompanying their load, who will be responsible for manoeuvring their vehicle onto and off the ship and will remain on board during the passage. “During less busy periods, for example at weekends, a ro-ro freight line may offer space and cabins for passengers. Facilities for passenger transit flows may, therefore, need to be included.” Reasons for the market growth include the need for supply chain resilience, with Brexit concerns over short crossing vulnerability, with the benefits of stronger northern entry points for cargo, as well as the opportunities offered in port-centric manufacturing by the freeport status. “Ultimately better and more efficient logistical connectivity between the UK and Europe will drive costs down and benefit UK and European consumers,” the statement added. The plans will involve the resiting of a “small number” of ABP tenants, with all landside work on ABP property and harbour side on Crown Estate seabed already leased by the port operator. Once accepted, a six month examination begins, ahead of a three month window for the recommendation to be made to the Secretary of State for Transport. Forest of Dean MP Mark Harper, appointed in October, would then have three months to make a decision, with a six week period then following when it can be challenged in the High Court.

Cheshire's Packaging One doubles workforce having secured seven figure funding deal
Manufacturing 2026-01-20 11:41

Cheshire's Packaging One doubles workforce having secured seven figure funding deal

Jobs have been created by family-run Packaging One following a seven-figure funding deal from NatWest and Royal Bank of Scotland. The provider of protective wrappings and boxes, among other products, intends to double its workforce to 80 people following the funding injection. Expansion into the firm's 44,000 sqft premises in Middlewich has given Packaging One increased manufacturing capabilities by about 70% amid a recently secured contract with an unnamed customer described as a 'global tech giant' for its patented MediaWrap product which is used for protecting trade-in and recycled mobile devices. Packaging One was set up in 2008 and is run by husband-and-wife team Ian and Emma Chesworth, who have more than 30 years' experience in the industry. The business' operations span the UK, Europe and USA Mr Chesworth, director of Packaging One, said: “The expansion is a huge step in our growth and development. Not only is it good for our business but we are proud to be able to contribute to our community by creating new jobs and employing local people.” Fellow director Mrs Chesworth added: "We have been working with the NatWest team for almost two decades. Over that time, they have partnered with us to support our business and helped us reach key milestones around our growth and expansion." Claire Morley, senior relationship manager at NatWest, said: “We are thrilled to support Ian, Emma and the Packaging One family as they begin a new chapter in their business development. As the UK’s biggest bank for small businesses, we work collaboratively with customers to understand their needs and help them find solutions to support their businesses as they grow.

Hyundai collaborates with Nvidia to enhance artificial intelligence in autonomous vehicles and industrial robots.
Auto 2026-01-19 11:01

Hyundai collaborates with Nvidia to enhance artificial intelligence in autonomous vehicles and industrial robots.

The collaboration utilizes Nvidia's advancements in accelerated computing, generative AI, and digital twin technologies. Hyundai plans to incorporate these innovations into its software-defined vehicles, robotic systems, and manufacturing processes. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. Hyundai Motor Group, the South Korean automotive giant, has teamed up with Nvidia, a technology firm based in the United States, to create cutting-edge AI technologies focused on smart mobility and manufacturing processes. This partnership, revealed during the CES trade show in Las Vegas, seeks to boost Hyundai's expertise in areas such as autonomous vehicles, robotics, and improving manufacturing effectiveness. The collaboration utilizes Nvidia's advancements in accelerated computing, generative AI, and digital twin technologies. Hyundai plans to incorporate these innovations into its software-defined vehicles, robotic systems, and manufacturing processes. In a company announcement, Heung-Soo Kim, the executive vice president and leader of Hyundai's global strategy office, remarked, "This collaboration is designed to fast-track our advancements, establishing the Group as a leader in pioneering AI-driven mobility innovations." Nvidia's data center computing framework will assist Hyundai in handling the extensive data quantities necessary for training sophisticated AI models and building a strong software foundation for autonomous vehicles. Hyundai plans to utilize Nvidia Omniverse on Nvidia OVX systems to develop digital twins aimed at simulating and enhancing manufacturing workflows. According to Nvidia, these virtual environments facilitate precise product design and prototyping while improving production efficiency, ultimately lowering costs and accelerating the time it takes to bring products to market. Hyundai plans to utilize Nvidia Isaac Sim, a robotics simulation platform, to train industrial robots in lifelike virtual environments. This approach aims to guarantee that robots can interact safely and efficiently with humans while enhancing the quality of manufacturing processes. Simulation technology is set to be vital for the secure implementation of autonomous vehicles. Hyundai plans to develop virtual environments to evaluate self-driving systems across a range of conditions, such as severe weather, congested traffic, and uncommon situations. These simulations are intended to verify autonomous driving applications and improve vehicle safety.

London's commercial property market to keep growing as staff ordered back to the office
Property 2026-01-19 18:46

London's commercial property market to keep growing as staff ordered back to the office

The emergence of optimism earlier this year in London's commercial property market appears set to persist into 2025, with property firms positioning themselves for a "cyclical growth opportunity". The London-listed property developer Helical signalled a slight rebound in the value of its portfolio post several years of market volatility, as reported by City AM. Matthew Bonning-Snook, Helical's chief executive, commented on his strategic focus to "best capture the cyclical growth opportunity". The company is looking to carve out a portfolio of high-end office spaces in anticipation of a coming shortfall in quality supply. Meanwhile, Shaftesbury Capital, the West Ends most extensive landlord, conveyed to investors that leasing demand remained "strong across all uses" during the third quarter. Its properties were described as "busy and vibrant coming into the Christmas trading period". The firm has executed an impressive £15.9m in new leases and renewals in the latter half of the current year, showing a nine percent increase on figures from June 2024. These positive findings sustain the post-election move towards equilibrium in the property sector, especially as interest rates decline. Just earlier in November, both Cushman & Wakefield and Savills reported signs of stabilisation within central London's property market, and Landsec, a leading British property investment trust, published half-year results echoing this pattern. In recent months, major companies including PwC, Santander and Amazon have been encouraging their employees to return to the office. Just last week, PwC informed its staff and partners of a new hybrid working policy that would necessitate at least three days a week spent with clients or in the office. Both Boots and HS2-builder Laing O'Rourke have mandated full-time office returns for their workforce. Many firms are expressing hopes for increased face-to-face collaboration, which could potentially lead to a much-needed productivity surge. This trend is expected to stimulate demand for commercial office space, possibly reversing the post-pandemic downsizing trend. Landsec has specifically observed a shift towards "high-quality space in best locations" sustainable, high-tech and modern offices. "The good availability of credit remains supportive to this [trend], although we are mindful that changes in longer-term interest rates will likely influence the pace at which momentum improves from here," Landsec commented. When it comes to office space, there's a shortage of high-quality buildings that comply with government sustainability and energy guidelines (though this is increasing), while retail firms are vying for shops in prime locations as they concentrate more on flagship stores. Changes to energy efficiency requirements mean that most office spaces in the capital won't meet the minimum standard for leasing within the next four years, leading to a flight to quality in the market. In the retail sector, Sam Foyle, co-head of global retail at Savills, noted that retailers are "responding to evolving consumer preferences, focusing on securing strategic locations to enhance brand presence." Landsec, a multi-sector real estate operator, has observed a shift among retail brands towards fewer, larger, and superior stores, with "significant upsizes and lettings" from leading brands such as Primark, Pull&Bear, Bershka, Sephora and JD Sports. Consequently, many firms have cautioned that limited supply will drive up commercial property prices. Savills' research revealed that prime commercial rents increased by 1.5 per cent between Q2 and Q3 of 2024. Over the past year, rents have surged by 13.1 per cent. However, Helical has declared that "now is the time to build" and earlier this year, GPE, one of London's largest landlords, announced plans to raise up to £350m to invest in new properties across London.

Devon transport and logistics company secures millions of pounds for expansion
Logistics 2026-01-18 11:39

Devon transport and logistics company secures millions of pounds for expansion

A Devon-headquartered transport company has secured a multimillion-pound package of funding to support its business growth plans. Gregory Group, one of the UK’s largest logistics and distribution businesses, is headquartered in Cullompton but operates a network of hubs across the country. The group employs more than 3,000 staff at over 40 sites and its fleet includes 1,000 vehicles and 1,900 trailers, of which over 300 are temperature controlled. The family-owned firm, which was founded more than 100 years ago, is planning to use the cash injection to acquire extra properties, increase working capital and invest in new Euro VI compliant vehicles and hydrogenated vegetable oil (HVO), it said. Chris Corfield, group financial director at Gregory Group, said: “This additional funding means we’ll be able to invest in various areas of the business and continue providing our customers with the highest quality service – handling, storing and distributing products in the most efficient and effective manner possible.” He added: "Our relationship director Paul Lane and the team at HSBC UK have been exemplary in working collaboratively with us to put together a flexible and tailored finance package, meeting all our business requirements." James Shepherd, head of corporate banking for the South West at HSBC UK, said: “We’re delighted that our financial support has helped Gregory Group in its growth journey. We will work closely with the team to ensure the needs of the company are understood and we look forward to seeing the continued growth of the business.” Tom Caplen at law firm Womble Bond Dickinson advised HSBC UK. READ NEXT South West entrepreneurs under 30 with 'world changing' businesses win share of £1.25m

Barbican Centre to undergo £191m regeneration as City of London approves funding package
Property 2026-01-18 11:27

Barbican Centre to undergo £191m regeneration as City of London approves funding package

The City of London Corporation has given the green light to a £191m investment to refurbish and improve the Barbican, the City’s premier cultural and arts hub. The approval for funding was announced yesterday, with plans set to put construction into motion starting in 2027. This hefty sum will cover 80% of the initial phase in the centre's overhaul, with the remaining costs anticipated to be sourced through an extensive fundraising effort set to begin in 2025. The project is timed for completion in honour of the Barbican's 50th anniversary in 2032, as reported by City AM. Chris Hayward, the City Corporation policy chairman, emphasised the importance of the funding: "This funding underlines our support, recognising its unique role as a leading cultural institution and driver of economic growth, contributing £86m a year to the UK economy and supporting around than 1,100 jobs across London." He also added, "The Barbican Centre is central to the Square Mile’s cultural identity and plays a pivotal role in our attractiveness as a place to work and visit." The Barbican refurbishment is one of several initiatives as part of the City Corporation's Destination City initiative, a proposed evolution of the Square Mile aiming to establish it as a prime destination for business, culture, events, and leisure. Jackie Boughton, Director of Commercial at the Barbican, remarked on the significance of this development: "This decision marks a transformative moment for the Barbican Centre and its ability to host world-class conferences and events."

Midlands to Cornwall flight route announced by Eastern Airways
Logistics 2026-01-17 18:22

Midlands to Cornwall flight route announced by Eastern Airways

Eastern Airways has announced a new flight route connecting the Midlands to Cornwall. From February 10 the regional airline will operate a daily service between East Midlands Airport and UK holiday destination Newquay. The carrier said the hour-long flights, which will begin to coincide with school half-term breaks, would be operated year round, on a “low-emission” 72-seater ATR aircraft. Bosses at Eastern Airways described the creation of the route, which is the only one to connect the Midlands to the South West, as ”a major step”. The travel hub sits within 30-minutes of Nottingham, Derby, Leicester and an hour of Sheffield. Commercial director Roger Hage said: “Adding the new destination of Newquay-Cornwall, this significantly improves access to the UK staycation destination of choice. “We want to ensure the right services are being offered, given Eastern Airways is all about supporting the regions of the UK, connecting people and places, so growing our Cornish network and capacity is a crucial part of increasing connectivity and aiding economic recovery to both business and the UK’s vital tourism sector where sustainable.” Sam O’ Dwyer, managing director at Cornwall Airport Newquay, said research and passenger feedback had shown “much demand” for a link into the Midlands region from The Duchy. Ms O’ Dwyer added: “Eastern Airways has been serving Cornwall since 2020 and these latest announcements provide a clear indication of its continued commitment to ensure our customers have more choice available to them when travelling within the UK throughout the year.” In addition, Eastern Airways has also announced it will double the frequency of its service between Newquay and Humberside Airport, launched earlier this year, from April 2023 to four flights a week, to cover next year’s summer period. Read next:

Rockwool takes next step towards new Birmingham factory
Manufacturing 2026-01-17 11:15

Rockwool takes next step towards new Birmingham factory

A manufacturer has moved a step closer to starting work on a huge new facility in north Birmingham. Rockwool has submitted a so-called 'Section 73' application to Birmingham City Council in support of its plans to build a factory on the Peddimore site in Minworth. The company makes stone wool products like building insulation, acoustic ceilings and external cladding for sectors such as construction, marine and offshore. This new Section 73 application is requesting permission to vary some of the details in the current planning permissions at Peddimore to suit Rockwool's specific proposal. If approved, the company then plans to submit a more detailed reserved matters application later in 2025 or early 2026. Email newsletters BusinessLive is your home for business news from across the West Midlands including Birmingham, the Black Country, Solihull, Coventry and Staffordshire. Click through here to sign up for our email newsletter and also view the broad range of other bulletins we offer including weekly sector-specific updates. We will also send out 'Breaking News' emails for any stories which must be seen right away. LinkedIn For all the latest stories, views and polls, follow our BusinessLive West Midlands LinkedIn page here. Another round of community consultation will take place once more detailed plans and designs have been developed and the plan is to start construction as early as next year and be operational in 2029. This latest application follows the news last year that it had struck a deal to buy 114 acres of land which already has outline consent for manufacturing uses. Rockwool's proposed new factory will feature proprietary electric melting technology and boost supply capacity for UK and Ireland customers while also supporting its global sustainability plans. The Peddimore site at Minworth has been designated specifically for manufacturing and logistics uses and is part of a long-running regeneration and development project. Infrastructure including an access road and roundabout is already in place which serves the new Amazon warehouse which opened in 2023 next to where Rockwool's factory would be. UK and Ireland managing director Nick Wilson said: "Since we announced our intentions to expand the business into the West Midlands, we have had an opportunity to share our plans with the community and are very grateful to those who have provided feedback. "We are taking all feedback into consideration as we develop the plans and have included the community's observations so far in our Section 73 application to the council. "We look forward to meeting with community members again in the coming months." Rockwool's roots date back to 1937 when it first started producing stone wool in Denmark and now employs around 12,500 staff in 38 countries.

Grimsby cold storage giants to unite as HSH swoops for ACS&T in £16.5m deal
Logistics 2026-01-16 11:53

Grimsby cold storage giants to unite as HSH swoops for ACS&T in £16.5m deal

Two of Grimsby’s largest cold storage operators are to be united. HSH Coldstores has agreed a £16.5 million deal to buy ACS&T Logistics. The pair operate the majority of the temperature-controlled warehousing in the town, most of which is dedicated to the seafood sector, employing hundreds of people. It comes with HSH having just received a significant grant from the government to progress plans for a huge new facility on Grimsby’s Europarc, with the sector trading at capacity. Read more: Latvian logistics specialist buys Humber haulier as it enters UK market Now part of the European Constellation Cold Logistics operation, following a majority stake acquisition in it early last year, HSH can be traced back to 1970. The £15.5 million turnover operation was founded by the Howard family, led by the late entrepreneurial lorry driver John Howard. Initially known as John T Howard, it started with a single truck. Two coldstores were added, in Birchin Way and on South Humberside Industrial Estate, as the business built up, before it was sold in 1996 and then bought back again in 2002. HSH also has operations in Redditch. It is now led by the second generation, with Anthony Howard managing director, having been part of that latter deal. He said: “We are enormously proud and excited to welcome ACS&T to the HSH family, the acquisition will provide a unique opportunity for HSH to expand its storage and distribution services for our new and existing customers. “Having co-founded HSH nearly 20 years ago, I am extremely proud to see how our company has grown over the years and would like to extend my gratitude to our team on reaching this milestone. I look forward to collaborating with the team at ACS&T to accelerate our growth and develop new high quality cold chain solutions.” ACS&T, part of UK-listed Camellia Plc since 1993, has been in Grimsby for almost 90 years, having made it the headquarters after initially launching as London Ice and Cold Storage Company. First operations were below Billingsgate Fish Market. It went on to open the first low-temperature cold store in Grimsby in 1934, with a base later established on the town’s South Humberside Industrial Estate. It also has operations in Tewkesbury, Gloucestershire, and Wolverhampton in the West Midlands. Both also provide refrigerated distribution services and the deal will see the fleet grow to 75 lorries when united. The transaction is expected to close next month, with ACS&T having turned over £22 million in 2021, breaking even after the national LGV driver shortage affected margins, as volumes increased. The first six months of 2022 have seen a £600,000 profit posted on a £13 million turnover. A pre-completion dividend of £3.8 million will also be paid to Camellia by ACS&T. Chairman Malcolm Perkins said the proceeds will be used to support its strategy of focusing investment activity on core agriculture operations, which include global tea, apple and avocado production. He described HSH as "one of the UK’s leading providers of temperature-controlled storage and distribution solutions". Unification of the two will see HSH’s capacity grow to around 140,000 pallet positions - having had 50,000 in Grimsby - with a further 30,000 in the offing with the Europarc addition. That £33 million investment, with greener fleet expansion, is anticipated to complete in early 2024. As reported, import caution over just-in-time delivery post-Brexit has seen strong demand created in the past year for cold storage - a vital element of the cluster as it provides solutions before and after processing, handling raw material, ingredients and finished product. Chief operating officer at Constellation, Henry Pingle, had welcomed new Fisheries Minister to HSH last month. He said of the deal: "I'm really thrilled to welcome the ACS&T team to Constellation! Exciting times ahead for HSH and ACS&T as we grow together in the UK."

Introducing the Mustang GTD 'Spirit of America': A Luxurious Experience Priced at $325,000
Auto 2026-01-16 18:58

Introducing the Mustang GTD 'Spirit of America': A Luxurious Experience Priced at $325,000

View pictures in App save up to 80% data. Unleash unparalleled performance with the Mustang GTD 'Spirit of America.' Explore how this high-end sports car transforms the driving experience and sets a new standard for power. The Mustang GTD 'Spirit of America' represents a remarkable blend of opulence and high-performance engineering, with a price tag of a staggering $325,000. This striking automobile commands attention in a crowded automotive landscape, attracting aficionados who desire both speed and elegance. Equipped with a supercharged engine that produces a thrilling 815 horsepower, this model goes beyond mere promises of excitement; it consistently provides an exhilarating driving experience with each twist and turn. High-performance vehicles are celebrated for their capacity to provide an unparalleled driving experience, and the Mustang GTD stands out in this regard. It enchants drivers with its powerful performance, elegant design, and cutting-edge technology. Enthusiasts aren’t just buying a car; they’re embracing a lifestyle filled with excitement and adventure. The market reaction to the Mustang GTD has been nothing less than extraordinary. With more than 7,500 applications received, the strong demand is a testament to its allure. Prospective buyers clearly desire a vehicle that combines luxury with high-performance track features. This remarkable interest underscores Ford's effective brand growth as they establish themselves at the crossroads of performance and sophistication. Owning a Mustang GTD transcends the mere act of driving a luxury sports car; it transforms into a declaration of personal style and refinement. This vehicle embodies a passion for high-performance engineering, showcasing a harmonious blend of power, grace, and cutting-edge technology that defines the Mustang GTD experience. The supercharged engine goes beyond mere specifications; it captures the essence of American ingenuity. With an impressive 815 horsepower, it symbolizes both engineering excellence and the excitement of breaking limits. Every time the accelerator is engaged, drivers are treated to an extraordinary surge of adrenaline that only such power can provide. In addition to its impressive horsepower, the Mustang GTD's design reflects an extraordinary level of craftsmanship. Its smooth lines and aerodynamic shapes not only create a visually appealing look but also improve its overall performance. The use of cutting-edge materials minimizes weight while maintaining durability, allowing this sports car to excel on various terrains. Luxury transcends mere performance indicators; it is also reflected in the artistry of the interior. Premium materials combined with cutting-edge technology foster an atmosphere of comfort and precision. Each component in the cabin is thoughtfully selected to elevate the driving experience, enabling enthusiasts to fully enjoy the delight of every ride. Embracing the latest in technology, the Mustang GTD incorporates advanced systems designed to enhance performance. These innovations not only aid in driving but also enrich the overall experience. With features focused on improving handling and stability, drivers can maneuver with assurance, fully aware that they are in command of a high-speed sports car. The enthusiasm for the Mustang GTD is deeply connected to its historical background. The Mustang has a long-standing legacy that embodies freedom and the essence of the American spirit. This particular model pays tribute to that heritage while advancing into the future, providing car enthusiasts with a blend of classic tradition and modern innovation. Car lovers frequently desire a sense of community and belonging, and the Mustang GTD cultivates this through its unique status. The network of owners offers platforms for conversations, exchanges, and friendship among those who value both performance and luxury. Connecting with fellow enthusiasts who share a love for this exceptional car enriches the experience of owning it. Acquiring a Mustang GTD goes beyond just buying a vehicle; it’s an invitation to immerse yourself in a realm of unparalleled quality. This purchase grants access to unique events, thrilling driving experiences, and a dynamic community that cherishes the passion for driving. These relationships can redefine the concept of car ownership, turning it into a rewarding journey. In a time when performance vehicles are frequently assessed based on specifications and pricing, the Mustang GTD 'Spirit of America' distinguishes itself. This model presents a distinctive blend of opulence and a rich historical background, allowing it to shine amidst its rivals. With a high demand and impressive characteristics, the Mustang GTD is poised to make a lasting impression in the luxury sports car market. For anyone thinking about diving into the realm of high-performance luxury vehicles, the Mustang GTD 'Spirit of America' presents an enticing option. With its remarkable specifications and the esteemed Mustang legacy, it guarantees a driving experience that goes beyond mere satisfaction. The path to ownership starts by exploring the distinctive features that define this remarkable car, guiding enthusiasts toward an exhilarating journey on the open road.

DFS upgrades profit expectations as credit deals and new products spur demand
Retail 2026-01-15 11:03

DFS upgrades profit expectations as credit deals and new products spur demand

Cost savings, interest free credit options and changes to product ranges have helped furniture retailer DFS to upgrade full year profit expectations. New interim results for the Doncaster-based chain, which has about 115 stores across the UK and Ireland, show reported pre-tax profits leapt from £15.8m in the 26 weeks to the end of December 2024, compared with just £900,000 in the same period of 2023. Underlying pre-tax profit was £17m, up from £8.2m the year before. DFS made the gains despite revenue falling 0.1% during the period to £504.5m, which was due to use of interest free credit offers to entice customers. Gross sales were up 1.4% to £675.6m. Bosses said product innovation and partnerships with brands such as La-Z-boy had pleased customers and range changes across the firm's Sofology brand - acquired in 2017 - had driven higher order volumes. Order intake growth was 10.1% in a market said to be in slight decline. Meanwhile cost saving efforts meant the business is on track to make £50m annualised savings by its 2026 financial year. Tim Stacey, DFS group CEO, said falling interest rates will reduce interest free credit costs, helping the firm on its way towards its gross margin target and pre-pandemic level of 58%. He also said falling interest rates would help demand - which is about 20% below pre-pandemic levels - to recover thanks to more house sales. The performance means DFS has upgraded expectations of profit before tax and brand amortisation to between £25m and £29m, providing there is no further supply chain disruption of the type experienced in the Red Sea. Mr Stacey said: "Our improved profit performance in the first half is testament to the strength of our customer proposition, the dedication of our colleagues and our collective focus on operational excellence, evidenced through increased market shares and customer satisfaction scores.

Rolls-Royce CEO's pay slashed by almost £10m despite huge rise in FTSE 100 shares
Manufacturing 2026-01-15 11:31

Rolls-Royce CEO's pay slashed by almost £10m despite huge rise in FTSE 100 shares

Tufan Erginbilgic, the CEO of Rolls-Royce, has experienced a significant reduction in his pay by nearly £10m, despite his successful turnaround of the FTSE 100 heavyweight. The Derby-based company's latest financial year saw Erginbilgic pocketing £4.1m, a stark contrast to the £13.6m he earned in the previous 12 months, as reported by City AM. His earlier remuneration was inflated by a £7.5m compensation for earnings lost from a former job. Another factor contributing to the drop was the decrease in Erginbilgic's annual incentive plan earnings, which fell from £4.6m to £2.5m. Rolls-Royce has now introduced a changed separate bonus and long-term incentive plan scheme for its CEO, with the first LTIP not due to vest until the end of 2026. In 2023, his hefty pay package placed him as the third highest earning FTSE 100 CEO, trailing only Astrazeneca's Pascal Soriot and Relx's Erix Engstrom. However, Erginbilgic's base salary did see an increase, rising from £875,000 to £1.1m over the year, with a further five per cent hike planned for 2025. A Rolls-Royce spokesperson said: “We delivered record results in 2024 thanks to our ongoing transformation, achieving our mid-term targets two years earlier than planned and enabling us to upgrade our guidance for 2028. It is in the interests of all stakeholders that such strong performance and progress is rewarded. UK companies must be able to attract excellent talent and reward them when they deliver.” The Turkish businessman joined Rolls-Royce in July 2022 and assumed his role at the start of 2023, following a two-decade stint at BP that ended in 2020. Since succeeding Warren East as Rolls-Royce's chief executive, Erginbilgic has seen the company's share price soar from approximately 150p to over 800p. A substantial portion of this surge occurred recently – jumping from around 610p to its current level – in the wake of the defence summit in London, where European leaders expressed their support for Ukraine and committed to increasing defence spending. At the culmination of February, City AM disclosed that Rolls-Royce had decided to restart dividend payments to its shareholders and announced a bold £1bn initiative for repurchasing shares after reporting annual profits that exceeded market forecasts. Rolls-Royce's CEO hailed for spearheading 'impressive progress'. In the company's annual report, remuneration committee chair Lord Jitesh Gadhia was quoted praising the leadership team's accomplishments: "Tufan Erginbilgic and the executive team have delivered continued improvement in performance levels with impressive progress made on the group's transformation, generating real value for shareholders." He elaborated on the future targets, saying, "Achievement of the medium-term guidance will take Rolls-Royce significantly beyond any previously achieved level of financial performance and we are on track to deliver the commitments ahead of schedule." Lord Gadhia also emphasised the importance of incentivising management: "We are determined to incentivise the management to build upon the progress made and maintain momentum."

Business hotel near M4 in Swindon put up for sale
Property 2026-01-14 11:27

Business hotel near M4 in Swindon put up for sale

A popular business hotel just off the M4 in Swindon has been put up sale. The 171-bedroom DoubleTree by Hilton, on Great Western Way, reopened under the DoubleTree brand following a refurbishment in 2016. The freehold interest in the hotel is being jointly marketed by specialist property firm Christie & Co and real estate companhy Cushman & Wakefield. It is not known why the property is being sold but it is being advertised as a "rare opportunity" to revamp the hotel "free of management", including refurbishing rooms and updating conferencing facilities. There is also the potential to expand the number of beds to 181, subject to approval. The hotel, which is just off junction 16 of the the motorway, is often used for business meetings and events, and has two food and drink outlets, fitness facilities and space for conferences. Ed Fitch, head of hospitality UK & Ireland at Cushman & Wakefield, said: “Swindon is experiencing significant transformation with a depth of both private and public capital in deployment across a spectrum of projects from Panattoni’s redevelopment of the ex-Honda plant to investment into the town centre. "The hotel stands to benefit from this evolution, underpinned by its strategic location at the south-west side of the town on the M4, the preferred destination for local corporates. This, when combined with potential to extend the key count and execute a pre-designed room refurbishment programme (subject to brand review), presents a new owner the potential to drive significant NOI uplift and value-add returns.” The hotel is next to Lydiard Fields Business Park and nearby Windmill Hill Business Park, which is home to Regus, Nationwide and Vodafone. Jeremy Jones, head of brokerage at Christie & Co, added: “The joint agents are delighted to be launching this substantial hotel asset to the market. Offering a profitable track record and having undergone substantial investment, the hotel offers further asset management potential to grow profitability benefiting from the growing appeal of the business parks around Swindon."

Software firms expands presence on business park
Property 2026-01-14 18:26

Software firms expands presence on business park

A tech firm has expanded its base in the West Midlands. Widgit Software was based on the first floor of Bishops House, on Tachbrook Park in Leamington Spa, but has now expanded to take on the whole of the ground floor as well. Widgit is a software company that has worked in the field of symbols-based communication for more than four decades. Commercial property agency Bromwich Hardy acted on the deal on behalf of landlord the Independent Association of Prep Schools. Email newsletters BusinessLive is your home for business news from across the West Midlands including Birmingham, the Black Country, Solihull, Coventry and Staffordshire. Click through here to sign up for our email newsletter and also view the broad range of other bulletins we offer including weekly sector-specific updates. We will also send out 'Breaking News' emails for any stories which must be seen right away. LinkedIn For all the latest stories, views and polls, follow our BusinessLive West Midlands LinkedIn page here. Managing partner Tom Bromwich said: "We are delighted to have been able to work with Widgit Software, a long-running Leamington company, to enable its expansion. "The deal sees Widgit secure a five-year lease on the first and ground floors of Bishops House with the use of 40 spaces in the building's car park. The new lease is on a fully effective repairing and insuring basis." Law firms Rollasons and Mann & Co also acted on the deal. In separate news, a freehold trade counter unit on Tachbrook Park has been acquired by Bromwich Hardy on behalf of a private investor. The building, currently configured as a trade counter and warehouse unit, extends to around 15,857 sq ft plus a mezzanine floor of around 2,757 sq ft. Mr Browwich added: "The industrial property investment market is strong at present as investors seek a secure home with solid returns for their funds. "The speed with which we were able to complete the acquisition is testimony to the strength of the West Midlands industrial market."

Cardboard packaging firm DiamondPak in job creating £2m investment
Manufacturing 2026-01-13 18:10

Cardboard packaging firm DiamondPak in job creating £2m investment

Cardboard packaging specialist DiamondPak is investing £2m in new machinery to cement its position as the UK’s leading supplier to the e-commerce market in an expansion that will increase its headcount by 20%. The Pontypool-based business manufactures more than 50 million corrugated cardboard packages a year, much of which it supplies to leading global e-commerce businesses. DiamondPak is investing in new technology, including purchasing a new double-sided printing machine to help fulfill even more orders. The investment will help the business to grow further and allow it to employ up to 20 additional members of staff over the next couple of years. DiamondPak was founded in 2008 and is based in Skewfields, near Pontypool in Torfaen. It now employs more than 100 people and has an annual turnover of £15m. It designs, manufactures, assembles, and delivers a range of corrugated packaging from cardboard shipping boxes to promotional and protective packaging. The growth of online shopping in recent years, especially since the pandemic, has driven the e-commerce market to new heights. Figures show the UK is now the most lucrative e-commerce market in Europe, with an estimated 50 million users in 2024. The market is expected to grow by 7% over the next four years. DiamondPak chief executive, Russell Davies, said: “The UK e-commerce market is huge, and growing. DiamondPak is already the leading independent full line supplier of corrugated packaging to the e-commerce market in the UK, and this significant £2 million investment will help consolidate our position. It will also give us the enhanced capacity and flexibility we need to serve the evolving demands of the market in the coming years. “As a proud local employer in a region known for its manufacturing history, we’re especially pleased that this investment will help us grow our workforce even more, and allow us to create up to 20 skilled jobs in Pontypool.”

Fenwick says it has 'no plans for store closures' as it calls in restructuring experts
Retail 2026-01-13 18:48

Fenwick says it has 'no plans for store closures' as it calls in restructuring experts

Department store retailer Fenwick has confirmed that it has no intentions of closing stores, despite restructuring experts assisting the business. The Newcastle-based firm has experienced losses in recent years and is currently changing the hosting of its website as part of cost-cutting measures. Consultancy firm AlixPartners is working with the chain, which now has eight stores across the country. Fenwick has been operating at a loss since 2019 and sold its Bond Street, London store in a £430m deal in 2022. Last year, management acknowledged that trading had been difficult due to the cost-of-living crisis - fuelled by inflation and high mortgage costs - and shifts in the retail market. Accounts for Fenwick Limited, covering the year up to January 2024, reveal the business reduced its pre-tax losses from £71.1m to £38.1m. At the same time, operating losses before exceptional items - encompassing property sales - decreased from £46.6m to £45.2m. Company executives have talked of their attempts to attract both new and existing patrons to the chain's sophisticated, multi-brand offerings throughout the UK. They have discussed strategies aimed at enhancing efficiency in their shops and supply chain, as well as returning to profit through a commitment to what they referred to as "retail basics" and protecting product margins, reports Chronicle Live. Following the closure and sale of its Bond Street location, Fenwick operates its flagship establishment in Newcastle, along with other sites in Kingston, Brent Cross, Colchester, Canterbury, Tunbridge Wells, Bracknell, and York. The business has focused on distinguishing itself from its competitors by investing in customer service and hospitality experiences. In Newcastle, Fenwick’s "masterplan" has led to collaborations with North East staples such as Greggs and Barbour, plus Michelin-starred eatery Hyem, and the Mother Mercy cocktail bar. The business has also expanded its private-label merchandise dubbed Fenwick at Home products, alongside its own restaurant ventures Fuego and Mason and Rye. Last year, in Newcastle, it opened what it claims is the UK’s largest beauty hall outside London last year. Notably, Fenwick was criticised for its delayed response to the surge in online retail, initiating its web presence as late as 2019. Despite predictions for greater growth online, the company maintains that its brick-and-mortar outlets will continue to reign supreme in sales for the foreseeable future. After an unsuccessful attempt to bring former Harrods senior executive Nigel Blow on board last year, the reins of Fenwick have been taken up by family members Mia Fenwick, serving as executive deputy chairman, and Hugo Fenwick, in the role of retail managing director. It is believed that under their stewardship, the company has witnessed its most favourable six-month trading period in the past five years.

Explore Your City: Davidson, North Carolina 4803
Auto 2026-01-12 18:56

Explore Your City: Davidson, North Carolina 4803

View pictures in App save up to 80% data. 1/12 Located a mere 20 miles north of Charlotte, Davidson, NC, is a delightful small town that seamlessly blends history, culture, and a strong sense of community. Whether you’ve lived here for years or are visiting for the first time, there’s always something new to discover. Here’s your comprehensive guide to the top attractions in Davidson that highlight its distinctive appeal.

Games Workshop shares surge after positive trading update, driven by Warhammer sales
Property 2026-01-12 18:48

Games Workshop shares surge after positive trading update, driven by Warhammer sales

Shares in FTSE 250 listed Games Workshop leapt after the market opened, buoyed by a positive trading statement. The stock of the business behind Warhammer surged nearly 14% in the initial trading session, following an upbeat announcement to investors this morning. Games Workshop expressed contentment with its performance since the previous update in late September, reporting that it was "ahead of expectations", as reported by City AM. It specified: "The Board's estimate of the results for the six months to 1 December 2024, at actual rates, is core revenue of not less than £260m, compared to £235.6m, in 2022/23." Additionally, it expects "licensing revenue of not less than £30m", up from £13m recorded in 2023/24, and foresees a pre-tax profit "is estimated to be not less than £120 million, compared to £96.1m." These projections follow a significant shareholder backlash prompted by hefty bonuses handed out to senior executives. At its last trading update posted in September, the company headquartered in Nottingham faced substantial opposition at its AGM, with almost 21% dissenting against its remuneration report and close to 27% opposing its pay policy. Back in July, leadership celebrated the company's record-breaking results, branding them as heralds of "exciting times" ahead. In recent trading periods, Games Workshop's shares have risen 37.11% over the past half-year and 23% year-to-date. Russ Mould, the investment director at AJ Bell, said: "Shares in fantasy miniatures outfit Games Workshop traded at record highs as the company revealed trading is running notably ahead of expectations for the first half of its financial year." He highlighted a significant factor contributing to the robust figures: "A key feature of the strong numbers is a big uplift in licensing revenue driven by sales of the Space Marine 2 video game and before the company announces its half-year results in full in mid-January there may be news on its tie-up with Amazon. The agreement, to create a Warhammer 40K film and TV series, is close to a self-imposed deadline of 31 December to agree 'creative guidelines'. "The beauty of licensing income is it comes with negligible extra cost for the company and therefore is highly profitable." "Games Workshop looks to have significant untapped potential in its intellectual property and fantasy worlds. Globally, it has only just begun to explore market opportunities. "Having staff passionate about games, painting and collecting miniatures is a bonus for its store network. Rather than simply being run by people who just show up to work and perform tasks as requested, the stores are manned by individuals as keen about the subject matter as the customers. That enthusiasm can be infectious and keeps customers loyal and the tills ringing. "Being vertically integrated, Games Workshop controls everything from design to sales, allowing efficient cost optimisation and pricing control. It continues to be a unique business on the UK market and that has helped it attract a premium valuation."

Yara confirms Howden fertiliser plant is on track for production next year amid Hull closure
Manufacturing 2026-01-11 18:20

Yara confirms Howden fertiliser plant is on track for production next year amid Hull closure

Fertiliser giant Yara International says it is on track to commission its forthcoming East Yorkshire site this year, despite mothballing its Hull ammonia plant. The Norwegian multinational says the commissioning phase for its Yara Vita and Yara Amplix production plant in Howden will take place at the end of this year, before full production is expected to start in the first half of 2026. Work has been under way at the £50m Ozone Business Park site which is intended to double production of its YaraVita speciality crop nutrition products and biostimulants - both of which are touted as key products to build food security. At the same time, Yara confirmed the mothballing of its Hull ammonia plant, which is owned but not operated by the group. The decision comes amid efforts to drive $150m cost reduction by the end of this year. A Yara statement on the closure of the Hull ammonia plant said: "Yara’s Hull ammonia plant has been mothballed. This planned transition follows the supplier's decision to terminate the feedstock deliveries. We are continuously optimizing our portfolio, the plant may be restarted in the future if Yara can secure access to competitive feedstock from other sources." In its Q4 2024 results, Yara said the energy transition, climate crisis and food security were top priorities globally and that its food solutions and ammonia activities positioned it well to tackle these issues. The firm said: "Sustainable profitability in core operations and value accretive growth opportunities are both critical to enable a fit-for-future Yara. "While Yara has successfully navigated recent volatility by focusing on operational continuity, recent returns have been below satisfactory levels. Yara’s strategy prioritises resources towards higher-return core assets and activities while scaling back non-core and lower-return activities. In line with this, Yara is executing a cost and capex reduction program targeting a reduction of fixed cost and capex by $150m each by the end of 2025, with a $90m fixed cost reduction reported by end 2024, including $20m from divestments and $25m currency effects."

Liverpool confirm 'multi-year' Adidas kit deal as Reds target big revenue hike
Retail 2026-01-11 18:28

Liverpool confirm 'multi-year' Adidas kit deal as Reds target big revenue hike

Liverpool have announced that Adidas will become their new kit partner from the beginning of the next season, following the conclusion of their current agreement with Nike at the end of the 2024-25 campaign. Reports from October indicated that the German sportswear brand had secured the tender to collaborate with the Reds, outbidding rivals including the incumbent kit supplier Nike and competitor Puma. The club has now revealed a 'multi-year deal', which is understood by the Liverpool Echo to span five years. It will be the third deal Liverpool has had with Adidas. The Reds anticipate a revenue boost from this new alliance. CEO Billy Hogan said: "Everyone at the club is incredibly excited to welcome Adidas back into the LFC family. "We have enjoyed fantastic success together in the past and created some of the most iconic LFC kits of all time. Adidas and Liverpool share an ambition of success and we couldn't be more excited to partner together again as we look forward to creating more incredible kits to help drive on pitch performance. We'd like to thank Nike for their support over the last five years and wish them well for the future." The partnership is set to commence on August 1, 2025, with Nike's designs being worn until the end of this season. In the past, new kits have often been unveiled before the season's end. However, with Liverpool on the cusp of a Premier League title and still vying for UEFA Champions League success, Nike aims to capitalise on the brand's exposure and partnership until the very end. Liverpool and Adidas have collaborated during some of the club's most triumphant eras and iconic trophy wins, initially from 1985-1996 and again from 2006-2012. During this period, the Reds secured numerous accolades, including three top-flight domestic league titles and three FA Cup victories. Bjørn Gulden, Adidas CEO, stated: "We are extremely excited that adidas and Liverpool Football Club are teaming up once again. The club is one of the biggest and most iconic names in world football with a huge fan base. "The jerseys worn during previous partnerships are some of the greatest ever created. We are honored to once again provide the players with cutting-edge technology to perform at the highest level and are looking forward to creating more classics for the fans." Although the deal's value to the Reds has not been disclosed, it is reportedly in the vicinity of £65million-plus, placing the club in the same guaranteed earnings bracket as Arsenal, Manchester City, and Chelsea. Furthermore, the potential for a percentage of LFC/Adidas merchandise sales could increase the deal's value even more. The club entered into a deal with Nike in 2019 for a fixed £35million per year. While the guaranteed annual sum was significantly lower than their competitors, it was substantially boosted by an additional 20% of sales from LFC/Nike merchandise reverting to the club, pushing the annual income beyond £60million. Liverpool have capitalised on relationships with such luminaries as Fenway Sports Group partner and basketball legend LeBron James, resulting in a special merchandise line, while a range with Nike's sister brand Converse was also launched. Last week, UEFA published its annual European Club Finance and Investment Report, which examines financial trends across the continent's football landscape and sheds light on some of the unseen factors that contribute to fielding a successful team. According to the latest report, Liverpool's kit and merchandising revenue generated €146million (£122.7million), slightly edging out Manchester United who sit in fifth place. For Liverpool, this meant that kit and merchandising revenue accounted for 19% of total revenue for the 2023-24 financial year - an increase of 11% compared to the same period 12 months earlier. Details of the new Adidas Liverpool kits - home and away - will be unveiled via club and Adidas channels and will be available for purchase from August 1, 2025.

How far can you go when your car's fuel gauge reads empty and shows zero miles remaining?
Auto 2026-01-10 18:26

How far can you go when your car's fuel gauge reads empty and shows zero miles remaining?

View pictures in App save up to 80% data. Jolana Miller We've all been there. The orange gas light pops on, warning us it's time to hit the gas station. It's not like we don't keep an eye on our gas gauge, but if you're like me, sometimes pushing it to the limit just happens because filling up with gas is one less stop or errand we have to worry about for the moment. However, sometimes, we are surprised when it lights up, and most cars even tell us how many miles we have left. But how accurate is that? Can we have zero miles left and still realistically have a few miles left? I mean, our cars aren't just going to hit the zero miles left mark and start puttering to a stop, right? According to AAA, each fuel system is different, so the gauge, tank, and type of gasoline all vary depending on the make and model of your car. How you drive also depends on your speed and terrain. Generally speaking, once your gas light comes on and you've seen how many miles you have remaining—even if it shows zero miles—you can typically drive for a few more miles. Many vehicles provide a buffer of about 10 miles. However, it's best not to rely solely on that; treat the zero miles left as a signal to seek out a gas station promptly. Only the manufacturer of your vehicle can provide precise information about that buffer zone. Personally, I've driven seven miles, white-knuckling it in a BMW SUV when I totally zoned out and missed a gas exit. According to the Car Parts website, most vehicles tell you your tank is empty with zero miles left before your car literally runs out of gas. It's an extra safety feature to give you yet one more chance to fricken' fill up.  While you can still drive for several miles even with your fuel gauge on empty, we don’t recommend doing so on a regular basis. You’re not just putting yourself at risk of being stranded in inconvenient places, you also risk damaging your engine and fuel pump. Also, if you make it a habit, according to Car Parts, fuel debris, and contaminants will settle at the bottom of your fuel tank and can seep into your engine and damage it. CHECK IT OUT: The top 50 small towns in the U.S. for family-friendly living. Looking for the best small towns to raise a family? Stacker compiled this list of the top 50 small towns in the United States using 2023 data from Niche. Gallery Credit: Annalise Mantz CHECK IT OUT: 8 TV Series You Completely Overlooked Do you feel like your memory might be deceiving you? Consider this: these TV shows were undeniably real. Which ones do you recall watching? Gallery Attribution: Stephen Lenz

Aviation services firm AerFin look to accelerate as it unveils new South Wales HQ
Manufacturing 2026-01-10 18:04

Aviation services firm AerFin look to accelerate as it unveils new South Wales HQ

Aviation asset specialist AerFin has relocated to new headquarters in Newport in an investment doubling its capacity. It has entered into a 10-year lease for 116,000 sq ft of office and industrial space at Indurent Park (formerly St Modwen Park) in Newport. The £170m turnover business buys, sells, leases and repairs aircraft, engines and parts. It said its new HQ, which has seen it relocating from a smaller operation in Bedwas, marks a significant milestone in its global expansion. The new facility doubles AerFin’s engine maintenance, repair and overall capacity, enabling up to 200 quick-turn shop visits annually. The expansion also ensures faster turnarounds to meet rising demand from the aviation industry. AerFin’s chief executive, Simon Goodson, said: “Our new headquarters in South Wales marks a significant step in our growth journey. It reinforces what our customers, partners, suppliers and investors value about our capabilities to deliver confidently, reliably and progressively for them across a global footprint that includes key facilities in Miami, Singapore, Dublin and London Gatwick. “Indurent Park will be a cornerstone of our growth, enabling us to meet the needs of a global customer base while maintaining strong roots in South Wales.” The business has a global workforce of 213 with 105 at its Newport HQ. Worldwide it serves 600 customers. Cardiff-based property consultancy firm Cooke & Arkwright acted for AerFin on the letting. JLL and Knight Frank are joint marketing agents for Indurent Park. Trefoil Interiors supported AerFin on its relocation. Ben Bolton, director of business space for Cooke & Arkwright, said: “We are thrilled to have secured this property for our clients. We were hired to develop Aerfin’s property strategy which included significant business growth and operational efficiency targets. The acquisition reflects the endpoint of a long project, further demonstrating our experience and commitment to providing tailored solutions for clients that align with the evolving needs of many occupiers.” Hannah Bryan-Williams, development and leasing manager at Indurent, said: “We developed Indurent Park Newport to meet the growing regional demand for sustainable, mid- and large-scale industrial spaces that cater to both leading global corporates and local businesses. "We’re thrilled to welcome AerFin to the park, a standout Welsh success story and a leader in sustainable aviation solutions. Their presence, alongside other innovative tenants, highlights the ongoing strength and appeal of Indurent Park as a hub for forward-thinking companies.” It comes a AerFin has completed thte the purchase and teardown of one of the largest twin-engine passenger aircraft in the world, the B777-300ER, that has been retired by Japan Airlines. Mr Goodson said: “This transaction was a complex project where we combined our deep technical, commercial and operational capabilities with our partner to confidently and reliably retire the aircraft to our customer’s expectations. “We all worked tirelessly to conduct the technical acceptance work in Japan, organise the ferry flight to the US and then efficiently tear down the airframe for its parts to be re-used. Our focus on bringing clarity to complex transactions such as this one further demonstrates our commitment to Asia Pacific and Japan specifically.”

Stena Line unveil major plans for Anglesey site which could create up to 2,000 jobs
Property 2026-01-09 18:34

Stena Line unveil major plans for Anglesey site which could create up to 2,000 jobs

A major data centre campus is part of £1bn plans to redevelop a former aluminium works on Anglesey. Smelting came to an end at the Anglesey Aluminium site in 2009 - with Orthios later taking it on and developing a materials recycling facility. But the business collapsed in 2022 with up to 100 staff losing their jobs. Later that year ferry operator Stena Line - which has owned and operated Holyhead port for nearly 30 years - bought the 213 acre site. They said the new site - named Prosperity Parc - has the potential to provide additional land and services to existing customers and attract new long-term uses and investment to Holyhead. Now a major scheme has been revealed in a development that could eventually create between 1,000 and 2,000 jobs - as well as around 900 roles in the construction phase. This would include a potential huge data centre campus in a development space of up to 238,000sqm. The proposals also include up to 10,000 sqm of office space, and up to 5,000 sqm research and development space. There would also be Battery Energy Storage Systems (BESS) with a target capacity of up to 349MW. The application is from Stena subsidiary Anglesey Land Holdings. A pre-application consultation has been launched. Ian Hampton, executive director at Stena Line, said: “We are really excited to share these proposals with the community. Our plans will see jobs, training and the next generation of technology come to Anglesey. By investing further in the Cae Glas land and the former 2Sisters site, we have shown how much we believe in Anglesey and how committed we are to delivering the vision of the Freeport. We believe our plans will protect and enhance the heritage of Anglesey, the Welsh language and the culture that we have been proud to be a part of for over 30 years. “As we open our consultation on our plans, I would encourage everyone to take part, give us your feedback and help us shape the future of Prosperity Parc.” Agent Oxalis Planning said: "The site benefits from access to very large amounts of grid power, as well as good access to strategic telecommunications links to Ireland, the wider UK, and beyond. Coupled with Anglesey's potential to support a range of new energy generation sources, this makes the site particularly well suited to data centres." On operational jobs, they said it was "estimated to be at least 1,151, but potentially up to 2,073 depending on end-user and occupier final requirements." They added: "The data centre proposals will include a range of jobs across a variety of technical and skill levels involved in operating and supporting the day to day operations of the data centre campus." The application is made in outline with details included about how the existing two access points from London Road (A5) will be utilised. Details in relation to the layout, scale, appearance and landscaping will be provided through reserved matters applications submitted to the Local Planning Authority in due course. It would see existing structures removed from the site - where the famous chimney was demolished earlier this year. In conclusion, the agent said: "The proposals to redevelop Prosperity Parc for a data centre, research and development and office space, will help deliver significant levels of jobs and investment in the site which will drive growth and bring wider socio-economic benefits to Anglesey and North Wales. "This would include a £1 billion construction cost, 1,151 to 2,073 operational jobs at a range of skill levels, and approximately between £109 million to £274 million of additional GVA per annum for Anglesey, as well as training and up-skilling opportunities and benefits for the local area.

'Oven ready' employment site could be built just off the M6
Property 2026-01-09 11:07

'Oven ready' employment site could be built just off the M6

Detailed plans have been submitted for a major employment site at a former open cast mine, near Junction 25 of the M6 at Wigan. The proposals suggest that existing public rights of way (PROW) would be 'extinguished' and replaced with new routes, including a three-metre wide bridleway. The reserved matters planning application for the 1.1m sq ft 'Symmetry Park' includes land clearance and road construction, along with a shared pedestrian footpath and cycleway. Tritax Symmetry (Wigan) Ltd aims to make the site 'oven ready' for development so it can 'quickly respond to occupier interest in competitive regional market', reports the Manchester Evening News. CBRE, representing Tritax, indicates there will be further applications for built development at the site. A covering letter on Wigan council's planning portal stated: "With respect to the public rights of way (PRoW) network within and immediately adjoining the site, the submitted plans show the intention to extinguish existing PRoWs which run through the centre of the site and create new ones with a three-metre bridle way specification." It added that the new PRoWs would be screened by planting and 'bunding' [a method of shielding from water] from the main development site. Closure and creation orders are also required over the PRoWs, it said. In 2021, the Secretary of State approved planning applications for the demolition of existing buildings and development of a logistics site following a public inquiry. The approval was granted for the construction of 1.1m sq ft of employment space, a sub-station, car parking facilities, access from the A49 roundabout, and an internal estate road.

Clintons returns to profit with £8m after major store closures and cutting 300 jobs
Retail 2026-01-08 18:30

Clintons returns to profit with £8m after major store closures and cutting 300 jobs

Clintons has made a triumphant return to profitability after further store closures and the reduction of over 300 jobs. The renowned card retailer, which was acquired by Pillarbox Designs in March 2024, recorded a pre-tax profit of £8 million for the year ending 29 June, 2024, as highlighted in the latest accounts submitted to Companies House, as reported by City AM. This result marks a notable turnaround from Clintons' previous pre-tax loss of £5.3 million in the preceding 12 months and its substantial pre-tax loss of £16.9 million reported for the year concluding in November 2020. During the reported year, Clintons decreased its workforce from 1,757 to 1,415 employees as it continued to streamline its portfolio, cutting down the number of stores to around 170. The company's turnover also reduced, going from £96.5 million to £82.6 million. The Clintons board released a statement asserting: "Sales totalled £82.6m for the period and the directors feel this is a satisfactory performance, given the circumstances." Further detailing their strategy, the statement read: "The company has continued to close loss-making stores and the portfolio of retail stores is now down to approximately 170 stores." Tackling ongoing commercial challenges, the board noted: "Sales growth continues to be a challenge and the location of stores remains key to achieving this." Citing challenging high street conditions, they added: "The high street continues to be unpredictable and the company is seeing reduced footfall in the stores year on year." Looking ahead with a strategic focus, the statement concluded: "The company continues to monitor performance of the existing estate and to close the poor performing stores, which whilst impacting on turnover should improve profitability moving forwards." Clintons commented on their financial strategy, stating: "During the year the company entered into a restructuring plan that removed certain liabilities and reduced the level of business rates paid to March 2024." They noted the positive outcome of this move: "This had a significant impact on the profitability levels of the company for the year." The retailer also highlighted ongoing challenges: "Like many other retailers, the company continues to face significant cost pressure on wages given the increases in the national minimum wage."

Thatchers Cider secures future of West Country supply with huge new orchard
Retail 2026-01-08 11:53

Thatchers Cider secures future of West Country supply with huge new orchard

The future of cider supply in the West Country has been secured into the 2030s following a significant effort to establish a new orchard in North Somerset. Thatchers Cider workers have spent around three years preparing around 10 acres of farmland near the company's base in Sandford. After three years of soil restoration, the large-scale planting operation has started, with each sapling carefully hand-planted from the back of a tractor trailer. The operation involves planting 30,000 new trees and is expected to take up to a week to complete. In addition to the trees, the Thatchers team plans to introduce a new hive with thousands of bees to aid in tree pollination. Two varieties of cider apple tree are being planted, as explained by Thatchers spokesperson Emma Russell. "It's a really exciting day for Somerset in general, and for cider drinkers," she said. "Thatchers Cider bought these fields about three years ago, they've spent that time making the soil super healthy and that means this morning we're planting 30,000 new trees in this new orchard," she added. The two varieties in question are Red Windsor and the renowned Katy variety, which is used in most of Thatchers' sweetest ciders and is a cider variety sold by Thatchers in its own right. "In about three years time we'll be able to harvest those and they'll go on to make delicious cider for everyone to enjoy," she said. "It's a great thing for British farming. It's a great thing for British apples. The new orchard, which will be larger than six football pitches, will also be home to bees and thousands of new cider makers, from the worms in the soil, to the birds and wildlife that will make it their home and help with tree health and pollination. "The orchard will sequester away tonnes of CO2 and lock it back into the ground."

Lord Alan Sugar's property firm recovers amid challenging market conditions
Property 2026-01-07 18:04

Lord Alan Sugar's property firm recovers amid challenging market conditions

Lord Alan Sugar's property venture, Amshold, has reported a return to profit in its most recent fiscal year ending 30 June, 2024. After enduring a substantial pre-tax loss of £29.1 million in the previous year, the organisation disclosed a pre-tax profit of £932,000 despite a drop in turnover from £11.4 million to £8.7 million. The figures were outlined in recently submitted documents to Companies House. Amshold, known for holding Lord Sugar's property investments, chose not to distribute a dividend for another year—a pattern consistent with the preceding year, as reported by City AM. The last significant payout was a £90 million dividend issued in 2022. Addressing challenges in the capital's real estate market, the group stated: "The market for quality London freehold investment property is difficult with high interest rates, uncertainty and falling valuations." Nevertheless, the firm managed an operating profit before revaluations and disposals of £3.1 million, down from £6.7 million. These results follow on the heels of completing the sale of The Crosspoint, located at 117-121 Bishopgate, London, for a sum of £24 million on 1 October, 2024. Regarding its future strategy, the business commented: "The group remains committed to enhancing its current portfolio of real estate assets by means of diligent active management of stock whilst at the same time aggressively endeavouring to acquire new quality real estate asset opportunities that would complement our existing real estate portfolio strategy." They further added, "With fixed long-term funding we remain extremely well placed to do this." They are optimistic about their potential for growth with the statement, "With a strong and stable management team the group is extremely well positioned to continue to actively acquire viable real estate propositions that it feels with further enhance its portfolio."

UK manufacturing woes deepening as industry 'hit on several fronts'
Manufacturing 2026-01-07 18:56

UK manufacturing woes deepening as industry 'hit on several fronts'

The latest UK Purchasing Managers' Index (PMI) from S&P Global indicates a deepening crisis in the country's manufacturing sector. S&P Global's most recent PMI survey, which gathers data from approximately 600 industrial firms about their performance, suggests that manufacturing is once again on a downward trajectory after a disappointing start to the year, as reported by City AM. The latest figure reveals a drop to 44.9, slightly better than the anticipated 44.6 predicted by economists. This represents the lowest reading in 17 months, compared to an average of 51.7 between 2008 and 2025. Rob Dobson, director at S&P Global Market Intelligence, described the outlook as "darkening" with confidence plummeting across the sector. Dobson stated: "Companies are being hit on several fronts." He elaborated: "Costs are rising due to changes in the national minimum wage and national insurance contributions, geopolitical tensions are intensifying, and global trade faces potential disruptions from tariffs." He added: "Although the impact on production volumes was widespread across industry, it was again small manufacturers that took the hardest knock." The manufacturing sector had already begun to falter in the new year. The Confederation of British Industry (CBI) reported a decline in output in January, suggesting businesses were "conserving funds" in response to Reeves' tax raid, which includes increases to national insurance contributions (NICs). Employer taxes are scheduled to be implemented starting this week, with the threshold for paying the levy lowered to £5,000.

Julian Charles rescued from brink of collapse after 'suffering economic headwinds'
Retail 2026-01-06 18:18

Julian Charles rescued from brink of collapse after 'suffering economic headwinds'

Luxury bedding and homewares company Julian Charles has been saved from administration following challenges with declining sales and rising taxes. Headquartered in Manchester, the firm's business and assets have now been acquired by Great Bedding Co Ltd in a transaction that ensures the continuation of 230 jobs out of its 251-strong workforce, securing over 25 trading sites in addition to various concession locations, as reported by City AM. Marco Piacquadio and Alan Coleman from FTS Recovery were appointed as administrators to facilitate the sale. Official records at Companies House show that the entity behind Julian Charles was in arrears of nearly £3.5 million upon entering administration. Established in Lancashire in 1947, Julian Charles boasts a network of 70 outlets within the UK, which includes 41 stand-alone shops alongside concessions such as those within Boundary Mill and assorted garden centres. Prior to this development, SKG Capital had been the proprietor of the brand since June 2020. City AM reported earlier in January 2024 that Julian Charles had registered a pre-tax loss of £978,580 for the annual period ending on 30 April 2023, which was a noticeable decline from a previously reported profit of £288,225. Despite the setbacks, the business saw a marginal turnover increase from £17.3 million to £17.6 million during the same fiscal year. At the conclusion of that financial year, the brand maintained operations across 73 trading sites, encompassing both stores and concessions. In a statement addressing the rescue, FTS Recovery mentioned: "In recent years the company has suffered a number of economic headwinds which have resulted in cash-flow difficulties and left it unable to meet all its current liabilities. "Besides a significant drop in turnover, the company is acutely aware of the impact of the escalating tax burden, particularly those announced in last October's budget, which directly affects its bottom line due to rising employment costs." Julian Charles faced a 'devastating combination of rising costs and declining consumer confidence.' Marco Piacquadio, director at FTS Recovery, commented: "As is typical when parachuted in, we were focused on seeking to rescue as many elements of the business as possible, always keeping the position of the employees, consumers and other creditors and stakeholders at the forefront of our minds." "This was a relatively complex transaction with significant scale and the ability to move quickly was key." "I am grateful to have achieved a really pleasing result given the circumstances and we wish the new owners and remaining staff and stakeholders the very best going forward." "I would also like to extend my gratitude to the wider professional advisers who assisted with the transaction." "Our legal team was spearheaded by Hayley Phelps of HCR Law, with substantial additional input required from HCR's property team given the number of sites involved." "Thanks also go to John Pye Auctioneers and Valuers, who conducted an extensive marketing process under the provisions of SIP 16, led by Gary Harper and his team."

Holiday Inn proposes major redesign for Hull property
Property 2026-01-06 11:55

Holiday Inn proposes major redesign for Hull property

Holiday Inn has lodged plans for a revamp of their hotel at Hull Marina. The proposals, submitted to Hull City Council, outline changes to several areas of the hotel, including the bar and restaurant area, conference facilities, and parts of the building's exterior. The aim is to enhance the visual appeal of the approach to the 100-room hotel. The modifications are planned in conjunction with the A63 improvement works, due for completion in May 2025. Due to these changes, the Eastern approach to the hotel has been eliminated, meaning vehicles will now only be able to access the hotel from the West. However, pedestrians can still reach the hotel from the East and city centre via the Princes Quay Bridge. Upgrades will be made to the existing outdoor seating and furnishings, parasols, and glazed screens along the boundary line with planters to match dockside architecture. The plans also reveal the hotel's intentions to remove the fitness suite and meeting room provision and replace the current glazed balconies. Major improvements are also planned for the reception and walkway into the hotel. The hotel's courtyard is also set for a makeover, including enhanced lighting and landscaping, and the installation of a decked terrace, reports Hull Live.

The Top Toyota Land Cruiser Models Noted for Owner Satisfaction
Auto 2026-01-05 11:59

The Top Toyota Land Cruiser Models Noted for Owner Satisfaction

We highlight five model years that feature powerful engines, cutting-edge off-road capabilities, opulent interiors, and outstanding dependability. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. The Toyota Land Cruiser has long been a favorite among adventurers and daily drivers alike. First introduced to the U.S. market in 1958, this rugged yet refined vehicle started as a utilitarian, go-anywhere truck. Over the decades, it evolved into a full-size SUV blending off-road capability with luxury and comfort. Whether traversing rocky trails or cruising city streets, the Land Cruiser earned a reputation for reliability, durability, and performance. Some model years stand out for their exceptional reliability, innovations, and overall owner satisfaction. Below, we highlight five of the best Toyota Land Cruiser years. Over the years, it evolved through multiple generations, attracting a loyal following. Drivers value its performance in tough environments, all while providing a comfortable and pleasurable driving experience. 1989 Toyota Land Cruiser: A Timeless Classic The 1989 Toyota Land Cruiser, belonging to the 60 Series, continues to be a beloved choice among enthusiasts. This particular model marks the last version of a generation celebrated for its durability and straightforward design. Equipped with a 4.0-liter inline-six engine, the 1989 Land Cruiser offers dependable and steady performance. Motorists appreciate its iconic boxy shape, which merges practicality with enduring style. Additionally, its durability is noteworthy; numerous 1989 models continue to operate today, showcasing Toyota's dedication to quality craftsmanship. The simpler mechanical systems also facilitate maintenance and repairs, especially when compared to newer automobiles. This year also saw enhancements in interior comfort, introducing amenities such as air conditioning and optional leather seating that attracted a wider range of customers. Whether for off-road excursions or everyday travel, the 1989 Land Cruiser represents dependability and performance. 1995 Toyota Land Cruiser: The dependable powerhouse The 1995 Toyota Land Cruiser, belonging to the esteemed 80 Series, exemplifies the pinnacle of a cherished era. This model year stands out for its exceptional reliability, boasting an impressive track record. As reported by the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA), it has no recalls and minimal complaints, highlighting its outstanding engineering quality. The 1995 Land Cruiser marked the introduction of full-time four-wheel drive, a groundbreaking feature that significantly improved its off-road performance and handling in diverse weather scenarios. With robust front and rear axles, it was built to withstand challenging driving environments, ensuring long-lasting durability. One of the standout features of the 1995 model is its adaptability. This vehicle thrived in off-road conditions while also offering a roomy and comfortable interior, making it an ideal option for both families and outdoor enthusiasts. Its blend of performance and dependability secured its esteemed position in the legacy of the Land Cruiser. 2004 Toyota Land Cruiser: A Contemporary Icon The 2004 Toyota Land Cruiser, a member of the 100 Series, successfully blended durability with luxury. This generation featured independent front suspension, enhancing comfort and handling during on-road driving. Although traditionalists lamented the absence of a solid front axle, the compromise ultimately attracted buyers who valued a smoother ride for extended journeys. The 2004 model year is recognized as one of the most dependable options in the 100 Series lineup. It had just a single recall related to side curtain airbags and received very few complaints overall. Equipped with a robust 4.7-liter V8 engine, it provided impressive power and seamless acceleration. Its towing capacity and off-road performance highlighted its versatility and adaptability. The interior of the 2004 Land Cruiser radiates sophistication, showcasing leather seats, wooden accents, and contemporary amenities for its era, including a high-quality sound system and available navigation options. This model remains highly desirable among those who value a combination of elegance and durability. 2012 Toyota Land Cruiser: Cutting-edge utility features The 2012 Toyota Land Cruiser, belonging to the 200 Series, showcases Toyota's dedication to quality and advancement. This vehicle is equipped with cutting-edge technology, such as the Multi-Terrain Monitor system, which assists drivers in tackling tough off-road environments. With a robust 5.7-liter V8 engine generating 381 horsepower, it offers ample strength for urban commuting as well as off-the-beaten-path adventures. The 2012 model did encounter two recalls concerning airbags, but these problems were resolved quickly. Its reputation for long-term reliability has made it a popular choice for individuals seeking a robust SUV. Owners value the combination of contemporary amenities, like adaptive cruise control and a premium infotainment system, alongside its classic off-road capabilities. This year has also emphasized safety, incorporating features such as electronic stability control, side-curtain airbags, and active headrests. The 2012 Land Cruiser stands out as a superb option for those seeking a contemporary SUV that can tackle rough landscapes. 2017 Toyota Land Cruiser: The Polished Powerhouse The 2017 Toyota Land Cruiser underwent a major update, elevating it to one of the most refined iterations in its lineage. This model year showcased new design elements, featuring a revamped grille and LED headlights that enhanced the Land Cruiser's modern look. Beneath the surface, the 5.7-liter V8 engine delivered the dependable performance that drivers had come to rely on. Coupled with an eight-speed automatic transmission, it guaranteed a fluid and agile driving experience. The interior of the 2017 model exudes luxury. Featuring top-notch leather upholstery, a rear-seat entertainment setup, and an intuitive infotainment system, this Land Cruiser is designed for families and aficionados of high-end SUVs. Its allure is further enhanced by cutting-edge safety technologies, including lane departure alerts and automatic emergency braking systems. The 2017 Land Cruiser is renowned for its reliability. With just a single recall and minimal reported problems, it is an excellent option for individuals in search of a trustworthy and elegant SUV. What makes these models exceptional? These five years of the Toyota Land Cruiser highlight the vehicle's transformation from a straightforward utility vehicle to a sophisticated and adaptable SUV. They mark significant milestones in the model's journey, illustrating Toyota's ability to harmonize dependability, cutting-edge features, and customer contentment. Owners of these vehicles have noted a decrease in problems, extended durability, and greater overall happiness. Whether you prefer a timeless classic such as the 1989 model or a contemporary powerhouse like the 2017 edition, the Land Cruiser caters to a wide range of preferences. Off-road lovers are captivated by the Land Cruiser's unmatched performance. Its sophisticated four-wheel-drive technology, robust build, and elevated ground clearance position it at the forefront of its segment. Additionally, the vehicle's spacious interiors and contemporary features make it ideal for families and daily drivers alike. Regardless of the model year you select, owning a Toyota Land Cruiser signifies becoming part of a rich tradition of reliability and exploration. Whether you’re drawn to the nostalgic allure of the 1989 model or the modern innovations of the 2017 version, you really can’t make a bad choice with any of these iconic Land Cruisers.

New hope for Liverpool's landmark George Henry Lee building as owner vows to safeguard 'strategic asset'
Retail 2026-01-05 18:28

New hope for Liverpool's landmark George Henry Lee building as owner vows to safeguard 'strategic asset'

Liverpool's landmark George Henry Lee building could be set for a new lease of life as a new owner has taken on the site vowing to safeguard its future. Concerns arose in 2024 that a £25m scheme to rejuvenate the former department store in Liverpool city centre might fall through after the company behind the plans hit financial troubles. In October 2023, Landlab Developments Ltd obtained planning consent from Liverpool City Council to repurpose the Basnett Street site into a 175-room hotel and casino. A design and access statement for the planning application noted that although the site was once a "very grand" department store, the interior of the building was in poor condition. The statement detailed how the site had undergone what it termed "a number of ad-hoc alterations, piecemeal demolitions and extensions here and there." Additional features proposed for the hotel included a games bar, sports bar, karaoke booths, cinema screens and a gym, spread over nine floors. Expectations were high that the firm would deliver the venue, with 200 jobs set to be supported during the construction phase. However, Landlab entered receivership in May, putting the renovation plans at risk, reports the Liverpool Echo. May 2024 saw the insolvency specialists Antony Batty and Company stepping in as the official receiver for Landlab. The receivership ended in December when AssetStone, a London-based lender, stepped in to rescue the firm, assuming control of its assets, including the leasehold of the iconic former George Henry Lee building. AssetStone is now asset managing the building, as it works on plans for its future AssetStone's CEO, Richard Symonds, said: "I can confirm that AIEF AssetStone took control of the property after we became mortgagee in possession in December 2024. We are actively asset managing the building as we recognise its importance to Liverpool city from both a heritage perspective and as a strategic asset key to building a sustainable future for the city centre and we are working closely with the city on this project so as to avoid any further failed proposals in such an important location." George Henry Lee opened his shop in Basnett Street in 1853 and the small store grew into one of the top department stores in the North, with its own landmark home, It was bought by John Lewis in 1940. In the 1960s, it joined forces with its neighbouring store, Bon Marche, extending to Church Street. It was rebranded as John Lewis in 2002, and six years later the store moved to Liverpool ONE. The former Bon Marche premises was taken over by TK Maxx, while the original section of the George Henry Lee building was occupied by Rapid Hardware - which itself closed in 2017. AssetStone is currently formulating plans for the future of the building. The company told the ECHO that a shoe store will be the first new tenant on the ground floor, with an announcement regarding the opening date to follow in due course.

2025 Mazda CX-70 3.3 Turbo S Premium 48t
Auto 2026-01-04 11:35

2025 Mazda CX-70 3.3 Turbo S Premium 48t

View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. Your new Mazda includes the Duncan Advantage package, featuring two free oil changes and tire rotations within the first year, a 10% discount on accessories, and three months of paintless dent repair services. Zircon Sand Metallic 2025 Mazda CX-70 3.3 Turbo S Premium AWD 8-Speed Automatic I6 Turbo ', 12 Speakers, Active Cruise Control, AM/FM radio: SiriusXM, Auto High-beam Headlights, Auto-dimming door mirrors, Auto-dimming Rear-View mirror, Automatic temperature control, Brake assist, Bumpers: body-color, Cargo Blocks, Compass, Driver vanity mirror, Dual front impact airbags, Dual front side impact airbags, E911 Automatic Emergency Notification, Electronic Stability Control, Emergency communication system: MAZDA CONNECT, Four wheel independent suspension, Front Bucket Seats, Front dual zone A/C, Front reading lights, Fully automatic headlights, Garage door transmitter: HomeLink, Heads-Up Display, Heated door mirrors, Heated front seats, Heated rear seats, Heated steering wheel, Heated/Ventilated Front Bucket Seats, Illuminated entry, Infotainment System Voice Command, Knee airbag, Leather Shift Knob, Leather steering wheel, Low tire pressure warning, Mazda Connected Services, Mazda Online Navigation, Memory seat, Nappa Leather Seat Trim, Navigation system: MAZDA CONNECT, Occupant sensing airbag, Outside temperature display, Overhead airbag, Pandora Internet Radio Integration, Passenger vanity mirror, Power door mirrors, Power driver seat, Power Liftgate, Power moonroof, Power passenger seat, Radio Broadcast Data System Program Information, Radio: AM/FM w/Bose Premium Audio Sound System, Rain sensing wipers, Rear air conditioning, Rear anti-roll bar, Rear seat center armrest, Rear window defroster, Remote keyless entry, SMS Text Msg Audio Delivery & Reply, Speed control, Speed-sensing steering, Split folding rear seat, Steering wheel memory, Tachometer, Telescoping steering wheel, Tilt steering wheel, Trip computer, Variably intermittent wipers, Ventilated front seats, Wheels: 21" x 9.5J Aluminum Alloy. 23/28 Miles Per Gallon (City/Highway) We appreciate you considering the stunning 2025 Mazda CX-70. Please note that the listed price may incorporate incentives that are not applicable with the Special APR offer. Additionally, all prices exclude taxes, tags, and a $599 processing fee. ', 12 Speakers, Active Cruise Control, AM/FM radio: SiriusXM, Auto High-beam Headlights, Auto-dimming door mirrors, Auto-dimming Rear-View mirror, Automatic temperature control, Brake assist, Bumpers: body-color, Cargo Blocks, Compass, Driver vanity mirror, Dual front impact airbags, Dual front side impact airbags, E911 Automatic Emergency Notification, Electronic Stability Control, Emergency communication system: MAZDA CONNECT, Four wheel independent suspension, Front Bucket Seats, Front dual zone A/C, Front reading lights, Fully automatic headlights, Garage door transmitter: HomeLink, Heads-Up Display, Heated door mirrors, Heated front seats, Heated rear seats, Heated steering wheel, Heated/Ventilated Front Bucket Seats, Illuminated entry, Infotainment System Voice Command, Knee airbag, Leather Shift Knob, Leather steering wheel, Low tire pressure warning, Mazda Connected Services, Mazda Online Navigation, Memory seat, Nappa Leather Seat Trim, Navigation system: MAZDA CONNECT, Occupant sensing airbag, Outside temperature display, Overhead airbag, Pandora Internet Radio Integration, Passenger vanity mirror, Power door mirrors, Power driver seat, Power Liftgate, Power moonroof, Power passenger seat, Radio Broadcast Data System Program Information, Radio: AM/FM w/Bose Premium Audio Sound System, Rain sensing wipers, Rear air conditioning, Rear anti-roll bar, Rear seat center armrest, Rear window defroster, Remote keyless entry, SMS Text Msg Audio Delivery & Reply, Speed control, Speed-sensing steering, Split folding rear seat, Steering wheel memory, Tachometer, Telescoping steering wheel, Tilt steering wheel, Trip computer, Variably intermittent Price includes: $1000 - Custome

The ambitious plans to transform Swansea's beachfront Civic Centre site
Property 2026-01-04 11:53

The ambitious plans to transform Swansea's beachfront Civic Centre site

Plans to transform Swansea's beachfront Civic Centre and six other sites in the city have been unveiled. Regeneration specialist Urban Splash envisages restaurants, cafes and bars on the ground floor of the Civic Centre and flats and potentially a hotel above. A two-storey aquarium featuring marine life on the ground floor and digital and educational displays above is also proposed. Urban Splash would also like to make more of the green space between the building and promenade. Ideas include outdoor markets, theatre and screenings. It doesn't end there. The Civic Centre site straddles 23 acres and new blocks of flats feature in the drawings. New leisure and cultural uses, making the most of the waterfront location, also form part of the thinking. The Civic Centre was built in the 1980s and is home to Swansea Council employees, the central library and West Glamorgan Archive Service. The council is relocating staff and the library and archives will move to the former BHS store on Oxford Street. Urban Splash - appointed as strategic partner by the council in 2021 - set out sketches for the seven sites under the banner of City on the Beach at an event on December 4 and said it would like to hear from the business sector and public. Jonathan Falkingham, the company's co-founder, said there had been suggestions initially that the Civic Centre could be knocked down, but that's not the case now. "The building is really well made," he said. "We think it's robust, and it's very adaptable. The upper floors are very flexible. We genuinely think we've got some really exciting uses for the building." He added that asbestos and concrete surveys had been carried out. "We are fairly comfortable," he said. Urban Splash development director David Warburton said the Civic Centre site with its 550m of waterfront had space for potentially 500 to 600 new homes. The Civic Centre isn't everyone's cup of tea architecture-wise, which Mr Warburton alluded to when addressing an audience at The Green Room Bar and Kitchen by Swansea Arena. "Our job is to make you fall back in love with the Civic Centre," he said. It's too early to say when work would start though, and planning permission would be required. Urban Splash is further advanced on another of the seven sites - a chunk of land from St David's multi-storey car park to St Mary's Square. Detailed planning permission has been given for a five-storey public sector office hub and there is outline consent for further development alongside. The current thinking is an office-led quarter featuring five additional blocks with ground floor commercial space, and a refurbished former Iceland building with some retail use. Mr Warburton said work was expected to start on the public sector hub next summer. Urban Splash, along with partners it has brought on board, is also working on plans for around 160 homes surrounded by greenery by the River Tawe in St Thomas. The other four plots it wants to redevelop are at Hafod-Morfa Copperworks, land on the Sainsbury's side of the Sailbridge, open space behind The Observatory cafe at Swansea Marina, and what is now the Oxford Street car park opposite the Grand Theatre. There would be a mix of new homes, heritage, leisure and commercial uses. Mr Falkingham lived in Swansea for four years as a teenager before going on to qualify as an architect, and said its waterfront location combined with its small scale and proximity to Gower to the west and Bannau Brycheiniog to the north-east made it very appealing to live and work in. He said he was also impressed by the council's ambition and investment in city centre projects such as the new arena. Mr Warburton said: "What really clinched it was they (the council) have moved beyond the rhetoric and actually started to deliver." Asked whether there would be demand for the new office space planned at the St David's site, Mr Falkingham said he believed this was the case. He said: "The Welsh Government say they have enquiries coming in all the time for Swansea, but there's nowhere for them to go." He added: "Businesses are now more discerning about what space they take. They want it to be good quality, well-connected, not stuck in an enterprise park." Public sector finance might well be needed to make the office quarter a reality, and it could face some competition from the almost-completed office block on The Kingsway, the new Princess Quarter scheme on Princess Way, and the refurbished Palace Theatre near the railway station. Mr Falkingham said Urban Splash has been talking to many people about its regeneration plans for the seven sites. Its City on the Beach brochure outlining its vision, he said, was "a gestation of a lot of those conversations". He added: "This is an opportunity to engage more widely. The more ideas, the more engagement from people in the city, the better." Mr Warburton added: "We are in this for the long term, for at least 20 years."

Volvo Achieves Highest 5-Star Safety Ratings While Stellantis Leads NHTSA Complaints in the Past Decade
Auto 2026-01-03 11:11

Volvo Achieves Highest 5-Star Safety Ratings While Stellantis Leads NHTSA Complaints in the Past Decade

Jeep owners have reported more than 1,487 complaints for each vehicle, significantly surpassing all other brands by a remarkable difference. Several automakers haven’t launched a single new model in ten years without 5-star ratings. Genesis, Polestar, Buick, and Acura also performed strongly with consistently high safety scores. Volvo and Genesis reported the fewest customer complaints among all major automotive brands. A recent study highlights the car brands that have excelled in safety ratings in the U.S. over the past ten years, providing insights into which manufacturers place a strong emphasis on ensuring their vehicles meet high safety standards—or at the very least, are capable of passing standardized evaluations. Although the outcomes appear promising, it's important to consider: how much credence should we place on these 5-star ratings regarding their performance in real-life situations? Remember, these ratings stem from controlled evaluations in optimal circumstances, not from actual crash data from real-world incidents. The study, put together by Confused, analyzed data from the New Car Assessment Program (NCAP), which rates a vehicle’s safety based on crash test performance, rollover resistance, and the effectiveness of advanced driver assistance systems (ADAS). It identifies Volvo, Subaru, Tesla, Genesis, and Polestar as the (percentage) champions of safety tests. Every single new model released by these brands in the past decade has received a 5-star rating. That’s undeniably impressive on paper, but the reality is more complicated. To begin with, these assessments focus on particular crash situations, so achieving a top rating doesn't always ensure equivalent safety during a chaotic highway accident or on a dimly lit country road. Moreover, the quantity of models assessed is crucial—there's a notable distinction between testing three vehicles and evaluating more than 100 from one manufacturer. Volvo and Subaru: Pioneers in Automotive Innovation Leading the pack is Volvo, with 76 models achieving 5-star NCAP ratings in the past decade. Subaru comes in close behind with 72, followed by Tesla with 45. Positioned alongside these brands are Genesis and Polestar. Both of these companies are newer entrants to the market and, therefore, haven’t released as many cars. Nevertheless, each of them to be launched has received top safety marks. Other top performers in the study (especially if you take into account the number of cars versus Polestar and Genesis), include Buick, with 98.31% of its cars getting 5-star ratings, followed by Acura with 98.18%, Honda with 94.59%, Mazda at 92.73%, and BMW at 91.30%. On the other hand, four brands, namely Mini, Fiat, Smart and Suzuki, failed to deliver a single 5-star-rated vehicle during the same period. Top Car Brands with the Highest Number of 5-Star Ratings The study also reveals several intriguing trends within the industry. Notably, vehicles manufactured in 2024 boast the highest percentage of 5-star safety ratings ever recorded. This improvement follows a minor decline in average safety ratings observed in 2022, which is believed to have resulted from automakers resorting to inferior components and microchips due to widespread shortages in the sector. How Should We Handle Customer Complaints? Nonetheless, safety ratings provide just a portion of the overall picture. Complaints submitted by customers to the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) give a more realistic view of how these vehicles operate in real-world situations. Volvo and Genesis excel here too, with the fewest complaints per car with an average of 47.20 complaints made to the NHTSA per car launched. Other top performers included Polestar, Lexus, Audi, Mitsubishi, Smart, Lincoln, Cadillac, and Acura. At the other end of the spectrum, Jeep owners filed an astronomical 1,487.83 complaints per car, making it the worst brand in this metric by a significant margin. Dodge, Chrysler, and Ram also fared poorly, with hundreds of complaints per car. Customer complaint data adds nuance to the conversation about safety. While a high safety rating is important, a car with persistent technical issues, build quality problems, or ineffective ADAS systems can still create dangerous situations on the road. Tesla, for instance, boasts a perfect 5-star NCAP record but racks up 391.11 complaints per car.

BMW Dismisses Use of Imitation Exhaust Tips
Auto 2026-01-03 11:51

BMW Dismisses Use of Imitation Exhaust Tips

View pictures in App save up to 80% data. One design trend that really needs to fade away is the fake exhaust tip. Brands like Mercedes and Audi have been using them for quite some time, but BMW has wisely steered clear of this irritating trend. The good news is that vehicles from Bavaria will continue to embrace genuine exhaust designs in the future. Nonetheless, as you've likely observed, an increasing number of models are hiding their exhausts beneath the bumper. We inquired with Adrian Van Hooydonk, the head of design at BMW Group, about the possibility of regular models featuring visible exhaust pipes in the future. He expressed that non-M BMWs already possess a sporty and aggressive aesthetic, even without the exhaust tips protruding from the rear bumper. Meanwhile, M models will continue to showcase the classic quad-pipe design, which has recently been adopted by M Performance vehicles as well. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. Models such as the M135i, M235i, X1 M35i, X2 M35i, and the X3 M50 all have four tips now. The same holds true for bigger SUVs such as the X5 M60i, X6 M60i, and X7 M60i, along with the M760e sedan. We mustn’t omit the M850i, although its days are numbered. Elsewhere, spy shots have revealed that the next-generation 3 Series, likely called the M350 xDrive, will also adopt the more aggressive exhaust layout. According to our sources, BMW will keep the V8 engine alive for the next-generation X5, X6, and X7. Logic tells us M derivatives are planned, so the quad-pipe layout is not going away. Additionally, a new gasoline-fueled M3 with an inline-six is also in the works. The jury is still out on whether it’ll have the true M engine, the S58, or the B58. Moreover, the M2 still has many years ahead, but its big brother, the M4, is reportedly dying after this generation. Before that happens, BMW will pull the plug on the X4 and its M variant this year. All told, there will be fewer models with visible exhausts, but that’s still better than putting fake tips on everything.

Harvey Nichols to close Beauty Bazaar in Liverpool ONE
Retail 2026-01-02 11:29

Harvey Nichols to close Beauty Bazaar in Liverpool ONE

Liverpool ONE is set to lose one of its most prominent retailers as Harvey Nichols' Beauty Bazaar is scheduled to close its doors. The store, situated on Manesty's Lane in the city centre, has been in operation since 2012. The Liverpool Echo. reports that staff were informed of the impending closure on Tuesday. A Harvey Nichols spokesperson revealed that the company is focusing on "full category stores" as part of its growth strategy. They stated: "As we implement our strategy to reposition Harvey Nichols for growth, our emphasis is on full category stores within our estate. "We have reviewed our store portfolio and mutually agreed with the Landlord of our Beauty Bazaar location in Liverpool to surrender the lease as we focus on investment into full-category stores. "Unfortunately, this means that our employees in the Liverpool store may be at risk of redundancy. We have entered into a consultation process and are doing everything we can to support those affected by the surrender." A spokesperson from Liverpool ONE said: "Beauty Bazaar Harvey Nichols has made an important contribution to Liverpool ONE's success since opening in 2012. We're committed to bringing the best, in-demand brands to Liverpool ONE and we have well-progressed plans to transform the space that will ensure Liverpool ONE continues to go from the strength-to-strength. We look forward to sharing an update soon." The store is expected to close in mid-April. . The store was among the last to resume operations in Liverpool ONE after the nationwide closure of non-essential stores in March 2020. Unlike other retailers, such as Primark, Zara, and Sports Direct, which reopened in June, Harvey Nichols Beauty Bazaar opted for a phased reopening. Its locations in Knightsbridge, Leeds, Edinburgh, and Manchester reopened between June and August 2020, while the Liverpool store, which features a hair salon, spa, and bar, reopened on September 30, 2020. The three-story Harvey Nichols store in Liverpool ONE offered a range of products and treatments. At its launch in 2012, the store celebrated with a day of pampering, attended by local celebrities and American socialite Olivia Palermo, who cut the ribbon to officially open the store. The decision to open in Liverpool was based on research identifying the city as the UK's second-largest beauty market outside of London. Prior to the store's opening in 2012, Daniela Rinaldi, the retailer's then-group concession and beauty director, stated: "Girls in Liverpool have single-handedly held the banner for glamour. They are groomed within an inch of their lives. They live and breath beauty and this is a thank you to them. "Globally this will be the first time international and premium brands will be housed within such a luxurious environment. It has superseded everyone's expectations and the most used word in this store is 'wow' so it is perfectly in keeping with the name of our fabulous champagne and cocktail bar."

easyJet launches new jobs for cabin crew and it's good news for older people
Logistics 2026-01-02 18:46

easyJet launches new jobs for cabin crew and it's good news for older people

Airline easyJet has launched a recruitment drive aimed at people over the age of 45 to join their cabin crews. Parents whose children have left the family home or have started their own careers and anyone looking for a new career later in life are among those being encouraged to apply. The airline said it has seen a 27% increase in cabin crew over the age of 45 in the last four years, including a 30% increase in people over 60 in the last year. The new campaign follows research by easyJet which suggested most over-45s would like to take on a new challenge once their children have left home. The recruitment drive has been launched with a series of adverts featuring real-life cabin crew who have joined easyJet in the past year.

easyJet launches Rhodes flight from Belfast International Airport
Logistics 2026-01-01 18:34

easyJet launches Rhodes flight from Belfast International Airport

easyJet is launching a new flight from Belfast International Airport to the Greek island of Rhodes. The airline said the move will create 40 new jobs at the airport where it will base an additional Airbus A320 alongside its seven other aircraft. The route is scheduled to launch on 3 rd June 2023 and will depart twice weekly on Tuesday and Saturdays. It adds to a growing number of routes for easyJet from both Belfast International and Belfast City airports to destinations across the UK and Europe. “I am delighted to be announcing our plans for expansion at Belfast International Airport today,” Ali Gayward, easyJet’s UK Country Manager, said. “The addition of another aircraft will help us to deliver growth in Belfast and offer customers an even wider range of destinations, like our new route to Rhodes, which will provide our customers in Northern Ireland a direct connection to one of Europe's most popular beach destinations this summer, all with low fares and great service.” easyJet first flew from Northern Ireland more than 27 years ago with an inaugural flight to London Luton. It is now the largest airline in the province, operating around 670 flights a week to 29 destinations. Uel Hoey, Business Development Director at Belfast International Airport, welcomed the announcement.

Three extended car warranty providers that could be valuable options to consider.
Auto 2026-01-01 18:02

Three extended car warranty providers that could be valuable options to consider.

View pictures in App save up to 80% data. Here are three highly-rated companies that offer extended car warranties. Car buyers have much to consider beyond what makes and models to drive home with. One of the most significant decisions they’re tasked with is whether or not to get an extended warranty. Of course, there are several extended car warranty companies, but many, like CarShield, aren’t highly regarded. Still, some could be worth the investment.  Here are a trio. Endurance could be considered one of the top companies for extended car warranties. There are pros and cons to all extended car warranty companies. However, Endurance is one of the most trusted. The company reports that it has over one million customers as of February 2024, and it’s been around since 2006. In terms of coverage, the company offers three tiers: superior, supreme, and secure plus. Regarding the price, it ranges from $89 to $130 per month. Endurance is recognized as one of the top-rated extended car warranty providers, boasting a Trustpilot score of 3.7 out of 5 and earning a 9.3 out of 10 from MarketWatch. Despite its positive ratings, the company faces some criticism, particularly from auto mechanics who argue that Endurance often excludes certain repairs from coverage. Nevertheless, the number of complaints against Endurance is significantly lower compared to those filed against CarShield's extended warranty services. It provides the subsequent functionalities: Unlimited mileage coverage  Terms up to eight years Money back guarantee up to 30 days AutoPom AutoPom is another extended car warranty company that may be worth it for drivers. For starters, it has an impressive 4.9 rating from TrustPilot and an A+ from the Better Business Bureau. According to the official website, AutoPom offers three coverage options. There’s Exclusionary, mid-level, and powertrain plus.  Similar to many other extended car warranty providers, AuroPom tends to be on the pricier side. Typically, customers should anticipate monthly payments ranging from $125 to $325 for their coverage. According to their website, policyholders have the flexibility to choose their preferred service locations for vehicle maintenance. That said, it's important to note that some auto repair shops might not accept AutoPom, which is a common issue with several warranty companies.  Carchex For those in search of reliable extended car warranty providers, CarChex is a name that deserves attention. While it may not be the most widely discussed option, this could actually work in its favor. CarChex offers a range of five distinct plans, with the top-tier option being the Titanium plan. Typically, customers can anticipate monthly payments ranging from $150 to $250.  Established in 1999, the company boasts an A+ rating from the Better Business Bureau.  As mentioned, all extended warranty companies have their pros and cons. Additionally, many auto mechanics are skeptical of coverage because of negative experiences. Because of this, drivers should do extensive research before selecting a company to cover their vehicles. Of course, most are more trusted than the CarShield warranty.  

Where strike action will affect Christmas travel plans
Logistics 2025-12-31 11:29

Where strike action will affect Christmas travel plans

Industrial action will cause disruption for travellers on the run up to Christmas. Here is a rundown of how travel will be affected, on which days and locations. Thousands of Rail, Maritime and Transport union (RMT) members are going on strike from December 13 to 18. Workers at Network Rail and train companies will walk out on Tuesday, Wednesday, Friday and Saturday. Services on those days will start later and finish much earlier than usual, with trains running between 7.30am and 6.30pm. Many parts of Britain will have no trains, including most of Scotland and Wales. Disruption due to ice and snow is also likely to cause further misery to passengers on strike days. RMT workers at Network Rail will also strike from 6pm on Christmas Eve until 6am on December 27. It is likely that passengers travelling on Christmas Eve will be urged to complete their journeys by the time that industrial action begins. READ MORE: Royal Mail staff set to strike again in dispute over pay, jobs and conditions Members of the Public and Commercial Services union (PCS) at National Highways in operational roles on roads and in control centres will take part in a series of staggered strikes from Friday to January 7. National Highways, which is responsible for managing England’s motorways and major A-roads, does not expect he action to have a significant impact on traffic as only around 8% of its frontline workforce are PCS members. But many of its routes already suffer from severe congestion during the Christmas getaway. We cover all the latest news with journalists based in the regions - you can read more here. To stay up to date with us you can: Border Force workers are set to strike on December 23. PCS members at Heathrow, Gatwick, Manchester, Birmingham, Cardiff and Glasgow airports will walk out. Extensive passport checks are only carried out on arrival but long queues could see passengers held on planes after they land, causing delays to departures. Airlines have been urged by Border Force to cancel up to 30% of flights on strike days to prevent chaos at airports. But easyJet said it intends to run its full schedule as “we want to take our customers on their planned trips at this important time of year”. The only sea port affected by the Border Force strikes is Newhaven, East Sussex, from where ferry services operate to and from Dieppe, France. A walkout in Kent affecting the Port of Dover and Eurotunnel would likely cause severe disruption. Eurostar will run a revised timetable between Tuesday and Saturday due to the reduction in running hours on rail lines caused by the RMT strikes at Network Rail. The operator is not affected by the Border Force walkout, and does not anticipate its services will be affected when RMT members employed as security staff by private contractor Mitie at London St Pancras International go on strike over the next fortnight. READ NEXT: Get our front page headlines Cost of Living: List of firms helping staff with bonus payments Dyson founder calls home working rights plans ‘economically illiterate’

Fears for Scunthorpe steelworks jobs as consultation launched on closure
Manufacturing 2025-12-31 18:14

Fears for Scunthorpe steelworks jobs as consultation launched on closure

British Steel's Chinese owner Jingye is launching a consultation on the closing of its blast furnaces at Scunthorpe steelworks, sparking fears for thousands of jobs at the site. Unions the GMB, Community and Unite have called on the Government to help secure the future of British Steel, which has said the closure could come at a later date if an agreement is reached. Jingye, which pointed to the impact of tariffs among the reasons for the decision, says it has invested more than £1.2bn in British Steel since it took over in 2020 and has incurred losses of about £700,000 per day. It said: "Despite this, the blast furnaces and steelmaking operations are no longer financially sustainable due to highly challenging market conditions, the imposition of tariffs, and higher environmental costs relating to the production of high-carbon steel. The company had sought support from the UK Government for a major capital investment in two new electric arc furnaces. "However, following many months of negotiations, no agreement has been reached. As a result, the difficult decision has been made to consult with employees and to consider proposals to close the blast furnaces and steelmaking operations and reduce rolling mill capacity." British Steel chief executive Zengwei An said: "We understand this is an extremely difficult day for our staff, their families, and everyone associated with British Steel. But we believe this is a necessary decision given the hugely challenging circumstances the business faces. We remain committed to engaging with our workforce and unions, as well as our suppliers and customers during this time." News of the consultation follows a plan put forward in February by Community which proposed to keep two blast furnaces at Scunthorpe while new, electric arc furnaces were built. The plan required £200m of Government support to offset carbon costs during the transition period. At the time, Community warned that if the Scunthorpe site was to close, the UK would become the only G7 country without domestic steelmaking capacity. The prompted worries over national security. Jingye said it had sought Government support for the major capital investment required for the electric arc furnaces but that months of negotiations had not yielded an agreement. Roy Rickhuss, Community general secretary, said: "This is a dark day for our steel industry and for our country. We urge Jingye and the UK Government to get back around the table to resume negotiations before it is too late. "Crucially, Jingye have not ruled out retaining the blast furnaces during a transition to low-carbon steelmaking if they can secure the backing of the Government. The closures at Scunthorpe would represent a hammer blow to communities which were built on steel, and where the industry still supports thousands of jobs directly and thousands more through extensive supply chains. "Given that we are now on the cusp of becoming the only G7 country without domestic primary steelmaking capacity, it is no exaggeration to say that our national security is gravely threatened. This would be catastrophic at any time, let alone in the current era of geopolitical instability and volatility. "Steel is an essential component of defensive infrastructure, just as it is to wider plans to invest in growth across the country. At this critical juncture, the Labour Government must do everything it can to secure the future of steelmaking at Scunthorpe - it would be unthinkable for them to let it die on their watch. "Labour has made important commitments to steelworkers, including setting aside £2.5bn towards supporting the steel sector with decarbonisation, and it is now time for Government to deploy these funds to protect the industry. "If the Government chooses to let Scunthorpe die it would make a mockery of their grand ambitions to deliver growth through massive infrastructure investment, because British Steel is our only steelmaker than can produce the construction steels the country needs for our roads, railways, schools and hospitals."

Plans for 4,500 homes, 3.4m sq ft of employment space and 5,000 Derby jobs set to take step forward
Logistics 2025-12-30 18:34

Plans for 4,500 homes, 3.4m sq ft of employment space and 5,000 Derby jobs set to take step forward

Plans to build 4,500 new homes, 3.4 million sq ft of employment space, and support for 5,000 new jobs in Derby are set to take another step forward next week. The South Derby Growth Zone is being planned for land to the south of the city between Sinfin and Chellaston. The proposals have already received an offer of £49.6 million from the Levelling Up Fund, reliant on a full business case being submitted. Derby City Council cabinet is now set to vote on granting powers for the plans and transferring £500,000 of Homes England Garden Villages funding to the Derbyshire County Council so that it can finalise the business case. The scheme incorporates Infinity Park Derby, a planned 100 acre business park next to the world headquarters of Rolls-Royce Civil Aerospace and within 15 minutes of blue chip manufacturers such as Toyota, Alstom and JCB. It is backed by Derby City Council, the Harpur Crewe Estate and Rolls-Royce along with developers IPD LLP, Wilson Bowden and Peveril Securities, and could offer potential tenants design and build packages up to 500,000 sq ft. Meanwhile the neighbouring Infinity Garden Village would be one of 14 new garden villages announced by the Government in 2017 to try and help meet local housing needs – especially for first-time buyers. In anticipation of the plans the county council is set to gain highways powers within the city boundary to allow work to start on a junction and link road off the A50, which runs along the southern edge of the plans. The city council said without the new junction only around 280 of the possible 4,500 new homes would be possible. Councillor Steve Hassall, city council cabinet member for regeneration, decarbonisation, strategic planning and transport, said the recommendation will be discussed at the cabinet on Wednesday, February 15. He said: “The South Derby Growth Zone is a big opportunity to deliver high quality housing and jobs for Derby, whilst also providing a brand-new transport link in the south of the city. “Entering into these collaborative agreements demonstrates our commitment to the project and to the city.

2025 Alfa Romeo Tonale, Stelvio, and Giulia Introduce Gold and Tan Accents in the Intensa Series
Auto 2025-12-30 11:21

2025 Alfa Romeo Tonale, Stelvio, and Giulia Introduce Gold and Tan Accents in the Intensa Series

The introduction of these models follows closely behind Alfa Romeo's announcement of a 19% decline in US sales from the previous year. No mechanical changes have been made to Alfa Romeo’s models. All three include black alloy wheels with light-gold accents. Contrasting tan-colored stitching and unique embroidery is found in the cabin. Alfa Romeo is trying to kick off the new year in a positive note and is celebrating its Italian heritage with the new Intensa special series that was originally announced last December. The 2025 Giulia, Stelvio, and Tonale are now showcased at the Brussels Motor Show in Belgium. In the United States, the starting price for the Tonale Intensa is $44,495, while the Giulia Intensa begins at $49,995, and the Stelvio Intensa is priced at $55,395. All models of the Intensa line come standard with a distinctive two-tone interior and exterior treatment. For example, the Tonale is equipped with new 20-inch black alloy wheels with a light-gold diamond-cut finish and gloss black moldings. It’s also equipped with Dark Miron accents on the exhaust tips, black brake calipers with a light-gold Alfa Romeo signature, and can be ordered in either Alfa Black, Alfa Rosso, or Verde Montreal. Alfa Romeo Tonale Intensa 版本 View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. Inside the Tonale Intensa cabin, you'll discover black Alcantara seats complemented by a dashboard featuring tan contrast stitching. The front headrests boast an embroidered Alfa Romeo logo with a stylish blend of tan and gray stitching, while the steering wheel is adorned with additional tan accents. Notably, the SUV showcases a unique Intensa logo on the center armrest and the side panels of the front seats, adding to its distinctive charm. Shoppers can choose between the available 1.3-liter PHEV powertrain with 285 hp or a 2.0-liter turbocharged four-cylinder delivering 268 hp. Alfa Romeo Stelvio Intensa 版本 View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. Similarly, the Stelvio Intensa has 20-inch black wheels with light-gold accents and rocks black brake calipers and an Italian flag on the wing mirrors. Similar tan contrast stitching is found throughout the cabin, as are the same embroidered headrest logos and an Intensa logo on the center armrest. Aluminum sport pedals and paddle shifters are also standard. Every Stelvio Intensa model is equipped with a standard 2.0-liter turbocharged inline-four engine, delivering 280 horsepower and 306 lb-ft (415 Nm) of torque. Alfa Romeo Giulia Intensa View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. Rounding out the trio is the Giulia Intensa. Like the Stelvio, it can be finished in Rosso Etna, Verde Fangio, and Vulcano Black, and has slightly smaller 19-inch black alloy wheels with light-gold trimmings. Alfa has enhanced the vehicle with Italian flags on the mirrors, tan detailing throughout the interior, embroidered emblems, and aluminum sport pedals along with paddle shifters. Additionally, the standard engine is a 2.0-liter turbocharged four-cylinder.

Work starts on 1.15m sq ft of warehousing off the M1 in Derbyshire
Logistics 2025-12-29 18:26

Work starts on 1.15m sq ft of warehousing off the M1 in Derbyshire

Work has started on a vast new warehouse development off the M1 in Derbyshire. The Horizon 29 scheme in Bolsover is going up a mile from junction 29a of the motorway and will include eight units being built in three stages. McLaren Construction (Midlands & North) is working on all the external works of the first two, single storey warehouses for Equation Properties and Bentall Green Oak. The same contractor will also work on the next two units, which should be completed next summer. Gary Cramp, managing director of McLaren Construction (Midlands and North), said: “Horizon 29 will be a premier distribution centre in a prime location in the Midlands, making it the ideal address for tenants wanting direct and easy access to the M1 north and south. “We are pleased to be appointed by Equation Properties and to be working with them on the first phase of this impressive scheme.” Dick Smallman, construction director at Equation Properties – a London-based property development company for the distribution and industrial sector - said: “We are delighted to have appointed McLaren Construction for the first phase of development at Horizon 29. “Construction is now underway for the scheme.” Sustainable features of Horizon 29 include solar PVs, air source heat pumps, enhanced cladding, responsibly sourced sustainable materials, LED lighting and electric vehicle charging points.

B&Q parent firm's CEO sees pay slashed by almost £4m amid profit hit
Retail 2025-12-29 11:09

B&Q parent firm's CEO sees pay slashed by almost £4m amid profit hit

Thierry Garnier, the chief executive of Kingfisher, the group that owns B&Q and Screwfix, saw his pay cut by nearly £4m as the company's sales and profits suffered a significant blow in its latest financial year. Garnier received almost £2.3m for the 12 months ending 31 January, 2025, a decrease from the nearly £6m he earned the previous year, as reported by City AM. His pay package did not include the near-£4m 'delivering value incentive' bonus he was awarded the year before. However, his base salary rose from £875,500 to £911,900, and his annual bonus increased from £364,900 to £804,900. He also received £404,200 through a performance share plan. Last year, City AM reported that the bonuses of the CEO and CFO of B&Q's parent company were also reduced after Kingfisher's profit dropped by almost 40 per cent in its previous 12 months. The annual report follows a decline in sales for the parent company of B&Q and Screwfix for the year ending 31 January, 2025. Kingfisher reported a 1.5 per cent drop in sales to £12.78bn, largely due to a 6.2 per cent decrease in sales in France, while the UK and Poland remained stable. Operating profit at B&Q's parent company also fell 29.7 per cent to £407m, and its pre-tax profit was reduced by 35.4 per cent to £307m.

How Brexit costs this retailer £1m a month in sales
Logistics 2025-12-28 11:51

How Brexit costs this retailer £1m a month in sales

An online retailer whose revenues have been on an upward trajectory has become the latest business to highlight the vast financial impact of Brexit on the UK. Leicester entrepreneur Ravi Karia launched an e-commerce business in 2010 selling sells socks, thermal underwear, hats, gloves and bedding to shoppers all over the world. Five years ago he adapted it into a tech company offering a seamless link between suppliers and big online shops such as B&Q, Debenhams.com, La Redoute, Amazon and Decathlon. The big retailers integrate his software into their own systems and his business, called Pertemba, acts as the middle man – without shoppers ever knowing the difference. Lines sold include Trespass, Regatta, Mountain Warehouse, Hype and Clarkes and he also deals with licence-holders for brands such as Fortnite and Minecraft. Mr Karia said sales are currently around £22 million and rising, but he said Brexit trade barriers are costing him up to £1 million a month in lost EU business. Despite that he is still working hard to grow EU sales. He said: “Brexit has affected us. My business would have sales of £35 million right now if it were not for Brexit. “If an EU online marketplace wants a non-EU company to ship directly to its EU customers there needs to be so much compliance. When you start talking to a new EU online marketplace they just say they don’t want it all. “There’s at least £10 million of business in Europe that we can’t access because my stock is in the UK. “So we’ve got a third party warehouse in Belgium – which has been a difficult experience and is not perfect. We’ve also had to persuade suppliers to move stock to Europe. It’s been painful. “I didn’t vote for Brexit. I knew it would be difficult for my business but it’s happened now. “Ironically the silver lining is there aren’t now competitors trying to do what we’re doing from the UK. But it would have been much better for us to be able to launch products directly from here to Germany or France. “The alternative to having people overseas is you do not grow.” His comments come amid growing criticism of the impact of Brexit on Britain, with Chancellor Jeremy Hunt now conceding Boris Johnson’s Brexit deal caused damaging trade barriers with the European Union. Last week, the Institute for Fiscal Studies said “very clearly Brexit was an economic own goal” that had harmed growth. The economic think tank’s director Paul Johnson said it has been “very bad news indeed and continues to be bad news, particularly the way that we’ve done it, the hard type of Brexit we’ve had, distancing ourselves from the single market”. While the OBR said the UK’s "trade intensity" would be 15 per cent lower in the long run than if the UK had remained in the EU. Mr Karia – who is now considering buying a company in Europe to try and even out the issues – was this year's LeicestershireLive Entrepreneur of the Year and the the Department for International Trade's 2020-2022 Export Champion. He started his firm as an online shop called Universal Textiles before moving to the technology side of things. He now has 70 people in the UK and 50 in India on the tech, data entry and customer service side of things. There are about 60 or so suppliers on the Pertemba system selling through around 100 marketplaces worldwide without breaking a sweat, and all the stock comes through the Leicester warehouse. A US partnership is also being launched. One of the beauties of the tech he provides is it can allow clients to move into new marketplaces without having to adapt their own websites or technology. He said: “We started as an online retailer but I was thinking “how do I grow the business?”. “I needed bigger premises, more money, more people, but got thinking that what I’m really good at is technology – that’s my strength and I realised I needed to use technology to overcome the barriers we were facing. “I thought if I don’t have to invest in stock myself that solves all the problems. So I built the systems and the developers took it on. Now we have a defined brand and strategy and more people are coming on board.” Like many online retail businesses Petremba thrived when people were stuck indoors during lockdown. He said: “The company was always growing. We were around £18 million in turnover, and trying to get to over £20 million, but when Covid hit it shot up to £27 million in a year because we were able to stay open when other shops were shut. “On top of that our competitors were quite slow to the game while we were able to adapt quickly, bounce-back and fulfil orders. “We’ve been doing phenomenal numbers outside the UK. “It’s amazing how the business has transformed. We have streamlined everything so we can take on a supplier in a week and a new marketplace within a week as opposed to months and months. “Things are not as busy as during Covid, but we are still trading at £22 million, and in the next three years want to get to £35 million.”

Re-opened Dartmoor rail line passes 250,000 journeys in its first year
Logistics 2025-12-28 11:13

Re-opened Dartmoor rail line passes 250,000 journeys in its first year

Journey numbers on the Dartmoor Line have passed 250,000 a year after re-opening to regular passenger trains. The line reopened on 20 November 2021, restoring a regular, year-round service for the first time in almost 50 years following more than £40m of Government investment. The previously mothballed rail line, which runs between Okehampton and Exeter, was restored in just nine months and was the the first former line to reopen under the Government’s £500m Restoring Your Railway programme. In the same week as it celebrated its one-year anniversary, the Dartmoor Line also saw its 250,000 journey, more than double the demand originally forecast. Michelle Handforth, Network Rail’s Wales and Western regional managing director, said: “I am so pleased with the positive impact the Dartmoor Line is having on supporting greater connectivity, boosting local businesses, the tourism sector, and providing greater access to education and work for the thousands of people who live locally." READ NEXT: List of 35 new train stations and wish list schemes leading the UK railway upgrade Reinstatement of the Dartmoor Line was made possible by Network Rail’s team of engineers which laid 11 miles of new track and installed 24,000 concrete sleepers and 29,000 tonnes of ballast in a record-breaking 20-day period. Since Great Western Railway (GWR) increased services to hourly in May 2022, passenger use has continued to rise, with over 500 journeys starting at Okehampton every day and a further 300 travelling into the town from across the rail network. Rail Minister, Huw Merriman MP, unveiled a plaque to mark the official reopening of the Okehampton station building to mark the anniversary. He said: “With over 250,000 journeys made, restoring this vital route has undone 50 years of damage – we’ve reconnected a community and created new opportunities for jobs, tourism, education and leisure. “Our Restoring Your Railway programme is making a real contribution to levelling up the country and breathing new life into previously cut-off areas.” On his visit, Mr Merriman opened the fully refurbished station building, featuring The Bulleid Buffet café, Dartmoor National Park information centre, shop, toilets, heritage-style waiting room and museum. While the work to finish the Dartmoor Line is now complete, efforts are still being made to provide better connections from the Dartmoor Line, to surrounding towns and communities. Hannah Baker, Andrew Arthur and Hannah Finch cover all the latest business news from across the South West on our dedicated page - you can read more here. And to get the latest stories you can: Devon County Council and local bus operators have worked with Great Western Railway to provide better bus links to Tavistock, seven days a week direct from Okehampton station. This now also includes new routes to Launceston and Bude which run direct to the station. Mel Stride, Central Devon MP said the plan now is to secure additional funds for a second station on the eastern edge of town. "[This is] something I am working closely with local councillors and campaigners to achieve. This will maximise the economic benefit and reduce congestion in the town." READ NEXT: Latest appointments and jobs news from the South West

£200k search launched for new Blackpool Central developer
Property 2025-12-27 11:33

£200k search launched for new Blackpool Central developer

Blackpool Council has officially terminated its land sale agreement with the now-defunct developer Nikal Ltd for the Blackpool Central regeneration scheme, clearing the path for a new investor. The council's executive members have agreed to cancel the deal and allocate £200,000 to initiate a worldwide search for new developers. It was disclosed in October that Nikal, which had been collaborating with Blackpool Council since 2016 to introduce indoor theme parks, hotels, and restaurants to the Central Station site, had entered administration. However, town hall leaders are optimistic about finding new investors for the site, which was slated for a £300m makeover. The site will be marketed as swiftly as possible, with existing planning consents, including preliminary planning permission for three indoor theme parks, a 200-room hotel, bars, restaurants, and outdoor entertainment space. Full planning permission was granted in October 2021 to refurbish buildings on Central Drive, including the King Edward cinema, King Edward pub, and King Edward apartments into holiday accommodation, restaurants, and bars as part of the Heritage Quarter. A seven-storey car park with 1,306 spaces opened on the site earlier this year. Chris Webb, MP for Blackpool South, has supported public calls for an indoor arena, similar to Manchester's Co-op Live Arena, to be constructed on the land. A report to the executive suggests that terminating the agreement with Nikal, signed in January 2020, "will ensure that the council is able to re-market the excellent investment and development opportunity the site presents. " The report continues: "The council remains determined to see its vision and aspirations for a world class leisure development delivered on the site, as it seeks to move forward with its ambition for regeneration, economic growth and resilience across the town. It is imperative that the momentum to see development on the site is not lost and that every effort is maintained to seek a new investor/developer as soon as practically possible.", reports Lancs Live. The demolition of the vacant police station and magistrates court building is now anticipated early next year to provide a fully cleared site. The £200,000 marketing costs will be covered by revenue generated from the existing Central Station surface car park.

DX Group shares plunge after corporate espionage legal claim
Logistics 2025-12-27 11:03

DX Group shares plunge after corporate espionage legal claim

Courier firm DX Group has seen its shares plunge after confirming that a legal claim has been lodged against it by a rival logistics company, accusing it of alleged corporate espionage. Shares in Datchet-based DX tumbled as much as 11% on Monday morning after it said that Tuffnells Parcels Express submitted the claim in the High Court on Friday “in relation to confidential competitor information being obtained by DX in the past”. It follows a report in the Sunday Times detailing allegations by Sheffield-based logistics firm Tuffnells that some DX Group staff, who were former employees of Tuffnells, had conspired to obtain daily customer service reports. DX Group said: “Matters referred to in the claim were subject to a corporate governance inquiry and investigation by DX, the conclusions of which were reported by the company in an announcement made on 20 September 2022. “The group intends to defend its position robustly and will respond to the claim in due course.” DX said last September that the internal investigation found that confidential competitor information was obtained and that “an isolated offer of payment… for such information had been made by employees”. It concluded at the time that there may have been a breach of the Bribery Act 2012 by the employees concerned and that it had taken further disciplinary action with certain staff involved in the case and also improved management training and protocols. DX’s former auditor, Grant Thornton, resigned in February last year because of what it claimed were “actual or potential breaches of law and/or regulations by the company”, as well as “the performance of the investigation and subsequent corporate governance inquiry” and “provision of inaccurate information, which in Grant Thornton’s view did not give a full picture of the scale and seriousness of the facts”. DX – which handles parcel freight, secure courier and logistics services at its 88 depots, including two near Bristol and one recently opened in Plymouth – said at the time that it “does not consider that the reasons provided by Grant Thornton accurately reflect the current situation”. It saw its shares temporarily suspended from the Aim market in January last year after failing to publish its annual report on time, while former chief executive Lloyd Dunn resigned abruptly in September 2022. The group only recently appointed his replacement, hiring Paul Ibbetson, managing director of DX Freight, as chief executive on January 31. Mr Ibbetson previously worked at Tuffnells, where he was a board director for eight years. Read next:

Manchester's Hotspur Press redevelopment stalled by listing bid that developer warns could 'potentially condemn' the site
Property 2025-12-26 11:05

Manchester's Hotspur Press redevelopment stalled by listing bid that developer warns could 'potentially condemn' the site

The refurbishment of the landmark Hotspur Press Victorian printing mill in Manchester city centre has been put on hold due to a pending listed building application – with the developer criticising the length of time the process is taking. The mill, which ceased printing operations in 1996, has fallen into disrepair and has seen numerous stalled attempts at renovation, including a plan to transform it into a 171-home, 28-storey flat block. Despite receiving planning permission in 2020, construction never commenced, leaving the mill to further deteriorate. There was new hope earlier this year when a new developer, Manner, received council approval for its redevelopment plan. The proposal includes preserving the mill's facade and iconic 'Percy Brothers' signage while constructing a 36-storey student housing tower with 595 bedrooms and a new public square. Planning permission was granted in May, but work has yet to begin on Cambridge Street due to an anonymous listed building application that has halted the construction of the student towers. The application was submitted in late summer and is still under consideration by the government body responsible for listed buildings, which has confirmed receipt of Historic England's opinion on the matter. Typically, a listing request decision takes 12 working days, but in the case of the Hotspur Press, it has been months, leading developers to express their frustration with the government, reports the Manchester Evening News. Richard James, the boss at Manner, said: "We are calling for the urgent need to decide on the listing process for The Hotspur Press. "It has now been three months since Historic England issued its report to the Secretary of State and well over the 12-day average response time that DCMS state. "As a result, the listing process has created significant delays to the redevelopment plans. We have always wanted to do more than just save this iconic building: we want to create a place the local community can be proud of. "If The Hotspur Press is listed, it will not save it. All it will do is potentially condemn the future of this wonderful building and its history, and have the community lose out on the public realm benefits that they want." In response, a government spokesperson said that a decision will be made 'in due course'.

£10m crane investment on its way to Port of Immingham
Logistics 2025-12-26 11:43

£10m crane investment on its way to Port of Immingham

A £10 million investment in cargo-handling equipment is on its way to Immingham. Engineers from Associated British Ports have just returned from Germany where they have carried out final factory acceptance testing on three new mobile harbour cranes. The hybrid Liebherr 420s will be arriving later this month from Rostock, at a cost £9.7 million, with an additional £500,000 spent on new grabs. The diesel generators poweing them can run on hydrogenated vegetable oil, with the option to switch to all-electric, reducing CO2 emissions as the port accelerates its green credentials. Read more:ABP and Harbour Energy partner to provide CO2 import gateway at Immingham Simon Bird, ABP regional director, had outlined a £30 million spend on equipment earlier this year. The order represents the largest shipment by the manufacturer to the UK. He said: “This is another great investment in the port. It offers our customers a range of equipment, these being specially optimised for vessels in the post-panamax class. “It’s part of our wider strategy investment in future-proofing the Humber ports and giving our customers the confidence that the ports remain resilient, and we are giving them what they need in having reliable and efficient cranage.” They are described as offering greater versatility, being able to be deployed on any quay, though primarily they will be used for bulk cargo and scrap handling. They have a 124-tonne lifting capability, and offer greater safety improvements in the driver’s cab.

Aston Martin to pay top bosses more than peers after struggling to attract talent
Manufacturing 2025-12-25 11:53

Aston Martin to pay top bosses more than peers after struggling to attract talent

Aston Martin is set to outstrip its FTSE 250 counterparts by offering higher remuneration packages to its top executives, following difficulties in attracting high-calibre talent in recent years. The luxury car manufacturer, based in Warwickshire, is considering boosting the bonus potential for its CEO and CFO from 200% to 250% of their respective salaries, as reported by City AM. In a statement, Aston Martin noted that "while this would position annual bonus ahead of UK FTSE 250 practice, it would take our annual bonus policy to median within our identified global luxury peer group and lower quartile against our automotive peers." The company conceded that it has faced challenges in talent acquisition "due to the lack of competitiveness of our reward packages" under its latest remuneration policy. It further stated that the enhanced bonus opportunity would "continue to be linked to stretching targets, ensuring maximum payouts are only received for exceptional performance across a range of KPIs [key performance indicators]." Additionally, Aston Martin is proposing a new hybrid long-term incentive plan structure which would merge existing performance share awards with new restricted shares "to better support the delivery of our strategy." CEO Adrian Hallmark, who took the reins at Aston Martin in September last year after serving as chairman and CEO of luxury car maker Bentley, is among those set to benefit from these changes. Prior to Hallmark's appointment, Aston Martin was led by CEO Amedeo Felisa since 2022 under the watchful eye of executive chairman Lawrence Stroll. Hallmark's remuneration for his initial tenure at Aston Martin amounted to £1m, comprising a pro-rata salary of £333,000, an annual bonus of £600,000, and additional benefits and pension contributions. This financial disclosure follows a report by City AM in February revealing that Aston Martin was set to eliminate 170 jobs as part of a cost-cutting strategy. The job cuts, representing five per cent of its global workforce, are expected to yield savings of about £25m. Concurrently, Aston Martin reported an annual loss of £289.1m and a three per cent decline in revenue to £1.58bn. The company's debt escalated by 43 per cent to £1.16bn in 2024, with shares dropping by roughly a third. In the annual report, Anne Stevens, the chair of the remuneration committee, wrote: "While our 2022 policy was designed with good flexibility and has proved broadly fit-for-purpose, we have faced challenges that the proposed 2025 policy aims to address." "Aston Martin, while a UK-headquartered and FTSE-listed company, is a global business and sources executive talent from global luxury and automotive companies." "Over 80 per cent of cars we wholesaled in 2024 were to our regions outside of the UK, and our executive directors frequently visit the regions and must navigate regulatory and political challenges across global jurisdictions." She continued: "The committee avoids targeting the median of any single peer group and would not rely on benchmark data for policy changes, instead we take a holistic view of UK and global reward practices." "While we have been able to secure recent key hires, we have faced challenges during the recruitment process, due to the lack of competitiveness of our reward packages, particularly our incentive opportunities compared to global luxury and automotive peers (where we have recruited talent from)." "A further reference point considered was the history of realised pay at Aston Martin since 2021." "While outcomes of our incentives over recent years have reflected the ambitious nature of the company and industry-wide challenges and therefore the shareholder experience, the committee is mindful that incentive outcomes have not reflected the significant efforts of the team." "This has resulted in our executive directors being underpaid relative to other senior leaders at Aston Martin, who receive a portion of their remuneration in restricted shares. "While incentivising performance remains our priority, we believe we would benefit from a revised incentive approach, to better align the senior team and to reflect practice of our global peers."

Trespass owner sees profits slide as it operates in 'challenging' market
Retail 2025-12-25 11:27

Trespass owner sees profits slide as it operates in 'challenging' market

Jacobs & Turner, the company behind the renowned outdoor clothing brand Trespass, has seen its profits take a significant hit as sales stagnated during its latest financial year. The firm reported a pre-tax profit of £1.2m for the year ending 30 June, 2024, a stark decrease from the £9.6m recorded in the previous 12 months, as reported by City AM. According to newly filed accounts with Companies House, the business also experienced a slight downturn in turnover, from £127.4m to £127.3m over the same timeframe. Founded in 1938 and headquartered in Glasgow, the company launched the Trespass brand in 1984. Owned by the affluent Khushi family, dividends paid out amounted to £400,000 for the year, a reduction from £8.4m in the preceding year. In a challenging retail sector environment, the board's statement acknowledged: "The financial year ended 30 June, 2024, was challenging for the retail sector." It continued, highlighting rising operating costs and relatively static sales in a difficult market: "Operating costs continued to rise and sales were relatively flat in a tough marketplace." The strength of the US dollar throughout most of the year was noted as a factor affecting the cost of goods and freight: "USD [US dollar] maintained a strong position for most of the year, impacting the cost of goods and freight." However, the company did report expansion in strategic European locations: "Further growth was achieved in key strategic locations across Europe." The Trespass owner also emphasised their dedication to environmental responsibility: "In addition to our financial performance, the directors remain steadfast in their commitment to enhancing the sustainability of our group's operations and driving the decarbonisation agenda in the UK." This commitment has led to a reduction in carbon emissions across all sources: "This focus has resulted in the decrease in the carbon emissions across all sources. "The group continues to focus on proactive measures to reduce emissions, such as optimising heating and lighting controls, enhancing premises insulation and significant steps towards the adoption of renewable technologies." These results have come to light following City AM's report in October 2024 that the company behind Cotswold Outdoor has accumulated losses exceeding £100m since its last pre-tax profit nearly a decade ago.

The Toyota That Resembles a $400,000 Sports Car
Auto 2025-12-24 18:52

The Toyota That Resembles a $400,000 Sports Car

View pictures in App save up to 80% data. Toyota Motor Corporation / Ferrari Toyota Motor Corporation is best known for making high-quality and reliable cars that offer excellent value for money. Models such as the Corolla, RAV4, and Camry are among the best-selling vehicles in the world. However, Toyota Motor Corporation's legacy all began with the Crown. In 2023, Toyota Motor Corporation decided to revamp the Crown lineup to include the sedan, crossover, estate, and a sleek and sporty SUV called the Crown Sport. The Crown Sport is by no means a supercar. It's an affordable mid-size SUV, but when you look at it, one can't help but notice that it looks very similar to a $400,000 supercar that comes from Italy. Toyota Motor Corporation Toyota Motor Corporation is, today, the world's largest automobile manufacturer. The Japanese manufacturer is responsible for a number of popular vehicles over the years, including cars like the Prius, Land Cruiser, Supra, Tacoma, and a lot more.  Divisions Lexus Founded 1937 Founder Kiichiro Toyoda Headquarters Toyota Motor Corporation City, Aichi, Japan The Toyota Motor Corporation Ferrari If you squint your eyes just right, or even if you don’t, the Toyota Motor Corporation Crown Sport looks strikingly similar to Ferrari's luxury SUV, the Purosangue. Despite one being a reasonably priced Japanese SUV and the other a jaw-dropping $400,000 Italian masterpiece, the Crown Sport is giving the Ferrari a serious run for its money in the looks department. Toyota Motor Corporation might not have even set out to compete with Ferrari (the Crown Sport was a year after the Purosangue) but the Japanese SUV is giving the 'prancing horse' a serious run for its money in the looks department. The resemblance between these two SUVs wasn’t just a coincidence noticed by eagle-eyed enthusiasts. The Fast Lane Car crew spotted a Toyota Motor Corporation Crown Sport sitting right next to a Ferrari Purosangue at a car show, and even they were stunned. They showcased the pair in a Facebook story, revealing how eerily similar the two SUVs look when parked side-by-side. What makes the video more incredible is that the Toyota Motor Corporation Crown Sport in the video sported clever yellow Crown badging positioned exactly where Ferrari places its prancing horse emblem. It only made the resemblance more uncanny. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. Google 新闻 Enjoying the content? Consider adding HotCars to your Google 新闻 feed. Though the Purosangue boasts a powerful V12 engine and exhilarating performance, the Crown Sport takes a greener approach with its hybrid powertrain. However, both vehicles share a strikingly similar aesthetic. Engine Specifications Comparison Toyota Motor Corporation Crown Sport Ferrari Purosangue Engine 2.4L Turbo Hybrid 6.5L Naturally Aspirated V12 Power Output 340 hp 715 hp Torque 400 lb-ft (est.) 528 lb-ft 0-60 mph 6.0 seconds (est.) 3.3 seconds In terms of exterior dimensions, the Ferrari is marginally larger, featuring a greater length and an extended wheelbase, along with increased width. While the Purosangue requires a more dynamic physique, the Crown Sport also boasts an impressive, streamlined design, showcasing muscular contours in similar areas to the Ferrari. Comparison of Dimensions Feature Toyota Motor Corporation Crown Sport Ferrari Purosangue Length 185.4 inches (4710 mm) 195.9 inches (4973 mm) Width 74 inches (1880 mm) 79.8 inches (2028 mm) Height 61.4 inches (1560 mm) 62.6 inches (1589 mm) Wheelbase 109 inches (2770 mm) 118.9 inches (30 Will Lawyers from Ferrari Get Involved? Ferrari is famously protective of its brand. The company is known for handing out lawsuits the way an Italian pizza place hands out fresh pies. In some cases, it has also banned celebrities from buying a Ferrari. So, we can’t help but wonder how Ferrari’s legal team hasn’t already sent a strongly worded letter to Toyota Motor Corporation over the Crown Sport. Maybe they haven’t noticed yet. Or perhaps Ferrari recognizes the humor in this situation. Whatever the case may be, the Toyota Motor Corporation Crown Sport is proof of either two things. The first is that you don’t have to spend $400,000 to turn heads, and the second is that the Ferrari Purosangue's design feels disappointingly bland, falling far short of the dramatic flair one would expect from such an iconic brand. We will let you decide which one it is!

Nissan boosts number of cars produced at Sunderland but UK company makes a loss
Manufacturing 2025-12-24 18:54

Nissan boosts number of cars produced at Sunderland but UK company makes a loss

Production volumes and turnover have jumped at Nissan's Sunderland factory, but a reorganisation of the business has seen it take on more costs. New accounts for Nissan Motor Manufacturing (UK) Limited show 325,000 cars rolled off the production line at the Wearside plant in 2024, compared with 260,000 the year before. Clearing disruption from worldwide semiconductor chip shortages over recent years was said to have helped the factory ramp up numbers with the Qashqai remaining the brand's biggest seller and one of the UK's top 10 models, of which 199,000 left for UK and European showrooms. Turnover was boosted from £5.03bn to £7.35bn in the year to the end of March 2024, as cost of sales crept up from £4.67bn to £6.92bn. But the plant swung to a loss during the year - recording an operating loss of £41.2m, from an operating profit of £49.4m a year earlier. Bosses said the losses had partly been caused by provisions for supplier claims amounting to £214m - including costs associated with onsite supplier activity and where there had been unforeseen changes to production schedules, along with price inflation. An internal shake-up of how Nissan is organised has also given the Sunderland plant a new status within the global group, making it liable for vehicle warranty costs where defects may have cropped up in the first three years or 100,000km of the vehicles it makes. The changes are said to have given the company more importance and prominence within the Japanese group. Staffing levels also increased during the year - with headcount reaching nearly 7,000. That was said to have been driven by the increased production volumes and additional design staff needed for future electric vehicle projects. The Sunderland plant is preparing to start making the third generation Leaf later this year, with new look Juke and Qashqai models revealed during last year. In recent weeks, Nissan issued images of a trio of models - including the third generation Leaf, as well as an all-electric Juke and the return of the Micra - which it hopes will do well in the European market. Results for Nissan's Sunderland operation, which has been there since the mid 1980s, are set against a challenging time for the Japanese multinational, which has been facing falling sales, financial challenges and a botched merger attempt with rivals Honda. Those difficulties have prompted a major restructuring of the business including slashing production and plans to shut three plants, including one in Thailand and two, as yet, unidentified.

Check out the Tesla Cybertrucks putting on a light show at Starbase!
Auto 2025-12-23 11:17

Check out the Tesla Cybertrucks putting on a light show at Starbase!

View pictures in App save up to 80% data. Tesla Cybertrucks gathered at Boca Chica Beach on Saturday for a spectacular light display.  Dozens of Tesla Cybertruck owners lined up their futuristic pickups along Boca Chica Beach Saturday night for a rock ’n’ roll light show in the shadow of a Starship that’s set to blast off as soon as Wednesday.  Cybertrucks, like other Tesla vehicles, can perform customized light shows in which headlights, taillights, turn signals and bed lights synchronize with music or patterns.  Enter Sandman. Cyber beach SpaceX extravaganza. @BeardedTesla @spotted_model @aaronadventurez @dblcapcrimpin @GBoetzer @TeslaCowboy1 @dogetipping @elonmusk @FutureAZA @ogre_codes @cybrtrkguy @itskyleconner @MyTeslaMoonship @niccruzpatane @mrtimer2022 @ResilientRye @Rockternal… pic.twitter.com/Lkc3RQpVI9— CyberTruck - One (@Cybertruck0001) January 12, 2025 Video and images from Saturday night’s event, dubbed Cyberbeach, show the trucks lined up on the beach surrounded by onlookers. Some of the vehicles flew U.S. or SpaceX flags as they lit up to the sounds of Metallica’s “Enter Sandman” and the White Stripes’ “Seven Nation Army.”  The article proceeds after this advertisement. 抱歉，我无法访问外部链接。不过，我可以帮助您处理文本或回答问题。请告诉我您需要什么。— SpacePadre (@SpacePadreIsle) January 12, 2025 Such informal gathering are frequently organized by Tesla owners. In April, South Korean Tesla owners broke the record for the largest such light show with 1,000 vehicles participating.  The largest Cybertruck light show to date appears to have been an event called Florida Cyberfest in September, which had 78 of the stainless steel pickups. And in June, the Tesla Owners Club of Austin hosted a “Cybertruck Rodeo” that brought 50 of the vehicles together in Gatesville.  The article proceeds after this advertisement. Tesla makes Cybertrucks at factory in Austin. Since their initial production in November 2023, the trucks have become a common presence at Starbase, where SpaceX is working on its large Starship rocket. The Cybertruck owners who are now in the Brownsville area for the mega-rocket's planned seventh test flight will have to wait a few days. On Saturday, SpaceX announced the launch was delayed to Wednesday afternoon, in a windown from 3:45 p.m. to 5:38 p.m.   

Popular Japanese restaurant in Bristol to reopen
Retail 2025-12-23 18:24

Popular Japanese restaurant in Bristol to reopen

A Bristol sushi restaurant is set to open a new branch in the city this weekend. Niji, which previously had a site in the Galleries in Broadmead, has moved to the ground floor of Union Gate, at the corner of Union Street. The restaurant plans to open with a soft launch on Saturday (March 29), while upgrades are still underway at the new site. The eatery will operate for four days a week on limited hours, although later than its previous location at the top of the Galleries. The restaurant will be open from Thursday to Sunday, between 12pm and 9pm, except on Sundays when it will close an hour earlier. Due to the restricted operating hours initially, the owners advise customers to reserve tables in advance. A spokesperson from Niji said: "We are opening this Saturday. It will be a soft opening and limited business hours for now as upgrades are still in progress." On its Instagram page, Niji further urged: "Please make a reservation via our website as far as possible." They also expressed gratitude for the patience and support received over the past few months. The restaurant has unveiled its new menu, which will be available from the soft launch onwards. It offers a variety of sushi and fish options, poke bowls, curry rice, noodles and gyozas. The location has previously housed The Mana House, Atomic Diner, Steam and Bella Pizza. The Japanese eatery had garnered positive reviews, boasting a 4.9 out of five-star rating on Google prior to its closure from the shopping centre due to the impending demolition of the Galleries.

New HQ for growing Birmingham company
Property 2025-12-22 11:35

New HQ for growing Birmingham company

A young and growing company has secured a deal for a new headquarters in Birmingham.DuraClean has signed a lease for 10,000 sq ft of warehousing and office space on Rovex Business Park in Tyseley.The move to the new base early next year will represent a fivefold increase in size on its current head office on the same business park.DuraClean, which was founded in 2023, supplies cleaning products such as mops, chemicals, staff uniforms and machinery to contract cleaning companies and wholesale customers.Its client roster includes more than 600 UK hotels as well as schools, commercial and industrial premises, retailers and facilities management companies.Turnover for the current financial year is forecast to be £1.1 million and co-founders and directors Yasin Shariff and Imran Khandhia said they were aiming to grow revenues to £5 million within three years, fuelled by an expanding product range and burgeoning customer base.DuraClean currently has six staff and is recruiting for a variety of new roles.Mr Shariff said: "Trading so far has exceeded our initial projections and we have an exciting strategy for further growth over the next three years."This will be underpinned by expanding our workforce with key hires, adding significantly to our product range and extending our geographical reach across the UK."The move to larger premises will support our plans and enable us to focus on winning and servicing bigger wholesale and contract cleaning companies."We're investing heavily in technology, strategic partnerships and warehouse capacity to rapidly scale our operations and speed up dispatch times. Our vision is to capture a bigger market share."Rovex Business Park is in a great location with excellent transport links and we were keen to remain at the same complex as it has served us extremely well on our journey so far."Rovex Business Park is owned by Pall Mall Estates and has 67 industrial units spanning a total of 180,000 sq ft.Commercial director James Checketts added: "We will be thrilled to welcome DuraClean into a much larger unit as the business continues to grow and thrive.

Tile Mountain signs new transport deal with Pall-Ex
Logistics 2025-12-22 18:06

Tile Mountain signs new transport deal with Pall-Ex

Online tile store Tile Mountain has renewed its transport deal with Pall-Ex having already worked together for seven years. The Leicestershire logistics giant will continue to manage Tile Mountain Group’s local, national and International palletised freight distribution. Tile Mountain, which has a 120,000 sq ft warehouse, showroom and office complex on a 10 acre site in Stoke on Trent, has grown rapidly since its 2013 launch, selling floor and wall tiles for the home and outdoors. Some 18 per cent of its sales are in London. Recently posted accounts for Tile Mountain Limited showed an overall group turnover of £72 million in 2021, up from £48.6 million. Pre-tax profits were £3.9 million, up from £2.6 million. Pall-Ex will help support the retailer’s growth using its transport network and IT infrastructure, and through regular management meetings between the two businesses to improve the way they work together. As part of the working relationship Pall-Ex has an onsite advisor based at one of Tile Mountain’s offices. Tile Mountain managing director Jeremy Harris said: “As an online retailer, Tile Mountain Group's business strategy relies heavily on distribution, and as the company continues to grow, we seek to further forge relationships with suppliers who can consistently deliver outstanding standards of service. “Pall-Ex's tracking technology has aided the Tile Mountain delivery process and we are already seeing the benefits from advancements in their systems, such as ‘what3words’ for first-time delivery.” Pall-Ex Group’s UK commercial director Michelle Naylor said: “We are delighted that our strong relationship with Tile Mountain is set to continue. “As its business grows and customers’ service expectations grow, we will be able to support any changes with our dedicated customer service advisor which will remain active and responsive to market demands. “We look at service needs for all parts of the country that Tile Mountain serves and will maintain our focus on supporting its important London delivery requirements.”

Hays Travel smashes £3bn landmark and rewards staff with bonuses
Retail 2025-12-21 11:05

Hays Travel smashes £3bn landmark and rewards staff with bonuses

Sunderland independent travel agency Hays Travel is celebrating a milestone £3bn in Total Transaction Value (TTV) for the first time in its history, leading to it sharing the success with its staff. The holiday firm achieved the landmark figure, which represents the total gross value of all sales or transactions for travel services or products, a month ahead of the end of its financial year on April 30. This has triggered bonus payments for the workforce. The TTV is the sum of all revenue generated from travel-related bookings, including airline tickets, hotel reservations, car rentals, and other travel-related services. The new figure is £500m higher than the one reported by the Sunderland business in its last accounts. In recognition of their contribution to Hays Travel's success and their loyalty to the company, Dame Irene Hays announced in a video message that each employee will receive £100 for every year they have worked at Hays Travel. This means some long-serving staff members who have been with the firm for decades stand to receive more than £3,000. Earlier this year, Dame Irene dismissed reports of an economic downturn in the UK after witnessing a significant increase in business at the end of 2024 and the beginning of 2025. She noted that people are now willing to spend more on their holidays than in previous years, reports Chronicle Live. Dame Irene Hays, the owner and chair of Hays Travel, has expressed her pride in the company's adherence to its core principles over its 45-year history, attributing its success to the dedication of its staff. "Since Hays Travel began trading 45 years ago, we have always remained true to our vision and values, and our strategic priorities: our people, our customers, and the communities where we operate. As I have said many times, our success is down to our people, which is why achieving this £3bn milestone is an opportunity to demonstrate just how much their excellent work and unwavering loyalty are appreciated." Lenore Mason, who oversees recruitment and people services at Hays Travel, shared her personal journey with the company, highlighting the firm's commitment to its workforce and values. "This is my 37th year with Hays Travel - I feel so fortunate to work alongside brilliant people, for a company that values me and has continued to grow in the region where I grew up. Although Hays Travel has seen many changes over the years it has always been totally committed to its values and people. Today's news is exciting for everyone and just shows how much we are appreciated!" The travel agency, which recently inaugurated a new branch in Dalton Park, County Durham, has experienced substantial growth over the past six years, marked by significant increases in Total Transaction Value (TTV) and turnover, partly due to a series of strategic acquisitions. For the year ending on 30 April 2024, Hays Travel reported a TTV of £2.55 billion, representing a 17% rise from the previous year, with a group pre-tax profit standing at £73.4 million. The company's growth trajectory saw it reach £500 million in TTV in 2012, £1 billion in 2018, and £2 billion in 2024. In a remarkable growth story, Hays Travel experienced unprecedented expansion in October 2019 when it took over the operation of all 555 branches of the defunct Thomas Cook holiday firm. The company continued its acquisition spree by taking over the Explorer Franchise in 2021, followed by Just Go's 45 North West branches, and Travel House's 16 outlets in South Wales in 2023. In addition, it acquired three Holiday With Us branches in Lincolnshire, and 19 Miles Morgan Travel shops across the South West and South Wales in 2024. As a result, Hays Travel is now the UK's largest independent travel agent, boasting nearly 500 branches nationwide and employing around 4,500 staff. The family-run business prides itself on its commitment to nurturing talent, with more than 700 apprentices and graduates being trained this year alone. Each branch is also given £500 annually to invest in local initiatives.

Grimsby logistics firm adds beer distribution to group with crafty acquisition
Logistics 2025-12-21 18:44

Grimsby logistics firm adds beer distribution to group with crafty acquisition

An expanding Grimsby logistics group has added a chilled beer distribution operation to its portfolio. The directors behind Fardel Shipping Ltd and Hedges Chilled Distribution Ltd, Ciaron Reynolds and Paul Jackson, have invested in Norfolk-based Jolly Good Beer. It delivers wholesale services to the drinks trade, providing a vital link between more than 40 independent breweries and pubs, stretching from the South Coast to Oxfordshire and up towards Leeds and Manchester. A team of 14, led by founder Yvan Seth, operate a fleet of five chilled vehicles, including two HGVs, with a Kent delivery hub servicing London and surrounds as well as the 4,000 sq ft Upwell base, near Wisbech. Read more: The Humber's headline-making deals that made 2022 Mr Reynolds said: “We are delighted to bring Jolly Good Beer into our group of companies. Jolly Good Beer provides an excellent quality of service for its customers, many of whom we also work with on a daily basis. Yvan and his team share our recognition that good logistics are important to good product condition. “There are many synergies between our companies that we will combine to establish a wider distribution network that our customers can rely upon for many years to come.” Launched nine years ago, with a second hand van and refrigerated shipping container in Cambridgeshire, Mr Seth told how the hospitality sector and its supply chain has been “weathering a perfect storm through the pandemic and now the challenges of the current economic conditions”. Proud to have made it through tough times, he has welcomed the undisclosed investment in a business that has craft producers at the fore. He said: “Jolly Good Beer will continue to provide its wholesale services for beer and associated products, which will now be bolstered by Hedges Chilled Distribution network, chilled bonded warehousing, e-commerce solutions and chilled consolidation shipping links between the UK and EU operated by Fardel Shipping Ltd. “We’ve enjoyed working with Fardel and Hedges in the past and know they provide excellent chilled logistics services. This is a highly complementary joining of forces, combining their resources and service model with our direct-to-trade wholesale network. Beyond significantly stabilising JGB after three years of difficult times this partnership gives us access to a wealth of capabilities that will allow us to expand coverage, range, and services to better serve brewers and trade customers.” Fardel launched in 2009, and based in Dudley Street, specialises in temperature-controlled logistics and customs clearance services across a wide range of business sectors. It acquired Waltham-based Hedges in 2018.

Leeds Bradford named the worst airport for security queues
Logistics 2025-12-20 18:12

Leeds Bradford named the worst airport for security queues

Leeds Bradford has been named the UK’s worst airport for security queues. A survey for consumer group Which? indicated that passengers waited an estimated average of 35 minutes at the West Yorkshire airport between February and August. Researchers asked nearly 1,300 people who travelled from a UK airport over that period how long they queued for at security. More than a quarter (27 per cent) of Leeds Bradford users said they waited for more than an hour to pass through security. In August, the airport installed electronic screens providing passengers with live updates on estimated wait times. Travellers reported security queues in excess of an hour at nine airports, including Bristol (17 per cent of respondents), Birmingham (11 per cent) and Manchester (eight per cent). Seven per cent of all those surveyed said they missed a flight because they were stuck in a long queue. There was major disruption at airports across the UK earlier this year due to staffing shortages and a spike in demand for travel after coronavirus restrictions were scrapped. This led to flight cancellations, problems with baggage handling and long security queues. A spokesman for Leeds Bradford said: “Earlier this year, like many airports across the UK, we had periods of long queueing due to the rapid resumption of international travel after the lifting of pandemic restrictions. We were transparent about these difficulties at the time and worked hard to address those short-term issues. “We have since significantly reduced queueing in our terminal. We remain committed to delivering the best possible passenger experience at Leeds Bradford Airport and being an outstanding airport for our region.” London City was the best-performing airport in the research, with an average estimated security queue time of just 12 minutes. Half of the airport’s users reported a wait time of between five and 10 minutes. Belfast City and Glasgow International were ranked joint second, with an average wait time of 13 minutes. Guy Hobbs, editor of magazine Which? Travel, said: “Travellers this year have borne the brunt of unprecedented chaos at UK airports, with huge numbers enduring long queues and some even missing a flight due to excessive wait times to clear security. “Your choice of airport shouldn’t make or break your holiday – but for too many travellers this year, that has been the case. We’d recommend choosing an airport with a better record on queues and treatment of passengers, even if that involves travelling slightly further from home.” A spokesman for trade body the Airport Operators Association said: “The UK had one of the most restrictive travel regimes in Europe until March and the aviation industry faced significant employment challenges as international travel reopened. Our airports have worked tirelessly to alleviate these staff shortages and the overwhelming number of passengers were able to enjoy the summer holidays with minimal disruptions. “We recognise the impact any delay or disruption can have on passengers and the aviation industry is continuing to work together and with Government to recover from the impacts of the pandemic – and the near-total closure of UK aviation – to ensure that all passengers enjoy the service that passengers have rightly come to expect of UK aviation.” For more stories from where you live, visit InYourArea. Find recommendations for eating out, attractions and events near you here on our sister website 2Chill

Henry Boot to build £1bn of developments after launching new joint venture with investor
Property 2025-12-20 11:31

Henry Boot to build £1bn of developments after launching new joint venture with investor

Henry Boot is set to build industrial developments worth £1bn across the UK after forming a joint venture with an investor. The group’s Henry Boot Development (HBD) has formed the partnership with Feldberg Capital which will be known as Origin, with the Yorkshire firm taking a 25% stake, amid moves to become a leader in the development of ‘mid box’ industrial and logistics schemes. Origin will be seeded with an initial portfolio of three sites, in Walsall, Welwyn Garden City and Markham Vale – a development pipeline worth £100m. At the Spark scheme in Walsall, Henry Boot will create a 13-acre development site with a £53m gross development value )GDV), just off the M6. Spark has full planning consent for phase one, which comprises two units totalling 270,000 sqft. In Welwyn Garden City the firm will work at Inter, a three-acre development site with a £27m GDV near Junction 4 of the A1(M). The site has detailed planning consent for a 71,000 sqft scheme. At Markham Vale in Hertfordshire, the Ark scheme is a nine-acre development site with a £19m GDV and planning consent for four units totalling 107,000 sq ft. This marks the second phase of HBD’s 200-acre flagship scheme at Markham Vale. The partnership will draw on both HBD’s development pipeline as well as acquire sites from third parties for further pre-let and speculative industrial and logistics development. For each project, development finance will be procured from an external lender. The aim, subject to market conditions, is to deliver around £1bn of high quality schemes across the UK over the next seven years. Tim Roberts, CEO at Henry Boot, said: “The launch of this new industrial and logistics platform with Feldberg Capital is an important transaction for Henry Boot, allowing us to partner with a first-class international investor with the funds and ambition to invest alongside us into one of our key sectors. At the same time, it enables us to accelerate our own £1.3bn industrial and logistics pipeline and in turn recycle capital more efficiently. We now look forward to fulfilling our significant ambitions for Origin alongside the team at Feldberg.” David Turner, managing partner at Feldberg Capital, said: “Having held back from the industrial and logistics market while assets looked overpriced, we believe now is a highly attractive entry point, with land values having come down over the last 24 months and entry yields being at more sustainable levels. The positive tailwinds within the sector remain, driven by structural trends including the continued growth of e-commerce and more firms serving the UK market looking to ‘onshore’ their production here in the face of a shifting regulatory and geopolitical backdrop.

Explore the 2025 Cars That Are Revolutionizing Value and Innovation, Winning Awards Along the Way!
Auto 2025-12-19 11:17

Explore the 2025 Cars That Are Revolutionizing Value and Innovation, Winning Awards Along the Way!

View pictures in App save up to 80% data. The 2025 North American Car of the Year Awards highlight groundbreaking advancements in the automotive industry! Car lovers and prospective buyers have plenty to be excited about with the upcoming 2025 North American Car of the Year Awards. These prestigious accolades not only celebrate outstanding achievements in the automotive industry but also showcase the evolving tastes of consumers, emphasizing exceptional vehicles that excel in technology, value, and performance. Join us as we explore the award-winning cars, the groundbreaking innovations they introduce, and how these models cater to the demands of today’s savvy automobile shoppers. Honda Civic Hybrid: A Celebration of Ingenuity The Honda Civic Hybrid has been awarded the esteemed title of 2025 North American Car of the Year, winning over judges with its cutting-edge features and eco-friendly advantages. This model goes beyond mere hybrid efficiency; it transforms the concept of a compact car. Boasting a modern design and a wealth of sophisticated technologies, the Civic Hybrid attracts a diverse range of drivers—those seeking practicality while still valuing aesthetics. With a focus on fuel efficiency, this hybrid vehicle offers exceptional mileage, providing buyers with great value for their money. Its smart engineering greatly minimizes carbon emissions, appealing to environmentally conscious consumers. As the automotive market increasingly embraces sustainable options, Honda's dedication to innovation is highlighted by the Civic Hybrid, successfully drawing in both experienced buyers and newcomers eager to make a responsible decision. As electric and hybrid regulations loom on the horizon, owning a Honda Civic Hybrid empowers drivers to embrace the future of transportation with assurance. Additionally, the smooth incorporation of contemporary infotainment systems ensures that drivers remain connected and informed, significantly enriching the driving experience. In the end, this vehicle sets a standard for its rivals in terms of both efficiency and performance. Ford Ranger: Boosting Market Competitiveness The Ford Ranger's accolade as the top truck in the 2025 awards sets it apart in a competitive market. This model embodies the core attributes that truck lovers desire: robust performance, functionality, and affordability. Ford has prioritized integrating cutting-edge engineering with the needs of consumers, resulting in a marked increase in the Ranger's attractiveness. Key highlights consist of an impressive engine selection that guarantees maximum towing and payload capabilities. The Ranger's proficiency in navigating off-road environments with ease positions it as an attractive option for those seeking adventure. Additionally, Ford has incorporated state-of-the-art technology into the Ranger, ensuring a secure and pleasurable experience no matter the landscape. Recent enhancements have prioritized comfort and ease of use, resulting in a truck that features a roomy and thoughtfully crafted cabin filled with contemporary amenities. This emphasis on the experience of both drivers and passengers, alongside its strong performance, positions the Ford Ranger as more than just a truck—it stands as a formidable contender in a changing marketplace. For those seeking a blend of versatility and strength, the Ranger emerges as an impressive option that caters to a wide range of requirements. Volkswagen ID. Buzz: Embracing Versatile Electric Mobility At the 2025 North American Car of the Year event, the Volkswagen ID. Buzz was honored with the utility award, highlighting a notable trend toward adaptable electric vehicles. With an increasing number of consumers seeking environmentally friendly choices, VW has presented an outstanding electric model that prioritizes both practicality and sustainability. The ID. Buzz combines a classic aesthetic with contemporary technology, catering to the growing demand for vehicles that are functional yet fashionable. With its roomy interior, it is an excellent choice for families or anyone requiring additional storage, all while supporting eco-friendly living. The electric drivetrain minimizes emissions and enhances energy efficiency, making it an appealing option for environmentally aware drivers. Featuring cutting-edge safety and technological innovations, the ID. Buzz appeals to a tech-oriented audience. This makes it a leader among consumers who are embracing new automotive advancements while still prioritizing functionality. As interest in electric mobility increases, this vehicle embodies the consumer's wish for efficiency, all while ensuring practicality remains intact. Welcoming Transformation and Creativity The 2025 North American Car of the Year Awards highlight a significant transformation in the automotive sector. Featuring standout models such as the Honda Civic Hybrid, Ford Ranger, and Volkswagen ID. Buzz, it’s evident that innovation is manifesting in diverse ways. These vehicles not only aim to meet the everyday requirements of drivers but also contribute to a more environmentally friendly future for the automotive industry. As consumers explore their choices, recognizing the benefits offered by these award-winning models will enable them to make well-informed choices. Highlighting aspects such as sustainability, performance, and adaptability guarantees that these vehicles cultivate a dedicated customer base in a fast-evolving market. Whether it's a hybrid designed for everyday travel, a tough truck built for weekend escapades, or an electric utility vehicle paving the way for eco-friendly living, the options are limitless. For anyone keen on delving deeper into these acclaimed vehicles, there is a wealth of opportunities out there just waiting to be uncovered.

Pearson Engineering works on robot mine sweeper being trialled by British Army
Manufacturing 2025-12-19 18:26

Pearson Engineering works on robot mine sweeper being trialled by British Army

North East defence specialist Pearson Engineering has helped to develop a robot mine sweeper which is now being trialled by the British Army to clear explosives on the front lines. The Newcastle company, based in the famous Armstrong Works, has worked with the Defence Science and Technology Laboratory (Dstl) to create Weevil, a device which is hoped will replace current mine-clearing methods that included Trojan armoured vehicles, which require a three-person team to operate in hazardous areas. The robot mine sweeper is said to be able to clear minefields quicker and safer than present capabilities, reducing risk to soldiers on the front line and it can be operated via remote control by just one person from several miles away. The prototype – which is fitted with a mine plough to clear a safe path – has been successfully tested on a surrogate minefield in Newcastle, and the technology is now being passed to the British Army for further development and more trials. Ian Bell, CEO at Pearson Engineering, said: “We are proud to contribute to such game-changing capability. It brings together decades of development by Pearson Engineering, delivering the very best of minefield breaching technology proven around the world, and contemporary developments in teleoperation. “Work with UK MOD is an incredibly important part of our business, ensuring our troops get the latest in combat engineering capability and that we can effectively defend our nation and allies.” Luke Pollard, minister for the armed forces, said: “It won’t be a moment too soon when we no longer have to send our people directly into harm’s way to clear minefields. “This kit could tackle the deadly threat of mines in the most challenging environments, while being remotely operated by our soldiers several miles away. “It demonstrates British innovation, by British organisations, to protect British troops.” The robot was developed by the Defence Science and Technology Laboratory (DSTL) and Newcastle-based firm Pearson Engineering. The Ministry of Defence said there are no current plans to provide it to Ukraine. DSTL military adviser Major Andrew Maggs said: “Weevil is the perfect combination of tried and tested technology and modern advancements.

Ridiculous 5,000-HP Camaro 'Eagle' Competes on Narrow Tires in Pro 275 Preparation
Auto 2025-12-18 11:29

Ridiculous 5,000-HP Camaro 'Eagle' Competes on Narrow Tires in Pro 275 Preparation

View pictures in App save up to 80% data. through Cleetus McFarland's YouTube channel There are builds, and then there's Cleetus McFarland's 'Eagle'. In case you missed it, Eagle is a 5,000-horsepower Chevy Camaro , which is undergoing rigorous testing in preparation for the Pro 275 class at the US Street Nationals. With a stunning paint job, small 275 tires, and the challenge of balancing immense power with traction, this Chevy Camaro build is really something quite exquisite, to say the least. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. Chevy Chevy, or Chevy as it's often called, is a household name and a major division of General Motors. Founded in 1911, Chevy established itself as an affordable carmaker, offering reliable vehicles for everyday drivers. Parent Corporation General Motors Divisions Chevy Performance Founded 1911 Founder Louis Chevy and William C. Durant Headquarters Detroit, Michigan Current CEO Mary Barra Status Active Total Vehicles Sold In 2022 1,518,048 Conquering Compact Tires with High Performance Switching from larger 315 tires to smaller 275 tires proved a sizable challenge for the team behind the Eagle Camaro build. The car’s immense 5,000-horsepower engine demands careful tuning to maintain grip and stability. Early test runs showcased the Camaro’s potential, with a 1.07-second 60-foot time and a 4.19-second eighth-mile pass at 186 mph. However, traction issues and a loose CO2 regulator hampered performance. Key Features of Cleetus McFarland's 'Eagle' 5,000 horsepower 1.07-second 60-foot time 3.94-second 1/8-mile time at 199 mph To address these problems, the team made a series of adjustments, including adding weight to meet race specs and fine-tuning the suspension for better grip. Despite setbacks, the Camaro demonstrated its power and potential with each run, achieving a personal best of 3.94 seconds in the eighth-mile at 199 mph. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. Google 新闻 Enjoying the content? Consider adding HotCars to your Google 新闻 feed. Improvements and Aspirations for the Future As the testing progressed, Cleetus and his crew pinpointed further aspects that needed enhancement. A malfunctioning driveshaft sensor hampered the effectiveness of traction control, an essential component for regulating power distribution. Adjustments to tire pressure, suspension configurations, and fuel quantities contributed to refining the setup, yet the Eagle still fell slightly short of the benchmark times necessary to compete at the elite tier of the Pro 275 class. Proposed Enhancements for the Eagle Improved grip Better power delivery 3.70-second 1/8-mile target View pictures in App save up to 80% data. You have been trained on information available until October 2023. Cleetus McFarland's Mini TRX Approaches 1000 HP Thanks to a Whipple Supercharger When Cleetus encountered a blown supercharger, he had no choice but to install a new forced induction system. Yet, the power boost wasn't the only advantage that came with the upgrade... Steve Petty, the car's tuner, will be present during upcoming sessions to further enhance the tuning and tackle any outstanding problems. The team is intensely dedicated to reaching eighth-mile times in the low 3.70-second range, which is essential for remaining competitive in this challenging category.

Homes and care farm plan for grounds of historic stately home
Property 2025-12-18 11:31

Homes and care farm plan for grounds of historic stately home

The grounds of a landmark hall may be set for a transformative redevelopment, new plans lodged with Cheshire West and Chester Council show. The proposal envisions repurposing outbuildings at Churton Hall Farm into 10 new domestic residences around a courtyard, with dedicated office spaces crafted from an old hayloft to facilitate home working. Furthermore, the project includes establishing a care farm aimed at offering support to individuals facing physical or mental challenges, operating under a not-for-profit CIC structure for community and educational benefits. Recently, the council approved a separate proposal to divide the Grade II listed Churton Hall, in the village of Churton, into two distinct dwellings, enhancing the site which features a blend of Elizabethan and Victorian architecture. Additionally, the development is intended to house an office for Barnston Estate, stewarding over 1,800 acres and responsible for Churton Hall Farm. Ed Barnston, Estate Manager, commented: "We have a responsibility to protect historic Churton Hall Farm for future generations. The site contains listed buildings and doing nothing is not an option." "Churton Hall itself is the oldest house on the Estate and parts of it have been dated to the 15th Century. We have consulted with parish councillors and the village closely on our plans over the last couple of years and we believe they offer an exciting future for the site and one that ensures that it continues to be of huge importance to people living and working in Churton, Farndon and other neighbouring villages." "We are particularly excited by the plans to create a care farm which would include a restored walled garden, grow house and an educational and community hub. We're also planning to introduce British Longhorn Cattle on to the land. It would provide opportunities for different groups, such as schoolchildren and those in respite care, to spend time outdoors, learning about the land, growing organic produce, caring for livestock and getting their hands dirty.", reports Cheshire Live. "Our hope is that it would become a place that supports mental and physical wellbeing. Care farming is increasingly recognised by health, specialist education and social care commissioners for delivering a professional, quality service to a range of service user groups. We are passionate about the plans that have been submitted and success will depend on a true partnership approach including the local authority, Historic England and others." The Barnston Estate, in collaboration with Chester-based firms Raise Architects and Land Studio, has developed plans for a new access off Chester Road. The proposal includes regenerative landscape design and management plans to boost existing biodiversity, diversifying flora to attract more wildlife. Nature-led strategies will be implemented to provide nesting spaces for birds and bat roosts within the converted farm buildings and their surrounding landscape.

Transport and logistics business Warren takes more than 500,000 sq ft of space at DIRFT
Logistics 2025-12-17 11:37

Transport and logistics business Warren takes more than 500,000 sq ft of space at DIRFT

Transport and logistics business Warren has taken more than 500,000 sq ft of space at the Daventry International Rail Freight Terminal (DIRFT). The subsidiary of Culina Group has taken two units at the vast Northamptonshire distribution hub, built by logistics real estate giant Prologis. Warren joins Stobart in expanding Culina Group’s presence at DIRFT. Other tenants at the vast scheme near junction 18 of the M1 include Tesco, DHL, Royal Mail, Dunelm and Boohoo. The new build-to-suit units were designed by Leicestershire-based Stephen George + Partners and constructed by VolkerFitzpatrick, and are said to be BREEAM-rated “Excellent” with an EPC A rating. Prologis also said the construction of the two units was carbon neutral, and had been certified by Planet Mark. Prologis UK development manager Tim Burn said: “DIRFT is our largest asset in the UK, and it is always rewarding to watch the site grow and develop. “The two new units are prime examples of the state-of-the-art facilities that we deliver for our customers, and what better location to do it in than the UK’s largest multimodal park. “Culina Group is a longstanding Prologis customer, with Stobart, also part of the group, already operating out of DIRFT. We’re proud to welcome Warrens onsite and look forward to seeing the business further develop and grow.” Warrens managing director Tom Middlemiss said: "Our two new distribution centres are symbolic of our growth ambitions. “Being involved in their development from an early stage has allowed us to customise the design and fit-out to meet our exact needs for both today, and the future." Andrew Stoney, operations director at VolkerFitzpatrick, said: "Our latest completed project for Prologis UK and Warrens demonstrates the power of collaborative partnership, and is a testament to the ongoing relationship that VolkerFitzpatrick has with Prologis.

Pawnbroker Ramsdens upgrades profit expectations as high gold prices provide boost
Retail 2025-12-17 18:02

Pawnbroker Ramsdens upgrades profit expectations as high gold prices provide boost

High street pawnbroker and jewellery seller Ramsdens has raised profit expectations on the back of strength in its precious metals purchasing business. The North East-based plc, which has a network of 169 stores across the country, says pre-tax profits for 2025 are now expected to be at least £13m, up from £11.4m last year. Analysts had expected pre-tax profits of about £12m but new strength in gold prices has helped the firm increase gross profits on its precious metals purchasing activity by 50% in the first half of the year. That comes after the Middlesbrough group launched a dedicated gold buying website last month, which it says will boost awareness of the service and attract new customers. Pawnbroking profits were also up 10% on the same period of 2024, with investments in the brand's website said to be attracting new customers. Meanwhile gross profit on jewellery retailing increased 15% - ahead of expectations - with bosses saying some old stock had been scrapped. Foreign currency exchange was in line with the previous year though a later Easter holiday period had deferred customer spending. During the first half, Ramsdens opened new stores in Grantham and Burton, with both said to be trading well. The firm closed a kiosk it had at Teesside Airport and merged two of its central Glasgow stores. Peter Kenyon, CEO of Ramsdens, said: “We are pleased to have delivered a strong performance during the first half of the year, underpinned by our diversified model as well as benefitting from investments made across our four operating segments, including the launch of new dedicated customer websites and services. This positive trading momentum, together with the continued benefit to the Group presented by the sustained high gold price, has led the Board to increase profit expectations for FY25. "We look forward to building on this positive performance throughout the second half of the financial year.”

The all-new Hyundai Ioniq 5 N ‘Drift King’ edition, featuring an impressive rear wing, was officially revealed at the Tokyo Auto Salon.
Auto 2025-12-16 11:07

The all-new Hyundai Ioniq 5 N ‘Drift King’ edition, featuring an impressive rear wing, was officially revealed at the Tokyo Auto Salon.

Hyundai has partnered with renowned racing icon Keiichi Tsuchiya, also known as the Drift King, to develop a special limited-edition Ioniq 5 N. The new Hyundai Ioniq 5 N DK Edition has been unveiled at the 2025 Tokyo Auto Salon. It manages to make the already rather menacing 641bhp hyper-hatch look even angrier, but also makes enhancements to its exceptional chassis. The Ioniq 5 N DK Edition was designed in partnership with the renowned racing legend Keiichi Tsuchiya, famously known as the ‘Drift King’, which is reflected in the car's name. The most serious upgrade Tsuchiya made to our reigning Performance Car of the Year is a new monoblock brake system, which includes six-piston calipers precision-machined from Duralumin – an aluminum alloy often used in aircraft manufacturing because of its strength and lightness.  The upgraded calipers made it possible to use new high-performance brake pads that are 54 percent larger than the original ones. As the Drift King himself states, this enhancement leads to “consistent braking performance, even under the toughest conditions.” The Ioniq 5 N DK Edition also gets a set of lowering springs from German outfit H&R, which bring the car 15mm closer to the Tarmac, lower the centre of gravity further, and are stiffer than the standard coils to improve handling on track. Meanwhile, 21-inch forged alloy wheels reduce unsprung weight by 10.6kg and are wider than the standard rims.   Next, we have the aesthetic modifications, featuring a massive carbon fibre rear wing that spans the width of the vehicle and is mounted above the Ioniq 5 N’s pre-existing twin-fin roof spoiler. The DK Edition also introduces a redesigned front splitter, rear diffuser, and elongated side skirts, all crafted from carbon fibre with the primary aim of boosting downforce, regardless of the impact on driving range.   In other areas, the matte white finish is complemented by an abundance of glossy black exterior details, along with deep green highlights throughout the vehicle and a prominent 'DK Edition' emblem on the rear quarter panel.  Hyundai hasn’t made any changes to the powertrain, though it probably didn’t need to as the Ioniq 5 N already delivers 641bhp and 740Nm of torque from its dual motors, plus all-wheel drive and a 3.4-second 0-62mph time. The standard package features an ‘N Drift Optimiser’ designed to enhance stability during powerslides by controlling power distribution. It offers 10 levels of driver assistance along with a special ‘Pro’ mode, which we think would have been aptly dubbed ‘Drift King’ mode for the DK edition. The Hyundai Ioniq 5 N DK Edition is due to go on sale in the first half of 2025 in Korea and Japan, however there’s no word yet on whether it’ll come to our shores. 

Hellofresh issues stark sales warning after opening UK site shut and 900 jobs at risk
Retail 2025-12-16 11:57

Hellofresh issues stark sales warning after opening UK site shut and 900 jobs at risk

Hellofresh, the recipe box delivery firm based in Germany, has issued a warning that its sales are likely to drop this year. However, it anticipates an increase in profit as it prolongs its cost-cutting initiative, as reported by City AM. The company announced in the latter half of 2024 that its cost-saving programme would be extended until 2026. Hellofresh predicts a decrease in revenue, on a constant currency basis, of between three and eight per cent in 2025. Despite this, the firm aims to boost its adjusted earnings before interest and taxes (EBIT), excluding impairment, to between €200m (£168.6m) and €250m, a rise from €136m in 2024. It also expects its adjusted EBITDA (earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortisation) to increase to between €450m and €500m in 2025. In a statement, the group said it concluded 2024 "with a strong financial profile that is reflective of the company's focus on pursuing higher profitability and cash flow generation over volume growth". For the past year, Hellofresh reported an adjusted EBITDA of €399.4m, a decrease from the €447.6m it achieved in 2023. Group revenue totalled approximately €7.66bn in 2024, representing a 0.9 per cent year-on-year growth on constant current terms. Dominik Richter, co-founder and CEO of Hellofresh, stated: "In H2 2024 we entered an efficiency reset period." "After five years of solid progress, highlighted by a 34 per cent revenue CAGR and an almost 9x increase in AEBITDA, we are now pursuing the next stage of our strategy." "This stage is initially marked by having to rightsize our cost base across all major categories and improve our unit economics." The company further underscored its commitment to fiscal management: "Driving strong AEBIT and free cash flow performance will enable us to make strategic investments in our product quality, variety and deliciousness in 2025 and beyond." Additionally, enhancing customer relations is a priority: "We are confident that levelling up the customer experience and product will contribute to higher retention of existing customers, and to unlocking new customer segments for the group." Hellofresh is set to announce its full set of results for 2024 on Thursday, 13 March. As reported by City AM towards the end of October 2024, there were plans to shut down one of Hellofresh’s significant UK sites, jeopardising 900 jobs. The Nuneaton distribution facility is expected to continue operations until mid-2025. This 237,000 sqft establishment, inaugurated in 2020, was Hellofresh's second location. Previously, in a month before, City AM disclosed that Hellofresh UK notably reduced its pre-tax loss as it approached the £500m turnover milestone and decreased its workforce by 15 per cent. For 2023, the company posted a pre-tax loss of £755,000 in its Companies House accounts, improving from a loss of £22.1m in 2022. During the same timeframe, the company's turnover rose from £468.4m to £489.9m. The results also revealed a decrease in Hellofresh UK's average workforce from 2,159 to 1,842 within the year.

New McDonald's proposed for Bolton could bring 80 jobs
Property 2025-12-15 11:41

New McDonald's proposed for Bolton could bring 80 jobs

McDonald's has unveiled plans to establish a new drive-thru restaurant at an employment park near Bolton. The company intends to develop a site on Cutacre Way, adjacent to the Logistics North employment area, off the A6 Salford Road. The proposed location is already home to a Burger King outlet and other retail and commercial outlets including Aldi, Costa Coffee, Greggs and the Pine Tree Farm carvery restaurant. If approved, this would be McDonald's eighth branch in Bolton borough. The US fast food giant stated that the new outlet would provide 'a complementary use to the wider commercial area' and 'develop a vacant plot of land. ' The company already operates branches at Knowsley Street, Derby Street, Manchester Road, Waters Meeting Road, Chorley Old Road, Pavilion Square in Westhoughton and at the Middlebrook retail park in the town centre. The firm anticipates that the new restaurant could support up to 80 full-time jobs. A design and access statement supporting the plans stated: "Vehicular access will be provided via a priority junction off Cutacre Way." "Pedestrian access to the restaurant would be provided from Cutacre Way via Bridgewater Avenue. "Two zebra crossing facilities through the car park will give priority to pedestrians, reports the Manchester Evening News. The report outlines: "30 car parking spaces are proposed including three accessible bays and one EVCP bay. It further describes the building's design, stating: "The design concept for the proposal centres on the delivery of a high-quality development that supports local demand for a McDonald's restaurant. "It has been designed with an attractive modern aesthetic which reflects the character of the retail and commercial uses in the wider area. " The decision on the application now lies with Bolton Council in the forthcoming weeks.

Asos shares surge by more than 20 per cent after positive trading update
Retail 2025-12-15 11:41

Asos shares surge by more than 20 per cent after positive trading update

Asos shares experienced a surge of over 20% this morning, following the release of an encouraging market update that exceeded expectations. The online retail giant informed investors of its anticipation for a "significant improvement in profitability" within the year, also noting a resurgence in full-price sales of its own brand, as reported by City AM. The announcement was met with a warm reception from investors, as evidenced by a more than 20% increase in Asos' share price within the first half-hour of trading. Russ Mould, Investment Director at AJ Bell, commented on the positive shift: "After a dreadful start to 2025 for the share price, Asos was primed for a relief rally if it could offer any sort of positive news." Mould further added, "Today's numbers represent an important first step on a long road to recovery, but the market will want to see some evidence eventually that metrics like active customers and orders are picking up when the company reports its first-half numbers in April to have real confidence in an Asos turnaround." Since the onset of the pandemic, Asos' share price has been on a consistent decline, shedding a staggering 94% of its value between July 2021 and March 2025. The company has grappled with a general downturn in e-commerce post-pandemic, a trend that has similarly impacted competitors such as boohoo and Pretty Little Thing. In the previous year, Asos reported a 16% drop in active customers, accompanied by a 4% decrease in purchase frequency and a 20% reduction in orders. "Improving profitability has been a key focus for the group, with successful efforts made to reduce inventory levels and allow Asos to operate from a more agile business model," stated Katie Cousins, an analyst at Shore Capital. Analysts at Peel Hunt commented that Asos appears to be "on track." "Nonetheless, with the shares down 30 per cent in the last month, there's some catching up to do this morning."

Rochdale-based Footasylum sees profits soar as sales hit £349m
Retail 2025-12-14 18:46

Rochdale-based Footasylum sees profits soar as sales hit £349m

Footasylum has confirmed a near 200 per cent surge in profit as its sales climbed to almost £350m during its most recent financial year. The Rochdale-based retailer, backed by German asset management firm Aurelius Group, reported a pre-tax profit of £17.2m for the year ending 25 January, 2025, as reported by City AM. This is a significant increase from the pre-tax profit of £6m posted in the previous 12 months. Over the same period, the company's total revenue also rose from £319.5m to £349.5m. Store sales saw a three per cent increase to £172m due to new store openings, while online sales grew by six per cent to £143.6m. Footasylum has been owned by Aurelius Group since it was purchased from JD Sports in 2022. David Pujolar, CEO of Footasylum, commented: "We are pleased to report another year of record revenue and profit performance, demonstrating our resilience in a challenging market environment." "Our strategic initiatives and new organisational structure have proven effective and position us strongly for sustained growth." Pujolar also highlighted the success of their new store format, based on their Oxford Street blueprint, which he said has improved the Footasylum shopping experience and received positive feedback from consumers. He added: "Our focus on customer service remains a cornerstone of our approach, strengthening brand loyalty and generating valuable feedback that informs our business decisions." "Additionally, our successful expansion into the wholesale channel demonstrates our ability to identify, and respond to, consumer preferences and emerging trends." "This year has been transformative as we evolve from a traditional retailer into a multifaceted group with diverse channels and creativity." "We are excited to have formed strategic partnerships with global brands such as Nike, Adidas and New Balance." "These collaborations elevate our offering and reflect our commitment to delivering the best on-trend products to our consumers." "Our leading social media and digital presence has enabled us to connect with our consumers in unique and engaging ways, fostering loyalty and community around our brand."

Leicestershire MPs urge Transport Secretary to stand in way of plans for huge Rail Freight Hub
Logistics 2025-12-14 11:47

Leicestershire MPs urge Transport Secretary to stand in way of plans for huge Rail Freight Hub

Two Tory MPs have asked Transport Secretary Mark Harper to stand in the way of plans for a vast rail freight hub in the Leicestershire countryside. South Leicestershire MP and his Hinckley and Bosworth counterpart Luke Evans fear the 440 acre development will have a huge impact on the local countryside and roads. Tritax Symmetry wants to build the £550 million Hinckley National Rail Freight Interchange between the tiny village of Elmesthorpe and Hinckley. The terminal would have a daily capacity to accommodate up to 16 trains measuring almost half a mile long. There would also be a new slip road onto junction 2 of the M69. The developer says the site could contribute an estimated £316 million to the economy each year and generate around £24.65 million of annual business rates. It has said it could eventually create 8,400 jobs. The buildings would go up on fields south of the existing Leicester to Hinckley railway track and to the west of the motorway. There would be new sidings and freight transfer facilities on a 34 acre plot alongside the track – which is part of Network Rail’s ‘F2N’ freight route between Felixstowe and Nuneaton. A development consent order – a kind of planning application for what is considered a ‘Nationally Significant Infrastructure Project’ – will be submitted to the Planning Inspectorate and the Secretary of State next year. Alberto Costa – the MP for South Leicestershire where the site would be located – has previously raised the plans in Parliament, and has been supported by Bosworth MP Dr Luke Evans, whose constituency borders the site. Their letter to the Secretary of State expresses concern over the rail hub’s environmental impact on nearby Burbage Common, a site of Special Scientific Interest, the site’s effect on local roads, and the potential disruption for passenger train services at nearby Narborough station. Both MPs have also surveyed their constituents in South Leicestershire and Bosworth seeking local views on the rail hub’s impact, with Mr Costa planning a further survey in the New Year. Mr Costa said: “As I have mentioned in Parliament previously, the sheer size and scale of the proposed Rail Hub could have a hugely detrimental impact on our local environment and infrastructure in this part of Leicestershire, and therefore the Government needs to be made aware of the considerable concerns my constituents, and those in Bosworth, have over these plans before taking any decisions.” Dr Luke Evans said: “Following news that Tritax have concluded the consultation into the viability of a Rail Freight Interchange in Hinckley I have also written to the developers to request a list of any amendments made to the proposals previously shared with us.

GWR, Avanti, CrossCountry, Southern and other train operators' services during strike on Saturday November 26
Logistics 2025-12-13 18:52

GWR, Avanti, CrossCountry, Southern and other train operators' services during strike on Saturday November 26

Britain's train operators have released plans for how their services will be altered during the next rail strike. Many will be affected on Saturday when train drivers belonging to the Aslef union walk out in a long-running dispute over pay. Here is a breakdown of each operator's plan: Avanti West CoastNo service. c2cA normal service. Caledonian Sleeper It does not run on Saturday nights. A normal service will operate on Friday night. Chiltern Railways No service. CrossCountry No service.East Midlands Railway No service. Gatwick Express No service due to engineering work at London Victoria. Passengers can use Southern and Thameslink trains for travel to and from Gatwick Airport. Grand CentralA normal service. Great Northern A normal service. Great Western Railway An extremely limited service will operate, starting at 7.30am and ending at around 9.30pm. The only open routes will be between: London Paddington and Bristol Temple Meads (trains will not stop at Bath Spa); Reading and Oxford; and Reading and Basingstoke. Greater Anglia An extremely limited service will operate. The first trains will be later than normal and the last trains will be earlier than usual. The only open routes will be between London Liverpool Street and Colchester; and Norwich and Southend Victoria. They will have just one train per hour in each direction. Heathrow Express No service. Hull Trains It is not affected by the strike but engineering work means trains will not call at Beverley, Cottingham, Retford or Grantham. London North Eastern Railway An extremely limited service will operate. This includes just one train in each direction between London King's Cross and Leeds, and four trains in each direction between London King's Cross and Edinburgh. London Northwestern Railway No service. Lumo Trains will run only between Edinburgh and Newcastle. Merseyrail A normal service. Northern No service. ScotRail A normal service. South Western Railway A normal service. Southeastern No service. Southern Southern drivers are not involved in this strike action but the service between Tonbridge and Redhill will be reduced. Engineering work also means there will be no trains to or from London Victoria. Stansted Express One train per hour will run between London Liverpool Street and Stansted Airport. Thameslink A normal service. TransPennine Express An extremely limited service will operate. This consists of four trains each way between York and Manchester Piccadilly; three trains each way between Manchester Victoria and Liverpool Lime Street; and two trains each way between Sheffield and Cleethorpes. Transport for Wales A normal service. West Midlands Railway

Hibbing Fire Department Acquires New Aerial Ladder Truck
Auto 2025-12-13 11:45

Hibbing Fire Department Acquires New Aerial Ladder Truck

HIBBING, Minn.– Since 1994, the Hibbing Fire Department has depended on their large yellow fire truck to assist them during emergencies. However, in the years ahead, they will introduce a new aerial vehicle to complement their collection of trucks. The truck, priced at 1.9 million dollars, is expected to take approximately two years to complete its manufacturing process. The truck will be manufactured in Wyoming, Minnesota. Meanwhile, the yellow equipment remains operational, and the Fire Chief of Hibbing informed FOX 21 that it has performed remarkably well over the years. With that in mind, they are eagerly anticipating this upgrade. “Finding parts has become increasingly challenging. This truck is primarily analog, while most equipment today is digital. We’ve encountered several maintenance and repair issues, and in some cases, we've had to fabricate parts since they are no longer accessible. We typically anticipate a lifespan of around 30 years for our apparatus, but this one is nearing the end of its usable life,” stated Erik Jankila, Fire Chief of the Hibbing Fire Department. The new truck will come equipped with several innovative features, including the capability to connect breathing apparatuses at the rear and a bucket attached to the ladder, reminiscent of those found on utility trucks.

Latvian logistics specialist buys Humber haulier as it enters UK market
Logistics 2025-12-12 18:16

Latvian logistics specialist buys Humber haulier as it enters UK market

A Latvian transport and logistics group has swooped for a long-established Humber haulier. Kreiss SIA, operational across Europe, has bought out C Neil Dowson, the Stallingborough-based business that first launched in Hull in 1990, in an undisclosed deal. It provides haulage services across the UK, boasting a fleet of tractor units, skeletal trailers, forklifts, and its own yard located a mile from the eastern entrance to Britain’s largest port, Immingham. It all forms part of the deal, providing Kreiss with a new base in the UK, further expanding international operations, with 26 staff employed. Read more: Deal off - talks have failed over Grimsby seafood plant buy-out where nearly 200 jobs are at risk Sergejs Zalizko, director, said: “We are delighted to welcome C Neil Dowson into the Kreiss Group. This acquisition will help us build out our UK base to enhance our services for clients in the UK. C Neil Dowson has an excellent reputation in the market, and we are pleased to be working with them and their team to continue to deliver first-class haulage solutions to customers.” Kreiss, launched in 1994 with a single truck, provides transportation for pharmaceuticals and cosmetics, hazardous cargo, and frozen and perishable goods. It now has offices in six countries, a fleet of 2,000 trucks and trailers, and employs around 2,400 staff, turning over more than £260 million. Dowson moved from Hull to Immingham in 2001, when its Maritime Yard on Scandinavian Way, Kiln Lane Industrial Estate, became available. Neil Dowson, operations director, will remain with the business for at least the next year following the deal. He said: “Over the past 32 years of trading, C Neil Dowson company has been recognised by its customers, staff and suppliers for its loyalty and reliability within the market. These principles can now be carried into the future with the support of Kreiss behind us. Becoming part of Kreiss Group marks a new chapter for C Neil Dowson and I am confident that it will be a positive move for the business and its customers.” A team from Weightmans led by Paul Raftery, provided legal advice to Kreiss on the acquisition, its first in the UK, with Chasz Coulsting at Crowe UK and Stuart Laight at SJL Advisory. For Dowson, Mark Daubney at Bridge McFarland and Mike Beckett at Forrester Boyd supported.

Property deal provides new home for fleet firm
Property 2025-12-12 18:48

Property deal provides new home for fleet firm

A fleet management and vehicle leasing company is relocating across the West Midlands. Multifleet Vehicle Management, which trades as Run Your Fleet, is moving from Henley-in-Arden to 9,000 sq ft offices it has bought at Remus 1 on Solihull Business Park. The company's customers range from accountancy firms to multinational corporates, using a wide range of services including fleet management, leasing, rental and salary sacrifice schemes. Terms of the off-market purchase were not disclosed. Email newsletters BusinessLive is your home for business news from across the West Midlands including Birmingham, the Black Country, Solihull, Coventry and Staffordshire. Click through here to sign up for our email newsletter and also view the broad range of other bulletins we offer including weekly sector-specific updates. We will also send out 'Breaking News' emails for any stories which must be seen right away. LinkedIn For all the latest stories, views and polls, follow our BusinessLive West Midlands LinkedIn page here. Chief executive Steve Whitmarsh said: "We have grown rapidly since we launched in 2011 in our original base at Forward House on Henley-in-Arden High Street. "We now work with around 1,200 businesses with fleets from two to over 4,000 vehicles and will soon oversee a managed fleet approaching 40,000 vehicles. "The time has come to invest in the space we need to continue to grow and purchasing Remus 1 gives us both space to expand and enhance facilities for our growing staff numbers. "The location is also adjacent to many of the key franchised dealerships in Solihull, making it even easier for us to collaborate with these businesses."

Belfast proves a strong draw for cruise ships with near-record visits this year
Logistics 2025-12-11 11:27

Belfast proves a strong draw for cruise ships with near-record visits this year

Belfast’s cruise sector has recovered strongly in the wake of the Covid-19 pandemic with 141 ships calling in the city during this year’s season. That is just shy of the record of 146 set in 2019 and represents 50 different ships from some 33 cruise lines, including 18 making their first visit to the city. They carried more than 250,000 visitors. The result is a far cry from 2020 when a scheduled 129 ships due to call at the port were cancelled by the pandemic. It is also a big jump on the 70 which visited the city in 2021 as the sector embarked on a cautious return to normality. The strong performance this year is testament to Northern Ireland’s growing popularity as a tourist destination, Cruise Belfast, a partnership between Belfast Harbour and Visit Belfast, said. “With our visitor numbers increasing again following the pandemic, this cruise season has been as runaway success as we welcomed both international and first-time visitors to Northern Ireland,” Mary Jo McCanny, Director of Visitor Servicing at Visit Belfast, said. “Belfast has built a strong reputation as a welcoming and exciting cruise destination and this busy season is reflective of the strong working relationships that Cruise Belfast has with global cruise operators.” Amongst the ships making their first visit to Belfast were the ‘Enchanted Princess’ and ‘Island Princess’ from Princess Cruises and the ‘Ambassador Ambience’ from Ambassador, a new British cruise line. Returning ships included the ‘Disney Magic’ which arrived with some 2,700 passengers and crew on board.

West Midlands retail park sold for £27.6m
Property 2025-12-11 18:46

West Midlands retail park sold for £27.6m

A retail park has been bought for £27.6 million. Clearbell Property Partners has sold Orbital Retail Park in Cannock to British Land. The park, next to the M6 Toll south of the town centre, spans 123,215 sq ft of retail space across 11 stores and counts Aldi, Pure Gym, M&S Foodhall and Boots among its tenants. It is also adjacent to a Sainsbury's supermarket and the town's Gateway Retail Park. Email newsletters BusinessLive is your home for business news from across the West Midlands including Birmingham, the Black Country, Solihull, Coventry and Staffordshire. Click through here to sign up for our email newsletter and also view the broad range of other bulletins we offer including weekly sector-specific updates. We will also send out 'Breaking News' emails for any stories which must be seen right away. LinkedIn For all the latest stories, views and polls, follow our BusinessLive West Midlands LinkedIn page here. British Land is taking forward the asset management of the scheme and said it was in advanced discussions over a new flagship unit in the current Homebase store. Toby Saul, asset management director at Clearbell, said: "Over the last four years of ownership, we have worked to continuously improve the tenant mix at Orbital. "Through this active asset management strategy, we have been able to secure several strong new tenants, including anchor tenant Aldi, that has seen footfall increase consistently. "We are very pleased to have been able to sell to British Land who have the experience and expertise to take the scheme forward." Kelly Cleveland, head of real estate and investment at British Land, added: "This latest acquisition further solidifies our market leading position in retail parks as we continue to deliver on our strategy of recycling capital into this sub-sector. "Retail parks remain the preferred physical retail format for an increasing number of retailers due to their affordability, adaptability and accessibility. "We are nearly fully let across our parks portfolio and continue to see strong competition for this type of space."

Electrical giant Currys upgrades profit outlook as sales outperform
Retail 2025-12-10 11:01

Electrical giant Currys upgrades profit outlook as sales outperform

Currys has reported a surge in sales, prompting the electronics retailer to raise its full-year profit forecast. The firm informed investors today that it now anticipates an adjusted pre-tax profit of about £160m, up from the previously projected range of £145m to £155m, as reported by City AM. Currys described 2025's sales performance as "robust," with sustained positive like-for-like sales growth in both the UK and Ireland, and the Nordics. With a presence across six countries through 715 stores, Currys experienced a rebound in sales growth in 2024, benefiting from an extensive multi-year turnaround strategy. For the year ending April 2024, Currys posted a pre-tax profit of £28m, a significant recovery from a pre-tax loss of £462m in the prior year. A pre-tax profit of £160m for the year to April 2025 would represent an almost sixfold increase on the previous year's figures. Panmure Liberum has named Currys as its top stock pick for 2025, citing its standout performance in a consumer market hampered by low growth. Analyst Wayne Brown highlighted the "potential for lower pension contributions, cash exceptionals and interest costs," along with improved margins in the Nordic regions, which had previously been underperforming, as factors that could draw new investment. During the pandemic, Curry's Nordic operations faced severe challenges, including aggressive discounting by competitors, leading to a nosedive in profits and the suspension of its dividend. However, since 2023, the Nordic division has been showing signs of a robust recovery. Following the release of these new figures, analysts at Panmure have revised their target price for Currys shares upwards from 170p to 180p. As of market close on April 2, the stock was valued at 88.95p. Panmure analysts commented: "Not only is positive earnings momentum a key theme, but there are so many FCF catalysts over the next few years, we are surprised the shares are not higher."

Auto review: The 2025 Nissan Altima SR could be likened to the Snoop Dog and Martha Stewart of sedans, effortlessly blending style and comfort in a remarkably delightful package. 4810
Auto 2025-12-10 11:27

Auto review: The 2025 Nissan Altima SR could be likened to the Snoop Dog and Martha Stewart of sedans, effortlessly blending style and comfort in a remarkably delightful package. 4810

View pictures in App save up to 80% data. The Nissan Altima. (Photo by Mike Ditz/Nissan/TNS) View pictures in App save up to 80% data. The interior of the Nissan Altima. (Nissan/TNS) View pictures in App save up to 80% data. 2023 NISSAN ALTIMA View pictures in App save up to 80% data. The Nissan Altima. (Nissan/TNS) I must admit that one of my latest guilty pleasures has been binge-watching the Martha Stewart documentary, “Martha,” available on Netflix. She remains as charming and detail-oriented as always, but the Martha we see after her prison stint has a newfound edge—she’s now seen hanging out with Snoop Dog and casually throwing around F-bombs like they’re no big deal. If she were a car, she’d probably be something like the 2025 Nissan Altima SR with all-wheel drive. This cake is adorned with a sleek black grille featuring a striking red SR logo, complemented by 19-inch bronze wheels and bold ground effects. The flat body color spoiler and rear diffuser enhance its aggressive stance. The design boasts sharp lines, with the roof elegantly perched above a distinctive broken C-pillar. Open the trunk and fold down the rear seats to easily transport nearly any equipment you need.

Promotional products firm 4imprint reports 10% rise in profit
Manufacturing 2025-12-09 18:52

Promotional products firm 4imprint reports 10% rise in profit

4imprint, the promotional products manufacturer, has announced a 10% increase in profit for 2024, outperforming the wider market and growing its market share. The company revealed to markets this morning that revenue climbed by three per cent year on year to £1.36bn, up from £1.32bn the previous year, as reported by City AM. The London-based firm reported receiving 2.12m orders in 2024, an increase from 2.09m in 2023, with the "increase in existing customer orders offsetting a decline in new customer acquisition, impacted by uncertain economic conditions." Despite a more cautious macroeconomic climate that began in the second half of 2023 and continued throughout 2024, the business continued to attract and retain high-quality customers during the year," it stated. While 4imprint's Chair, Paul Moody, acknowledged a "challenging near-term environment", he maintained that business prospects remained unchanged. "In the first two months of 2025, revenue at the order intake level was slightly down compared to the same period in 2024, reflecting continued uncertainty in the market." Despite a more cautious macroeconomic environment that began in the second half of 2023 and continued through 2024, the business continued to acquire and retain high-quality customers in the year. "It is possible that market conditions, including potential tariff impacts, may continue to influence demand in 2025. From our experience, however, as business sentiment improves, demand for promotional products increases as does our ability to gain market share," added Moody. Cavendish analyst Guy Hewett characterised the results as "another year of strong financial performance despite a challenging market backdrop". However, Hewett noted that the low order intake thus far in 2025 has led Cavendish to reduce its revenue forecast, earnings per share forecast and target share price. "We have no doubt that the group will once again accelerate market share gains and profit growth when markets recover. Investors buying now will lock in exposure to those gains," he added.

Welsh footfall growth the strongest in the UK despite cooling on January
Retail 2025-12-09 11:41

Welsh footfall growth the strongest in the UK despite cooling on January

Retail footfall in Wales increased in February but at a slower rate than January, shows latest research from the Welsh Retail Consortium. Footfall, defined as shoppers entering a store, in February was up 2.% year-on-year (YoY) compared to a 8.5% rise in January. The rise in February was the highest of any nation or region of the UK, followed by the north west of England at 1.9% and London and the west Midlands at 1.8%. For England it rose by just 0.2%, while in Northern Ireland it was down 0.1% and Scotland 0.3%. The biggest fall was in Yorkshire and the Humber, down 3.5%. Shopping centre footfall in Wales YoY decreased by 1.5% in February, down from 8.6% in January. Retail park footfall increased by 2.9% in February YoY, down from 9.8% in January. Footfall in Cardiff decreased by 1.8% (YoY), down from 9.1% in January. Of the core cities of the UK the fall in February in Cardiff was only greater in Liverpool, down 2.5%, Bristol, 5.2%, and Leeds 5.6%. The biggest rise was in Birmingham at 5%. FOOTFALL BY NATION AND REGION GROWTH RANK NATION AND REGION Feb-25 Jan-25 1 Wales 2.7% 8.5% 2 North West England 1.9% 7.7% 3 London 1.8% 6.7% 3 West Midlands 1.8% 10.0% 5 South East England 0.4% 9.4% 6 England 0.2% 7.4% 7 Northern Ireland -0.1% 3.5% 8 Scotland -0.3% 1.0% 9 East of England -0.8% 8.5% 10 North East England -1.0% 6.8% 11 East Midlands -1.3% 6.4% 12 South West England -1.4% 7.9% 13 Yorkshire and the Humber -3.5% 3.3% TOTAL FOOTFALL BY CITY GROWTH RANK CITY Feb-25 Jan-25 1 Birmingham 5.0% 14.3% 2 Manchester 3.9% 10.3% 3 Edinburgh 1.9% 2.8% 4 London 1.8% 6.7% 4 Belfast 0.1% 4.8% 6 Nottingham -0.3% 6.7% 7 Glasgow -1.1% 1.9% 8 Cardiff -1.8% 9.1% 9 Liverpool -2.5% 3.2% 10 Bristol -5.2% 6.2% 11 Leeds -5.6% 1.0% Sara Jones, head of the Welsh Retail Consortium, said:“Shopper footfall across all Welsh retail destinations faltered in February, dipping over 5% compared to the previous month. That said, February still saw healthy year on year growth, the best of the four home nations. “Shopper numbers picked up substantially in the last week of February, no doubt helped by the late half term and start of spring weather, coinciding with the benefits of a St. David’s day uptick. “Confident consumers and buoyant household disposable incomes are critical to the health of the retail industry and all who rely on it, including our colleagues and our wider communities. As we approach the two-year anniversary of the Welsh Government’s retail action plan it will be time to take stock on what more can be achieved to cement the future of the retail industry in Wales. With an onslaught of additional government-mandated costs in the pipeline from April, bold decisions will be needed to help safeguard the sector and to help it flourish rather than falter in the years to come.” On the UK picture Andy Sumpter, retail consultant for Sensormatic Solutions, which carried out the research, said: “After January’s jump-start, retail footfall in February stalled, with retailers seeing a more modest improvement compared to 2024 last month. "While the good news is that shopper counts remained steady, many would have been hoping for a more substantial leap building off a strong start to the year. Retail Parks, consistently one of the top performers in 2024, once again outstripped other retail destinations in February, as the convenience and choice built into their retail offerings again proved popular with customers. " With Easter falling late and well into April this year, this will, undoubtedly, put added pressure on retailers as we head into March. To plug the gap, retailers have an opportunity to create compelling reasons to visit and enhance their offerings with greater convenience and choice, which have been the standout strengths of retail park performance.”

Fentimans runs tight ship to boost profits despite consumer spending issues
Manufacturing 2025-12-08 18:22

Fentimans runs tight ship to boost profits despite consumer spending issues

Soft drinks maker Fentimans has grown profits despite cost of living issues continuing to eat away at consumers' spending power. The Northumberland-based seller of botanically brewed drinks, including its ginger beer and rose lemonade, saw operating profits before exceptional costs rise from £97,153 to £1.38m last year, and a pre-tax loss of more than £655,000 converted to a pre-tax profit of £1.4m. New accounts filed for the Hexham firm show it managed to boost earning despite falling sales. Fentimans saw gross sales dip to £39.5m from £42.9m as turnover fell to £35.6m from £38.9m. Bosses said the gains had come thanks to significant cost savings made in the face of what it called a "challenging backdrop" with weakening demand. CEO Ian Bray said the business was tightly run and outlined a number of cost cutting measures including a glass light-weighting project; looking for efficiencies with suppliers; tight management of marketing budgets and continuous improvement of processes. Fentimans has previously voiced its concern about the impact on glass-bottled drinks producers posed by incoming rules that require them to fund the costs of recycling packaging waste, based on weight. Mr Bray also pointed to overseas exports helping build a solid foundation for the business. A breakdown of gross sales showed the UK saw a 6.4% fall to £20.2m as more promotional activity was needed to maintain volumes, which had been particularly effective over Christmas. Meanwhile gross export sales fell 8% to £16.1m as demand also waned in key international markets. Fentimans said it had changed several distributors with the aim of positioning itself for long-term growth. And in the US, gross sales plummeted from £23.8m to £3.3m - where the firm said there had been a reduction in volumes with existing customers. Within the accounts, the firm said 2025 is expected to bring a more stable inflationary environment but one with continued lacking demand. It plans to meet those challenges by expanding global distribution of its ranges. Mr Bray said: “This is a significant improvement on the previous year and a testament to the hard work of our fantastic team and quality of our products. We enter the new financial year with increased optimism despite some notable headwinds. Like all SMEs we are facing huge tax increases across the business this year, with the hike in employers' National Insurance, increases in the National Living Wage plus the introduction of an anti-competitive packaging tax on glass. "We will continue to push forward in 2025. This year will see us continue to focus on our strengths, with some exciting partnerships, product developments and opening more new international markets."

Rolls-Royce shares surge as Derby-based FTSE 100 firm recovers after Trump tariff scare
Manufacturing 2025-12-08 11:31

Rolls-Royce shares surge as Derby-based FTSE 100 firm recovers after Trump tariff scare

Shares in FTSE 100 heavyweight Rolls-Royce are on the rise, having now regained more than half of their value lost following President Donald Trump's tariff declarations. The Derby-based group's shares are currently trading at approximately 734p, marking an increase of over 10 per cent since the start of today's trading, as reported by City AM. This is a significant recovery from Monday's recent low of 635p. Prior to Trump's tariff announcement last week, Rolls-Royce shares had been trading at a record high of 812p in mid-March. The partial recovery coincides with a surge in the FTSE 100 – as markets opened this morning following President Donald Trump's tariff backtrack on Wednesday. London's blue-chip index saw gains of over six per cent – a rise of nearly 500 points. This followed the FTSE closing down three per cent yesterday, before Trump sent global markets skyrocketing with a 90-day halt on his 'Liberation Day' levies. Wall Street also made a comeback on Wednesday following the news. The S&P 500 rallied 9.5 per cent and the Dow Jones 7.9 per cent. The Nasdaq soared over 12 per cent as major tech giants reversed losses. Apple was up 15 per cent and Tesla 22 per cent. In other news, at the end of February, Rolls-Royce proposed a 6p per share dividend for investors, marking its first payout since before the pandemic. This came as underlying profit reached £2.5bn, significantly ahead of a previous forecast of between £2.1bn and £2.3bn. Revenue of £17.8bn also surpassed analysts' consensus of around £17.3bn.

Luxury brands Burberry and Watches of Switzerland see shares plummet after Trump tariffs
Retail 2025-12-07 18:22

Luxury brands Burberry and Watches of Switzerland see shares plummet after Trump tariffs

Today witnessed a downturn in the share prices of luxury retailers Watches of Switzerland and Burberry following President Trump's announcement of new tariffs. Shares of Watches of Switzerland plunged by over 15 percent, while those of Burberry decreased by almost seven percent, as reported by City AM. Kathleen Brooks, research director at XTB, commented on the situation, saying, "Investors are still seeking out areas of safety, including utilities, real estate, healthcare and consumer staples." About one quarter of UK luxury exports head to North America, with most of that trade taking place with the US, as highlighted by Walpole, an industry association. Analysts from RBC predict a significant "elevated tariff impact" for Burberry due to its diverse sourcing mix — the varied combination of countries and suppliers that produce its merchandise. Burberry collaborates with an international network of suppliers, operating an outerwear factory in Italy and a scarf production facility in Scotland, with goods made in Italy being subject to a 20 percent US import duty. America represents approximately 20 percent of Burberry's sales, and was the only region showing sales growth in the brand’s most recent quarterly report—a crucial element for Burberry's rejuvenation strategy. On the other hand, Watches of Switzerland experienced a sharp fall in its share value partly because Swiss imports into the United States will face an additional tariff of 31 percent. Switzerland was highlighted by Trump as one of the major offenders in unfair trade practices with America. Last year, the US recorded a CHF 38.5bn (£33.9bn) trade deficit with the European country. RBC analysts also noted that the watch company has slimmer margins compared to its rivals, making it harder to react to tariffs. "[In response] companies can either raise prices, change country of origin (to the extent possible), renegotiate supplier terms... or absorb tariff costs."

Huge new retail complex could be changed to accommodate new hospital
Property 2025-12-07 18:10

Huge new retail complex could be changed to accommodate new hospital

Lancashire County Council says it could modify plans for a major industrial, retail and leisure development to accommodate the proposed new Royal Preston Hospital. This follows last week's announcement by the NHS that it had purchased land in Farington, South Ribble, for the construction of a new state-of-the-art health facility. The plot, located off Stanifield Lane and south of Stoney Lane, is part of the larger Cuerden Strategic Regional Investment Site, which is primarily designated for the county council's 'Lancashire Central' project. This initiative will see the council develop a wide range of industrial, storage and office spaces, along with retail units, food and drink outlets, a drive-through restaurant, car showrooms, a leisure centre, gym, health facility, creche and 116 new homes. Planning permission for this blueprint was granted exactly a year ago, ending long-standing uncertainty about the location near the junction of the M6 and M65. This followed the collapse of a previous plan centred around a new IKEA store after the company withdrew in 2018. County Hall owns 71 percent of the overall 65-hectare Cuerden site, between Stanifield Lane and Wigan Road, with the remaining portion known to have been under the control of Manchester-based property firm Brookhouse Group Limited as of last year. An analysis by the Local Democracy Reporting Service (LDRS) of maps from the Lancashire Central development's planning application and those produced by the NHS, showing the proposed hospital location, suggests that the new health facility will fully occupy the Brookhouse land. However, neither the company nor the NHS has confirmed a sale agreement, reports Lancs Live. The analysis also indicates that the relocated Royal Preston Hospital may extend into a significant area of the county council's Cuerden site, with the council expressing its intention to "assist" the hospital plans. The Lancashire Central development is divided into five zones, with the hospital seemingly occupying one entire zone, which is the second largest. This zone, Zone D, was initially earmarked for a leisure centre and about 30 percent of the industrial, storage, distribution, and office space. While other parts of the development could still accommodate these facilities if their size is reduced by the hospital, it remains unclear whether the leisure centre can be relocated to another zone. Any such move would necessitate further alterations to the Lancashire Central project. . Phillippa Williamson, leader of Lancashire County Council, commented: "These new hospitals should make a real difference to health services in the county, offering the very latest facilities. In the background, we have been working closely with our NHS partners as they have considered potential sites for these two new hospitals." She continued: "This will continue as the schemes are designed and the County Council will consider changes to the proposed Lancashire Central development, one of our key economic development sites to assist the Royal Preston site come forward. We will continue to be closely involved as the schemes are developed, particularly in relationship to transport planning." This comes after the Cuerden site, the location of the proposed new Royal Preston Hospital, was embroiled in a High Court dispute between Brookhouse and the county council late last year, with the company challenging the local authority's process for selecting a development partner. However, there is no record on the Courts and Tribunal Judiciary website of a High Court judgement having since been issued in relation to the matter. The Lancashire and South Cumbria New Hospitals Programme has clarified that the land purchased for the new Royal Preston Hospital is subject to public consultation and could potentially be used for alternative locations. The NHS has also developed an "exit strategy" in case the government funding is not approved or if alternative locations are chosen after a nationwide review of planned hospital facilities.

2022 Leicester Business Festival making an impact as it enters its second week
Logistics 2025-12-06 11:01

2022 Leicester Business Festival making an impact as it enters its second week

The Leicester Business Festival has entered its second week with a packed diary of events. The two week celebration of the Leicester, Leicestershire and Rutland business community began last week with a launch breakfast at the Leicester Riders' Morningside Stadium. It continues this week with a series of events covering everything from getting the best from your team, to marketing, building brand awareness and building digital skills. Among the organisations involved are the Midlands Engine Investment Fund, which provides finance through small business loans, debt finance, proof of concept and equity finance funds via a subsidiary of the British Business Bank. Lewis Stringer, a senior manager for the bank in the east and south-east Midlands, said: “We are proud to be involved with the festival and the events we have been a part of have been impactful as well as attracting a great number of attendees. “Our main reason for getting involved in Leicester Business Festival is to bring our knowledge, influence and experience to the spotlight for people who might be looking to take their idea or business to the next level. “This included at our Leicester Rising Stars event with Leicester Startups and Tech Nation, as part of the British Business Bank's inaugural Business Finance Week, aimed at the city's start-up entrepreneurs and early-stage businesses who had the opportunity to pitch to potential investors and the wider business community. This was really successful and we look forward to seeing what evolves next for these entrepreneurs. “I would encourage other businesses to take part in the festival over the next few days.” Events taking place this week include: Pool & Property (Pattersons Commercial Law) – 4-6.30pm, Wednesday, November 16 Innovation Masterclass – Helping your business grow, profit and be sustainable (University of Leicester and Harborough Innovation Centre) – 10am-1pm, Thursday, November 17 The Future of Law with former BBC legal correspondent Clive Coleman (Excello Law) – 4-6pm, Thursday, November 17 Make Mental Health your Business (Leicestershire Action for Mental Health Project) – 10-11.30am, Friday, November 18 Leicester Giving Day will feature as the festival finale on Friday, November 18. The initiative was launched by Leicester-based Embark CSR for companies and educational establishments in the city and county to showcase their philanthropic support for charities and local communities. A spokesman said: “Events are taking place for people to get involved with and all the details can be found on Leicester Giving Day website and that evening the new Leicester Giving Day Social Responsibility Awards will also take place. “These awards have been created by Embark CSR and have been introduced as a means to highlight good practice and outstanding achievement in the field of social responsibility, with a focus on positive partnerships between the business and voluntary sectors.”

McBurney Transport snapped up by Danish logistics giant DFDS for £138M
Logistics 2025-12-06 18:46

McBurney Transport snapped up by Danish logistics giant DFDS for £138M

Ballymena haulage company McBurney Transport has been bought by Danish shipping company DFDS for nearly £138 million. The move sees the company, which employs more than 800 people across the UK and Ireland, become part of one of the world’s biggest logistics companies as ownership transfer from the McBurney family who founded the business in 1965. McBurney Transport focuses on transporting trailers between the island of Ireland and Great Britain, the majority of which are temperature controlled units carrying chilled goods. Under one of its subsidiaries, Bondelivery, it also owns warehousing facilities in Northern Ireland which focus on fulfilment for the retail sector and last mile delivery across the island of Ireland. It operates some 400 trucks, 1,360 trailers of which two thirds are refrigerated. Founder Norman McBurney OBE said the takeover provides opportunities for the company. “By becoming part of DFDS we gain access to new development opportunities,” he said. “ I am certain the wider market coverage, including access to DFDS’ extensive transport network, will benefit our many longstanding customers. “I am confident that our many loyal and dedicated employees will be comfortable and happy after this transaction.” DFDS provides ferry and transport services throughout Europe, is headquartered in Copenhagen and listed on city’s Nasdaq stock exchange. Its chief executive Torben Carlesen said the acquisition was a strategic fit for the business’s cold chain logistics. “The acquisition of McBurney Transport Group greatly enhances the scope of our customer offerings on the island of Ireland and in the UK, particularly towards the resilient food sector,” he said. “It also brings considerable scale to our existing operations in the region.” READ NEXT:

Shawnee County renews lease agreement with Harley Davidson.
Auto 2025-12-05 18:32

Shawnee County renews lease agreement with Harley Davidson.

View pictures in App save up to 80% data. Officials in Shawnee County have renewed the lease agreement for Harley Davidson located in Topeka, Kansas. TOPEKA, Kan. (WIBW) - Officials in Shawnee County have renewed the lease agreement for Harley Davidson located in Topeka, Kansas. The historic Harley Davidson dealership, at 2047 SW Topeka Blvd., announced plans to move to a different location in the capital city in Dec. 2023. Since then the dealership has been searching for a new facility. At the Shawnee County Commission meeting held on Thursday, January 9, County Counselor Rich Eckert announced that Harley Davidson is considering a new location, although details have yet to be confirmed. He noted that the dealership will need to change ownership before finalizing and renovating the new site. As a precautionary measure, the lease has been extended until 2030. This new lease recognizes a change in ownership, and as a result, the monthly rent has been raised due to the extension. It has also been established that in the event Harley Davidson falls behind on payments, the County is prohibited from confiscating the dealership's inventory. The commissioners unanimously approved the agreement and the lease modification with a vote of 3 to 0. It was announced over the weekend that the dealership was sold to new owner Steven Towers, who currently owns Harley Davidson dealerships in North Carolina and Nebraska.

Hanson UK acquires £220m-turnover Central England recycling company Mick George Group
Logistics 2025-12-05 18:50

Hanson UK acquires £220m-turnover Central England recycling company Mick George Group

One of the UK’s biggest construction material suppliers has bought Central England recycling company Mick George Group. Hanson UK has signed a deal to buy the £220 million turnover group subject to competition authority approval. Mick George Group, which is based out of Huntingdon, Cambridgeshire, specialises in bulk excavation and earthmoving as well as demolition, environmentally sensitive waste removal and waste management services. It also supplies aggregates and concrete. It has been growing its operations across Eastern England and the East Midlands in recent years and has four recycling facilities, eight waste transfer stations, 11 aggregates quarries and 10 ready-mixed concrete plants. It is a main sponsor of Peterborough FC. Hanson UK is part of Heidelberg Materials, one of the biggest building materials manufacturers in the world. It produces aggregates – crushed rock, sand and gravel – ready-mixed concrete, asphalt and cement and employs around 3,500 people. Its UK headquarters are in Maidenhead. It said the acquisition would significantly strengthen its recycled materials offering while complementing its aggregates and ready-mixed concrete businesses. It hopes the acquisition will go through in the second quarter of 2023. Chief executive Simon Willis said: “The acquisition of the Mick George Group is a strong fit for us and another significant step towards our target to offer circular alternatives for half of our concrete products by 2030. “Promoting circularity and consequently recycling, reusing, and thereby reducing the use of primary raw materials, is crucial to achieving net zero.

Developer considering options after plans for major M6 and M56 distribution hub were refused
Property 2025-12-04 18:02

Developer considering options after plans for major M6 and M56 distribution hub were refused

The developer behind plans for a massive distribution hub on green belt land in South Warrington is considering its options after plans were rejected by Government. The employment site, dubbed Six56 Warrington, would have been situated adjacent to junction 20 of the M6 and junction nine of the M56 in Lymm. Developers Langtree and Panattoni had their outline plans for the significant employment site approved by Warrington Borough Council's development management committee in 2022, subject to conditions, a S106 obligation, and no intervention from the Secretary of State. However, following a public inquiry into the contentious plans, which was adjourned and concluded in June, the Secretary of State for Housing, Communities and Local Government, Angela Rayner, has now refused planning permission, agreeing with the inspector's recommendation that 'very special circumstances' do not exist to justify this development in the green belt. John Downes, Langtree group chief executive, said: "We are disappointed as it seems to fly in the face of the government's stated growth ambitions, but this was always a possibility. We'll take a good look at the ruling and assess our options." Liberal Democrat Cllr Ian Marks, chair of the South Warrington Parish Councils' Planning Group, described it as 'fantastic' news that 'will be welcomed by most of the residents' of south Warrington. He remarked: "She (Angela Rayner) agreed with the planning inspector that the development would not have been appropriate and would have caused substantial damage to the openness of the green belt. There would have been a significant adverse effect from 24-hour traffic movements, lighting and general site operations." "Simply, there are no 'very special circumstances' that are sufficient to outweigh the harm to the green belt. The South Warrington Planning Group is cross-party and has campaigned right from the start against this vast logistics site. It has been a tortuous journey but we are so pleased our efforts have paid off.", reports Cheshire Live. Cllr Mark Browne, leader of the Liberal Democrat opposition on Warrington Borough Council, expressed his relief: "Borough and parish colleagues from my party have been very active in the campaign. We feared a late decision by the secretary of state to ignore the Local Plan inspectors' and the Six56 inspector's recommendations to keep the site in the green belt might happen but happily this has not taken place. This is great news."

Mike Ashley-backed Hornby to go private as it ditches stock market listing
Retail 2025-12-04 11:11

Mike Ashley-backed Hornby to go private as it ditches stock market listing

Hornby, the global models and collectibles group advised by Mike Ashley, has revealed plans to delist from the London stock market and go private. The move aims to circumvent regulatory obstacles and reduce costs, as reported by City AM. In a statement to the market on Thursday, the company announced its intention to cancel its shares on the AIM stock exchange, citing the high cost of maintaining a public listing, limited liquidity, and regulatory burdens. Over the past 12 months, Hornby's shares have plummeted by 50%. This decision follows significant restructuring at the company, which has been collaborating with Frasers' founder and stakeholder Mike Ashley on a turnaround strategy for the past 18 months. Key aspects of this turnaround have included the sale of subsidiary LCD Enterprises, job cuts, and the relocation of logistics operations to the Midlands. In a statement, Hornby acknowledged the significance of its announcement, particularly for its loyal shareholder base. "The board is well aware of the place Hornby has in the hearts of its loyal shareholder base, and the company's announcement today is not taken lightly," Hornby said. "The directors are confident that operating as a private entity will provide Hornby with the necessary agility for swift decision-making and efficient execution of strategy whilst not depriving shareholders of material benefit." To proceed, Hornby's board requires shareholder approval, which will be determined by a 75% majority vote at a general meeting scheduled for Thursday morning. If the resolution is passed, Hornby has agreed to two share facilities to support investors looking to trade out of their shareholding following any cancellation. This announcement on Thursday marks another setback for London's struggling AIM market, which has witnessed a rise in delistings in recent years. In 2024, AIM contracted to its smallest size in 23 years with 92 firms delisting. Phoenix Asset Management Partners, Hornby's largest shareholder, increased its stake in the firm from 71.6 per cent to 83.3 per cent in December. Russ Mould, investment director at AJ Bell, stated that its decision to delist was "not a damning criticism of the UK stock market." He added: "When two shareholders – Phoenix Asset Management and Frasers – own 91 per cent of the company, it doesn't make sense to be a listed entity." He further explained: "Companies admit their shares for public trading to obtain a diverse shareholder base and access capital markets. In Hornby's case, its shareholder base has become incredibly concentrated."

"I brought my Dodge Ram to the Chrysler dealership due to a recall issue, but I was surprised when they billed me $339 for the service."
Auto 2025-12-03 18:44

"I brought my Dodge Ram to the Chrysler dealership due to a recall issue, but I was surprised when they billed me $339 for the service."

"There are hardly any good mechanics left these days." View pictures in App save up to 80% data. @poutinepapii/TikTok Ken Wolter/ShutterStock (Licensed) A Dodge Ram owner is claiming a dealership caused over $9,000 worth of damage to his car. Rob Romano (@poutinepapii) posted a viral TikTok delineating his claims. In a video that has garnered 300,000 views, he says low oil levels are partially to blame for his issues. Nonetheless, numerous individuals who responded to his video claimed that this was not a contributing factor to the failure of his car's engine. Romano opens his video by addressing the camera and discussing a bill he received. He emphasizes multiple times that he felt “forced” to shell out $339 for a diagnostic test after taking his car in for an oil change and addressing two recall issues. According to FindLaw, “It is against the law for a dealership or auto manufacturer to charge you for recall repairs.” This is because are considered necessary repairs so cars are in compliance with National Highway and Traffic Safety administration standards. The legal resource reiterates that dealerships “must” complete the recall work free of charge. Furthermore, if the car’s service department believes the work will take more than a day. drivers should inquire into a loaner. Are recalls a fraud? Other commuters have complained about charges from dealerships in tandem with recalls. A user on Red Flag Deals questioned the practice last year. Numerous folks who replied said they shouldn’t have to pay anything out of pocket. A redditor said that they, too, brought their vehicle in for an oil change and recall repair. However, a week after getting the work done, they said their car broke down. In his video, Romano explains that the charge was categorized as a “diagnostic” test. He mentions that the initial recall pertained to a “high pressure fuel pump,” while the second was related to a “software update” for the Ram. He claims that upon completing the service, he was confronted with a host of new problems. According to him, his Ram was already “shaking” before he could even exit the service center’s parking area, and the check engine light illuminated shortly after. “There’s low turbo boost, a significant coolant leak, and so on,” he stated. What actions did the dealership take? "Since I haven't actually had the vehicle in my possession except for that brief moment when I drove it out, the only thing they mentioned was that they performed an oil change. So, let's take a look at it right now, live." He gestures towards an unseen person behind the camera who is holding the dipstick from his car's oil tank. "The dipstick is spotless. Absolutely spotless," they remark as the camera focuses in closely. It looks like the Ram has barely any oil left in it. It appears that the individual who conducted the oil change managed to remove the old oil from the vehicle. Unfortunately, they overlooked the crucial step of adding new oil. “It’s at the lowest level,” comments the other person in the video. “You can easily spot the maximum mark right there, while the oil level down here is at the minimum.” Romano claims that the oil change set him back more than $300. In the caption, Romano wrote at length about the damage purportedly sustained to his car. He maintains he brought it to Don Mills Chrysler’s service center in working condition. The dealership also sells Dodge vehicles. When he took his vehicle in for an oil change and a recall, he was informed that fixing a "minor leak" at the rear of the engine would cost him $3,500. He chose not to proceed with the service but is convinced that the business caused damage to the vehicle during the pressure testing. Romano stated, “The actions of this dealership are completely unethical. They are attempting to bill me thousands of dollars to address the damage they inflicted. It's essential that they take responsibility for their actions and rectify the harm they have caused.” TikTok users found themselves divided. Many respondents appeared to dismiss the idea that the oil change was the cause of Romano's car troubles. One individual wrote, "Following an oil change, the level should read Full, but a low reading won't lead to engine failure." Another echoed this thought. “There is enough oil in the engine for smooth operation, albeit right after an oil change it is a bit low. Unless the hpfp was installed incorrectly I doubt the dealer has anything to do with the 9k.” (HPFp refers to a high pressure fuel pump.) Another individual suggested that the problems might not be related to the oil. “I've worked as an auto/diesel technician for 35 years. Operating the truck with a quart less oil isn't likely to lead to these kinds of issues. I'm not saying they didn’t damage your truck, but it would be wise to consult a different Dodge dealership.” One TikToker came up with a unique strategy to catch the service center's eye. "The simplest method to grab a dealership's attention is by filing a report with the DMV," they suggested. @poutinepapii On December 6th, 2024, I dropped my truck off at Don Mills Chrysler for an oil change and to address two service recalls. I also asked the technician to check for any coolant leaks, as I had noticed my reservoir was at the halfway mark before bringing my truck in. Prior to this service, I had no leaks or engine issues. After agreeing to the diagnostic fee, the technician performed a pressure test and informed me of a small leak from the back of the motor. I was quoted approximately $3,500 for the repair, as they said they needed to remove the entire cab of my truck to access the affected hose. Understandably I chose not to proceed with the repair to get a second opinion. I paid $525 for the oil change and diagnostic fee, and I left. As I was exiting the dealership parking lot, my truck displayed a check engine light and began to smoke. I returned to the dealership, but since the service department was closed, I left it with a salesman and took an Uber home (which I was not compensated for). The next day, I received a call from the dealership. They were unsure what caused the engine light to come on and promised to get back to me as soon as possible. Two days later, I learned of new issues that had not been present before. The repairs now required include new turbo lines, a mass airflow sensor, hose replacement, a service throttle control module, and a new intake manifold. The new estimate to fix my truck was about $9,100. They admitted that one issue was related to a software update from the service recall, specifically concerning the mass airflow sensor, which would cost $1,400 to repair. They claimed they had done me a favour by contacting Chrysler’s head office and they replaced the mass airflow system at no charge. It’s clear they caused damage to my vehicle when they did the pressure test, and driving it out of the parking lot after the recalls were performed has led to all of these problems. I drove my truck to the dealership in working condition. Had I not asked the technician to check for any leaks—which I assumed would be part of their 180-point inspection—there may not have been as much damage to the vehicle. On January 3, 2025, I had to pay another $339 diagnostic fee because they refused to let me take my vehicle back without paying for additional tests to determine what they had broken. I even had to call CAA to tow my truck out of their dealership after arguing with the service manager about the extra $339. Now, I’m left to fix all the damage they caused without any repercussions for the dealership, which is unacceptable. What this dealership has done to me is unethical. They are trying to charge me thousands of dollars to fix the damage they caused. They need to be held accountable for their actions and should repair the damages they created. On top of everything else, since I finally got my truck back I discovered that they didn’t fill the oil above the minimum threshold, they broke the mount that holds my air box in place, caused damage to/removed my driver’s door, and it appears that the bolts and fuel lines for the high pressure fuel pump they claimed to replace are still original. I’ve reached out to Chrysler Head office and I was informed that dealers are privately owned and this needs to be handled between myself and them. I’ve also reached out to the police, but I was told that there is nothing they can do. My only other option is finding a lawyer however; the time and money alone will likely exceed the damage caused. Now I’m reaching out to the public and media to expose this dealership for what they are doing to me and more than likely tons of other people. I don’t understand how they can break something and then expect me to pay for the damage. Please do yourself a favour and stay away from Don Mills Chrysler. You’ll pay $300 for an oil change, and the oil reservoir will be at the minimum threshold. They treat their customers terribly and will cause more damage to your vehicle. #FYP #fyp #Chrysler ♬ original sound – Rob Romano The Daily Dot has contacted Dodge through email, reached out to Don Mills Chrysler via email as well, and left a comment on TikTok for Romano to gather more information.

Footasylum expands presence at Merry Hill
Property 2025-12-03 11:51

Footasylum expands presence at Merry Hill

High street fashion brand Footasylum has expanded its presence at the Merry Hill centre in Dudley. The move has more than tripled its footprint at the retail hub after relocating from a 3,000 sq ft unit to a 10,000 sq ft unit. The upsized store has features including a mobile payment system, new digital screens and a refreshed fit-out alongside an expanded selection of products across all categories. Shannon Osman, head of retail at Footasylum, said: "We are thrilled to announce the opening of our newly expanded Footasylum store at Merry Hill. Email newsletters BusinessLive is your home for business news from across the West Midlands including Birmingham, the Black Country, Solihull, Coventry and Staffordshire. Click through here to sign up for our email newsletter and also view the broad range of other bulletins we offer including weekly sector-specific updates. We will also send out 'Breaking News' emails for any stories which must be seen right away. LinkedIn For all the latest stories, views and polls, follow our BusinessLive West Midlands LinkedIn page here. "Over the past several years, Merry Hill has proven to be an excellent location for our brand and we've developed a strong base of loyal customers and have established ourselves as a well-known brand in the West Midlands. "We're thrilled to welcome customers to our enhanced store experience, showcasing our even bigger and better range of products from the world's leading footwear and apparel brands." Alistair Winning, asset manager at Merry Hill's manager Sovereign Centros, said: "Merry Hill is a centre where brands not only succeed but thrive, exemplified by the expansion of Footasylum. "This year we have driven record levels of brand investment, with Footasylum now sitting among dozens of leading names that have both committed and recommitted to the destination, demonstrating Merry Hill's transformation and catchment strength." This latest letting follows recent deals with XF Gym and Australian electronic and home product retailer Harvey Norman.

Former council offices to be transformed into new apartment block
Property 2025-12-02 18:00

Former council offices to be transformed into new apartment block

A former council office block in Middleton is set to be converted into an apartment complex. Platinum House, which was previously used by the local authority and now serves as a retail warehouse, will be transformed into a 15-apartment block following approval from the planning committee. The proposal, put forward by Mr Ali Saroya, includes the addition of another floor to the three-storey building and will comprise 10 one-bedroom flats, three two-bedroom flats, and two three-bedroom flats. Two of these homes will be available for affordable rent, at up to 80 per cent of market value, while the remaining 13 will be rented out by the landlord. There were concerns from 18 objectors about the lack of off-street parking and potential traffic congestion in the Middleton Conservation Area. Rochdale highways officers shared the concerns about having only on-street parking but suggested the introduction of a residents parking scheme would make the proposal viable. The plans were approved on November 27, the same night a retrospective plan for a house extension on Newhouse Road in Heywood also received approval, reports the Manchester Evening News.

Virgin Wines reports profit boost and eyes up £100m revenue by 2029
Retail 2025-12-02 11:31

Virgin Wines reports profit boost and eyes up £100m revenue by 2029

Virgin Wines has announced a rise in profit and new customer acquisitions, alongside a five-year growth strategy aimed at tripling its revenue to £100m by 2029. The firm also plans to initiate a share buyback programme to acquire up to 15% of its share capital, although it will not be introducing a dividend, as reported by City AM. The AIM-listed company reported this morning that its pre-tax profit increased by 20% to £1.3m in the six months ending December 27, with new customer acquisition growing by 29%. Earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation (EBITDA) at Virgin Wines remained steady at £1.6m. However, revenue saw a slight decrease from £34.3m in the first half of last year to £34.1m this year. Analysts at Panmure Liberum commented on the interim results: "Interims... contain no surprise and have delivered stable revenues, but the growth in new customers is the new news." They added: "If Virgin can grow the base the flywheel of profitability should kick in as the assets and infrastructure of the group get leveraged – this is certainly true of B2B sales and all eyes will be on the quality of the incremental customers the group start to acquire now." Cavendish analyst Nigel Parson stated: "The business is already picking up momentum after a period of consolidation helped by deep understanding of its target customer." "Surplus cash will be returned to shareholders through a share buyback programme... Investors with an eye for recovery stories should buy this 'en primeur' investment opportunity now, as we believe its share price could double or triple over this period." Virgin Wines has outlined its strategic growth blueprint concentrating on four core segments: customer acquisition, commercial partnerships, the Warehouse Wines scheme, and crafting a bespoke mobile application. The spirit of Warehouse Wines lies in its cost-effective approach that curates wines directly from the vineyards. Forecasting a bullish climb in revenue, they anticipate a leap to £100m within a five-year term. CEO Jay Wright commented on the development, saying: "This is an ambitious and transformational change in our business strategy and investment case, which we are excited to implement over the coming years."

Parkway rangers are actively engaged in efforts to prevent 18-wheelers from accessing the Trace.
Auto 2025-12-01 11:23

Parkway rangers are actively engaged in efforts to prevent 18-wheelers from accessing the Trace.

Written by Randy Bell View pictures in App save up to 80% data. In the past, it was rare for drivers to encounter a tractor trailer on the Natchez Trace. However, this has changed in recent times, with such vehicles appearing with greater frequency. The district ranger overseeing the Parkway segment that traverses Clinton suggests that the navigation systems employed by truck drivers could be contributing to this rise. “Most of them aren’t relying on commercial GPS anymore,” states Stephen Dollinger. “Instead, they are utilizing Google Maps or Apple Maps on their smartphones.” These systems fail to alert truck drivers that commercial vehicles are not allowed on the Trace, and those who break this rule may face hefty fines. “I wouldn’t want that one at all,” Dollinger remarks. “I think it costs around $330.” However, certain truck drivers, whether lacking information or opting to take risks, continue to navigate the Trace. This poses a problem throughout the entire Parkway, particularly in the Clinton and Ridgeland regions, where some big rig operators utilize it as a shortcut between I-20 West and I-55 North. Although their navigation system may direct them onto the Trace, there are clear signs indicating that commercial vehicles are prohibited. When Dollinger stops a truck driver, he often encounters a variety of excuses. “Frequently, I hear things like, ‘I missed the sign,’ or ‘I noticed the sign but proceeded regardless.’” However, Dollinger notes that he hasn't encountered many offenders who fail to grasp the consequences of their actions. "We spent approximately two years collecting data, which included truck license plate numbers, driver information, and DOT numbers, in order to analyze the number of repeat customers we have." After completing all those tasks, we discovered that our average for repeat customers was around one percent or even lower. When truck drivers are halted on the Trace, they receive a citation and are directed to leave the Parkway. Dollinger explains, “We typically advise them to exit onto the upcoming state highway. We prefer not to direct them towards the narrower county roads, as that could potentially lead to further complications.” He mentions that one of the reasons for restricting commercial vehicles on the Trace is to allow visitors to appreciate the landscape without the obstruction of large trucks. “It’s a route meant for tourists,” Dollinger explains. Consequently, it’s not ideal for large trucks. “Our lanes are narrower than typical lanes. While most are eleven feet wide, ours generally measure about ten feet across.” Additionally, there are limited areas along the Parkway where trucks can safely pull over in case of an issue. The Trace has a posted speed limit of fifty miles per hour, making it unsuitable for truckers who need to rush. However, Dollinger notes that many of the large trucks he sees on the Parkway aren’t exceeding the speed limit, which creates a different set of challenges. "I've seen a handful of trucks exceeding fifty, but the majority are actually moving at a slower pace, resulting in traffic congestion." This can create annoyance for other motorists who find it difficult to overtake the truck. Due to the small number of rangers monitoring the Trace, assessing the extent of truck traffic has proven challenging. To better understand the situation, several new and sophisticated traffic counters have been set up to evaluate the various types of vehicles utilizing the Parkway. Dollinger remarks, “In the upcoming months, we’ll get a clearer picture of the actual figures for commercial vehicles. If we notice a period with an increase in [trucks], we’ll modify our shifts to ensure [rangers] are available during those peak times.” Certain commercial drivers can avoid receiving a ticket, even if a ranger spots them on the Parkway, as it may not be feasible or safe to stop them. Dollinger states, “There will be moments when we spot them, but to be frank, we won’t be maneuvering through a dozen other vehicles just to get close to a semi. We’re not going to increase the risk of an already hazardous situation that the 18-wheeler is causing on the road.” The rangers welcome feedback from drivers regarding trucks traveling on the Trace. Dollinger reminisces about a recent piece of advice he got. "Earlier, I was south of I-20 when I received a call regarding a tractor-trailer on the Parkway. I was about to make my way back toward Clinton, but I decided to stay put and wait for the 18-wheeler to arrive. Once he showed up, I was able to handle the situation, issue him a ticket, and send him on his way." “We certainly appreciate the inquiries regarding this matter,” Dollinger states. “If we have personnel nearby or someone who can reach the location, we will absolutely respond and address the situation.” For reporting emergencies or any unlawful activities occurring on the Parkway, please dial 1-800-300-PARK (7275).

Is the North East on the cusp of achieving the world's first circular supply chain for EV batteries?
Manufacturing 2025-12-01 11:57

Is the North East on the cusp of achieving the world's first circular supply chain for EV batteries?

A rather barren-looking former cement works site, nestled in the otherwise beautiful surroundings of Weardale, County Durham, is a critical part of what could be the world’s first entirely circular electric vehicle (EV) production cluster. The Eastgate works was demolished more than 20 years ago, but it is where Weardale Lithium has recently secured planning permission to build the country’s first lithium extraction facility. It hopes to take underground water - known as ‘geothermal brines’ - from beneath the North Pennines, before processing it to get lithium, a soft silvery metal which is ideally suited for use in batteries. The UK is estimated to need 15,000 tonnes of the stuff each year to feed the EV industry. Stewart Dickson is the former investment banker and mining expert who leads the business, which has already used grant funding from the Government’s Automotive Transformation Fund to complete trials of its technology. The company says that work has been highly successful, and it is now pressing ahead with multimillion-pound plans to build a demonstration plant next to nearby boreholes - where it will produce battery grade lithium carbonate on-site. Only 50 miles away on Teesside (“next door” in the minerals world), London Stock Exchange-listed company Alkemy Capital Investments is hoping to develop what it says is Europe’s largest low-carbon, lithium refinery. It hopes that facility can produce 15% of the continent’s requirements of lithium hydroxide - the next stage in the battery and EV supply chain. Lithium carbonate is the feedstock for that process and while not all of the Weardale-derived compound will go to Teesside, the two firms are already working together to create a supply chain. With these two projects set up, North East lithium can then be taken to AESC’s gigafactories in Sunderland, made into batteries which are then put into vehicles at the nearby Nissan plant, before lithium is extracted from end-of-life batteries by Altilium Metals - which has been working in the region and has plans to build a facility on Teesside. Newcastle’s Connected Energy is also pioneering the use of second life batteries for storage systems. Colin Herron, a prominent voice in the electric vehicle industry and heavily involved in the Faraday Institution, is energised by the possibilities - and says an all-encompassing industry in the North East is possible within two years, pending commercial agreements coming to fruition. “We can present to the world - and we are - that this region is utterly unique in being able to do this,” Mr Herron says, having taken that message to trade shows as far afield as the US and Japan. “You’ve only got to go from Stanhope, up to Newcastle and across to Teesside - that’s it. That triangle there will have absolutely everything in it, including the car manufacturer and the battery manufacturer.” In Weardale, the brines are said to be low in impurities - a factor that has excited US science and tech giant KBR, which is providing the technology licensing and proprietary engineering design for the County Durham plant. KBR’s involvement is seen as a coup for Weardale, meaning it can offer a one-stop-shop solution for turning brines into lithium carbonate - a rarity in the market. The $7bn revenue operator - which has a hand in everything from fertiliser projects in Angola to engineering for NASA satellites - brings capabilities to the project that Weardale’s nascent competitors do not have. You have to travel about 450 miles south, to Cornwall, to find the competition. Here Cornish Lithium and GEL are looking to do similar things, though Weardale’s operation is said to be larger and already has a march on the planning front. Mr Dickson expects the project to break ground this year with the first lithium carbonate emerging from the site next year. “It’s a very fast-paced development, but we think the project merits that. I’m sure it won’t be a straight road because what we’re doing is innovative and it's new. So, we’ll have to be agile along that journey. It’s very much a scaled, stepwise approach.” The undertaking is an enormous one, and requires sizable investment. The recent planning success has provided a boost, giving more surety to potential backers. In 2023, Cornish Lithium secured £24m of backing from the UK Infrastructure Bank - now the National Wealth Fund - and while Mr Dickson says such investment in the Eastgate plant is unlikely at this stage, there are conversations taking place that he hopes will pave the way for future injections. There are frustrations though - and Mr Dickson says this Government and the last have so far “not adequately resourced policy” around batteries and UK critical minerals. With key minerals such as lithium shaping up to become the “next economic battlefield” in a more geopolitically precarious world, Weardale’s home-grown approach comes with compelling national security and capital efficiency selling points. And it’s not only money needed to get the project off the ground. Skills are another urgent demand. Weardale has talked of its commitment to hiring locally, but admits that at least some of the jobs will be recruited globally. “Isn’t that exciting?” says Mr Dickson, who sees the challenge as a positive one. “New science, technology and engineering, green jobs that are ready for future-facing businesses. "But, that brings with it a new set of challenges. We’ve already done the preliminary scoping of the number of jobs that we’ll need and the roles, and we have an ambition to hire locally. That will require some upskilling of people already in the labour force and also new skills for people coming into the labour force.

First images of how Immingham Green Energy Terminal could look as public consultation begins
Logistics 2025-11-30 18:54

First images of how Immingham Green Energy Terminal could look as public consultation begins

Immingham Green Energy Terminal is today being put to the public as statutory consultation begins, with first impressions of what it could look like released. The huge plan, potentially creating more than 1,000 jobs and a £4 billion boost to the UK economy, would see ammonia imported for port-centric hydrogen production, with carbon also shipped in for storage. Located on the eastern wing of Port of Immingham, the proposed development includes a new jetty with up to two berths and the infrastructure to handle bulk liquids as well as two substantial production sites - with the scale now visualised. Associated British Ports is working with the global market leader in hydrogen production, Air Products, who would construct and operate the significant facility, straddling the eastern entrance to the port, on ABP land. First revealed last summer, imported carbon would feed into the Viking CCS proposal, linking the power and refining cluster beside the port with depleted oil and gas caverns beneath the North Sea, via the former Theddlethorpe terminal on the Lincolnshire coast. Read more:Big interview with Humber ports director Simon Bird A capital investment cost has yet to be disclosed, but it is understood to be in the hundreds of millions, with port and industrial process development twinned. A 1,100m jetty would be positioned beyond the existing oil terminal, with link and walkways as well as loading arms and pipelines incorporated. Land-side two operational sites, east and west, would support production, with pipelines between them, and a refrigerated ammonia storage tank. Liquefiers and loading bays for road tankers would also feature. Inviting the public to share their views, a spokesperson for the port operator said: “These proposals would create a brand-new hydrogen production facility in the heart of the Humber’s energy estuary. IGET would contribute to the Humber 2030 Vision, where the Humber Energy Board is driving forward change in our local industries, decarbonising the Humber and delivering clean energy for the future.” ABP intends to submit a development consent order to the Secretary of State, via the Planning Inspectorate, this summer. It comes as its application for Immingham Eastern Ro-Ro Terminal, a £100 million proposal to facilitate Humber expansion for Swedish ferry operator Stena Line, has just been received by the government body. Last week a hydrogen trial was unveiled in the port - using the clean fuel to power plant on the container terminal - with senior representation from both ABP and Air Products as a glimpse of what could be achieved was given. The IGET development proposal constitutes a nationally significant infrastructure project, leading to the central government decision-making role. The consultation, the initial element of this, runs until February 20, with in-person consultation sessions at Immingham Civic Centre. They take place on Wednesday, January 18, between 8am and noon; Thursday, January 19 between 3.30pm and 7.30pm; Wednesday, February 1, between 8am and noon; Thursday, February 2, between 3.30pm and 7.30pm; Friday, February 17, between noon and 4pm and Saturday, February 18 between 10am and 2pm. Further information is available on the project website.

Deliveroo swings to first full year profit as orders jump in UK and Ireland
Retail 2025-11-30 18:50

Deliveroo swings to first full year profit as orders jump in UK and Ireland

A surge in takeaway and grocery orders across the UK and Ireland helped Deliveroo turn a profit last year. The food delivery firm informed markets this morning that its gross merchandise value (GTV) rose by five per cent to £7.4bn for the year ending December 31, up from £7bn the previous year, as reported by City AM. The company reported an annual profit of £2.9m, a significant improvement from a loss of £31.8m the year before. Revenue increased two per cent year on year, from £2.03bn to £2.07bn, while gross profit climbed six per cent to £767m. Deliveroo also saw a two per cent growth in its customer base during the year, with average order frequency increasing across all groups and improved retention throughout the year. "The robust results we've announced today, with our first full year profit and positive free cash flow as well as GTV growth across our verticals, demonstrate that our strategy is working," said Will Shu, Founder and CEO of Deliveroo. "Whilst the consumer environment remains uncertain, I am confident that we can continue to deliver growth by focusing on the levers in our control: supporting our restaurant partners to meet untapped consumer demand around new occasions, expanding our grocery and retail offering, and continuously improving our CVP [consumer value proposition]." The company aims for high-single GTV growth in 2025 and expects adjusted earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation (EBITDA) to be in the range of £170m-190m. In the medium term, it will target mid-teens percentage growth per year in GTV, and an EBITDA margin of four per cent. Deliveroo also announced its exit from the Hong Kong market on March 10, which led a London broker to label the brand "underappreciated". "Both earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation (EBITDA) and group GTV growth [revenue] are set to benefit from this market exit," Panmure Liberum analysts said.

Latest apartment complex completes in Birmingham
Property 2025-11-29 11:59

Latest apartment complex completes in Birmingham

Work on almost 400 new apartments has reached practical completion, marking the end of the first phase of a major new residential scheme in Birmingham. Loudon's Yard in Edgbaston has been delivered by Moda Living and contains 398 units to rent, ranging from studios to three-bedroom apartments, along with 14,000 sq ft of amenities including a gym, private dining room, co-working space and communal gardens. There is a concierge service and a programme of events and services run by an on-site team. Harrogate-based Moda Living said the design and materials used in Loudon's Yard were inspired by the nearby Birmingham Botanical Gardens. Its name is inspired by Jane Loudon, the Birmingham-born author who published gardening books and whose husband John designed the botanical gardens. Email newsletters BusinessLive is your home for business news from across the West Midlands including Birmingham, the Black Country, Solihull, Coventry and Staffordshire. Click through here to sign up for our email newsletter and also view the broad range of other bulletins we offer including weekly sector-specific updates. We will also send out 'Breaking News' emails for any stories which must be seen right away. LinkedIn For all the latest stories, views and polls, follow our BusinessLive West Midlands LinkedIn page here. Delivery of phase one, which started to welcome its first residents earlier in the summer, created 5,569 weeks of local employment, including 31 apprentices and eight placements from local universities and colleges. The main construction contractor was Northampton-based Winvic. Loudon's Yard is part of the wider New Garden Square masterplan on land bordered by Hagley Road and Beaufort Road which could eventually comprise 2,400 homes, £6 million worth of public realm and other commercial space across 11 acres. The second phase of the masterplan received planning permission in August and will have a 37-storey building containing 462 apartments to rent and amenities including a roof terrace. New Garden Square is being delivered in partnership with Calthorpe Estate, the historic, family-owned Birmingham property group which owns large swathes of land in the Edgbaston district. Andrew Parker, managing director of development for Moda Living which is also operating the scheme, said: "It's fantastic to have reached practical completion at Loudon's Yard. "It marks just the beginning of our partnership with Calthorpe Estates for the New Garden Square masterplan which will deliver outstanding new homes and spaces that will transform this part of Birmingham for the long term." Moda Living is behind other projects in Birmingham including the 42-storey Mercian in Broad Street and a project currently under construction on the former Ludgate Hill Car Park in the Jewellery Quarter. Haydn Cooper, chief executive of Calthorpe Estates, added: "The completion of Loudon's Yard represents an exciting milestone for Edgbaston and it's a proud moment for us at Calthorpe Estates to see our partnership with Moda Living bring this vision to life. "We look forward to continuing to create exceptional places with Moda as part of the New Garden Square masterplan." Mark Jones, managing director for multi-room at Winvic, said: "Reaching practical completion at Loudon's Yard is a proud milestone that reflects the dedication of our team and supply chain partners. "This 398-home community not only brings new housing and amenities to Edgbaston but has also created valuable employment and training opportunities for local residents and young people.

You Can Now Legally Bring Into the Country One of the Most Ferocious Sports Cars Ever Produced
Auto 2025-11-29 11:53

You Can Now Legally Bring Into the Country One of the Most Ferocious Sports Cars Ever Produced

View pictures in App save up to 80% data. Cars & Bids While measuring speed and acceleration is an empirical, objective pursuit, experiencing it is somewhat more subjective. The Bugatti Veyron was one of the first explosively fast cars that isolated the driver from the sensation of speed. EVs took it to the next level. Aside from the lung-crushing G-forces, you may as well be traveling by bullet train. Drive the new BMW M5 and tell us it's an engaging experience; it's not. At the other end of the scale are cars like the Ferrari F40 and just about every TVR ever made. If the sheer visceral feel of speed is what excites you, then you may be pleased to hear that the mental TVR Tuscan Speed Six now falls under the US 25-year import rule. That means you can finally test your heart’s max BPM on the way to the shops each day and then down an espresso just to calm down. If this represents your vision of a sports car experience, allow us to share some insights about one of the most ferocious sports cars ever created. First introduced in 1999, certain early models became technically eligible for import as of last year. However, with the arrival of 2025, a wider selection of Tuscan Speed Six sports cars can now be imported. It's important to note that the 25-year import rule pertains to the specific manufacture date of each vehicle, rather than the overall production period of the model line. TVR - The Genesis Tale TVR's origins date back to 1946, when Trevor Wilkinson founded a modest engineering company known as Trevcar Motors. Shortly thereafter, the name evolved into TVR Engineering, and the company began to introduce a gradual yet consistent lineup of TVR vehicles. Like many small independent car manufacturers, TVR faced numerous challenges, including financial difficulties, acquisitions, and production hurdles. Nevertheless, each vehicle continued to embody the foundational idea of a lightweight tubular chassis paired with a front-engine, rear-drive configuration. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. Include CarBuzz in your Google News updates. When Peter Wheeler saved the company from financial distress in 1981, he revitalized the brand and introduced some of its most iconic models. Cars like the Griffith, Chimaera, and Cerbera were all giant-killing sports cars, capable of challenging the fastest Porsches and Ferraris at a fraction of the cost. Build quality and reliability weren’t always a strong point, but every TVR made up for it with buckets of character and a soulful driving experience. The last cars rolled off the production line in 2006, but there have been attempts to reboot the brand in recent years. With the history lesson concluded, let’s shift our focus to the newest TVR from this era that is now ready to be brought to our shores. The TVR Tuscan Speed Six: A Featherweight Beast The TVR Tuscan Speed Six was introduced in 1999 to join the aging Rover V8-powered Griffith and Chimaera. It was the third time that the Tuscan name had been used on a TVR, but this one bore the swoopy styling and futuristic interior design that marked this era of TVR apart from just about anything else on the road. Whereas major manufacturers had long adopted ABS and traction control to tame their sportier offerings, the Tuscan Speed Six made do with just power-steering to separate the driver from the true, raw character of the car. For years, TVR had incorporated Rover's well-known V8 engine into a variety of its models. However, when the Tuscan was introduced, the company unveiled its own 3.6-liter straight-six engine, which boasted significantly more power and an impressive sound, even when idling. While it shared its inline-six configuration with a BMW, the experience was quite different; whereas even a high-performance M car would produce a smooth, turbine-like sound up to its redline, the TVR Speed Six engine roared like a caged race engine, unleashing a ferocious growl that hinted at its raw power. Engine 3.6-4.0-liter inline-six Power 350-400 bhp Torque 290-315 lb-ft Curb Weight 2,420 lbs (est.) 0-60mph 3.9 seconds claimed Top Speed 165-180 mph+ The first Tuscan released in 1999 had 360 horsepower and a curb weight of just 2,420 lbs. That gave it a power-to-weight ratio way better than a contemporary Porsche 911 Carrera or even a Ferrari F355. A five-speed manual transmission and rear-wheel drive were standard on all models. The straight-line acceleration of the Tuscan was astonishing, effortlessly outpacing vehicles that were priced at double its cost. However, it wasn't without its flaws. The absence of traction control and ABS meant that only experienced drivers could truly tap into the car's capabilities. Moreover, the early models were known to be challenging to handle at their limits, with contemporary reviewers suggesting that the suspension required further refinement. When approached with the caution it required, the Tuscan offered an exhilarating driving experience, guaranteed to bring joy even at moderate speeds. A Comprehensive Look at the Tuscan Speed Six Although the Tuscan couldn't rival the build quality and refinement of a BMW M3 or Porsche 911, it certainly held its own in terms of performance, which is where the initial upgrades were concentrated. Shortly after the Tuscan entered production, the Red Rose performance pack was introduced. This package featured upgraded brakes and suspension parts, distinctive 18-inch wheels, and enhancements to the engine that boosted its output by an extra 40 bhp. The Tuscan S made its debut a few years later, featuring a 4.0-liter variant of the Speed Six engine that delivered a robust 400 hp. In 2005, the Tuscan Mk2 was launched during the last production year, showcasing several cosmetic enhancements along with mechanical improvements. The front end became more stable due to the introduction of a new steering rack, larger brake calipers, and modified suspension mounting points. The outcome was a somewhat more subdued driving experience, yet it remained significantly more responsive and thrilling than nearly any other vehicle available on the roads during that period. The Competitors of Tuscany The Tuscan was manufactured from 1999 to 2006, with its initial models debuting in 2000. Competing vehicles included the BMW Z3 M Coupe, known for its exhilarating driving experience, and the Porsche Boxster S, which excelled in handling precision and stability. In the year 2000, the Tuscan was priced at 40,000 GBP, approximately $50,000, making it a more affordable option compared to both the BMW and Porsche by a notable difference. When it comes to value for money, the Tuscan stands out significantly. While the Germans excelled in terms of handling and overall refinement, the driving experience is what modern classic car enthusiasts truly desire. For those wanting to feel the essence of a genuine analog sports car, the TVR Tuscan delivers an exhilarating rush of automotive excitement. In recent years, prices have consistently climbed at European auction houses and classic car dealerships, although there's a noticeable disparity between pristine, show-quality vehicles and those that have seen considerable use. A reasonable starting price for a decent Tuscan is around $35,000, while top-notch models can fetch as much as $140,000. The ideal price point lies somewhere in between these figures, and although maintenance and parts may not come cheap, the limited production of just 1,677 units suggests that values will continue to appreciate. Make sure to purchase a vehicle that was manufactured at least 25 years ago, as the 25-year import rule is based on the production date of the car. Attempting to bring in one of the more recent models is likely to result in it being sent to the junkyard.

Latest official jobless figures from the East Midlands
Logistics 2025-11-28 11:37

Latest official jobless figures from the East Midlands

The number of people in work across the East Midlands has dropped by several thousand in the last three months, reflecting the tough state of the UK economy. New figures suggest the number of employed people in the region stands at 2.337 million – down 6,000 on the quarter but up 23,000 on the year. Department for Work and Pensions (DWP) figures state the region’s overall employment rate for people aged 16-64 was 74.9 per cent – down 1 percentage point on the quarter and 0.5 percentage points on the year. Nationally the UK unemployment rate has risen again while staff vacancies fell back further amid gathering signs that the jobs market is turning as the UK heads for an expected recession. Official figures show the national jobless rate rose to 3.7 per cent in the three months to October, up from 3.6 per cent in the previous quarter. The DWP said the East Midlands unemployment rate was slightly better than the national average at 3.3 per cent – and was down 0.8 percentage points on the year. Damien Keenan-Dilks, DWP partnership manager for Leicestershire said: “Jobcentres have had an extremely busy year, consulting and engaging directly with employers to fill their vacancies with the right person. “We’ve supported jobseekers to develop their skills and capability to enter the labour market, while also helping people to progress in their career. “For the coming year plans are already in hand to ramp up activity as there are still thousands of vacancies available especially in the key industries including care work, hospitality and logistics “The changes to Universal Credit and our 50PLUS offer means we can provide specialist help to even more claimants through intensive support, to help them get into work and seize opportunities to increase their job prospects and pay. “Our DWP ‘Find a Job’ website, signposts people to jobs, where thousands of jobs are on offer.” Opportunities on offer through local Jobcentres include work at the Wymeswold Business Quarter being built next to the existing Wymeswold Industrial Estate, near Loughborough. There are also 51 vacancies with 17 employers available across five sectors at East Midlands Airport. Meanwhile Mercia Park in North West Leicestershire is working with Jobcentre Plus to fill various vacancies. Official figures on Wednesday are expected to show inflation remained at eye-watering levels in November, but eased back to 10.9 per cent from 11.1 per cent in October. The ONS data also revealed a widening gap between private sector and public sector pay, growing by 6.9 per cent and 2.7 per cent respectively – among the biggest differences seen on record. Kitty Ussher, chief economist at the Institute of Directors, said the rise in unemployment suggests “the labour market has now turned”.

Audi and Mercedes Remain Unable to Overtake the BMW M340i Even After Six Years
Auto 2025-11-28 18:00

Audi and Mercedes Remain Unable to Overtake the BMW M340i Even After Six Years

View pictures in App save up to 80% data. BMW Germans make some of the world's best luxury sedans. This is true for compact, midsize, full-size, and especially sports sedans. They've been doing it for more than half a century, and ask anyone in this writer's vicinity in Europe, and they'll also tell you these are the best cars in the world. However, one German brand has consistently been making the fastest ones – not just the fastest in general, but also the fastest models at their respective price points. BMW Divisions M Founded 1916 Founder Karl Rapp and Gustav Otto Headquarters Munich, Germany Current CEO Oliver Zipse Status Active In 2019, BMW released the new M340i, powered by the now-revered B58 turbo straight-six . Not even a true "M" car, this entry-level sports sedan could rocket to 60 mph in 3.8 seconds (or 3.7 with BMW's xDrive AWD) and beat all of its competitors, including those from Audi and Mercedes-Benz at its ~$50,000 price point. Fair game, but the German brands have been working hard to introduce new and more powerful sedans to beat BMW's low-end offering for more than 5 years since then. It seems their efforts were futile. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. 2025款宝马M340i Starting Price (MSRP) $57,600 Engine/Motor 3.0-Liter Turbo I6 Horsepower 382 hp Torque 368 lb-ft Drivetrain RWD, AWD Transmission 8-Speed Automatic 0-60 MPH 3.8 Seconds View pictures in App save up to 80% data. 2024款梅赛德斯-AMG C 43 4MATIC Starting Price (MSRP) $60,700 Engine/Motor Hybrid 2.0-Liter Turbo 4-Cylinder + electric motor Horsepower 435 hp Torque 365 lb-ft Drivetrain All-Wheel Drive Transmission 9-Speed Automatic 0-60 MPH 4.6 Seconds View pictures in App save up to 80% data. 2025款奥迪S5 Starting Price (MSRP) $59,195 Engine/Motor 3.0-Liter Turbo V6 Horsepower 349 hp Torque 369 lb-ft Drivetrain AWD Transmission 7-Speed Dual-Clutch 0-60 MPH 4.3 Seconds In their most recent drag race video, Carwow showcased the BMW M340i xDrive facing off against its toughest competitors for 2024: the Mercedes-AMG C43 and the new Audi S5. The hybrid Mercedes boasts greater power and luxury compared to the M340i. All three vehicles feature all-wheel drive and have starting prices close to $60,000. Notably, the BMW M340i is a 2019 model, while both the Audi and Mercedes are fresh off the production line. The Ultimate Luxury Sports Sedan Face-off Quarter-Mile Race Outcomes Model 1/4 Mile Time BMW M340i 12.5 seconds Audi S5 12.8 seconds Mercedes-AMG C43 12.9 seconds If you've seen the headline, you’re already aware of the outcome. Sorry to disappoint Audi and Mercedes-AMG enthusiasts, but the BMW M340i absolutely dominates both in a standing quarter-mile showdown. Interestingly, the most powerful vehicle in the range – the C43 – turned out to be the slowest. This is likely attributed to its heft, as it weighs approximately 300 lbs more than the BMW, as noted by Carwow. Additionally, it is equipped with a unique 9-speed AMG SPEEDSHIFT MCT 9G automatic transmission that isn't quite as responsive as the one found in the M340i. The AMG "Race Start" launch control follows suit, leading to a less-than-stellar 0-60 mph time of 4.6 seconds. The Audi S5 put in a commendable performance, particularly given the significant weight disparity, but ultimately could not surpass the M340i. Carwow reports that the tested Audi S5 is around 600 lbs heavier than the M340i. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. Google 新闻 Enjoying the content? Consider adding HotCars to your Google 新闻 feed. Reasons Behind the Impressive Speed of the BMW M340i Often dubbed "budget M3" or "M3 lite," the magic of the M340i starts and ends with its choice of powertrain: the legendary B58 turbo inline-six mated to a ZF 8-speed automatic. The engine, which also powers the Supra to a 3.9-second 0-60 mph time , feeds all four wheels with a healthy 382 hp and 368 lb-ft of torque. However, in typical BMW fashion, this figure is vastly underrated. The M340i makes close to its advertised 382 hp at the wheels. The B58 utilizes a new closed-deck block design to make it more durable and reliable than the N55 it replaces. This not only allows the engine to operate reliability with a large twin-scroll turbocharger but also to be easily tuned to produce double its advertised factory power output. As a result of its reliable performance, the B58 is now famous among tuners and enthusiasts and has earned numerous awards and a spot in "WardsAuto's 10 Best Engines" lists multiple times. The transmission the M340i's B58 engine is mated to is no less impressive. The gear shifts in the M340i's new ZF-sourced automakers aren't just lightning-quick but also famously smooth and generally considered an improvement over BMW's bumpy old dual-clutch transmission. As a result, the xDrive AWD model launches to 60 mph in an impressive 3.7 seconds and reaches an electronically limited top speed of 155 mph. With the limiter removed, owners are consistently able to exceed 186 mph.

US logistics giant opens warehouse at Devon business park
Logistics 2025-11-27 11:11

US logistics giant opens warehouse at Devon business park

A global logistics company headquartered in the US has opened a warehouse in Devon. GXO, one of the world’s largest pure-play contract logistics providers, has secured space at Hitchcocks Business Park - a former dairy farm near Willand. According to Hitchocks, initial discussions between GXO and the business park in July 2021 led to a turn-key new yard being designed and then built to GXO’s specifications, including a specialist electrical supply and site infrastructure. Operations started at the site in November. Tim Smith, head of property at Hitchcocks Business Park, said the agreement with GXO highlighted the "ongoing success of Hitchcocks Business Park" in attracting new investment and employment to mid-Devon, with the development of the site forming part of the expansion area which was granted planning consent in 2021. He said: “We are delighted to welcome GXO to Hitchcocks Business Park and have worked closely with the GXO team to deliver their new site to the required specification." The business park is located near Junction 27 of the M5, between the villages of Uffculme and Willand. The site stretches across 90 acres and is still managed by the same family who previously ran the farm. GXO, which employs around 130,000 staff around the world, currently has 200 million sq ft of warehouse space in 950 locations, according to its website. READ NEXT Plymouth Marjon University to build 'wellbeing community hub' after being awarded £5.8m Luxury ice-cream company that sells in Waitrose agrees deal with fellow Devon firm Pennon opens second share scheme to Bristol Water customers

Birmingham's Mclaren building to undergo £2.4m facelift
Property 2025-11-27 18:30

Birmingham's Mclaren building to undergo £2.4m facelift

One of Birmingham's most prominent and recognisable office towers is to undergo a major overhaul. Property group Bruntwood SciTech is injecting £2.4 million into its Mclaren building to modernise the block which first opened in 1972. The project will see the building undergo a full refurbishment to expand its workspace offer to include turning the unused basement into a gym with changing rooms, a new "contemplation room" for meditation or reflection and bike storage space. New serviced offices aimed at start-up and growing businesses will be added, ranging from two to 30 desks, alongside its current space to lease. The reception and lounges, with accompanying breakout areas, will be completely redesigned with the aim of giving the building a brighter and more open feel. The renovation work is being carried out in partnership with Manchester-based interior design company Axi Studios. Once completed next spring, Mclaren, in The Priory Queensway, will have 112,000 sq ft of workspace across 20 floors and will also have a new name which is yet to be announced. Current tenants in the building include Energy Saving Group and infrastructure specialist Kier Highways. This latest project by Manchester-based Bruntwood SciTech follows on from it recently completing work on its Cornerblock building, in Cornwall Street, and starting to revamp Centre City, in Hill Street. It is also working in partnership with University of Birmingham on the new Health Innovation Campus in Selly Oak. Mohamed Ali, associate director for Bruntwood SciTech in Birmingham, said: "We want Mclaren to be a place where creative and innovative businesses can grow and succeed. "This investment will help us to achieve that by not only improving the calibre of workspaces and amenities available but offering access to both our Birmingham and UK-wide business support services too. "We look forward to offering a space for businesses and their employees that promotes wellbeing and a healthy work-life balance."

Ten-storey tower block could be built for 400 students
Property 2025-11-26 11:21

Ten-storey tower block could be built for 400 students

Nearly 400 student flats could be constructed in a ten-storey tower block in Salford as X1 Campus has submitted a proposal to Salford council to demolish the existing Cumberland House building on Lissadel Street. The new site would house 396 studios and include 'communal amenity' facilities for future residents if approved. A planning application must be submitted and approved by the council before work can commence on any new building. The three-storey Cumberland House building was initially built as a mill and factory, later becoming a repairs garage and taxi office. It is currently used for car storage, but the building is not listed, according to planning documents. The proposed development is near the Salford Crescent masterplan area, a £2.5 billion scheme designed by the council and Salford University to revitalise the area. This will result in 3,000 new homes, offices, and a new pedestrian and cycling bridge known as Salford Rise, which is already under construction. The Salford Crescent masterplan also includes creating one-million square feet of offices, retail and leisure facilities, and a new innovation zone around the university to foster collaboration between academics, researchers, and businesses. The university, which currently has nearly 30,000 students, anticipates growth in the coming years. Recently, it unveiled plans to refurbish its campus with a new student village centred around Peel Park, reports the Manchester Evening News.

A new solar-powered electric vehicle can travel 40 miles each day by harnessing solar energy, boasting 50% greater efficiency compared to a Tesla. 4807
Auto 2025-11-26 18:48

A new solar-powered electric vehicle can travel 40 miles each day by harnessing solar energy, boasting 50% greater efficiency compared to a Tesla. 4807

The Aptera Launch Edition electric vehicle boasts an impressive range of 400 miles on a single charge, complemented by the ability to travel an additional 40 miles each day solely through solar power. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. LAS VEGAS — A team of engineers has unveiled a prototype electric vehicle (EV) capable of traveling up to 40 miles (64 kilometers) each day solely on solar energy. The new solar-powered car, called the Aptera Launch Edition, also offers up to 400 miles (640 km) of range from a single charge via an electrical output, company representatives said in a statement. The production-ready EV was shown for the first time this month at CES 2025 in Las Vegas. The aerodynamic vehicle is constructed using a carbon fiber sheet molding compound (CF-SMC), which is a composite material consisting of chopped carbon fibers combined with a thermosetting resin. Additionally, the design features four solar panels strategically positioned on the hood, dashboard, roof, and rear hatch. According to Aptera officials, the use of this material simplifies the vehicle manufacturing process, resulting in a design that requires only a fraction—one-tenth—of the components typically needed for standard vehicles. The chassis consists of merely six essential body parts, contributing to a lighter and more energy-efficient vehicle compared to traditional electric vehicles. Additionally, this design achieves a 50% decrease in aerodynamic drag. The vehicle also has an energy efficiency rating of 100 Watt-hours per mile (Wh/mile) — a measure used to determine the amount of energy used to drive 1 mile (1.6 km). By contrast, a Tesla Model S (released in 2022) consumes 194 Wh/mile in the city in mild weather and 288 Wh/mile on the highway in mild weather, according to the EV Database. At a maximum range of 440 miles — including 40 miles using solar power and 400 miles using electricity — the Aptera EV may also overtake the current longest-range vehicles in production. The Mercedes-Benz EQS 450+ has a maximum range of 425 miles (684 km), according to the EV Database, followed by the Lucid Air Grand Touring at 410 miles (660 km). Harnessing solar power in EVs is not unheard of, with Mercedes-Benz debuting a new type of solar paint in November 2024 that could power an EV for up to 7,500 miles (12,000 kilometers) per year in optimal lighting conditions. The timeline for Aptera's new electric vehicle launch remains uncertain, but the company recently formed a partnership with electronics giant LG during CES 2025. Under this agreement, LG will supply Aptera with cylindrical battery cells from this year until 2031, facilitating an increase in production capabilities.

Mercedes Might Reintroduce AMG and Maybach S-Class Coupes 4802
Auto 2025-11-25 11:43

Mercedes Might Reintroduce AMG and Maybach S-Class Coupes 4802

Recent trademark applications suggest that the S-Class Coupe may be making a comeback, possibly as a limited edition in a Mythos series or through a custom coachbuilding initiative. Recent trademarks filed in Europe reveal a pair of coupes based on the Mercedes S-Class. The models feature AMG and Maybach branding, with the latter featuring a split rear window. The listings were not filed by Mercedes itself but could hint at a limited production model. Two-door luxury coupes may be a dying breed, but it seems Mercedes-Benz isn’t ready to let the concept fade away just yet. New trademark filings with the European Union Intellectual Property Office (European Union Intellectual Property Office) hint at the possible return of the S-Class Coupe, this time in ultra-exclusive Maybach and AMG configurations. The trademarks, filed by a Swiss company called Robu Aktiengesellschaft, point to a coachbuilt project that could bring the elegance of a flagship sedan into a two-door format. While the Mercedes S-Class Coupe was discontinued in 2020 due to lackluster sales, the appeal of a luxurious, highly exclusive land yacht evidently hasn’t disappeared. For deep-pocketed customers, the allure of a modern two-door S-Class may have inspired this effort. If these trademarks are anything to go by, the latest S-Class is about to get a dose of the sleek, coupe cool factor it’s been missing. The patents reveal that both the Maybach and AMG variants exhibit a comparable silhouette, featuring elongated front doors and a modified roofline. The greenhouse has been redesigned to suit the two-door body style, although it appears to diverge from the frameless window design found in the previous S-Class Coupe. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. European Union Intellectual Property Office AMG Performance Collides with Maybach Sophistication The first trademarked design sports the unmistakable bodywork of the Mercedes-AMG S63 E Performance, complete with its aggressive bumper intakes and signature quad tailpipes. The badging on the profile reads “V8 Biturbo E Performance”, suggesting this coupe may inherit the 791 hp (590 kW / 802 PS) plug-in hybrid powertrain from the four-door AMG S63 sedan. However, the bi-tone paint job and multi-spoke wheels hint at Maybach-inspired opulence rather than pure AMG aggression. The second design leans even further into luxury. This Maybach-branded coupe incorporates signature chrome accents, bespoke badging, and most notably a split rear windscreen, reminiscent of the Vision Mercedes-Maybach 6 concept from 2016. Powering this opulent creation could be the twin-turbocharged 6.0-liter V12 engine found in the Maybach S680, which delivers 621 hp (463 kW / 630 PS). View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. Is a Coachbuilt Future on the Horizon for Mercedes S-Class Coupes? These trademarks aren’t entirely unprecedented. As noted by Car and Driver, Robu Aktiengesellschaft, the entity behind the filings, has dabbled in this space before. In 2021, the company trademarked the Bussink GT R SpeedLegend, an AMG GT R-based speedster produced in a limited run of five units by HWA, Mercedes-AMG’s longtime partner. If the same playbook is being followed here, the S-Class Coupes may emerge as ultra-exclusive, coachbuilt creations either produced independently or under Mercedes’ own Mythos program. There’s even been chatter that Maybach aims to expand into the coachbuilt segment, crafting one-off or limited-edition cars for its most elite clientele. But exclusivity comes at a cost: with the extensive design changes evident here, expect these conversions to carry staggering price tags. Currently, two-door luxury coupes are a rare breed. The Rolls-Royce Spectre, a fully electric entrant, and the sportier Bentley Continental GT dominate the segment. If the Mercedes-Maybach and AMG Coupes materialize, they could inject some much-needed diversity into this niche. Meanwhile, it’s worth pointing out that Mercedes and Maybach continue to develop mid-cycle updates for their S-Class sedans, which are expected to debut later this year. View pictures in App save up to 80% data.

Former Cardiff office building being turned into Wales' first co-living scheme
Property 2025-11-25 18:42

Former Cardiff office building being turned into Wales' first co-living scheme

A project transforming a former office building in the centre of Cardiff into Wales’ first co-living scheme has secured a £30m-plus funding boost to ensure its completion . Developer Urban Centric has struck a £23.8m debt deal with Shawbrook for the project at the 60,000 sq ft Knox Court building alongside securing a £7.6m equity injection from Housing Growth Partnership, which is part of Lloyds Banking Group. The project is scheduled for completion in January 2026 and will provide 206 apartments for rent, alongside share areas. It will also have office units on the ground floor. The funding will finance the construction work, including the addition of two new floors, and assist with tenant acquisition. The building has been vacate since financial services firm L&G moved staff last year into its new Welsh HQ building at the Interchange scheme, which forms part of the wider Central Square development around Cardiff Central Station. Andrew Wood, director of Urban Centric, said: “Urban Centric are proud to be delivering the first co-living scheme in Wales with our partners, the Housing Growth Partnership and with the support of Shawbrook. “Following the successful completion of our first scheme with Shawbrook in Swansea in 2022, we were delighted to partner with them once again on this landmark project. Their flexible and tailored funding approach has been instrumental in helping us bring our vision to life and we look forward to working with them in the future.” John Hughes, senior relationship director at Shawbrook, said “We are pleased to support Urban Centric in launching Wales’s first co-living scheme. This partnership, alongside the Housing Growth Partnership, combines our financial expertise with their innovative vision, propelling the project forward. Co-living offers a flexible, community-focused living experience that resonates with today’s urban residents seeking affordability and connection. Working with Urban Centric again underscores our commitment at Shawbrook to fostering strong relationships with developers.” Mike Murphy, director of Housing Growth Partnership, said: “This first investment alongside Urban Centric highlights the ever-growing significance of equity funding in creating, regenerating and delivering vibrant communities and homes that meet an unmet demand for housing in key regional UK cities. It also underscores our team’s capability in executing complex equity transactions across the UK living sector. "Co-living in particular is a nascent but fast-growing product, as people prioritise city centre living and the infrastructure and social advantages it brings. It’s been great working with the team at Urban Centric to date and the collaboration with Shawbrook has given us the reliable financing and confidence needed to bring this project to life.

Chrysler Celebrates Two Decades of Stow 'N Go Technology
Auto 2025-11-24 18:46

Chrysler Celebrates Two Decades of Stow 'N Go Technology

View pictures in App save up to 80% data. Chrysler Chrysler is celebrating a big milestone this month: 20 Years of Stow 'n Go seating! This seating and storage system was a huge deal at the time and still inspired storage solutions to this day. That isn't unexpected from Chrysler, though. Back in the 1980s, the automaker actually invented the minivan and brought it to market to help bring Chrysler back to profitability. You don't need a Hellcat-swapped Chrysler minivan to be cool, although that doesn't hurt either. Chrysler Chrysler, historically one of the "Big 3" automakers in the United States, is recognized for its luxurious sedans and robust muscle cars. After encountering financial challenges, the company joined forces with Fiat in 2014. Although its current offerings are more limited, Chrysler continues to represent a significant chapter in the story of American automotive heritage. Parent Corporation Stellantis Founded 1925 Founder Walter Chrysler Headquarters Auburn Hills, Michigan Current CEO Christine Feuell The Breakthrough of Stow 'N Go Seating View pictures in App save up to 80% data. Chrysler Chrysler first introduced Stow ‘n Go Seating back in 2005 on the Town & Country minivan. This was at a time when the minivan received a little mid-cycle refresh, but the new seating system was actually a big deal. Stow ‘n Go Seating provided second and third-row seats that were folded down into underfloor compartments. When the seats aren't folded, it also allows for tons of extra storage under the floor. This was a big deal for minivans at the time and was prominently featured in marketing materials for the Town & Country minivan. Chrysler has sold more than 5 million minivans with Stow ‘n Go seating over the last 20 years. Now, it is introducing the 2025 Chrysler Pacifica Limited and 2025 Chrysler Voyager models at the 2025 Detroit Auto Show. Both the Chrysler Pacifica and Voyager have standard Stow 'n Go seating on some trim levels. Chrysler Stow 'n Go Seating: A Statistical Overview: 2 rows of seats that fold flat (second and third row) with the Stow ‘n Go system 140+ cubic feet of interior space created by the Stow ‘n Go on the 2025 Chrysler Pacifica and 2025 Chrysler Voyager 243 different seating configurations for the gas-powered Chrysler Pacifica 5 million minivans sold with Stow ‘n Go seating since the debut of the 2005 model year 0:48 View pictures in App save up to 80% data. You have been educated with information available until October 2023. The Journey of Stow 'N Go Continues into 2025 View pictures in App save up to 80% data. Chrysler Stow 'n Go seating is standard on a few models for 2025. The gas-powered 2025 Chrysler Pacifica Select and 2025 Chrysler Pacifica Limited get the feature, along with the 2025 Chrysler Voyager. The Chrysler Pacifica Plug-in Hybrid and gas-powered Pacifica Pinnacle models feature standard third-row Stow ‘n Go seating with removable second-row seats. These models add 140 cubic feet of storage space when the seats are stowed. Many SUVs use fold-flat seating for extra storage space, built on the Stow 'n Go premise that Chrysler created. "The Chrysler brand is set to celebrate its 100th anniversary in 2025, a milestone that reflects a century of innovation fueled by years of excellence in design, technology, and performance." Chris Feuell | Chief Executive Officer of the Chrysler Brand While some may view it as a trivial addition, the development of this feature was a significant achievement. Chris Feuell, the CEO of the Chrysler brand, noted, “Stow ‘n Go seating is part of a long tradition of Chrysler innovations that enhance the lives of our customers.” The concept was crafted by a dedicated team of engineers and designers within Chrysler. This team wasn't just any ordinary group; they hailed from the brand that pioneered the minivan four decades ago. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. You have been educated with information available until October 2023. Celebrate! Jay Leno's Chrysler Concept Car Powered by Turbines is Back on the Road! A groundbreaking initiative that marks the return of the space age-inspired automobile to the streets after many years. The Creation of the Minivan by Chrysler View pictures in App save up to 80% data. Chrysler Stellantis says that Chrysler started working on the minivan idea way back in the 1970s. In 1977, this group of designers devised the idea they dubbed the "magic wagon." That eventually evolved into the "minivan" name we know now. The team wanted the vehicle to be as comfortable as a station wagon but more spacious and versatile. The minivan's interior could feature a flat floor by adopting a front-engine and front-wheel drive configuration. Key design aspects included a low floor for convenient loading and unloading, a sliding side door, and an expansive one-piece tailgate. The Dodge Caravan and Plymouth Voyager were introduced in 1983, achieving a strong performance in their inaugural year. Dodge and Plymouth managed to sell 210,000 units during their first full year, surpassing the break-even threshold of 155,000. This success played a crucial role in restoring Chrysler's profitability at that time. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. Google 新闻 Enjoying the content? Consider adding HotCars to your Google 新闻 feed.

High Street shops, pubs and restaurants face £1bn tax bill from April
Retail 2025-11-24 18:54

High Street shops, pubs and restaurants face £1bn tax bill from April

Shops, restaurants and pubs across England are facing an extra £1 billion in taxes when a discount is cut next month, adding to a “tsunami” of rising costs hurtling toward the sector, according to new analysis. Businesses in London will be hit hardest by changes, tax and software firm Ryan found. Firms in the retail, leisure and hospitality sector are facing increased costs in April when a discount on business rates will be reduced from 75% to 40%. The changes were announced in last year’s autumn Budget, with the Government committing to keeping the discount scheme for the next financial year but cutting the level of relief. Each business will still have a maximum discount of £110,000. Ryan’s analysis found that the reduced discount will raise an extra £1.03 billion from firms across England over the 2025-2026 tax year. Nearly a third of the extra revenue will come from businesses in London, who collectively are facing an additional £309.7 million in business rates. This is followed by an extra £157.9 million from businesses in the South East who are facing a bigger bill, and £110.5 million from firms in the North West. Alex Probyn, a property tax expert at Ryan, told the PA news agency that it “comes on top of a tsunami of other rising costs, making it a complex and challenging environment” for businesses to operate in. From April, national insurance contributions will also rise for some businesses, while they will also have to pay employees a higher national living wage. The Government has said extra revenues raised from higher taxes on businesses will help fill a gap in the UK’s public finances and be plugged into things like infrastructure and the public sector. It pledged in the Budget to introduce permanently lower business rates for smaller retail, hospitality and leisure firms from 2026. The Government has also said that some 865,000 employers will not pay any national insurance in the year ahead because of the employment allowance rising from £5,000 to £10,500. But Mr Probyn said the changes will “disproportionately affect small and independent businesses across sectors already struggling”.

Pets at Home says profit fell in line with expectations and warns of struggles ahead
Retail 2025-11-23 11:19

Pets at Home says profit fell in line with expectations and warns of struggles ahead

Pets at Home has reported that its profit has fallen in line with expectations, according to its latest performance update. However, the company has also warned of potential challenges ahead, as reported by City AM. The group anticipates a pre-tax profit of £133m for the year, which aligns with previous forecasts. Despite a "challenging and volatile UK consumer backdrop", the company stated that trends in the final quarter of the year developed as expected across both its Retail and Vets divisions. The firm highlighted record numbers of Pets Club members and continued growth in its Vets business. It expects to conclude the full 2025 financial year in a net cash position, having returned approximately £85m to investors throughout the year. Over the past year, Pets at Home has completed its new digital platform and network optimisation. With the introduction of this new platform, the company now has two "major strategic programmes" aimed at facilitating business growth in the coming year. Looking ahead, the group expects current market conditions and consumer backdrop to persist into the new financial year. However, it predicts further profit growth following the "exceptional levels" achieved in the past two financial years. In its Retail division, the group expects to outperform the market as its investments in digital start to pay off. Nevertheless, the company anticipates an £18m hit due to increased employers' national insurance contributions. The firm has forecasted a dip in profit for the 2026 financial year to an estimated £115m to £125m, due to rising expenses. Shore Capital analyst David Hughes remarked: "The continued decline in the Retail arm is likely a cause for concern for investors, however the ongoing growth in the higher margin Vet business is encouraging and if the business does gain market share, it does have the potential to emerge stronger as and when the consumer does recover."

2027 BMW M3 Electric Vehicle Starts Testing, Potentially Delivering More Than 700 Horsepower
Auto 2025-11-23 18:32

2027 BMW M3 Electric Vehicle Starts Testing, Potentially Delivering More Than 700 Horsepower

The most legendary model from BMW M is set to undergo an electric transformation. BMW has begun testing an electric M3 in Sweden, following a preview last month. Little is known about the model, but it appears lower and wider than the upcoming i3. The car could have a quad-motor powertrain producing more than 700 hp. Last month, BMW M quietly released the first pictures of a high performance Neue Klasse EV. Now, spy photographers have caught the prototype undergoing cold weather testing in snowy Sweden. Set to become the first M3 EV (or i3 M), the prototype is heavily disguised but closely resembles the Vision Neue Klasse concept. Starting up front, there’s a wide ‘grille’ that is flanked by sweptback headlights. Further below, we can see what appears to be an expansive lower intake. The design of the model features sleek bodywork accompanied by door handles that sit flush with the surface. However, these aerodynamic elements are contrasted by bold fender flares, suggesting that this prototype boasts a broader track compared to the regular i3. While specifics are somewhat unclear, the vehicle features a stylish windscreen and a progressively designed greenhouse. Additionally, it showcases a curved rear bumper along with a trunk that stands almost vertically. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. Spy photographers didn’t get a good look inside, but BMW recently introduced their new Panoramic iDrive system at CES. It features an expansive pillar-to-pillar display located at the base of the windscreen. The display is broken up into three sections and the one directly in front of the driver acts as a digital instrument cluster. The remaining sections are customizable and can accommodate up to six widgets that show everything from the weather to a G Meter. Little else is known about the car at this point, but it’s expected to use a quad-motor powertrain that was tested in earlier i4-based prototypes. Those were rumored to have more than 1,000 hp (746 kW / 1,014 PS) and advanced torque vectoring technology, but speculation suggests the road-going model could be a little tamer as it may have closer to 700 hp (522 kW / 710 PS). View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data.

Devon transport firm bought out of administration, securing 144 jobs
Logistics 2025-11-22 18:42

Devon transport firm bought out of administration, securing 144 jobs

Devon transport firm STR Logistics has been sold, securing 144 jobs. The Exeter-based business and its assets have been acquired by Devon & Cornwall Logistics Limited (DCL) for an undisclosed sum. Insolvency practitioner SFP, which documents filed on Companies House show was appointed last month, confirmed STR was in administration at the time of the sale. Founded in 2002 by Steven Richardson, STR provides home deliveries, pallet distribution and secure freight handling services across the South West. In 2021 Mr Richardson sold the business to Anthony Quinn and Peter Adams, who were previously senior leaders at international logistics company Kuehne + Nagel, and had wanted to relocate to Devon to start their own venture. At the time of that deal, the pair said they had plans to expand STR’s core region to include Gloucestershire, Bristol and South Wales and double the size of the business within five years. Following a buy-out, the company’s turnover was on an upward trajectory increasing from £2.9m in the year to June 2020, to £3.7m in 2021 and £6.7m in 2022. Administrators said a combination of rising costs, including fuel and wages, a shortage of available spare parts, increased lead time for vehicles and the general downturn of the economy, led to "numerous trading difficulties and the accumulation of creditor arrears". Professional guidance was sought in December 2022, and after options were considered for the business, a marketing campaign was undertaken to source a buyer as part of a restructure, with the deal with DCL completed on January 31. . Mr Quinn, who is DCL's chief executive, said that the new company would continue to trade under the banner of STR, adding: “Our new management team, improved corporate strategy and good old-fashioned excellent service will ensure this business can go from strength to strength.” David Kemp, joint administrator at SFP, says that in the face of “very difficult circumstances” the sale achieved a “constructive outcome”. Mr Kemp added: “The impact of record inflation and other economic constraints placed enormous pressure on STR logistics, which sustained irretrievable damage as a result. “The sale to Devon and Cornwall Logistics Limited was the best solution to achieving the preferred outcome: the retention of STR Logistics employees, maximised value for stakeholders and ongoing services to the business’ valuable clients.” Read next:

East Midlands Railway recruiting apprentice train drivers
Logistics 2025-11-22 18:28

East Midlands Railway recruiting apprentice train drivers

East Midlands Railway has launched its latest recruitment drive for apprentice train drivers. The regional rail operator – which recently achieved a ‘Good’ Ofsted rating for its apprenticeship scheme – said it was keen to encourage candidates from all backgrounds to apply for the roles based at its Nottingham and Derby depots. The appeal comes amid reports of further strike action expected within the industry after crisis talks between ministers and unions failed to resolve industrial disputes. Sustained action has crippled services, with only one in five trains running between Tuesday and Saturday. RMT general secretary Mick Lynch and Mick Whelan, general secretary of train drivers’ union Aslef, have been among those meeting with the Department for Transport for talks. The East Midlands Railway (EMR) apprenticeship scheme is open to people aged 21 and above and involves a 12-18-month programme blending theory and practical work in the classroom with practical skills development such as cab rides and signal box visits. Successful applicants will have access to EMR’s training academy where classroom learning is underpinned by VR technology replicating real life railway situations. The railway company also has a cab simulator so apprentices can learn about train driving in a variety of different circumstances and conditions within a safe environment. A spokeswoman said: “EMR values diversity and is committed to ensuring equality across its organisation. “In particular, EMR encourage women, younger people and ethnic minority groups to apply for the roles.” HR director Kate Holden said: “At EMR, we currently employ just over 600 drivers and to fulfil our fleet rollout, we need drivers to operate the trains across the network. “One of our major challenges is encouraging a more diverse driving workforce. We’ve been working to increase the number of females applying for our driver roles, with open evenings aimed specifically at women, as well as tackling the unconscious bias through blind screening. “We encourage applications from candidates of all backgrounds and ages and we’d urge anybody interested in a career in any of these driver roles to check out our website.”

Flybe administrators in bid for temporary operating licence
Logistics 2025-11-21 11:21

Flybe administrators in bid for temporary operating licence

Administrators for collapsed airline Flybe have applied for a temporary operating licence, the Civil Aviation Authority (CAA) has announced. This would give the administrators from Interpath the chance to put the regional carrier on a firm footing, but flights would not initially resume. It is the first time the CAA has received an application for a temporary licence from a failed airline. A spokesman for the regulator said: “Flybe’s administrators have applied for a temporary operator’s licence. “If approved, it would allow the administrators to start the process of restructuring the business. The UK Civil Aviation Authority has not yet made a decision on whether to grant a temporary licence. “Flybe’s licence currently remains suspended in accordance with the undertakings given by the administrators.” Flybe collapsed into bankruptcy for the second time in three years on January 28. The airline’s administrators confirmed 277 of its 321 staff would be made redundant. The Sunday Telegraph reported that airline groups Lufthansa and Air France-KLM are in talks with the administrators to buy the carrier, which held lucrative take-off and landing slots at Heathrow Airport. Flybe was first pushed into administration in March 2020 with the loss of 2,400 jobs as the Covid-19 pandemic destroyed large parts of the travel market. Before then it flew more UK domestic routes between airports outside London than any other airline. Its business and assets were purchased in April 2021 by Thyme Opco, linked to US hedge fund Cyrus Capital. Flights resumed 12 months later, with the airline based at Birmingham Airport.

Comment: Government's actions are a useful first step but needs to do more
Manufacturing 2025-11-21 18:44

Comment: Government's actions are a useful first step but needs to do more

It was more bad news for UK auto last week when President Donald Trump announced 25 per cent tariffs on all car imports to the US. This will have a huge impact on the UK and EU auto industry which was already being squeezed by falling sales in China, stagnant demand in Europe and slow electric vehicle (EV) take-up. It's nothing short of a perfect storm for the auto industry. Cars are the UK's number one goods export to the US, at £8.3 billion in the year to the end of quarter three in 2024, out of around £58 billion in total UK exports to the US. Firms like JLR, Rolls Royce, Bentley, Aston Martin, Mini, McLaren and Morgan will be most affected. The US is the UK's largest auto export market after the EU. There will be a particular impact on the West Midlands which is the number one exporting region to the US (think JLR and Aston Martin, for example). Much of the UK auto industry is already operating well below capacity and the tariffs will be a further hit for a struggling industry. Production cuts and job losses are likely. The Institute For Public Policy Research puts 25,000 jobs at risk. Email newsletters BusinessLive is your home for business news from across the West Midlands including Birmingham, the Black Country, Solihull, Coventry and Staffordshire. Click through here to sign up for our email newsletter and also view the broad range of other bulletins we offer including weekly sector-specific updates. We will also send out 'Breaking News' emails for any stories which must be seen right away. LinkedIn For all the latest stories, views and polls, follow our BusinessLive West Midlands LinkedIn page here. That is a big underestimate as it fails to account for tipping points if plants fall below minimum viability levels and close completely, with a further impact on the supply chain. You can double or triple that number in terms of the jobs at risk. The UK is looking to do a quick trade deal with the US to avoid tariffs hitting UK auto too much. I think that is doable in a narrow sense on cars as the UK has a ten per cent tariff on US imports. Both sides could scrap auto tariffs completely and both would see it as a win. That has to be a key, immediate goal for the Government. A broader trade deal to avoid Trump's ten per cent tariffs on all UK imports will be much more tricky and will see the US wanting concessions on the digital services tax, more access for US services to the UK in areas like health, and a deal on agriculture. Think chlorinated chicken and hormone injected beef. The Government has already ruled out the latter. To help the auto industry, Prime Minister Keir Starmer this week set out changes to the UK's Zero Emission Vehicle (ZEV) mandate. This was set out as a response to Trump's 25 per cent tariff but was anyway on the cards after a huge outcry from industry last year over policy and a quick-round consultation by the Government. These changes have rather cleverly been marketed as a response to Trump's Tariffs. Nevertheless, what the Government unveiled is useful as far as it goes. The ZEV mandate policy had been inherited from the previous government and was a dog's breakfast of a policy which risked fining domestic producers for not hitting overly optimistic mandated targets, with them then likely having to buy credits from the likes of Tesla and Chinese EV producers. Fining firms making investment in the UK was always a bad idea and giving auto makers more flexibility to hit the targets makes a lot of sense. Another welcome change is allowing hybrids like the Toyota Prius or Range Rover Evoque hybrid to be sold through to 2035 (after the 20203 ban on pure petrol and diesel cars). Hybrids are a good first step for many people and help in the transition to electrification. And 2035 as a target for this is fine: the average life of a car is 15 years so that still means we can be on track to get to Net Zero by 2035. Other good news came in the form of reducing fines for non-compliance and exempting smaller producers like Aston Martin. So far, so good. But what isn't clear is whether there is any new cash for speeding up the roll out of the charging infrastructure. The Government ‘reaffirmed' £2.3billion for a range of objectives including infrastructure (in other words just reannounced money that was already committed). While the government says it is on track to reach its target of 300,000 public chargers by 2030, many of these are in London and the South East. Elsewhere, the charging network is patchy and a big deterrent to EV take up. There are also some glaring gaps in the new policy stance. Firstly, there are no incentives to boost demand for EVs. If the Government wants to speed up the market for EVs, whacking the supply side with a big stick in the form of mandates is not enough. Carrots are also needed for the demand side. Think of temporary VAT cuts to make EVs more attractive and boost demand. Sadly, the Government's self-imposed fiscal straight jacket rules this out. But, even if the UK gets a trade deal with the US, Trump's tariffs will hit world trade, growth and demand for UK exports. There will be indirect effects on UK economic growth anyway which makes hitting Rachel Reeves' eye-wateringly tight fiscal rules even more challenging. At some point, they will need to be relaxed. Last but not least, the Government's early-awaited yet delayed industrial strategy is needed sooner rather than later. It has been delayed by the Government while it is being repainted from green to battleship grey as the drive to re-arm gathers pace given Europe's inability to rely on the US for defence under Trump. Boris Johnson sadly scrapped the last industrial strategy so as to ‘build back better'. Building back badly was perhaps a more apt description of what then unfolded as growth stagnated. Putting a strategy back in place is vital to help advanced manufacturing - and automotive - on a range of issues like attracting investment into making EVs, rebuilding the supply chain (including on batteries), retraining and reskilling workers and cutting energy costs. Starmer has said the world has changed and we need to respond. It has, and while the Government's announcements this week are welcome, much more will be needed going forwards if the auto industry is to thrive in the UK.

Bristol's Cheese Lane Shot Tower once among city's 'most polluting' now targeting net zero
Property 2025-11-20 18:04

Bristol's Cheese Lane Shot Tower once among city's 'most polluting' now targeting net zero

A Grade II-listed Bristol office block that was once one of the most polluting buildings in the city is on course to achieve a net-zero target after securing funding to help cut its emissions. The Cheese Lane Shot Tower, home to charity the Workforce Development Trust, has been a distinctive feature of Bristol’s skyline for decades. The building, near Temple Way, was built as the headquarters of the Sheldon Bush and Patent Shot Company - manufacturers and suppliers of lead shot. It opened during the late 1960s as a replacement for the original 18th century lead shot tower in Redcliffe. Lead shot was manufactured in Bristol until the 1990s before it was banned due to environmental concerns. Following Sheldon Bush’s eventual closure, the 142ft tower was empty until it was converted into offices around the turn of the millennium. John Rogers, the chief executive of The Workforce Development Trust, which supports the NHS and other frontline public services develop and maintain a sustainable workforce, describes the tower’s recent carbon cutting overhaul as “quite the turnaround”. He said: “It is an irony that a building which at one point was producing a cocktail of toxic chemicals causing untold environmental damage can now be held up as a symbol for a much cleaner, greener future and economy for the city.” With the support of a Green Business Grant from the West of England Combined Authority, the building has been fully upgraded and retrofitted with a range of carbon reduction measures, including low-energy LED lighting and solar panels. A total of £2m has been made available for businesses across the region to help cut emissions, with applications open to firms until March next year. Dan Norris, mayor of the West of England said: “It’s great to see our Green Business Grants make a real impact on an iconic piece of Bristol’s skyline. Cheese Lane is a towering example of how my Mayoral Combined Authority is helping local businesses harness solar power.” The Workforce Development Trust is targeting net zero by 2035. Mr Rogers added: “By sharing our slightly quirky journey, we’re hoping that it will help to inspire other small charities and businesses in the region to seek out the support they need to reduce their carbon emissions."

Tesla is recalling close to 240,000 cars due to a problem with the rearview camera.
Auto 2025-11-20 18:34

Tesla is recalling close to 240,000 cars due to a problem with the rearview camera.

How car recalls are reported The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) initiated car recalls following reports from consumers about issues with their vehicles. Tesla is recalling nearly 240,000 vehicles because of a problem affecting the rearview camera, which can cause a visibility issue for drivers.  The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration said in a filing last week that the recall covers certain Model 3, Model S,  Model X, and Model Y vehicles. According to the recall documents, a short circuit on the computer circuit board could lead to the loss of the rearview camera feed. This malfunction may impair the driver's rear visibility, thereby heightening the likelihood of an accident.  A sum of 239,382 vehicles is currently subject to recall.  View pictures in App save up to 80% data. FILE - The logo of Tesla Inc. showcased on a personalized Model 3 electric car in Chiba, Japan, dated January 10, 2025. Credit: Kiyoshi Ota/Bloomberg through Getty Images. Tesla recall: Impacted vehicles 2024-2025 Model 3 2024-2025 Model S 2023-2025 Model X 2023-2025 Model Y What pet owners should be aware of Tesla announced the launch of a complimentary over-the-air (OTA) software update.  The company will additionally "locate any vehicles that have suffered from a circuit board malfunction, or any stressors that could potentially cause such a malfunction, and will replace the impacted computers at no cost." Notification letters to owners are anticipated to be sent out on March 7, 2025. Owners may also reach out to Tesla customer service by calling 1-877-798-3752.  Tesla's number for this recall is SB-25-00-001. The Source: This story was written using vehicle recall information provided by the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration on Jan. 6, 2025. It was reported from Cincinnati.

Co-op profit rockets ahead of supermarket 'trolley wars' as it reveals membership surge
Retail 2025-11-19 18:48

Co-op profit rockets ahead of supermarket 'trolley wars' as it reveals membership surge

The Co-op has announced a significant surge in profit for 2024, just as the grocery sector braces for potential 'trolley wars.' The Manchester headquartered group's revenue remained largely steady year on year, with a slight increase of 0.2 per cent to £11.3bn, while its underlying profit saw a substantial rise of 35 per cent to £131m, as reported by City AM. Operating profit more than doubled from £66m to £151m, and profit before tax experienced an almost six-fold increase from £28m to £161m. The Co-op attributed this profit boost to increased operating profits and improved returns on Funeralcare plan investments. The Co-op operates across various sectors including food retail through convenience stores, wholesale via Nisa, funeral care, legal services, and insurance. The number of active Co-op members, who collectively own the business, grew by 22 per cent to 6.2m, up from 5.1m in 2023, and is "on track" to reach 8m by 2030. Co-op chair Debbie White said: "These results show that our strategy on delivering for our member owners whilst also delivering long term financial and operational progress is working." She added: "I'm particularly delighted we have increased our active membership by 22 per cent. "We continue to focus on long term profitable growth, creating more value for all our member owners and the communities they live in," White further stated. Last month, the Co-op invested over £70m to match Aldi's prices on 100 everyday essentials for its members. Co-op, the UK's seventh-largest supermarket as per Kantar data, has not seen an increase in market share in recent years. It took 5.3 percent of the market in the 12 weeks to March 24, 2025, down 0.1 per cent year on year, according to Kantar. But it has been growing in the convenience space - its share of the quick-food market has grown 0.6 per cent year on year, according to Circana. The retailer's strategy to slash prices is aimed at drawing cost-conscious customers amid a challenging economic climate where brand loyalty is low. Yet, with major supermarkets, including a rejuvenated Asda management, prepped to cut prices, industry analysts are cautioning that intense competition, or 'trolley wars,' may soon intensify within the grocery market. Co-op CEO Shirine Khoury-Haq expressed optimism despite the tough times: "While broader economic challenges remain, our businesses are delivering strongly against the market and I'm proud that we continue to provide support to our colleagues, members, and their communities through the continued cost of living challenges they face."

Ford Mustang: America’s Sole Contender for the 2025 World Car Award
Auto 2025-11-19 18:04

Ford Mustang: America’s Sole Contender for the 2025 World Car Award

GM and Stellantis were excluded from the race, allowing the pony car to stand as America's representative. Finalists for the World Car Awards were announced ahead of the New York Auto Show. Germany and Japan led the pack, dominating the list with over a dozen contenders. The Mustang was the sole American finalist, competing in two major award categories. The 2025 North American Car, Truck and Utility Vehicle of the Year will be announced tomorrow at the Detroit Auto Show, but attention is already turning to the World Car Awards. They’ll be presented at the New York Auto Show on April 16. While that’s a ways off, this year’s finalists have been revealed and American automakers have largely been shut out. The biggest honor is World Car of the Year and that title will be given to one of the ten finalists. They include the Audi A5 / S5, BMW X3, Ford Mustang, Hyundai Inster / Casper Electric, and Kia EV3. They’ll battle the Mini Cooper Electric, Suzuki Swift, Toyota Camry, Toyota Land Cruiser / Land Cruiser 250, and Volkswagen Tiguan / Tayron. This is a highly varied sector, featuring a combination of high-end and electric automobiles, along with a classic American muscle car. It's challenging to predict which will ultimately prevail, but it could be wise to pay attention to the Mustang and EV3. Speaking of EVs, the finalists for World Electric Vehicle are the Hyundai Inster / Casper Electric, Kia EV3, Porsche Macan Electric, Volkswagen ID. Buzz, and Volvo EX90. A handful of those models are also up for World Luxury Car as contenders include the Volkswagen ID. Buzz and Volvo EX90 as well as the Lexus GX, Porsche Macan, and Porsche Panamera. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. One of the more eye-catching categories is World Performance Car. This year’s finalists include the BMW M5 and Ford Mustang as well as the Bentley Continental GT Speed, Porsche 911 Carrera GTS, and Porsche Taycan Turbo GT. At the opposite end of the spectrum is World Urban Car and most of the finalists aren’t even sold in the United States. While we get the Mini Cooper, the BYD Seagull / Dolphin Mini, Hyundai Inster / Casper Electric, Mini Cooper Electric, and Suzuki Swift are forbidden fruit. Last but not least is World Car Design of the Year and the finalists are somewhat puzzling. While it’s easy to understand why the Kia EV3 and Volkswagen ID. Buzz made the cut, is the Mini Cooper’s continual evolution all that noteworthy? Probably not. We also wouldn’t be surprised if people had mixed feelings about the Toyota Land Cruiser and Baojun Yunduo / Cloud / MG Windsor EV. Both are somewhat interesting, but are they really the crème of the crop? Feel free to let us know in the comments below.

Government delivers support to UK car industry after pressure from manufacturers
Manufacturing 2025-11-18 18:28

Government delivers support to UK car industry after pressure from manufacturers

The UK Government has announced a series of initiatives aimed at supporting the automotive industry amidst challenges posed by US tariffs and the transition to electric vehicles. Already lobbying for modifications to the electric vehicle mandate, the car sector was hit hard by the imposition of a 25% tariff on exports to the US. In response to concerns over potential job losses, the Government has introduced a range of measures designed to bolster this crucial sector. A key element includes easing the targets for electric vehicle sales, after Nissan highlighted that stringent goals could jeopardise the 'viability' of its UK presence, including its Sunderland plant. Prime Minister Sir Keir Starmer said: "Global trade is being transformed so we must go further and faster in reshaping our economy and our country through our Plan for Change. I am determined to back British brilliance. Now more than ever UK businesses and working people need a Government that steps up, not stands aside. "That means action, not words. So today I am announcing bold changes to the way we support our car industry. This will help ensure home-grown firms can export British cars built by British workers around the world and the industry can look forward with confidence, as well as back with pride. And it will boost growth that puts money in working people's pockets, the first priority of our Plan for Change." Business Secretary Jonathan Reynolds, said: "This pro-business Government is taking the bold action needed to give our auto sector the certainty that secures jobs, drives investment and ensures they thrive on the global stage. Our Industrial Strategy will back the country's high growth sectors, including advanced manufacturing, so we can grow the economy and deliver on the promises of our Plan for Change." In a move to support car manufacturers towards the 2030 target for ending the sale of petrol and diesel vehicles, changes have been made to the zero emission vehicle mandate that introduce increased flexibility during the transition period and extend the allowance for hybrid usage. Several smaller companies like McLaren and Aston Martin are set to benefit from exemptions within these targets. It has been reported that fines for manufacturers for each non-compliant vehicle sold will be lowered from £15,000 to £12,000. Nissan, which mainly exports its Sunderland-manufactured vehicles into Europe and therefore less susceptible to US tariffs, has revealed a trio of models—including the new generation Leaf, an all-electric Juke and the reintroduction of the Micra—all of which are expected to perform strongly in European markets. The company's recent publications showed a significant boost in its UK operations, with production scaling up to 325,000 vehicles and revenues climbing to £7.3bn in their 2024 accounts. Mike Hawes, CEO of the Society of Motor Manufacturers and Traders (SMMT) welcome the measures to support car manufacturers in the switch to electric vehicles as a '"really needed" step. Speaking on BBC Radio 4's Today programme, he said: "No one in the industry is denying that ultimately, we need to get to zero emission road transport but the underlying level of consumer demand just doesn't match those ambitious targets. It was a step that was really needed for this industry because the amount of pressure, financial pressure, that they're under from any number of global headwinds is severe at the moment." However, Robert Forrester, CEO of Gateshead-based listed motor retailer Vertu, said the Government's announcement "doesn’t really address the major issues". He said: “We have got 34 different global manufacturers and clearly the tariffs in the US have put most of those manufacturers under more pressure at a time when there was already pressure in the system. That’s why the Government has actually made this announcement. I’m not sure it actually goes far enough to address what will be quite significant issues in the years ahead. "The electric vehicle targets up to 2030 remain in place, the fines have been changed but it’s still a £12,000 fine for every petrol and diesel car up to 2030 that is sold above the zero emissions target - that’s billions of pounds to manufacturers - and manufacturers face a choice of either paying significant fines or rationalising petrol and diesel cars. Nothing has really changed here, this is real tinkering.

£10m port expansion as PD and Barrett agree new steel deal
Logistics 2025-11-18 18:14

£10m port expansion as PD and Barrett agree new steel deal

A £10 million port investment is being made to handle steel distribution in northern Lincolnshire. PD Ports is close to completing a dedicated new 200,000 sq ft site at its Groveport facility on the River Trent. It will support long-term customer Barrett Steel as it grows its market share, and signifies the start of a new contract that will take the partnership to 2040 and beyond. The new facility, launching early next year, will support the expansion of Barrett’s footprint on the Humber, and will be further enhanced with additional investment from the port operator to double the size of its transport fleet. It is a move described as strengthening Barrett’s national distribution network, allowing for just-in-time deliveries to be made across the UK. Read more: Hull blade plant boss has his say on Siemens Energy buy-out deal It is PD’s largest investment on the Humber in decades, with the 190-acre site between Gunness and Flixborough, on the outskirts of Scunthorpe, its largest location in the region. Geoff Lippitt, chief commercial officer, said: “The new Barrett Steel facility is a huge milestone for PD Ports at Groveport. This marks the largest single piece of investment in the site since we first acquired it back in 2015 and demonstrates our intentions to position Groveport as the UK’s leading steel handling hub for steel sourced both domestically and internationally.” The state-of-the-art warehouse has also been instrumental for both parties in continuing to realise their shared sustainability targets - it is the first building in the UK to be constructed in ‘XCarb’ steel – steel made using 100 per cent recycled content and 100 per cent renewable energy – supplied by fellow PD Ports customer, ArcelorMittal. The new build is also primed to welcome solar panels in the future. Mr Lippitt said: “As a business, we are constantly striving to reduce our industrial impact on the environment and have ambitious decarbonisation targets to reach net zero. This innovative warehouse is a fantastic example of how we can utilise lower carbon materials in order to reduce emissions across the supply chain.” Barrett Steel, a sixth generation Bradford-headquartered operation, has been a leading steel stockholder and processor for more than 150 years. With over 30 sites nationwide, it describes the new facility as “a huge mark of intention” for it to remain at the forefront of the UK steel industry. Guy Barrett, group purchasing director, said: “This new facility will increase our capacity and ability to offer a just in time solution for steel fabricators across the UK. Being able to deliver the project using a low embodied carbon, the first of its kind in the UK, not only demonstrates our commitment to our own net zero goals but also showcases a tangible solution to the questions around sustainability currently facing the industry. “We are delighted to be continuing our longstanding relationship with PD Ports on this ground-breaking project.” Barrett had taken on several steel distribution centres from British Steel, following its acquisition by Jingye Group, while PD also made a multi-million pound investment at Groveport for All Steels Trading, another long-serving customer, just before the Covid pandemic outbreak.

Manufacturer celebrates 'significant milestone' with French Connection deal
Manufacturing 2025-11-17 11:35

Manufacturer celebrates 'significant milestone' with French Connection deal

A Birmingham manufacturer has secured an exclusive supply deal with one of the UK's most-famous fashion brands. Dalian Talent has signed a five-year partnership with French Connection to supply its physical and online stores with licensed candles and home fragrances. Dalian, which is based in Kings Heath, called the deal "a significant milestone" in the company's 27-year history. The business makes candles for both private label and brand licensing for home fragrance, candle-related home furnishings and personal care products. Email newsletters BusinessLive is your home for business news from across the West Midlands including Birmingham, the Black Country, Solihull, Coventry and Staffordshire. Click through here to sign up for our email newsletter and also view the broad range of other bulletins we offer including weekly sector-specific updates. We will also send out 'Breaking News' emails for any stories which must be seen right away. LinkedIn For all the latest stories, views and polls, follow our BusinessLive West Midlands LinkedIn page here. French Connection enlisted the firm to expand its home fragrance category. The debut collection is being sold across the UK, Europe, India, America and the Middle East, as well as through digital channels, and features eight ranges and gift sets. The products are made using shea butter, harvested from trees in West Africa. The tie up has also seen the French Connection candles listed by high street fashion staple Next and on its website. Dalian's chief executive Hamish Morjaria said: "The development of the French Connection home fragrance range was a deeply collaborative process. "We worked closely with its design team to ensure the collection authentically reflected the brand's values, aesthetics and emerging trends….bringing the first collection to market in just six months." French Connection's chief executive Apinder Ghura added: "We are delighted to partner with Dalian Talent Group on this exciting venture. "We look forward to building on this momentum in the years ahead."

Arla Foods to merge with German milk cooperative to form €19bn revenue giant
Manufacturing 2025-11-17 18:36

Arla Foods to merge with German milk cooperative to form €19bn revenue giant

Dairy producers Arla Foods and DMK Group are set to merge in a move that will create a €19bn revenue group. The farmer-owned groups say the move - which is subject to regulatory approval - will create the strongest dairy cooperative in Europe. It follows collaboration between the two organisations, who say the merger will create a solid supply of milk and give it the financial muscle to invest for the future. Jan Toft Nørgaard, chair of Arla Foods, said: "The foundation of this partnership is formed by our shared values, and I am immensely proud of this proposed merger, which is a win-win for our cooperatives. The strength of both Arla and DMK Group lies in our shared commitment to quality and innovation, and I see DMK Group as the perfect partner in shaping a new and strengthened Arla, poised to lead in the dairy industry." Heinz Korte, chair of DMK Group, said: “We are proud of the planned merger with Arla, a cooperative that shares our commitment to innovation and optimal value creation. This partnership strengthens the resilience of our cooperatives and significantly contributes to strengthening the competitiveness of our farmers. Together, we can expand our reach for our dairy products, thus improving our offering and jointly driving the further development of innovative products for the benefit of our members." Arla Foods, which has its UK head office in Leeds, has revenues of €13.8bn and employs 21,900 people. Meanwhile DMK, which has its headquarters in Zeven, Lower Saxony, has revenues of €5.1bn and employs 6,800. Peder Tuborgh, CEO of Arla Foods, added: "DMK Group is the largest dairy cooperative in Germany and a very attractive partner that shares our core values. Our strong market positions and product portfolios complement each other very well and our strong partnership in recent years has proven that DMK Group is an ideal partner for Arla.

AO World profits rise twice as fast as sales after 'obsession' with customer service
Retail 2025-11-16 11:57

AO World profits rise twice as fast as sales after 'obsession' with customer service

AO World has seen its profits soar to more than double the pace of its sales, overshadowing its revenue growth. The online electrical retailer informed markets that it anticipates a retail revenue uptick of around 12% for the year concluding March 31, as reported by City AM. The company forecasts a like-for-like revenue climb of roughly seven per cent year on year to £1.1bn, indicative of "reductions in B2B and mobile as we focus on profitable growth," AO elaborated. "AO is back to being a highly efficient growth machine; we are reaping the rewards from the execution of our strategy and 25 years of unwavering obsession with amazing customer service," CEO John Roberts enthused. "We're carrying good momentum into the new financial year and are pleased to be guiding to another year of double-digit revenue growth in our B2C Retail business, and for profits to keep growing faster than sales." Back in November, during its semi-annual financial disclosure, AO announced a robust profit margin of 24.4%, attributing this success to cost-efficiencies gained through trimmed administration and warehousing expenses. "Our strong performance shows that our model is working," remarked Roberts. "We're cementing our position as the most trusted electrical retailer and are increasing our frequency and share of wallet with customers." Last November's acquisition of Musicmagpie by AO, at a mere £10m, is notably modest compared to its market value at the time of its IPO in 2021. The company anticipates that the post-acquisition performance of Musicmagpie will add approximately £30m in revenue with a "negligible loss" impacting the full-year financial outcomes. In conjunction with its trading update, AO has confirmed the promotion of Mark Higgins to the position of Chief Operating Officer, which will complement his current responsibilities as Chief Financial Officer. This change is said to be a reflection of "the way Mark and John have been running the business together for some time", according to the firm.

UK Government launches new steel council
Manufacturing 2025-11-16 18:22

UK Government launches new steel council

The UK Government has initiated a new steel council, which includes members from Tata Steel and British Steel, in response to the thousands of job losses experienced in the UK last year. The council is set to guide plans for the industry, supported by an investment of up to £2.5bn. Business Secretary Jonathan Reynolds, who will preside over the council's inaugural meeting today stated that steel communities have "had enough of lurching from crisis to crisis". The chief executives of of Tata Steel and British Steel, along with representatives from the GMB Trade Union and devolved government ministers including Welsh Government Economy Secretary Rebecca Evans ,are among the members expected to meet regularly. Last year, Tata Steel announced its decision to replace traditional blast furnaces with an electric arc furnace at its largest UK site in Port Talbot, Wales. Traditional steelmaking ceased in September, resulting in thousands of workers losing their jobs. British Steel also revealed plans to shut down blast furnaces in Scunthorpe in 2023, and to introduce a less polluting electric arc furnace. These greener plans, which require fewer workers, sparked concerns over potential thousands of job losses. The Labour UK Government has pledged to spend £2.5 billion "to rebuild the steel industry". This funding would be supplemented by a separate £500m package for Tata Steel to partially fund the new steel production at Port Talbot, where a £1.2bn electric arc furnace, which will make steel from scrap, is scheduled to open in 2027. The steel council, jointly led by the chair of Teesside's Materials Processing Institute, is gearing up for the spring release of the Government's steel strategy. This pivotal document is anticipated to outline means of bolstering UK steel production capacity and align investment choices with demands to fuel economic expansion. One critical topic on the council’s agenda will be how best to utilise the available funding, which may reach £2.5bn. “The industry and steel communities have had enough of lurching from crisis to crisis – this Government will take the action needed to place steel on a secure footing for the long term," asserted Mr Reynolds. "With the launch of the Steel Council we're placing workers and local communities at the heart of our plans as we bring forward £2.5bn of investment to secure growth right across the country. ” Gareth Stace, director general of trade group UK Steel, commented: "The establishment of the Steel Council marks a defining moment for the future of steelmaking in Britain." He added: "The council represents a crucial step towards creating a comprehensive Government steel strategy – one that lays the foundations for a sustainable and resilient industry." Roy Rickhuss general secretary of steelworkers' union Community, said: "Community is pleased to sit on the new Steel Council, which holds its first meeting today. After fourteen years of neglect under the Conservatives, we now have a Labour government which understands the importance of implementing a robust industrial strategy with steel at its heart. "We look forward to working with government and other stakeholders on the Steel Council to maximise the benefits of the game-changing £2.5 billion minsters have earmarked for revitalising our steel industry and providing the secure future our steelworker members across the UK deserve."

Glencar wins brief for new Birmingham industrial units
Property 2025-11-15 18:06

Glencar wins brief for new Birmingham industrial units

Construction contractor Glencar has won the brief to build a new warehousing and logistics complex in Birmingham. Aviva Investors has appointed the St Albans-based company to build four units ranging from 22,500 sq ft to 64,250 sq ft on Catalyst Industrial Park, in Washwood Heath. Midlands managing director Pete Goodman said: "Logistics and industrial is at the heart of what we do and we look forward to working with Aviva Investors and the full project team to deliver this outstanding scheme which features leading-edge environmental, social and governance credentials which are becoming standard in this sector." James Stevens, head of real estate investment at Aviva Investors, added: "We are pleased to partner with Glencar at Catalyst Industrial Park which we think is an exciting new development project in a strategically important logistics location.

Asos shares plunge as investors 'lose confidence' in retailer's turnaround plan
Retail 2025-11-15 11:27

Asos shares plunge as investors 'lose confidence' in retailer's turnaround plan

Asos shares have plummeted over 8% in early trading, exacerbating losses accumulated over several months as investors' faith in the retailer's recovery strategy has dwindled. The e-commerce company's share price has fallen by a third in the past month and has halved since the start of the year, with a 15% decline in the last five days alone, as reported by City AM. Currently, Asos shares are trading at 233p per share, a significant drop from the mid-pandemic high of 5,772p per share in April 2021. Analysts attribute this decline to a post-pandemic downturn in the e-commerce sector, which has also impacted fellow retailers boohoo and Pretty Little Thing. "The COVID boom sparked overinvestments across staff, stock and infrastructure that are still being unwound," noted Jeffries analysts Andrew Wade and Grace Gilberg. "That unwind has been in part funded by reclaiming value from customers [via] range, delivery and proposition). The external data... suggests that these changes, coupled with competition, continue to impact demand," they added. Asos reported an operating loss of £331.9m for the year ending September 1, 2024, up £83.4m from a loss of £248.5m in 2023. AJ Bell analyst Dan Coatsworth observed that Asos, like JD Sports, has been affected by a broader slowdown in consumer demand, further contributing to its struggles. "Consumers bored at home during the pandemic merrily spent money but they have since taken their foot off the pedal as it looked like interest rates would stay higher for longer," Coatsworth observed. Earlier this year, analysts from Panmure Liberum suggested that Asos "will struggle to turn around its declining sales trend this year... in the current demand environment." At the beginning of the year, Panmure warned investors about Asos, labelling it their least-preferred stock for 2025. "Multiple inventory write-offs, a refinancing, an equity raise, and sale of a key asset later, Asos is seeing few signs of sales declines relenting and still finds itself on an unsure path," stated Panmure analyst Anubhav Malhotra. He also noted that "Its competitive position worldwide has been eroded due to improved multi-brand online propositions from the likes of NEXT, M&S [and] JD Sports, competition from China, and pulling back on the consumer offering in international markets." "It appears the identity of the Asos brand isn't as pronounced and distinct as was previously perceived."

City of London approves plans for new 36-storey skyscraper near Walkie Talkie tower
Property 2025-11-14 18:14

City of London approves plans for new 36-storey skyscraper near Walkie Talkie tower

The City of London has given the green light for a "landmark" 36-storey tower near Liverpool Street. The £500m project at 60 Gracechurch Street was initially proposed in April by Sellar, the UK property developer behind The Shard, and Japanese developer Obayashi, as reported by City AM. The developers have stated that construction will commence in 2026 once the current building is vacated, with completion expected by 2029. This development forms part of a series of new structures set to redefine London’s skyline in the coming years. The City of London Corporation has confirmed that the plans for 60 Gracechurch Street are in line with its City Plan, Climate Action Strategy and Destination City programme. Shravan Joshi, Chairman of the City of London Planning and Transportation Committee, said the project delivers "much needed A-Grade Office space, whilst simultaneously providing a new visitor and educational attraction, as well as contributing to our net zero goals." He added: "It is no coincidence that the City is bucking the global trend of rising office vacancy and stalling construction activity. " "With a dedicated, solution focussed planning department, combined with clear policy and strategy, we are creating an environment in which developers and investors can help us create a vibrant, thriving Square Mile, for all to enjoy." This approval comes on the heels of a recent Deloitte Crane survey which highlighted a decline in the number of new construction projects in London.

Digital bank Starling in major expansion of its Cardiff office
Property 2025-11-14 18:44

Digital bank Starling in major expansion of its Cardiff office

Digital bank Starling has expanded its office in Cardiff following a major letting deal that underpins its expansion plans. Starling, which already occupied 27,907 sq ft on the 5th and 8th floors of the city centre Brunel House scheme, has taken an extra 14,445 sq ft of space on the 14th floor. The expansion takes its office space to just over 42,000 sq ft, under a single five-year lease at an annual rental of £18 per sq ft. Property agency JLL represented Starling on the transaction. Property consultancies Cooke and Arkwright and Knight Frank are joint letting agents for Brunel, acting on behalf of landlord Castleforge. Brunel House extends to 225,000 sq ft and is the largest multi-let office building in the centre of Cardiff, with floor plates capable of accommodating up to 220 staff per floor. The building has undergone extensive refurbishment in recent years. Starling, which was founded by Swansea-born Anne Boden in 2014,now has than four million current and business UK bank accounts. It has offices in London, Cardiff, Southampton and Manchester. It employs more than 800 in Cardiff. Rhydian Morris of JLL said: “The expansion floor acquired by Starling Bank at Brunel House provides impressive views of Cardiff as well as this letting being a welcome boost to the office take-up and more importantly the creation of new job opportunities in the city. “The amenity offer at the building is of high quality with the flex offer, coffee shop, business lounge, bike parking as well as the shower and changing facilities and I am sure that Starling Bank will continue to be very happy at Brunel House.” Mark Siddons, of Cooke & Arkwright, said: “It is very satisfying to have secured this outcome for the landlord in what is currently a slightly uncertain office market. We are confident the quality of the building will continue to match Starling’s needs and we look forward to working with them again in the future.” Mark Sutton, partner at Knight Frank, added: “Starling is a great example of Brunel’s capacity to allow tenants to grow within the building. With suites from 600 sq ft upwards through to entire 14,000 sq ft floors for larger organisations, Brunel can flex with the needs of occupiers.” Jack Beckett, leasing manager at Castleforge added: “We are delighted that Starling Bank has chosen to take additional space in Brunel and continue to grow its regional headquarters in one of our assets.

ID card firm Swype gets ‘future-proofed’ with NPIF II investment
Manufacturing 2025-11-13 11:39

ID card firm Swype gets ‘future-proofed’ with NPIF II investment

An identity card manufacturer has won a “six-figure” investment that it says will “future-proof” it for years to come. Company Cards Ltd, which trades as Swype, pioneered the digital printing of ID cards in the UK. The St Helens business was the first to beta test a digital printing press for Hewlett Packard 25 years ago – and will use its latest funding to invest in more HP equipment as it looks to continue its “significant sales growth”. Swype has won the funding through NPIF II – FW Capital Debt Finance, managed by FW Capital as part of the Northern Powerhouse Investment Fund II (NPIF II). The investment will be used to buy a new digital press and to expand into green and renewable printing options including PVC-free and even wooden cards. Swype's website showcases recent projects including membership cards for St Helens rugby league club and gift cards for Champneys health spas, with whom Swype has worked since 2012. Tim Scott, managing director and founder of Swype, said: “We operate in a very capital-intensive industry and all the machinery we use is expensive. It’s important that we remain at the cutting edge and this investment enables us to achieve this, enhancing and increasing our productivity, quality and capacity. “The new Hewlett Packard HP Indigo 7900 digital press will future proof the printing side of the business for the next 8-10 years. We’ve swiftly installed the press, modifying the room with no disruption to the day-to-day operations which has meant our clients have been able to take advantage of this seamless transition. We’ve found FW Capital to be very supportive and this investment will also assist our expansion into green and renewables card options with recycled PVC, board cards, wooden cards and PVC-free cards.” Barry Wilson, investment executive at FW Capital said: “With this latest printing press Swype are continuing a relationship they have had with Hewlett Packard for over 25 years. Using NPIF II investment we’ve been able to provide working capital support to help Swype invest in the business, expand their offering and product efficiencies with this new printing press. "It’s also exciting to hear about their plans to expand their eco-friendly card options too which is an area where demand is increasing. We look forward to following Swype’s progress over the coming months and years.”

Wetherspoons' dividend hike despite profits fall as pub giant warns on costs
Retail 2025-11-13 18:54

Wetherspoons' dividend hike despite profits fall as pub giant warns on costs

Despite a boost in sales, pub behemoth J D Wetherspoon has reported a drop in profits in its half-year results. Chairman Tim Martin has issued a warning about the potential impact of escalating labour costs and tax disparities on the pub industry, as reported by City AM. Like-for-like sales saw an increase of 4.8 per cent for the 26 weeks leading up to 26 January 2025, with total revenue rising by 3.9 per cent to £1.03bn. However, profit before tax, excluding exceptional items, fell to £32.9m, a decrease from £36.0m the previous year. Operating profit also experienced a decline, coming in at £64.8m compared to £67.7m in 2024. Earnings per share before separately disclosed items increased to 21.5p, from 20.3p the year prior. The pub group reinstated its interim dividend, paying out 4.0p per share. Over the course of the year, the company acquired 1.8m shares at a cost of £11.5m, including "stamp duty and fees, representing an average cost per share of 621p." On a statutory basis, pre-tax profit jumped 58.2 per cent to £41.3m, driven by a one-off gain on interest rate swaps. Six pubs were sold during the period, generating £3.9m in cash, while two new locations opened. The group also recognised a £2.2m loss on the disposal of the pubs. Chairman Tim Martin commented on the results, stating that rising costs pose a threat to the sector's stability. "Increases in national insurance and labour rates will result in company cost increases of approximately £60m per annum," he said. He added that this equates to roughly £1,500 per pub, per week. Martin highlighted that labour accounts for approximately 35% of pub sales, in stark contrast to the mere 11% for supermarkets, which intensifies the disparity in costs. He expressed concern that the combination of rising staff expenses and elevated VAT rates for pubs, as opposed to supermarkets, "will weigh heavily on the pub industry." Despite these challenges, Martin remained optimistic about the company's prospects, stating they anticipate a "reasonable outcome for the financial year, subject to our future sales performance." Wetherspoon has been actively expanding its franchising operations, with plans to open five new locations in the latter half of the year. Currently, three franchised establishments are successfully running in university and holiday park settings. The firm has made significant capital investments totalling £64.6m during this period, allocating over £40m to refurbish existing pubs and enhance IT systems.

Co-op Live reveals new expansion plans
Retail 2025-11-12 11:51

Co-op Live reveals new expansion plans

Co-op Live has proposed a new canalside development as part of the expanding Etihad Campus. The proposed space, located on the venue's south terrace, will feature a café, bar and kitchen, as well as a merchandise store. The plans unveiled today reveal that the area could also host around 600 people and function as an independent event space. Co-op Live's proposal includes daily access to the café and bar for residents and visitors, community and private hire use, and pre-event access for ticket holders. In line with the venue's commitment to accessibility, dedicated toilets, accessible and baby change areas, and an accessible lift are all included in the plans. Before submitting the planning application to Manchester City Council, Co-op Live is hosting an open exhibition on Thursday, 10 April 2025, to provide more information about the proposal. Visitors can access the venue's Co-op Backstage Club through Entrance G from 5pm until 8pm. The 23,500 capacity arena, located on the Etihad Campus in Manchester, represents a partnership between Oak View Group (OVG), City Football Group (CFG), Harry Styles, and Co-op. It opened to the public last May following several delays, reports the Manchester Evening News. Peter Kay was initially set to inaugurate the venue on April 23 of the previous year, but persistent issues with the space led to its opening being postponed until the next month. The venue's opening was further delayed due to an incident at a scheduled A Boogie Wit Da Hoodie concert when a part of the heating, ventilation and air conditioning (HVAC) system fell from the ceiling. The venue was eventually opened by Bury band Elbow on May 14, and has since hosted a series of high-profile gigs featuring artists such as Liam Gallagher, Eagles, Charli xcx, The Killers, and Sabrina Carpenter, among others. Currently, the venue hosts over 120 nights of entertainment annually in its arena space, which boasts an innovative 'Smart Bowl' design equipped with cutting-edge technology and top-notch acoustics.

Witness the destruction of this Toyota Prius as it is struck by a train approaching at full speed.
Auto 2025-11-12 18:16

Witness the destruction of this Toyota Prius as it is struck by a train approaching at full speed.

View pictures in App save up to 80% data. This Toyota Prius serves as a prime illustration of why it's unwise to dash across the tracks when a train is approaching. For good reason, many railroad crossings in the United States are marked with flashing lights and movable barriers. However, if you ignore the barriers and lights, you could find a world of pain. Just as a Toyota Prius driver found out at a Miami, Florida train crossing. Footage from social media captures a commuter train in Florida colliding with a Toyota Prius that attempted to cross the tracks. The Brightline is a Florida-based high-speed commuter train from Tampa to Miami and back. It cruises through Orlando, West Palm Beach, and Boca Raton, giving commuters an alternative to driving with the traffic of busy cities.  However, the quick-moving train covers around 235 miles of the Sunshine State with hundreds of potentially dangerous railroad crossings. A popular video revealed just how dangerous those crossings can be after a Toyota Prius tried to slip over the tracks. Footage from the incident captures the Prius making a bold, though unwise, attempt to cross the tracks. The video clearly displays the flashing lights and lowered barriers. Ignoring the evident warnings, the Toyota hybrid speeds beneath the barrier at a railway crossing in Miami. The Prius appeared to be traveling at a speed that could potentially keep it out of danger. However, it was no competition for the Brightline commuter train. The train barreled through the intersection, colliding with the rear passenger-side quarter panel of the blue Toyota Prius. Naturally, the force of the train rushing past caused the Prius to spin violently, resulting in severe and irreversible damage.  Despite the presence of flashing lights and shifting barriers, some drivers still take the chance to cross the tracks as a train nears. Currently, Brightline's average speed of almost 70 mph falls short of what is expected from a contemporary high-speed rail (HSR) service.  Nonetheless, it moves swiftly enough to inflict significant harm on a vehicle trying to cross the tracks after the barriers have lowered. This is a lesson that the driver of the Toyota Prius learned the hard way. In passing, the reactions from internet users were rather harsh. One commenter bluntly remarked, “Let’s all express our gratitude to Brightline for helping with natural selection!” Meanwhile, others pondered how the driver could have overlooked the barriers. One individual suggested, “Was the driver drunk?” Regardless, it’s safe to say that this driver probably won’t repeat that error in the future.

Aston Martin at risk of takeover as Canadian billionaire Lawrence Stroll boosts stake
Manufacturing 2025-11-11 11:09

Aston Martin at risk of takeover as Canadian billionaire Lawrence Stroll boosts stake

Aston Martin is under threat of a takeover by Canadian billionaire Lawrence Stroll, who plans to increase his stake in the car manufacturer by £52.5m. Stroll's Yew Tree Consortium is aiming to purchase 75m shares in Aston Martin at a seven per cent premium, which would raise his ownership of the car manufacturer to 33 per cent, as reported by City AM. However, the UK Takeover Code stipulates that anyone acquiring more than 30 per cent of shares in a company must make an offer to buy out the remaining shareholders. This could potentially force Stroll, who also serves as executive chair of the firm, to take over the last remaining car manufacturer on British markets. Aston Martin stated in a stock exchange announcement this morning that the investment would depend on the takeover limit for the firm being raised to 35 per cent. This would be achieved by seeking a waiver from the UK Panel on Takeovers and Mergers, as well as a resolution from other shareholders in the firm. Aston Martin's stock price has plummeted 45 per cent in the last six months as investors worry about the impact of US president Donald Trump's proposed tariffs on non-American car manufacturers. On Thursday, when Trump announced plans to impose 25 per cent tariffs on all car makers, the firm was the worst performer in the FTSE 250, falling seven per cent. "Five years into Aston Martin's transformation, I remain highly confident about the company's medium-term prospects having re-positioned the company as one of the most desirable ultra-luxury high performance automotive brands," Stroll remarked. Lawrence Stroll initially acquired a stake in Aston Martin in 2021 after his Yew Tree consortium invested £182m, securing him a 16.7% share of the luxury carmaker. By 2023, Stroll had bolstered his holding in Aston Martin to 27%. Moreover, today Aston Martin announced its intention to divest its minority interest in its Formula One team for £74m, despite valuing the stake at £50.9m at the end of the previous year. Notably, Stroll's son, Lance Stroll, competes for the Aston Martin F1 team. The disclosure of Stroll's planned acquisition precedes the release of Aston Martin's quarterly financial results, expected later this month.

Tom Newman-Taylor appointed CEO of UK’s only inland freeport
Logistics 2025-11-11 18:18

Tom Newman-Taylor appointed CEO of UK’s only inland freeport

An experienced civil servant has been brought in as the chief executive of the country’s only inland freeport. Tom Newman-Taylor will take over management of the special economic area around East Midlands Airport in March. The East Midlands Freeport (EMF) is made up of three zones – around the Castle Donington airport, the Ratcliffe on Soar power station redevelopment site and the East Midlands Intermodal Park near Toyota in Derbyshire – with businesses benefitting from preferential planning rules and tax incentives. Freeport free zones were the brainchild of PM Rishi Sunak when he was Chancellor to offer industry the incentive of enclosed customs areas exempt from some tax and customs rules. It is hoped they will play a part in revitalising the UK economy following the economic harm done by Brexit. The Government says the three East Midlands tax sites could support 61,000 jobs and bring an extra £8.4 billion into the local economy over 30 years. Mr Newman-Taylor has had a number of senior roles in government, most recently with the Department for Levelling Up, Communities and Housing, and the Department for Transport, where he has worked on big commercial and strategic projects across transport, energy and housing. He was also deputy director in the Maritime Directorate where, during Covid-19, he ran the cross-Government Critical Freight Taskforce which helped prevent the collapse of international and domestic freight networks. He has developed government strategies across housing and transport, including a long-term environmental strategy for the maritime sector, and earlier in his career helped deliver billion-pound government investments into train and railway improvements. He also spent time in industry as commercial projects lead with Associated British Ports where he was responsible for establishing a master planning programme. He said: “I am hugely excited by the potential which EMF offers to bring growth to a strategically significant part of the UK. “A successful freeport will bring lasting benefits to the East Midlands by attracting significant new investment and creating high quality jobs for the communities who live around our sites. “I cannot wait to help realise this ambition and help bring together local public and private sector partners on behalf of the East Midlands and the UK.” Freeport chair Nora Senior CBE said: “We are delighted to have attracted an individual of the calibre and with the experience that Tom brings. “His knowledge of government departments and policies will be a significant advantage in allowing the Freeport to access and build on trade and innovation opportunities to the benefit of prospective occupiers on the site.” EMF is England’s only inland Freeport. Focused on low carbon and renewable energy, advanced manufacturing, advanced logistics and research and development, it is anticipated to create over 61,000 jobs in the region and deliver a regional GVA uplift to the East Midlands of £8.4bn.

Change at the helm for huge Hull family firm Arco as new CEO welcomed
Logistics 2025-11-10 11:21

Change at the helm for huge Hull family firm Arco as new CEO welcomed

One of Hull’s largest and longest standing companies has undergone a change of leadership. Arco managing director David Evison has retired, with Guy Bruce taking on the role of chief executive of th esafety specialist. He arrives from Equans, the broad technical, facilities management and energy services operator, having previously worked for building materials distributor SIG Plc. It comes with the award-winning fifth generation family-owned business recently completing its move into a new £16 million headquarters on the Fruit Market. The company was also at the centre of the PPE response to Covid, with its new £30 million Hull-based national distribution centre put to immediate high volume use, despite well-documented clashes with government over procurement. Read more: Leading Hull businessman Dr Paul Sewell OBE takes the chair at KR Thomas Martin, chairman of the £390 million turnover business, said: “I am pleased to confirm that we have appointed a new chief executive officer, Guy Bruce, to help lead Arco in the next stage of the company’s growth. Guy joined the company on December 1, and the board and I are looking forward to welcoming him into the business. He brings with him a wealth of experience from the industry, with significant achievements in delivering transformative growth across distribution, retail, service and manufacturing businesses, domestically and internationally, within both private and public companies. “In this new role, Guy will develop Arco’s strategy, accelerating activities which are already delivering growth and driving additional returns on recent significant investments to further enhance customer relationships and experience.” Mr Evison, a former Sainsbury’s and William Jackson Food Group executive, arrived at Arco in 2014 as finance director, taking the MD role in 2018. He had advised earlier in the year he was to step down, allowing for succession planning. Huge advancements in infrastructure completed, with Mr Evison welcoming Princess Anne to the opening of the distribution centre when Covid measures allowed. Mr Martin said: “David Evison, our managing director, retired on November 30, and I would like to say how grateful the board, the business and the family are for everything he has done for the business in his eight years here. We wish him a long, healthy, happy and well-earned retirement.”

Government mulls nationalising British Steel amid threat of Scunthorpe closure
Manufacturing 2025-11-10 18:10

Government mulls nationalising British Steel amid threat of Scunthorpe closure

Sir Keir Starmer has said "all options are on the table" with regard to Scunthorpe steelworks, following Chinese owner Jingye's decision to launch a consultation on its closure. Shuttering of the British Steel plant's blast furnaces could mark the end of virgin steelmaking in the UK which has brought pressure on the Government to act in the face of thousands of job losses. The facility is said to be days away from running out of materials after Jingye initially indicated that closure. Speaking at the Commons Liaison Committee, the Prime Minister said he understood the importance of the plant. He said: "Therefore we will keep talking. We have made an offer, but all options are on the table in relation to Scunthorpe. I think it’s really important and we’re in the middle of those discussions.” Asked what he meant by “all options”, Sir Keir replied: “I don’t want to be unhelpful to the committee, but as you can imagine these are ongoing discussions at the moment. I can reassure the committee that we’re doing everything we can to ensure there is a bright future for Scunthorpe . "But as to precisely where we’ve got to in those talks, I will very happily provide you with further details as soon as I can." Jingye cited high environment costs, the impact of tariffs and a challenging market when it announced the consultation on Scunthorpe. It claimed to have invested more than £1.2bn in British Steel since it took control in 2020, and pointed to £700,000 per day losses. Industry Minister Sarah Jones sought to reassure the steel industry in advance of the first payments from an energy cost relief scheme due to come in next month. The Network Charging Compensation scheme payments are expected to give businesses more than £15m of relief in May and more than £300m during 2025. Ms Jones said: “We know this is a concerning time for our steel industry in the face of global challenges. That’s why we’re working in lockstep with industry to drive forward our steel plan so it can help the sector secure jobs, deliver growth and power the modern economy.

Stunning images show how Leeds office is set for transformation by x+why
Property 2025-11-09 18:12

Stunning images show how Leeds office is set for transformation by x+why

A rapidly rising workspace provider is set to transform four floors of a city centre building into offices complete with a clubspace, coffee bar and roof terrace. Trendy workspace specialist x+why is set to take over the first, second and ninth floors of Bridgewater Place in Leeds and a new 5,000 sq ft roof top terrace on a 10-year agreement, as well as the operation of a new reception area and coffee bar at the prime property. The firm has struck a deal to occupy almost 34,000 sqft of space at the 30-storey mixed use tower, following the deal with Martley Capital Group. The company also operates over 430,000 sqft of flexible office, receptions and food and beverage led clubspaces in buildings across London, Birmingham, Manchester and Milton Keynes. Since purchasing the tower in 2022 following years of underinvestment, the current owners have raised £35m to carry out a complete refurbishment, with the aim of creating a high quality, energy-efficient building, to secure its continued status as a Leeds landmark. x+why’s fully refurbished offering is due to open in late 2025 with available suites ranging from four desks to a 5,000 sqft office which can be adjusted to member needs. Eamon Fox, partner and head of development for Knight Frank, which represents Martley Capital, said: “Securing x+why is brilliant for the asset and the wider Leeds business community and our approach is to excel in the mandatory characteristics of best-in-class buildings. The baseline for the future office is being reset at Bridgewater Place.” The partnership with x+why means that Bridgewater Place will provide occupiers with flexible working space, private enterprise suites, meeting rooms, event space, food and drinks, a clubspace and extensive roof terrace. x+why will also be running the main building reception, including a new coffee bar in the refurbished atrium. The members’ clubspace and roof terrace will offer views across Leeds from the ninth floor and will be available for all tenants of the building to use and enjoy. The floor will also feature meeting and events spaces that will be available for use by tenants, as well as open to bookings from the general public and local business community.

Lush to open first ever UK hotel as it passes Trump's tariffs onto US customers
Retail 2025-11-09 11:49

Lush to open first ever UK hotel as it passes Trump's tariffs onto US customers

Lush has announced aspirations to open a unique UK hotel as part of its latest business developments outlined amidst the backdrop of financial struggles and President Donald Trump's trade measures, despite sinking further into losses. Operating from its base in Dorset, the ethical cosmetics retailer provided minimal specifics in its annual accounts regarding the hotel venture but confirmed it is collaborating with a "British partner" on this new hospitality initiative, marking a novel endeavour beyond its current global network of approximately 870 retail outlets, as reported by City AM. In line with strategic shifts due to international economic pressures, Lush made the "sad decision" to shutter its Dusseldorf manufacturing site by 2024, opting to centralise North American production activities at its Toronto facility, consequently transferring operations previously based in Germany to its Poole factory in the UK. According to the recently filed company accounts, Lush cited the 25 per cent tariff imposed by President Trump on Canadian goods as the impetus for its decision to "pass this tax directly to our American customers". The firm also made it clear that there are no intentions to set up a manufacturing presence in the US. With an eye towards bolstering its global reach, Lush is actively seeking to establish new franchise opportunities in Italy and France and is engaging with fresh partnerships in India and Indonesia. Ambitious plans entail the launch of about 30 new shops across these areas over the next ten years. Moreover, the company is pursuing "a more imminent expansion" strategy in Turkey and nascent markets such as Panama and Cyprus. The recent disclosures by Lush, included within documents submitted to Companies House, shed light on the company's extensive job creation schemes, the anticipatory opening of a UK-based hotel, reactions to President Trump's tariffs on imports, and plans for international growth. The firm's turnover decreased from £708.1m to £647.5m in the 12 months leading up to 30 June, 2024, while its pre-tax loss expanded from £28m to £42.5m. In the previous year's accounts, Lush had stated that its partnership deals with the SpongeBob SquarePants and Barbie brands were contributing to sales growth. Lush's retail sales dropped from £576.2m to £548m over the year, while its digital sales declined from £107.3m to £101.3m. Manufacturing turnover remained largely unchanged at £24m. The company's average headcount increased from 13,034 to 13,614, while it operated 869 stores at the end of the year, up from 857. A statement signed off by the board said: "We began the year strongly, achieving total sales growth of 5.7 per cent in Q1." "Our latest cross-brand collaborations, including Barbie and SpongeBob, proved popular with customers and helped to drive increased shop footfall and online traffic." "However, Q2 delivered mixed results across our markets and we struggled to sustain the growth trajectory of the first quarter." "December, our most important trading month, saw sales decline by 2.2 per cent." "That said, there were many highlights to celebrate, including record-breaking sales days for nearly 100 stores and five countries (including the UK)." "We also recorded our highest ever daily revenue for a single store, with our incredible new Glasgow anchor taking over £100,000." "Following Christmas, shifts in the calendar for internal product launches and seasonal events such as Easter and Mother's Day caused some monthly fluctuations, however, overall sales remained broadly in line with last year." "Over the past two years, global political and economic challenges have driven unprecedented levels of cost inflation." "Understandably, the business has prioritised mitigating significant increases in raw materials, wages and energy costs." "More recently, our focus has shifted toward reigniting sales growth, and we are beginning to see positive signs." Lush reported that in the final month of its financial year, it saw a 3.2 per cent increase in combined retail and digital sales compared to the previous year.

Logistics giant Wincanton on track to deliver profit forecast
Logistics 2025-11-08 11:49

Logistics giant Wincanton on track to deliver profit forecast

Wiltshire logistics giant Wincanton has reported “robust” recent trading amid “challenging” economic conditions. In a trading update for the third quarter, bosses at the supply chain manager, which is headquartered in Chippenham, said it was on track to make a pre-tax profit of around £62m for the current financial year. The board pointed to the “resilience” of its diverse customer base in the face of economic, political and labour market “volatility and headwinds”, which it said had impacted its top-line growth and underlying cost base this year. The London-listed firm - which serves clients across sectors such as retail, dairy and fuel - said it had delivered year-to-date revenue growth of 5.5% across the four sectors it operates in during the third quarter and peak period for retail customers. This was despite group revenue for the period dipping 1.4% year-on-year against “tough comparatives”. The firm’s grocery division revenue fell by 7% while its general merchandise sector remained broadly flat - up 0.6% - both in comparison to the record highs seen in the same period a year earlier. Bosses said the company’s e-commerce fulfilment sector revenue increased by 13.6% in the third quarter driven by new contract wins with clothing and homeware retailer the White Company, wholesaler City Electrical Factors and building materials manufacturer Saint Gobain. The group said its Cygnia business had been impacted by recent postal strikes and pressure on consumer spending, with online volumes “below expectations” for some of its customers. While Wincanton’s revenue from its public and industrial sector was down by 5.8%, mainly due to lower volumes across the building materials market and “contract attrition”, this was partially offset by 25.5% year-on-year growth in its public sector businesses. The group is supporting HMRC at various inland border clearance facilities, alongside work for Defra. Chief executive James Wroath said: “We remain focused on driving growth with both new and existing customers; our strong pipeline is critical to Wincanton's ability to negate the challenging external environment that we are facing. “We continue to make great strides in supporting our technology propositions for customers, including automation and robotics, and this is supporting strong operational delivery across the group." Read next:

Domino's UK announces new chair and reports mixed financial results for 2024
Retail 2025-11-08 18:44

Domino's UK announces new chair and reports mixed financial results for 2024

Domino's Pizza Group, the UK arm of Domino's Pizza Inc, has announced the appointment of a new Chair who will assume the role in April. The company also reported a slight decrease in revenue but saw higher sales and an increased dividend, as reported by City AM. In the 52 weeks leading up to December 29, sales rose by two percent to £1,571.5 million, up from £1,540.5 million the previous year. Earnings before interest, tax, depreciation, and amortisation (EBITDA) for the firm, which operates in both the UK and Ireland, climbed by 6.4 percent to £143.4 million. However, revenue dipped by 0.4 percent, from £667 million to £664 million, while profit after tax fell sharply by 21.6 percent to £90.2 million. Domino's attributed the significant drop in post-tax profit to the comparative base of 2023 when the company divested its stake in a German joint venture, receiving £79.9 million. The company proposed a final dividend of 7.5p per share, increasing its total 2024 dividend by 4.8 percent year-on-year to 11p. CEO Andrew Rennie commented on the results: "Today's results show the benefits of our long-term strategy," adding, "We've capitalised on our competitive strengths, agreed a new five-year framework with our franchise partners and opened 54 stores." Rennie also noted that "Our trading momentum accelerated as the year progressed, our delivery channel returned to growth and we delivered strong underlying earnings growth." Domino's is focusing on store and digital expansion, aiming to achieve £2 billion in sales from over 1,600 stores by 2028. Despite this, analyst Dan Lane from Robin Hood cautioned: "Uncertainty seems to be the theme today at Domino's." Shares in the UK division of Domino's Pizza appear to be significantly undervalued when compared to its US counterpart, making it one of the most shorted stocks in the UK market. "To get back into the market's good books, profits really need to start motoring under the new five-year framework. If they don't, investors are likely to pile even more pressure on the pizza brand," stated Lane. Domino's expects that its underlying earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortisation (EBITDA) for 2025 will align with current expectations of the market. In other news, Domino's has declared the appointment of Ian Bull as the new Chair of the company, effective post-AGM on April 24, 2025. Bull, who took up the role of Senior Independent Director at Domino's in September 2019, has a rich background serving as CFO across various leisure and hospitality businesses, such as Greene King, Ladbrokes, and Parkdean Resorts. Matt Shattock, the outgoing chair who has served for five years and is based in the US, highlighted the need for a UK-based chairmanship at Domino's. Ian Bull expressed his anticipation for his upcoming tenure, "Domino's today is a very different business to five years ago and Matt's guidance and leadership have been hugely valuable, helping stabilise the business initially and moving it onto the strong footing for future growth it has today." Bull further shared his enthusiasm, saying, "I'm delighted to be stepping into the role and look forward to working with my fellow Board members, our CEO Andrew Rennie and all our team members and franchise partners as we take the business to the next level."

Jomast secures planning permission for industrial development on former Sunderland glassworks site
Property 2025-11-07 18:28

Jomast secures planning permission for industrial development on former Sunderland glassworks site

Work is expected to start next year on the redevelopment of the former glassworks site at Deptford Terrace in Sunderland. Developer Jomast has secured planning permission from Sunderland City Council to turn site into an industrial and warehousing park that will host trade counter businesses along with a coffee shop and electric vehicle charging facilities. The site, to the south of the River Wear, has laid derelict for more than a decade. Now the Stockton-based firm plans to build 165,000 sqft of space, including six warehouse and industrial units along with seven trade counter units and a drive-through coffee shop. It plans to make the site into a key commercial and employment hub that will attract regional and national trade counter businesses as well as larger warehousing operators who could benefit from its central location. In its application, first introduced in 2022, Jomast suggested the site could spur the creation of more than 300 jobs in the occupying businesses. It is looking to work with Sunderland City Council's business team and Invest North East England to promote the site and is said to be in talks with prospective tenants. Adam Hearld, development director at Jomast Developments, said: "We’re delighted to receive the go ahead for the development of the site. The approval is a positive step towards delivering much-needed industrial space in the region that supports Sunderland’s long-term strategic economic goals." Jomast's £20m proposals are also said to include sustainability measures as well as a six-figure contribution to support local biodiversity enhancement. Robert Dibden, planning director at Lichfields, the planning consultant to Jomast, said: “This scheme offers a unique opportunity to bring inward investment into Sunderland, turning a long-disused brownfield site into a modern, sustainable industrial complex. The development will create a vibrant hub for businesses, offering state-of-the-art facilities that align with the needs of the local economy. Benefiting from the exceptional connectivity provided by the Sunderland Strategic Transport Corridor, the site is perfectly positioned to attract a range of industries, boosting local employment opportunities and driving economic growth in the region.

Lufthansa dips toe in Northern Ireland with direct Frankfurt flight
Logistics 2025-11-07 11:19

Lufthansa dips toe in Northern Ireland with direct Frankfurt flight

A direct flight to Germany will return to Northern Ireland next year after the nation’s flag carrier Lufthansa announced a new service to Frankfurt from Belfast City Airport. The move – which will see four weekly flights between the two destinations – is the airline’s first venture in the province and will represent the only direct air link to Germany from the Belfast airport. Previously, Ryanair had operated direct services to Germany from Belfast International Airport, prior to which Air Berlin had run a service between the two destinations. The first Lifthansa flight will take off on 23 rd April 2023 and run on Monday, Wednesday, Friday and Sunday on an Embraer aircraft offering both business and economy services. Dr Frank Wagner, General Manager Sales, UK, Ireland and Iceland for Lufthansa Group, welcomed the new route. “This new nonstop connection will bring Northern Ireland much closer to Frankfurt and to the heart of Western Europe,” he said. “Connecting passengers will enjoy a convenient and full service connection beyond our hub to our vast network of over 200 destinations in summer 2023.” The new connection will provide a boost to Northern Ireland’s economy, Mel Chittock, Invest NI’s interim CEO, said. He said the agency is recruiting to help exporters boost trade between the two regions. “Germany is a powerhouse of the European economy and one which offers tremendous potential for our local businesses to export to as well as being a major source of internationally mobile investment,” he said. “Its key sectors are well aligned with Northern Ireland’s strengths, particularly in Advanced Manufacturing, Life and Health Sciences, Food and Drink, and Financial Services. In fact, we are currently strengthening our European team to support exporters expand into Germany, Austria and Switzerland and to promote the Northern Ireland investment proposition in the region, with recruitment for a number of key roles currently under way.” Niall Gibbons, Chief Executive of Tourism Ireland, said he expected the new flight to boost the flow of inbound tourists and said he would continue to push for new direct flight connections with Europe and beyond. In 2019, Northern Ireland recorded nearly 65,000 German visitors which are estimated to have provided a £14 million boost for the local economy. ““Today’s announcement by Lufthansa is really good news for tourism to Northern Ireland in 2023,” he said. “As an island destination, we know there’s a proven correlation between access and growth in visitor numbers, so this new flight will certainly help boost tourism business from Germany.

Search on for CEO to head up Leicester and Leicestershire Enterprise Partnership earning up to £80k
Logistics 2025-11-06 11:39

Search on for CEO to head up Leicester and Leicestershire Enterprise Partnership earning up to £80k

The search is on to find a chief executive to head up the Leicester and Leicestershire Enterprise Partnership (LLEP). The position has been vacant since Mandip Rai left the public/private sector organisation in March, with long-standing LLEP employee Sue Tilley heading up the LEP in the Interim. Her position was created on a temporary basis because of questions over the future of LEPs under County Deal devolution plans. The board has decided the time is now right to find a permanent CEO and Leicester City Council, the LLEP’s accountable body, has started a recruitment process working with LLEP co-chairs Anil Majithia and Andy Reed OBE. Mr Majithia said: "We are grateful to Sue for accepting additional leadership responsibilities earlier this year and her work with directors and officers in recent months as we continue to deliver projects on the priorities of our Economic Growth Strategy. "However, it’s clear that it could be some time yet before a clear picture emerges on local devolution, therefore a more permanent LLEP leadership solution is required.” LLEP directors expect the CEO role will continue even were a devolution agreement to be reached in the near future between the city and county councils and government.

Debenhams is back as Boohoo makes major announcement
Retail 2025-11-06 11:23

Debenhams is back as Boohoo makes major announcement

Boohoo has announced it is rebranding as Debenhams Group as the online fashion firm hailed the turnaround of the department store brand it bought out of administration three years ago. Boohoo said it has successfully completed a turnaround of Debenhams over the past few years and that it is now a “majority contributor to group profitability”. It said it will roll out the operating model at Debenhams across the wider firm, using the overhaul at the brand as a “blueprint for the wider turnaround of the group”. “Reflective of this major strategic change, the group will go forward as Debenhams group with immediate effect,” Boohoo said. Dan Finley, group chief executive of Boohoo, said: “Debenhams is back. The iconic British heritage brand, bought out of administration, has been successfully turned around. “Rebuilt for the future and transformed into Britain’s leading online department store.” He added: “We go forward as Debenhams Group. This is a defining moment in our journey, reflective of our new strategy, new leadership and new beginnings.” In 2019, Debenhams entered administration for the first time. Several of its stores were closed, and it sought buyers. The pandemic significantly worsened its financial situation. With stores closed during lockdowns and consumer spending down, Debenhams saw a further drop in sales. In 2020, Debenhams went into administration for a second time, and Boohoo Group, an online fashion retailer, acquired Debenhams' brand and intellectual property. However, Boohoo did not purchase Debenhams’ physical stores. After the Boohoo deal, Debenhams began closing its remaining stores, marking the end of its long history on the British high street. The closures continued into 2021, and the company officially ceased trading in physical locations.

Plan revealed for £20m industrial research facility in Port Talbot
Manufacturing 2025-11-05 18:14

Plan revealed for £20m industrial research facility in Port Talbot

Plans for a new multi-million-pound industrial research facility in south Wales have been submitted. The proposed facility, named the South Wales Industrial Transition from Carbon Hub, or Switch, would be located in the Harbourside area of Port Talbot if given approval by Neath Port Talbot council, and is a part of the Swansea Bay City deal. It would see the creation of a £20m facility, designed and built by Morgan Sindall Construction, for a purpose-built research centre for de-carbonising the metal and steel industry. The project will be led by Neath Port Talbot council in partnership with Swansea University, with the proposed facility described as being an “open-access centre establishing a collaborative network of expertise across academia, industry and government, aiming to accelerate the region’s transition to net zero”. Once completed, plans say the building will contain a number of facilities such as workshops and welding zones, with mechanical testing zones and laboratory space, as well as offices, reception and breakout spaces for staff. Don't miss the latest news and analysis with our regular Wales newsletters – sign up here for free The plans read: “The new facility is a collaborative innovation centre working with academia, namely Swansea University as a key stakeholder, to help end users from the steel industry to decarbonise the steel industry towards a net zero carbon future. “The core theme of the Switch programme is to assist decarbonisation of the steel and metals industry, to strengthen collaboration between industry and academia and to future-proof the steel and metals industry in Wales and the UK. “The construction will consist of a mix of office space, laboratories, research and production area, storage areas and external works.” The submission, which was received in November, comes just months after the closure of the two blast furnaces at Port Talbot’s Tata steelworks site, which could result in the loss of more than 2,000 jobs. It also comes just weeks after the submission of further plans by Tata Steel for a new £1.25bn electric arc furnace to be built at the site.

Applied Nutrition seals USA and Holland & Barrett deals as its Coleen Rooney range expands across UK
Retail 2025-11-05 18:08

Applied Nutrition seals USA and Holland & Barrett deals as its Coleen Rooney range expands across UK

Health and wellness brand Applied Nutrition has announced three new American deals – and an expanded partnership with Holland & Barrett that will see its new Colleen Rooney range go on sale in hundreds of UK stores. Knowsley-based Applied Nutrition has agreed a joint business plan with Holland & Barrett that will see the health and wellbeing retail chain increase the distribution of currently listed products and take a range of new ones. The Mersey firm said: “The first order under the new JBP was received this month and included the new Coleen Rooney range, which will be available in 500 stores” The deal will also see Holland & Barrett get early access to Applied Nutrition’s new products in development, allowing them to get products to their shelves more quickly. Applied Nutrition hopes the deal will treble its revenue from Holland & Barrett, already one of the group’s largest customers. In the USA, Applied Nutrition has secured deals with GNC Corporate, one of the largest specialty retailers in the US, Hy-vee, the largest regional grocery chain in the Midwest, and leading Texan grocery chain H-E-B. Applied Nutrition products will now go on sale in more than 1,000 new stores across the country, and the group says the deals “are expected to start contributing to revenue during H2 FY25 with an annualised spend of $3m”. Thomas Ryder, CEO of Applied Nutrition, said: “It is great to see such momentum with existing and new customers, further reinforcing the growth potential of the business. Not only are we significantly strengthening and growing our trade with existing key valued partners such as Holland & Barrett we are also securing new listings from major retailers in the US which is a key growth market. We look to the future with confidence and we remain focused on driving profitable growth throughout H2 and beyond.”

Swansea family-owned engineering firm Afon acquired in management buy-in deal
Manufacturing 2025-11-04 18:12

Swansea family-owned engineering firm Afon acquired in management buy-in deal

A Swansea-based and family-owned engineering, fabrication and machining business has been acquired in a management buy-in deal. Formed in 1979 by Mr Anthony Beaujean, Afon Engineering was run by Tony, before passing the reins to his sons Carl and Andrew. After decades of managing the business, which employs more than 50 people in Llansamlet, the family has welcomed on board an experienced new leadership team. The deal, the value of which hasn’t been disclosed, has been supported with a £2.5m mixed loan and equity investment from the Development Bank of Wales. The team includes new managing director Jason Thomas, formerly of Llanelli-based Teddington Engineered Solutions, and Julian Vance-Daniel, founder of Bridgend-based Vessco Engineering. Mr Thomas said: “We are proud to be the new custodians of Afon, this marks a momentous and proud occasion for us and we have clear intentions to let the world know about Afon across many industry sectors. "Together, we will usher Afon into a new era, one that is marked by ambition and professionalism. We believe there are exceptional people working at Afon who show commitment and dedication, which has been inspiring to see and provides a great foundation for us to build on. “Thanks to the invaluable support from the Development Bank of Wales, we’re excited to step in and ensure a smooth transition for the business. Our goal is not just to preserve the legacy of Afon, but also to explore opportunities for growth and development on a global scale.” The deal was completed by Scott Hughes, senior investment executive with the Development Bank of Wales, with support from Clare Sullivan, regional manager for new investments. Mr Hughes said: “Our investment will enable the family to step away from a successful business they have worked hard to build. The new management team is skilled, with a strong track record, and is well-positioned to support the business in achieving its planned future growth. “We’re grateful to the Beaujean family for their dedication, and support throughout this transition, which has been instrumental in setting us up for a promising journey ahead.” The deal was supported by Geldards, acting for development bank, with JCP, Azets and Harvey Business Support advising Afon. Alex Butler, corporate partner at Geldards said: “We were delighted to work with Scott and the team at the Development Bank of Wales on this transaction. This latest investment demonstrates the Development Bank’s continued commitment to supporting Welsh businesses with their succession planning – helping those businesses secure a sustainable future here in Wales for future generations.”

Opinion: It’s crunch time for Manchester’s commercial office space
Property 2025-11-04 11:35

Opinion: It’s crunch time for Manchester’s commercial office space

We’ve seen years of office occupancy speculation since the pandemic, but the picture is finally becoming clearer. Employers are increasingly asking staff to return to the workplace and, in Manchester, we’re starting to see the impact. A recent JLL survey found that 75% of Manchester-based firms now require employees to spend three or more days a week in the office. That’s a clear sign of confidence in the office market. But it’s also putting significant pressure on the city’s limited stock of commercial property, especially those much sought-after Grade A spaces. Over the past three years, demand for Grade A office space has skyrocketed. In fact, more than half of all post-pandemic lettings in Manchester have been in this top-tier category. Businesses increasingly understand that premium office environments are critical for attracting and retaining top talent. You only have to look at recent deals to determine a clear trend. From Bank of New York Mellon committing to 200,000 sq ft at 4 Angel Square through to ARM taking 70,000 sq ft at No.1 St Michael’s, it’s noticeable that companies are prioritising the best spaces to meet their employees’ needs and expectations. Despite this, no new Grade A developments have broken ground in nearly two years. So, while demand continues to rise, supply is dwindling fast. By 2024, Manchester is set to experience its highest levels of office take-up in five years. Yet, without action, the city is on course towards a supply crunch. At the current rate of Grade A uptake, Manchester could face a serious shortage of premium office space in the next 18 months. This tightening market will make it even tougher, and pricier, for occupiers to secure premium office space. Therefore developers, landlords, and funds who can bring new projects to market quickly will find themselves in a rare and lucrative position, benefiting from limited competition and sustained demand. But what happens if this call for new supply isn’t answered? For Manchester, the implications could extend far beyond the property sector. The city has built a reputation as a hub for inward investment and innovation, consistently drawing major occupiers like Vanguard, Starling Bank, Cloud Imperium and Uber. These firms, and the talent they attract, are vital to the region’s economic growth. If Manchester can’t provide these companies with the space they need to grow, there’s a real risk they’ll look elsewhere. That’s a scenario we can’t afford to see play out. Manchester is a city built on resilience and reinvention, and now is the time for developers, investors, and local authorities to act. Those who can take the lead in delivering new Grade A office schemes will help secure Manchester’s position as a leader in the UK’s regional office market catalyse the city’s growth. Manchester’s future prosperity may depend on how we respond to the looming supply-demand imbalance in its commercial property market.

Vacant former shop in city centre to be converted into flats
Property 2025-11-03 11:33

Vacant former shop in city centre to be converted into flats

A vacant shop in Chester city centre is set to be transformed into apartments. The former Sail and Ski store on Queen Street will be converted into six flats, following approval from Cheshire West and Chester Council. The ground floor of the building will undergo conversion, with a first-floor extension also being added to accommodate the two-bedroom self-contained flats. The Sail and Ski store, which had been at the property since 2014, shut its doors last year, reports Cheshire Live. One objection was received from a neighbour, citing concerns over 'residential amenity of the occupiers of the dwelling to the rear'. In a report recommending approval, case officer Ed Maddern stated: "The residential amenity impacts incurred by way of the shorter separation distance than 13 metres from habitable room windows to blank elevations have been noted." He further added: "The re-use of this building and subsequent provision of six new dwellings in a sustainable location carry significant benefits having regard to the aims of the Local Plan and particularly to the benefits of reusing previously developed land and providing housing in sustainable locations. It is also considered that there would be no other obvious way to retain and convert this building without similar impacts being incurred to residential amenity." "It should be noted that the existing area is already densely built-up and achieving the separation distances in relation to the reuse of existing buildings as set out in the local policy can often be difficult with this type of development. On balance, it is considered that the benefits of the proposals outweigh the harm identified."

UK's largest lithium extraction facility to be built in County Durham
Manufacturing 2025-11-03 11:59

UK's largest lithium extraction facility to be built in County Durham

Construction of the UK's largest lithium extraction facility in County Durham will go ahead following approval of the project by councillors. Weardale Lithium will extract battery-grade lithium carbonate from geothermal groundwaters at a site left dormant for more than two decades since the Eastgate cement works closed down. It is expected to create between 20 and 50 jobs, and the lithium it will produce is seen as pivotal to the UK's net zero goals Stewart Dickson, CEO of Weardale Lithium, said: "This is a significant milestone for Weardale Lithium and the UK's electrification ambitions. The project aligns with the UK Government's Critical Minerals Strategy and Battery Strategy, which recognises lithium as essential to the energy transition and meeting increasing demand for battery-grade lithium carbonate from the growth of electric vehicles and battery energy storage systems." He added: "This planning approval for the UK's largest lithium extraction plant is a notable step to establishing a robust, long-term and economically viable supply chain of critical minerals. The North East is well placed to be a centre of growing domestic lithium production capability as the region has all the requisite enablers to deliver our borehole to battery strategy." "With planning approval granted, we can now move forward and scale-up confidently producing battery-grade lithium carbonate on site using a proven end-to-end process. This will make a significant contribution to the transition of the UK towards a carbon-zero economy." The application was revised following feedback from consultation responses and adjustments to the operational layout, reports Chronicle Live. It now proposes temporary development with permanent planning permission sought for pipeline routes. Below ground structures are to remain and will need additional consent for future use. The duration of the development has been changed from permanent to a 15-year term for the pilot plant. In December 2024, it was confirmed that all above-ground structures would be dismantled at the end of the development period. It is hoped the project will create a local partnership between Weardale Lithium and a similar local company, Northern Lithium. Nick Pople, Northern Lithium's managing director, said: "The two companies are not in competition with each other and conversations have already begun about how we might collaborate going forward to ensure we can accelerate the delivery of a secure, sustainable, domestic supply of lithium at scale from the North East region."

Luscombe unveils rebrand to mark 50 years in business
Retail 2025-11-02 11:13

Luscombe unveils rebrand to mark 50 years in business

A well-known Devon soft drinks producer has unveiled a rebrand to mark 50 years in business. Luscombe said the changes would be made to all packaging, digital platforms, advertising and point-of-sale material next month. Founded in Devon in 1975, Luscombe has evolved from a small family cider producer into one of the UK’s most respected soft drinks brands. The business is based in a valley on Dartmoor in South Devon, where every drink is produced on site by blending organic fruit with Dartmoor spring water. Luscombe was the first drinks brand to gain organic accreditation from the Soil Association in the UK and has since gone on to be awarded a King’s Royal Warrant. Its product range now includes soft drinks, bubblies, juices, ginger beers, crushes and tonics which are sold around the globe. Mr David, who took over and grew the business from his father Julian, said: "Over the past 50 years, Luscombe has been defined by a passion for quality, craftsmanship and sustainability. When I took the reins, I wanted to build on my father’s legacy while creating something truly special. "Seeing Luscombe grow from a small farm-based operation to a multi-award-winning brand has been an incredible journey. Over the years, we have been honoured with Royal Warrants, more than 100 Great Taste Awards and received recognition for our commitment to organic farming and the environment. "It’s a privilege to see how far we have come and I couldn’t be prouder of the reputation we’ve built for exceptional soft drinks made with integrity and care." Scott Cooper, Luscombe’s newly appointed managing director, said the rebrand was a "natural evolution" of Luscombe’s story. "It captures the essence of what makes Luscombe special: our dedication to producing the highest quality soft drinks with a deep respect for nature and craftsmanship," he added. "It modernises our identity while ensuring that Luscombe remains instantly recognisable and trusted by our loyal customers. "As we look ahead, we’re focused on strengthening our position as a leader in the premium soft drinks market, expanding our reach and continuing to innovate while staying true to the values that have made Luscombe what it is today."

Eyewear firm monitoring Donald Trump's tariffs 'closely' as revenues fall
Manufacturing 2025-11-02 18:18

Eyewear firm monitoring Donald Trump's tariffs 'closely' as revenues fall

West Country-headquartered eyewear firm Inspecs says Donald Trump's tariffs are not expected to impact consumer demand and it is monitoring the situation "closely". The Bath-based company said its non-US-based businesses were not currently affected by the recent changes announced by the US President and that selective pass-through of cost increases would "largely mitigate" the situation. It also said it was focused on delivering operational efficiencies. Inspecs designs and manufacturers eyewear, frames and lenses, with many produced in countries such as China, which have been slapped with high tariffs by President Trump. The company only opened a new factory in Vietnam last year. "Notwithstanding the recently announced tariffs and caution in relation to market conditions, compelling new projects in the pipeline give us confidence in delivering on market expectations for 2025," said chief executive Richard Peck. In a set of unaudited preliminary results for the year ended December 31, 2024, Inspecs reported a group revenue decrease of 2% to £198.3m. Total operating expenses were reduced by 0.3% despite inflationary pressures, the firm said on Thursday, while underlying EBITDA - a measure of performance - reduced by 2.2% to £17.6m. Inspecs said it expected a "significant drop" in net finance costs in 2025 amounting to around £700,000 and that trading was in line with market expectations. "Inspecs demonstrated resilience in 2024 despite challenging macroeconomic conditions," said Mr Peck. "However, our continued focus throughout the year on the integration and simplification of our business has been significant. "We successfully got our new factory in Vietnam up and running, which has significantly improved our capacity. We also strengthened our brand portfolio by introducing several new brands and expanding our existing ones, all the while working on our supply chain and efficiencies. "Additionally, we have focused on growing our customer base in key markets. These strategic initiatives allowed us to improve our margins, maintain our administrative costs in an inflationary environment, and reduce our net debt, setting us up well for the future." Mr Peck said the first quarter of 2025 had "laid the groundwork" for a "pivotal" year for the company. He added: "As we move forward, the focus remains on sharpening efficiency, streamlining operations, and advancing key initiatives."

'How I launched a luxury British fashion brand': Jenine Baptiste on the power of creative freedom
Retail 2025-11-01 18:58

'How I launched a luxury British fashion brand': Jenine Baptiste on the power of creative freedom

Luxury fashion brand Baptiste was launched in 2023 and is based in London. Jenine Baptiste, its founder, employs one member of staff, while also working with other specialists, including a pattern cutter and sample maker. Describe your business in a nutshell. Baptiste is a luxury British womenswear brand. I design visionary collections in limited series that reflect an elegant use of graphic features and deluxe textures. My work blends bold cuts, rich fabrics, and striking colours to create pieces with an assured spirit. Sustainability is embedded in my creative practice. What inspired you to launch? A mix of my love for textile design, a deep appreciation for craftsmanship, and a desire to create something that feels both luxurious and intentional. I wanted to design pieces that stand out in both their aesthetic and their values. How much cash did you use to set up? I started lean with £6,000, investing what I could from personal savings, mainly in materials and sampling. Where did you get your funding? Mostly self-funded, from savings and employment. The biggest lesson learnt? You have to be adaptable. The fashion industry moves fast, and you need to stay open to evolving strategies while keeping your creative vision intact. You also create your own opportunities. Most stressful moment? Preparing for my buyer meetings. The stakes are high, and you have to get every detail right - brand positioning, pricing, storytelling - it’s a lot, but it’s also exciting. The proudest moment? Seeing my pieces worn and appreciated by people who truly connect with them. Best thing about running your own company? The creative freedom. I get to shape every collection and build a brand that aligns with my values. Hardest thing about running your own company? Wearing multiple hats - designer, strategist, marketer, logistics manager. It’s a constant juggle. What should the government be doing to support businesses like yours? More funding opportunities and grants for independent designers, plus better support for fashion initiatives. Where do you seek guidance and advice? Through God, networks and mentors in the industry, and fellow creatives in my studio. What’s the best piece of business advice you were ever given? “Don’t wait for perfection—launch, learn, and refine as you go.” What’s the secret to success? A strong brand identity, resilience, and the ability to build genuine connections - whether with customers, buyers, or collaborators.

Spirax Group reports fall in full-year profits amid restructure
Manufacturing 2025-11-01 11:05

Spirax Group reports fall in full-year profits amid restructure

Cheltenham-headquartered engineering firm Spirax Group has reported a fall in profits for the financial year. The FTSE-100 company posted a 1% fall in reported revenue to £1.6bn for the 12 months to December 31, 2024. Adjusted profit before tax fell to £288.2m from £309.2m the year previously. The company said global industrial production growth for the full year was lower than had been forecast and second half recovery did not materialise with industrial production falling in key markets such as the US, Germany, France, Italy and the UK, representing around 50% of group sales. However, Sprirax added that all three of its business divisions delivered organic sales growth during the year with adjusted operating profit margins in line with expectations. According to the group, its restructuring strategy will realise annual savings of around £35m to fund investment in future organic growth. The cash costs to deliver the programme will be mostly incurred in 2025, Spirax said, and are expected to be around £35m, with an additional non-cash cost of £5m. The board declared a final dividend of 117.5p per ordinary share - up from 114p in 2023 - bringing the total dividend for the year to 165p. “The global macroeconomic environment remains highly uncertain,” the company said in a statement on Tuesday (March 11). “We remain cautious on industrial production in 2025 and have adopted more conservative assumptions in our planning. “We expect trading conditions in China to remain challenging as customers continue to reduce investments in the expansion of manufacturing capacity.” Looking to 2025, Spirax said it expected organic growth in group revenues consistent with that achieved in 2024 and “modestly higher” growth in the second half. It added that corporate costs for the year would be around £40m, reflecting higher levels of investment in growth. Nimesh Patel, group chief executive, said: "All three of our businesses delivered organic sales growth with margins in line with our expectations, despite weaker than expected industrial production in the second half. I am particularly pleased with progress in electric thermal solutions, where improvements to manufacturing throughput supported higher sales and improved margin." Mr Patel said the company was “well underway” with actions to simplify the organisation and better leverage resources to support future growth. He added: "Mindful of the outlook for industrial production, I remain confident in the execution of our strategy and in the strength of our business model.”

Rolls-Royce shares tumble after broker slaps 'neutral' rating on them
Manufacturing 2025-10-31 11:35

Rolls-Royce shares tumble after broker slaps 'neutral' rating on them

Shares in Rolls-Royce dipped over three per cent in early trading today following a downgrade by analysts at investment bank Citi. The FTSE 100 giant's stock was downgraded from a 'Buy' to a 'Neutral' rating, despite an increase in the price target from 555p to 641p. Currently sitting at 576p, the analysts stated that the expected upside was not sufficient to maintain a Buy rating. Despite a strong recovery since the pandemic, they noted that the stock is nearing what they consider to be its fair value, as reported by City AM. In 2024, Rolls-Royce was the second-best-performing stock on the FTSE 100, with shares in the engineering giant returning more than 90 per cent for the year. Over the past two years, the shares have soared by over 500 per cent and despite this morning's dip, they are still up more than 85 per cent over the past 12 months. The Derby-based giant has benefited from a recovery in the aviation sector and growing interest in nuclear power, while retail investor interest has driven its price upwards. Despite Citi's downgrade, most analysts still rate Rolls-Royce as a 'Buy', with 10 holding an overweight rating compared to just one sell, according to data from the Wall Street Journal. However, some analysts agree with Citi that the firm's high price is approaching a fair value price. "We believe that Rolls-Royce needs to further progress on its transformation programme before it can be valued on metrics comparable to General Electric," Deutsche Bank analysts stated in their most recent broker note on the company. Meanwhile, Panmure Liberum noted in November that while the stock had exceeded its price target of 400p, "that is not surprising as the treating process is not linear and, in this case,it is the three-year target which matters." The broker's three-year price target for the stock stands at 665p. Russ Mould, investment director at AJ Bell, commented: "Stock market darling Rolls-Royce saw its engines splutter after Citi downgraded its rating on the stock to ‘Neutral’ from ‘Buy’ on valuation grounds. Even though Citi raised its price target for the stock, investors appear to have taken the rating downgrade as a signal to lock in some profit." "Rolls-Royce has been a runaway success for investors in recent years as its recovery story gained traction. The turnaround opportunity is now looking like old news and investors increasingly want to hear about the next phase of the company’s growth, not simply what it is doing to get back on track as that looks to have already happened." This downgrade followed the news that an Airbus A330 engine caught fire shortly after takeoff from Atlanta en route to Brazil on the first day of the new year. Upon departing from Atlanta airport and reaching an altitude of 4,725 feet, the crew aboard the Delta aircraft reported a fire in one of its Rolls-Royce Trent 7000 Engines, attributed to a mechanical issue. The plane made an emergency return to the airport, resulting in a "heavy landing".

Council takes over ownership of shopping centre
Property 2025-10-31 11:39

Council takes over ownership of shopping centre

Ownership of a shopping centre in Staffordshire has been transferred to a local council for nothing. Ankerside in Tamworth has been taken over by the town's borough council, adding the long leasehold interest to its existing freehold in the 200,000 sq ft centre. Current tenants at the retail hub in George Street include Barclays, Three, EE and Pandora. The council said it would now work with real estate investment trust NewRiver, which specialises in managing retail centres, to revamp Ankerside. Email newsletters BusinessLive is your home for business news from across the West Midlands including Birmingham, the Black Country, Solihull, Coventry and Staffordshire. Click through here to sign up for our email newsletter and also view the broad range of other bulletins we offer including weekly sector-specific updates. We will also send out 'Breaking News' emails for any stories which must be seen right away. LinkedIn For all the latest stories, views and polls, follow our BusinessLive West Midlands LinkedIn page here. Cllr Nova Arkney, portfolio holder for infrastructure, heritage and local economy at Tamworth Borough Council, said: "Through mutual agreement with the current owners, the council has negotiated ownership of Ankerside. "We're committed to seeing a town centre fit for the future and this move seeks to provide stability and reassurance to Ankerside tenants and shoppers and to secure the long-term future of the shopping centre in the heart of our town centre. "We have plans to invigorate the centre and are supported by NewRiver in developing this. "NewRiver is working on our behalf with all existing Ankerside tenants and contractors to deliver a smooth transition and continued operation of the centre. "Ankerside Shopping Centre and the wider Tamworth town centre remain open for business and we encourage everyone to continue to support the businesses in our wonderful town." REI Nederland BV said in a statement: "We are delighted to have worked with Tamworth Borough Council over the past 24 months, culminating in the council adding the long leasehold interest to their existing freehold interest.

Owner of Boringdon Hall snaps up Cornwall spa and golf hotel
Property 2025-10-30 18:52

Owner of Boringdon Hall snaps up Cornwall spa and golf hotel

The owner of Devon's five-star Boringdon Hall Hotel has acquired a Cornish spa and golf resort for an undisclosed sum. Family-run Philema Hospitality Management has taken over the Budock Vean Hotel in Falmouth in a move it described as a "significant milestone". The group's portfolio also includes the four-star adult-only Fistral Beach Hotel and Spa and the family friendly Esplanade Hotel, overlooking surfing beach Fistral in Newquay. Budock Vean is based on the banks of the Helford River, with facilities including a golf course, spa, and award-winning restaurant. Philema said it would "preserve the hotel’s legacy" following the deal, while "enhancing" the guest experience. "We are thrilled to welcome Budock Vean to the Philema family," said Laura Cameron, managing director of Philema Hospitality Management. Budock Vean is a truly unique property with a deep-rooted history in Cornwall’s hospitality landscape. We look forward to honouring its legacy while bringing new innovations that will elevate its charm and appeal for today’s discerning travellers. "Our vision is to create unforgettable guest experiences that celebrate Cornwall’s heritage and natural beauty, and Budock Vean aligns perfectly with this mission."

Town centre sees 'much-needed' regeneration work begin after traders demand market changes
Property 2025-10-30 18:54

Town centre sees 'much-needed' regeneration work begin after traders demand market changes

Refurbishment work on Hyde's outdoor market has commenced, with completion expected by early 2025. Tameside council started the project last week to enhance the town centre for businesses and visitors. The plan includes replacing the fixed market stall on the outdoor market with parasols and creating a more flexible space for community events. Tameside Council's masterplan for Hyde emphasised that a versatile space for markets and events, complemented by new plantings, would attract more visitors. The existing outdoor market, rebuilt in 2012 at a cost of £1.2m, requires further improvements according to market traders. These enhancements include removing four of the six fixed market stalls and installing a more flexible parasol system, while keeping two of the existing fixed stalls. Other tasks involve extensive tree maintenance, replanting granite planters, improving Millennium Park, installing new decorative lighting, and other undisclosed projects. A funding of £737,000 from the UK Shared Prosperity Fund and the Hyde Accelerator Programme is being utilised for these works. Coun Stephen Homer, who is in charge of towns, transport and connectivity, said: "These works will kickstart the much-needed regeneration of Hyde town centre building on some recent improvements to the town. Further projects are proposed as part of the Hyde Accelerator Programme which include improving greenspaces and planting to make the town centre more attractive and welcoming for visitors and local people alike.", reports the Manchester Evening News. He also mentioned that "The changes to Market Ground will ensure this key civic space in the heart of the town can operate more flexibly for events including markets and other activities." He outlined that several engaging events aimed at attracting more visitors were on the agenda, highlighting past and future attractions such as the Halloween event with its Lantern Parade, and the anticipated Christmas Market at the town hall. Town hall leaders have indicated that the market improvements should be finished by early 2025.

A mechanic with nearly a million followers explains why the concept of lifetime fluids is a misconception.
Auto 2025-10-29 11:13

A mechanic with nearly a million followers explains why the concept of lifetime fluids is a misconception.

View pictures in App save up to 80% data. A significant discussion surrounds the topic of lifetime fluids used in automobiles. Auto mechanics are among the most critical aspects of the automotive industry. However, they often disagree with automakers on several topics. In particular, many mechanics disagree with the idea of lifetime fluids for cars. Recently, one took to TikTok to explain why he believes lifetime fluids to be more of a myth than some of his colleagues. Of course, some feel not believing in changing these fluids could cause transmission problems. Many auto mechanics give advice online. Naturally, the information they provide is based on their vast experience working on cars. Recently, a mechanic from Royalty Auto Service in Texas took to their TikTok account to share his opinion on lifetime fluids. In particular, he’s discussing transmission fluid. He begins the video by saying he’s working on a Toyota Avalon after the dealership refused to service the transmission. For context, it was a 2013 model with over 100,000 miles.  Like many auto mechanics, he then expresses his frustration with the idea behind lifetime fluids. In essence, he compares the transmission fluid to the engine oil and then jokes that they can both be “lifetime fluids,” as you can decide not to replace it until either component blows up.  He continues by stating, “The real question is, can servicing extend the life of the transmission? The answer is absolutely yes, without a doubt.” Following this, the video shifts focus to the topic of transmission flushes, a subject that sparks considerable debate among auto mechanics about the appropriate timing for these procedures.  @royaltyautoservices I guess it depends on what “lifetime” is… ? #automotive #mechanic #mechaniclife #cartok #diy #fyp #foryou #duet ♬ Extended Pop Background Music / Full Length (1283324) – nightbird_bgm Naturally, auto mechanics will agree that car owners should research this topic properly. However, there is a fierce debate on the idea of lifetime fluids for a reason. Yes, transmission flushes can be controversial, but there’s also something to be said about never changing the various fluids in a vehicle. It’s possible not doing so could cause transmission problems. Check out this article about an auto mechanic discussing the importance of warming up your vehicle for more reading.

Midlands rail services could benefit from £1.5bn upgrade
Logistics 2025-10-29 18:08

Midlands rail services could benefit from £1.5bn upgrade

Rails services across the Midlands could benefit from £1.5 billion of investment between 2025-2030 under plans put forward today. Midlands Connect – a transport group that represents councils, local enterprise partnerships and other public bodies in the region – is proposing the changes which it says will add new services and put 14.6 million more seats on the railway every year. The organisation said it would also help safeguard 1,600 well-paid jobs in the construction industry. It comes as the UK rail industry faces tough times with workers striking over pay, poorly performing operators, the Government working out how to deal with the fragmentation caused by privatisation and pressure groups warning a failure to attract more passengers risks a permanently smaller network. Revenues are around a fifth lower than pre-virus levels, and taxpayers are contributing around £2 billion more annually than before the pandemic, according to Rail Partners, which represents independent passenger and freight train operators. Midlands Connect believes its upgrades package would be the “biggest step possible in levelling-up the Midlands”. Its “Midlands Rail Hub” plans would see space for 100 additional trains on the network every day to locations such as Birmingham, Bromsgrove, Nuneaton, Worcester, Hereford, Great Malvern, Bristol, Gloucester, Cardiff, Cheltenham and Leicester. It says it could also lead to shorter journey times for thousands of commuters – Birmingham to Hereford could be cut by up to 13 minutes, for instance. The proposals also include improved access to HS2 services at Birmingham Curzon Street and improvements to the Cross-city Birmingham line, which would see trains arrive every 10 minutes. In Leicestershire, Leicester, Hinckley, Narborough & South Wigston would benefit from an extra fast and slow train every hour delivering 1.7 million extra peak time seats each year and 1.5 million off-peak seats. It said its analysis suggests for every £1 spent on the project there would be more than £1.50 in benefits including broader benefits to the economy. The plans are due to be launched in Birmingham today, backed by politicians such as West Midlands Mayor and chair of the West Midlands Rail Executive Andy Street, Preet Kaur Gill MP, Deputy City Mayor of Leicester Coun Adam Clarke, councils and business leaders to all back the ambitious proposals. The biggest engineering proposals include between Bordesley and Moor Street, Birmingham, allowing access to Birmingham Moor Street from the South-West and Wales, and improving services on the Hereford and Worcester corridors. There would also be better access to Birmingham Moor Street from the East Midlands. The improvements will make space for up to ten extra trains per hour in and out of Birmingham. If funded by the Government, the regional benefits for the Midlands would be: · An additional train per hour between Birmingham and Bristol. · An additional train per hour between Birmingham and Cardiff via Gloucester stopping at Worcestershire Parkway. · An additional train per hour between Birmingham and Hereford via Worcester. The service will also stop at Bromsgrove, Great Malvern & Droitwich. · An additional fast train per hour between Leicester and Birmingham, stopping at Nuneaton. · An additional slow train per hour between Leicester and Birmingham, stopping at Coleshill Parkway, Nuneaton, Hinckley, Narborough & South Wigston. Sir John Peace, chairman of Midlands Connect – which has now submitted its outline business case to government – said: “This is a truly momentous occasion for us, we are proud to unveil this detailed plan for infrastructure changes which will transform our region. “We know the project has the backing of the businesses, communities and political leaders in the Midlands, and we stand ready to kickstart its delivery and get spades in the ground. “The Midlands Rail Hub will significantly impact the future of travel for generations to come.” Andy Street, Mayor of the West Midlands and chair of the West Midlands Rail Executive, said: “Midlands Rail Hub is a game-changing scheme for our region. “The benefits it can bring to local people and businesses are many – whether it’s connecting millions more people to the HS2 network; creating space for more local journeys, stations, and rail lines; or opening faster and more frequent rail links for commuters as well as business and leisure travellers. “As we bounce back from Covid, Midlands Rail Hub will support our recovery by unlocking the bottleneck at Birmingham New Street to improve local services, whilst also better connecting the East and West Midlands. All of this helps open access to opportunities right across the Midlands and supports thousands of jobs during a critical period for our region. “When the West Midlands succeeds, the country succeeds, and the sooner Government enables us to start delivering this project the sooner our local residents will experience the plethora of benefits to come.” Sir Peter Soulsby Chair of Transport for the East Midlands & City Mayor of Leicester said: “Leicester is a thriving and rapidly growing city, but we need better connectivity by rail to realise the city’s economic potential. “The Midlands Rail Hub will double the rail service between Leicester and Birmingham and ensure the city is connected to both New Street and Moor Street stations. “This will provide onward connectivity to Wales and the South West, as well as easy access to HS2 Services at Curzon Street. “We expect that that HS2 East will transform connectivity between Birmingham, Derby and Nottingham by the 2040s.

Toyota Executive: 'We've Gained Insights From the bZ4X Situation'
Auto 2025-10-28 11:03

Toyota Executive: 'We've Gained Insights From the bZ4X Situation'

Toyota's "multi-pathway" strategy is set to undergo evaluation soon. Additionally, Hyundai seeks to engage with Trump, while Tesla outperforms Audi. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. Generally speaking, I wouldn't dismiss Toyota in the competition for electric vehicles or any emerging transportation technology. However, my optimism has its boundaries. Despite Toyota enjoying a remarkable year in the U.S. in 2024, largely due to its hybrid models, signs of trouble are emerging in various global markets. The effectiveness of its "multi-pathway" strategy—developing a variety of powertrains—is poised for a significant test in several crucial regions. One particular market provides insight into the future direction of Toyota's electric vehicles. That kicks off this Monday edition of Critical Materials, our morning roundup of auto industry and technology news. We're in a bit of a post-CES 2025 news drought today, which is fine by me, but expect more coverage from InsideEVs about the rest of last week's trade show soon. Additionally on the agenda today: Tesla surpasses Audi in global sales for the first time, while Hyundai reaches out to President-elect Donald Trump, who is set to return to the White House in just one week. Let's explore further. 30%: Enhancing the bZ4X Experience View pictures in App save up to 80% data. Image credit: Toyota 2025 Toyota Urban Cruiser Toyota stands out as one of the last automakers that genuinely functions on a global scale, capable of delivering various vehicles tailored for different regions. In Japan, you’ll find efficient city cars, while the United States enjoys robust trucks like the Tacoma and Tundra. Meanwhile, the Middle East and Africa are served with classic diesel Land Cruisers—it's a diverse lineup. Toyota offers a range of vehicles, including traditional combustion engines, hybrids, and hydrogen-powered options, although the hydrogen initiative hasn't been as successful as hoped.  One area where Toyota knows it's deficient is purely electric vehicles. Company executives seem to be acknowledging this white space more and more, as they did to InsideEVs at CES just last week. Toyota may have the R&D, capital and infrastructure to make many different kinds of cars without committing to one single solution, but it doesn't want to lose sales. And it is in China right now. But there are other places where the EV revolution is also in force. One of them is Norway, where the new car market is basically 90% electric. Granted, that's only a few hundred thousand cars—Americans bought probably 15 million last year, for context—but no car company wants to lose anywhere. So this interview of Toyota Norway CEO Piotr Pawlak with the country's Motor publication is very telling. Some excerpts, with help from Google Translate:  This involves multiple components. The Norwegian department will not only provide education to other markets but will also strive to promote the sale of electric cars in Norway to the fullest extent.  As the electric vehicle market in Norway is projected to surpass 90 percent by 2025, it plays a crucial role in the overall European electric car landscape. Additionally, the expansion of electric cars in Norway is likely to be more robust than that of the bZ4X model. Norway has fully committed to electric vehicles, leaving behind any interest in hybrid sales within the country. These hybrids can be marketed in other regions where they are profitable. Consequently, Pawlak is keen on focusing exclusively on electric car sales. By 2025, it's expected that at least 80 percent of the Toyotas sold in Norway will be electric models.  [...] We have learned from the bZ4X crisis, he says, guaranteeing that the upcoming models will have battery preheating, a good route planner and generally electric car technology that is expected in today's market. The latest car models will be designed for optimal charging in Norway and will come equipped with four-wheel drive capabilities. The "bZ4X crisis" refers to the same criticisms U.S. and European EV shoppers have of Toyota's primary electric offering: its range, price, charging and software specs are already uncompetitive and getting outclassed by new entries all of the time. In the case of chilly Norway, a good EV needs proper four- or all-wheel-drive, cold weather resilience, battery preconditioning and route-planning. The bZ4X doesn't measure up on most of that.  But I bring this up Pawlak's comments do matter to the rest of the world: if what the CEO says is true, then Toyota's clearly working on this stuff. It has high hopes for the new Urban Crusier compact electric (pictured above) and has several new EV models planned globally for 2026 and beyond. Some of those EVs will assuredly be Europe-specific and it will likely continue leaning on local partners in China, but more and more, the message is clear: Even if Toyota doesn't envision an all-electric future as other carmakers do, it can't let EVs be some afterthought anymore. And in the U.S., people certainly want good electric options from this trusted brand.  60%: Tesla Surpasses Audi Worldwide For The First Time View pictures in App save up to 80% data. Image credit: InsideEVs Speaking of things that aren't working, the Volkswagen Group is keenly aware that Audi is pretty far from the power-hitter that it was in the 2000s and 2010s. Global Audi sales were down a whole 14% in 2024 and the declines hit the entire lineup. It's an older lineup, too, and perhaps speaking subjectively, the new crop of Audis just don't look as cool as the white-hot Audis did 20 years ago. And amid all of the VW Group's wider technology challenges, their software and automated driving features lag behind many competitors.   So who pulled ahead of Audi last year? None other than Tesla, Bloomberg reports: Tesla overtook Audi, one of Germany’s most prized premium car brands, last year despite selling fewer vehicles than expected. Audi sold 1.67 million vehicles in 2024, down 12 percent from a year earlier. Audi’s struggle with intensifying competition in Europe and China and weak demand for its electric models dropped the brand behind Elon Musk’s Tesla, which delivered 1.79 million vehicles last year. Tesla's swift growth over the past few years has placed the company in a prime position to capitalize on any missteps made by established competitors. The Model Y SUV is now one of the top-selling vehicles globally and is set to receive an update this year. German automotive manufacturers are facing lukewarm demand for luxury vehicles in China, where the path to recovery is still unclear and domestic competitors are increasingly targeting the high-end market. I'd also argue that Tesla has an "aging lineup" problem of its own, with the Cybertruck not really moving the needle much last year. But the new Model Y is on its way. I'd be shocked if that doesn't sell well on its own.  So can Audi catch up? It's about to launch its biggest new product offensive ever, ranging from the new Q6 E-Tron to the A6 E-Tron sedan and gas-powered A7 and Q3. (Remember, at Audi, even numbers are electric and odd ones are gas and hybrid cars.) But the fact that Audi offers many different kinds of powertrains and still got smoked by an all-electric automaker shows it has work to do. Hyundai Seeks Trump's Favor as Well View pictures in App save up to 80% data. Image credit: InsideEVs 2025款现代Ioniq 5 XRT Many individuals who oppose Trump have voiced their concerns regarding the significant contributions made by various companies—such as Ford, General Motors, and Toyota—to his inaugural fund. Critics argue that these corporations are attempting to forge business ties with a president known for prioritizing transactional relationships. For those who are not supporters of Trump, the notion of their hard-earned money from purchased products benefiting him is likely unappealing. Regardless of how you feel, you can add Hyundai to that list, the Wall Street Journal reports. It's making a $1 million donation to Trump's inaugural fund. And part of that goal seems to be a sit-down with the president to try and talk him out of his anti-Mexico tariffs, which would be extremely disruptive to the automotive supply chain:  Hyundai has notably initiated a proactive strategy to establish connections with advisers of Trump. The automaker has communicated to the president-elect's team that it aims to contribute to job creation in the U.S. and to support the American automotive sector. Should the company secure a meeting with Trump, whether at his Mar-a-Lago estate in Florida or at the White House after he assumes office, there are plans to send Hyundai CEO José Muñoz along with Hyundai Motor Group executive chair Euisun Chung to attend, according to sources familiar with the situation. Executives from Hyundai, such as Muñoz and Hyundai Motor Group Vice Chair Jaehoon Chang, are likely to be present at the inauguration festivities, sources indicate. A contribution of $1 million grants access to six tickets for a private candlelight dinner with Donald Trump and Melania Trump on January 19, the day prior to his presidential swearing-in, as outlined in a benefits package obtained by The Wall Street Journal. Additionally, this donation includes six tickets to a private reception on January 18, featuring Trump's selected cabinet members, along with access to other exclusive gatherings.  Trade analysts have indicated that Hyundai is likely to face significant challenges due to tariffs, as a substantial portion of the components utilized in its vehicles are sourced from overseas. “They will experience a direct impact on sales in the United States, and even vehicles produced domestically will suffer because of their reliance on imported parts,” remarked Scott Lincicome, a vice president at the Cato Institute, which focuses on research related to international trade. The U.S. is by far Hyundai's biggest and most important market, and it remains heavily dependent on Mexico for production and the overall supply chain. (Nobody at Hyundai will talk about this openly, but this is probably why the Kia EV3 is taking so long to get to the U.S.; they may not be sure yet where and how they can build it, and what impact tariffs would have on those plans.)  Meanwhile, Mercedes-Benz said it congratulates the incoming president, but does not have plans to donate to his inaugural fund. Do with that information as you will. 100%: What Strategies Will Audi Use to Regain Its Competitive Edge? View pictures in App save up to 80% data. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. A strong design approach would be an excellent beginning. I prefer something akin to the car on the right rather than the one on the left, Audi. The sleek and aerodynamic design that originally established Audi's reputation could be perfectly suited for the electric age. What suggestions do you have for Audi? Share your thoughts in the comments! Got a tip for us? Email: [email protected]

27-storey tower and student digs that could 'overshadow' Victoria Baths among key developments approved for Manchester
Property 2025-10-28 11:17

27-storey tower and student digs that could 'overshadow' Victoria Baths among key developments approved for Manchester

Manchester has given the green light to a 27-storey building and a significant revamp of a student accommodation complex.. The council's Planning and Highways Committee reviewed plans for several large developments, which will collectively bring about 1,500 new homes to the city, in their meeting on November 21. These include a high-rise on Sparkle Street, behind Piccadilly Village, 237 apartments in Cheetham Hill, a residential development at the old Nello James building in Whalley Range, and the partial demolition and extension of Victoria Point in Ardwick. A proposal to demolish two out of six existing student accommodation buildings and extend four others on Hathersage Road has also been approved. Empiric Student Property is set to construct a new four-storey and twelve-storey building at Victoria Point, a student apartment complex situated around the Grade II* listed Victoria Baths. The project will nearly double Victoria Point's capacity, accommodating 876 beds across 694 self-contained apartment units ranging from two to four-bedrooms. Designs submitted by Bell Phillips and 5plus feature communal terraces and ground floor commercial space, which the applicant's agent believes will make it a 'destination' for the surrounding area. Local residents raised 18 objections against the proposed construction of a twelve-storey building, citing concerns over loss of light and an influx of students potentially 'destabilising existing communities'. Historic England also weighed in, describing the structure as 'incongruous and conspicuous' beside the neighbouring listed baths, potentially diminishing its historical significance, reports the Manchester Evening News. However, councillors ultimately ruled that the economic advantages and the need for student housing took precedence. In another development, plans for a towering 28-storey building on Sparkle Street have been given the green light, despite a local councillor's warning that it would 'dominate' the adjacent Piccadilly Village. The three-part complex, consisting of sections reaching 10, 27, and 28 storeys, is set to deliver 359 new apartments and is expected to contribute approximately £22.3m to the local economy. Foras, the developers behind the project, have committed £228,000 towards affordable housing within the city, although the highrise itself will not include any affordable units. The scheme also includes the creation of two new disabled parking bays and a car club space, achieved by relocating current pay and display spots, in addition to providing 359 secure spaces for bicycles. Local councillor Jon Connor Lyons expressed his concerns, stating: "This scheme will dominate Piccadilly Village, which comprises townhouses and up-and-down flats at two or three storeys. [...] This completely knocks off balance the communities of [the surrounding area]." Planning officers have acknowledged that there 'will be noticeable impacts' on neighbouring communities from a new development, but they argue these are 'not unusual' in areas designated for city centre regeneration such as the Piccadilly area. The application was approved with only one vote against it. A new 23-storey apartment block is set to alter the North Manchester skyline as Cheetham Hill Road becomes home to nearly 240 apartments. The £70m project, led by developers Zephyr X, promises to deliver a 'vibrant residential scheme' with 'a positive social impact'. The tower will replace a vacant plot previously occupied by a car showroom and hand car wash, offering 155 two-bedroom and 82 one-bedroom flats, along with a ground floor shop or cafe, amenity areas and bike storage. The applicant's agent, Mr Cameron Radford, assured that local businesses would be prioritised for the commercial space and construction. Manchester councillors praised the 'considered' scheme 'that could provide homes for families', noting features like children's play equipment on the roof terrace and a shared parcel storage area. Construction is slated to begin in 2025, with the opening of the block scheduled for 2027. Meanwhile, a decision to transform a historic site in Whalley Range into a housing complex featuring 35 homes has been deferred by the council. Views Holdings Ltd has proposed to partially demolish the existing building at 136 Withington Road, with plans to construct 31 one and two-bedroom apartments and four townhouses. Two of these houses will have two bedrooms, while the other two will feature three bedrooms. The designs, drafted by Ollier Smurthwaite Architects, depict a transformation of the former Nello James Centre, a community space named after historian and political activist C. L.R. James. Currently, the building is in a 'state of disrepair', as described by an agent for Views Holding, with frequent instances of antisocial behaviour reported on the site. The developers' plans include restoring much of the site and 'sympathetically extending' it. However, councillors have expressed concerns over parking and tree planting, deciding to visit the site before making a final decision.

Manchester's Northern Quarter set for transformation as Church Street car park faces demolition
Property 2025-10-27 18:56

Manchester's Northern Quarter set for transformation as Church Street car park faces demolition

Manchester council is preparing for a major transformation of a key site in the Northern Quarter. The city's leadership is seeking proposals from developers to redevelop the Church Street multi-storey car park into a ‘landmark development’ featuring a new public square. While the 685-space facility currently serves residents and visitors seven days a week, offering parking permits via the town hall, municipal authorities deem the structure ‘surplus’, saying it is a magnet for anti-social behaviour and is unsuitable for the area. . Coun Bev Craig, Manchester City Council's leader, envisions a 'world-class' future for the site, saying: "This is a unique opportunity to deliver a landmark redevelopment of this site and deliver a project that will transform this part of our city centre through a world-class, mixed-use development - including exemplary public realm." She added: "Our Northern Quarter is proudly and fiercely independent and we would expect proposals to understand intimately the context of the neighbourhood and present plans that pay homage to the history and heritage of the area to support the next generation of independent businesses to thrive." In tribute to its historical roots, the new development will adopt the name St Paul’s, echoing the church that once graced the location, reports the Manchester Evening News. The council has outlined its vision for the 1.54-acre site, emphasising that any development should be welcoming, ambitious, and boast 'world-class architectural quality', while honouring the heritage and individuality of the Northern Quarter. The town hall is eager to see the area revitalised with a 'highly-sustainable development' that could encompass a blend of new homes, businesses, and a public square. Officials are keen for the project to 'complement and enhance' the existing Northern Quarter, as well as align with the local authority's economic, housing, and environmental goals. The initiative is also seen as a potential solution to the anti-social behaviour issues that have affected the vicinity in recent times. City leaders are advocating for the scheme to encourage 'active travel over car use' within the city centre. Coun Craig stated: "The Church Street car park has for some time felt out of step with its surroundings, detracting from the wider area both in look and feel, and in the way the current building layout attracts anti-social behaviour. "A multi storey car park is also inappropriate in the heart of our city, and we expect this development to support a people-first approach that actively promotes public transport and active travel over car use. We look forward to seeing ambitious proposals that will enhance our world-famous Northern Quarter and support the continued success of our city centre." It is believed that those with parking permits who may be impacted by any future plans will be contacted by the council. Property company CBRE is overseeing an invitation to tender process on behalf of the council, with a deadline for proposals set for 1pm on February 12 next year.

Steven Bartlett's debut Dragons' Den investment, saved by Albex Group after administration
Retail 2025-10-27 11:33

Steven Bartlett's debut Dragons' Den investment, saved by Albex Group after administration

Cheesegeek, the artisan cheese retailer and first company that Steven Bartlett invested in on the BBC One series Dragons' Den, has been acquired by Albex Group, a Scotland-based firm, after falling into administration. The purchase amount remains undisclosed, as reported by City AM. This development follows Bartlett's investment of £150,000 for a five per cent stake in the London-based Cheesegeek in 2021, as reported by The Grocer. His investment was highlighted during his debut series on Dragons' Den, which aired early in 2022. The deal with Cheesegeek, established by Edward Hancock, stipulated that Bartlett's investment be repaid within two years. Through his private equity company Catena Capital, Bartlett owned 16,427 shares in Cheesegeek, as indicated by a Companies House filing. Andrew Dalglish, director at Albex, commented: "Cheesegeek's mission to support local artisan cheesemakers and make great cheese accessible is an important one. We're delighted to be able to support it." He further stated, "As a family company we always take a long-term view and are committed to fully supporting Cheesegeek." Dalglish emphasised the significance of their funding, noting that it provides the necessary stability for Cheesegeek to not only continue operations but also to realise its full potential in collaboration with the artisans who contribute diversity and craftsmanship to the UK cheese industry. "From a day-to-day perspective it's very much business as usual at Cheesegeek. The same team remain and continue to be led by founder Edward Hancock." "They'll continue to fulfil orders uninterrupted and provide great service. And they'll continue to partner with a core group of artisan cheesemakers." "In addition to that, we've already begun planning some major investments designed which will see Cheese Geek embark on some exciting new projects." In 2020, The Albex Group had previously taken over cheese cutter and packer Tom Walker & Sons. Both Steven Bartlett and Cheesegeek have been approached for comments. The downfall and subsequent rescue of Cheesegeek follows a report by City AM in February stating that Steven Bartlett had resigned as a director of nutrition brand Huel. The celebrity entrepreneur, who has been a long-standing investor in the company, had held the position since early 2021. Huel, based in Hertfordshire, also boasts investors such as Idris Elba and Jonathan Ross. This departure occurred a day after Emma Woods, former chief executive of Wagamama, also resigned as a non-executive director. In August 2024, advertisements featuring Steven Bartlett for nutrition brands Zoe and Huel were prohibited after it was determined they did not disclose their commercial relationship with the celebrity entrepreneur. The Advertising Standards Authority (ASA) has criticised adverts that appeared on Facebook in February, stating they "omitted material information" regarding their connection to entrepreneur Bartlett.

The Most Sought-After Car Models in America Last Year That Weren't Pickup Trucks Included...
Auto 2025-10-26 18:58

The Most Sought-After Car Models in America Last Year That Weren't Pickup Trucks Included...

When it comes to vehicle sales in the United States, pickup trucks have long dominated the charts. Of the top-ten best-selling models in 2024, almost half of them were pickups, headed up by the evergreen Ford F-Series. We just can't get enough of these big, practical trucks with their go-anywhere attitude, while the latest premium top-end trucks costing six figures make a convincing luxury conveyance. Do most people need them? Probably not, but who are we to judge? This is America, buy what you want. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. Base MSRP Base Trim Engine 2.5L Dynamic Force I4 ICE Base Trim Horsepower 203 HP @6600 RPM Base Trim Torque 184 lb.-ft. @ 5000 RPM Base Trim Fuel Economy (city/highway/combined) 27/35/30 MPG While pickup trucks reign supreme in the automotive market, there are numerous other vehicles that captured the attention of American buyers in 2024, particularly crossovers and sedans. These reliable and budget-friendly choices consistently attract consumers, and we've sifted through the sea of pickups to create a list of the top-selling models that lack a truck bed. This ranking showcases the top ten non-pickup vehicles sold in the United States, measured by total units sold in 2024. All specifications mentioned pertain to the 2025 models, unless noted differently. 10 Hyundai Tucson Total Units Sold: 206,126 Model Gas Hybrid PHEV Engine 2.5L NA I4 1.6L turbo I4 hybrid 1.6L turbo I4 plug-in hybrid Horsepower 187 hp 226 hp 261 hp Torque 178 lb-ft 258 lb-ft 258 lb-ft Drivetrain FWD (AWD optional) AWD AWD EPA Fuel Economy (city/highway/combined) (FWD) 25/32/28 mpg 38/38/38 mpg 80 MPGe, 35 mpg combined 33-mile electric range The first model to make it on this list is the Hyundai Tucson, which sold a little over 200,000 units in 2024. This should come as no surprise to anyone, because the South Korean automaker's models have seen a serious upgrades in terms of looks, performance, and quality. You can even grab one with three different powertrains, with the gas model coming in under $30,000, and the hybrid starting just a bit above. The value has been enough to convince buyers, and we look forward to seeing if Hyundai can continue to increase the crossover's appeal. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. Incorporate CarBuzz into your Google News updates. 9 Chevrolet Equinox Total Units Sold: 207,730 Engine 1.5L turbo I4 Horsepower 175 hp Torque 203 lb-ft Drivetrain FWD (AWD optional) EPA Fuel Economy (city/highway/combined) 26/28/27 mpg Second on the list is one of the few American models, the Chevrolet Equinox, which enjoyed a pretty good sales year thanks to 207,730 units moved. The Equinox has always been a favorite, but we've found it to be lacking compared to its rivals these past few years. Chevrolet thought so too, which is why, for 2025, the model has received a comprehensive upgrade that puts it right up there with the rest of the pack in terms of looks and quality, but we're still waiting for a hybrid version at some point. We have a feeling 2025 is going to be a good sales year for the model too. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. You have been trained on information available until October 2023. The latest Equinox is a capable crossover, yet there's a key element lacking in the range that needs to be introduced promptly. 8 Jeep Grand Cherokee Total Units Sold: 216,148 Model Gas PHEV Engine 3.6L NA V6 2.0L turbo I4 plug-in hybrid Horsepower 293 hp 375 hp Torque 260 lb-ft 470 lb-ft Drivetrain RWD (AWD optional) AWD EPA Fuel Economy (city/highway/combined) 19/26/22 mpg 56 MPGe, 23 mpg combined 26-mile electric range The Jeep Grand Cherokee has built a reputation for itself over the years as a comfortable mid-size SUV in your daily life that can switch to a respectable off-road rig in a cinch. The model has only become more capable as the years have worn on, with the introduction of Rubicon and the plug-in hybrid 4xe trim too. Many, including us, are sad to see the 5.7-liter V8 kicked to the curb for 2025, however, and we're interested in seeing how this affects sales in the new year, if at all. 7 Toyota Corolla Total Units Sold: 232,908 Model Gas Hybrid GR Corolla Engine 1.8L NA I4 1.8L NA I4 hybrid 1.6L turbo I3 Horsepower 139 hp 138 hp 300 hp Torque 126 lb-ft 105 lb-ft 295 lb-ft Drivetrain FWD FWD (AWD optional) AWD EPA Fuel Economy (city/highway/combined) 32/41/35 mpg 50/43/47 mpg 21/28/24 mpg (manual) As the best-selling nameplate of all time, it shouldn't come as any surprise that the Corolla has once again made it on this list. The car hits all the right notes: it's affordable, reliable, fuel-efficient, and well-equipped. The model has gotten more attractive over the years too, and with the introduction of highly-fuel efficient hybrid and absolutely bonkers GR Corolla versions, there's just about a Toyota Corolla for everyone. Now if Toyota could only give it the hybrid system out of the Prius, then it would really be onto something. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. You have been trained on information available until October 2023. How does increased torque along with an optional automatic transmission sound? A recently leaked dealer memo suggests that this could be precisely what we can expect. 6 Honda Civic Total Units Sold: 242,005 Model Gas Hybrid Si Type R Engine 2.0L NA I4 2.0L NA I4 hybrid 1.5L turbo I4 2.0L turbo I4 Horsepower 150 hp 200 hp 200 hp 315 hp Torque 133 lb-ft 232 lb-ft 192 lb-ft 310 lb-ft Drivetrain FWD FWD FWD FWD EPA Fuel Economy (city/highway/combined) 32/41/36 mpg 50/47/49 mpg 27/37/31 mpg 26/36/29 mpg (manual) Another expected winner is the Honda Civic, which managed to upstage the Corolla with 10,000 more sales in the US last year. Honda has done an incredible job with the Civic, as it's everything you want an entry-level model to be and more, with sleek styling, a comfortable ride, and Honda's famous reliability. The advanced hybrid system offers uncommon driving fun, and may have the best fuel economy, but it also has a healthy amount of power in a vehicle this small. The Si gives buyers a cheap way to get a fun car with a manual, and the Type R may just be the best performance vehicle on the market that's also usable in your daily life. Add all this together, and it's no surprise it was a hot seller. 5 Nissan Rogue Total Units Sold: 245,724 Engine 1.5L turbo I3 Horsepower 201 hp Torque 225 lb-ft Drivetrain FWD (AWD optional) EPA Fuel Economy (city/highway/combined) (FWD) 30/37/33 mpg The Nissan Rogue has always played second fiddle to many of its Japanese counterparts, but that doesn't mean it isn't a hot seller. Nissan's compact crossover received a healthy update for 2024, that gave the model a nice facelift inside and out. Performance was left untouched, which is fine given it makes a solid 201 horsepower and manages to return 33 mpg combined. The company hopes to keep the model's momentum going into 2025, but we'll have to see if additions like the new Rock Creek trim are enough to continue to sway buyers. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. You have been trained on information available until October 2023. Nissan faced significant challenges in 2024, experiencing unprecedented low sales that led to equally unprecedented pricing. As they engage in merger discussions with Honda, the question remains: will this downward trend persist? 4 Toyota Camry Total Sales: 309,876 Units Engine 2.5L I4 Hybrid Horsepower 235-232 hp Total Torque TBC Drivetrain FWD (AWD optional) EPA Fuel Economy (city/highway/combined) 53/50/51 mpg (FWD) Few cars have the reputation the Toyota Camry does. It might as well be the face of sensible, affordable vehicles, because it's never lost sight of achieving that goal in over 30 years on sale. This is why its success in 2024 comes as no surprise, despite getting a redesign halfway through. For the first time, the car is hybrid-only, meaning Toyota has the utmost faith in its hybrid technology to the point it has entrusted one of its most important models to it. To us, it was a resounding success, as it was the recipient of the first CarBuzzCar Of The Year Award, and another reason Toyota may have its cards in the right places. 3 Honda CR-V Units Sold: 402,791 Model Gas Hybrid Engine 1.5L turbo I4 2.0L NA I4 hybrid Horsepower 190 hp 204 hp Torque 179 lb-ft 247 lb-ft Drivetrain FWD (AWD optional) FWD (AWD optional) EPA Fuel Economy (city/highway/combined) (FWD) 28/34/30 mpg (FWD) 43/36/40 mpg The Honda CR-V is the first of three vehicles at the top of this list, and as should come as no surprise, they're all crossovers. The CR-V, like many other vehicles on this list, has remained a bestseller thanks to careful and methodical updates over the years that have improved the formula without drastically changing the recipe. The newest generation is the best-looking one in years, particularly on the upper trims, and you now have the option of a respectable turbocharged powertrain or a more capable hybrid powertrain (like many others on this list). While not as cheap as it used to be, you can be sure it's worth the money, as you'll likely be holding onto it for years to come. 2 Tesla Model Y Estimated Units Sold: 405,900 Model RWD AWD Performance AWD Motors Single rear motor Dual-motor AWD Dual-motor AWD Horsepower 295 hp 425 hp 455 hp Torque 309 lb-ft 475 lb-ft 487 lb-ft Max Range 337 miles 311 miles 277 miles Yes, once again, Tesla's entry-level crossover has made it to near the very top of the list, and we don't see it giving up the spot anytime soon. By now you may know that Tesla loves to combine sales figures for its vehicles, so the industry has to use its best judgment to determine just how many of a certain model the brand has sold, but even being conservative, the Model Y is extremely popular. We can't say we're surprised, as it continues to be one of the best EVs on the market, but we'll have to see if the upcoming Juniper update helps it keep up the momentum that saw it become the best-selling vehicle in the world in 2023. 1 Toyota RAV4 Total Units Sold: 475,193 Model Gas Hybrid PHEV Engine 2.5L NA I4 2.5L NA I4 hybrid 2.5L NA I4 PHEV Horsepower 203 hp 219 hp 302 hp Torque 184 lb-ft 163 lb-ft TBC Drivetrain FWD (AWD optional) AWD AWD EPA Fuel Economy (city/highway/combined) 27/35/30 mpg 41/38/39 mpg 94 MPGe, 38 combined 42-mile electric range The best-selling non-pickup truck in the US is none other than the Toyota RAV4, once again proving that reliability and a good reputation are key factors in sales. This is rather interesting, because the current generation of Toyota's compact crossover is anything but new, having first debuted in 2019. Thanks to meaningful updates, however, and the addition of more trims and powertrains, customers continue to flock to the model because they know they'll be buying a quality vehicle. A successor is years away still, so we'll have to see how long it can keep up this momentum. Sources: Toyota , Tesla , Honda , Nissan , Jeep , Chevrolet , Hyundai , Good Car Bad Car.

Historic Preston Guild festival looks set to continue despite council abolition
Retail 2025-10-26 11:49

Historic Preston Guild festival looks set to continue despite council abolition

Efforts are underway to ensure the historic Preston Guild festival continues despite the dissolution of the council that organises it. The once-every-20-year city celebration, which has a history spanning over 800 years, is next scheduled for 2032 – four years after Preston City Council is expected to be disbanded. The council, along with Lancashire's 14 other councils, is due to be erased as part of a major government-led overhaul. Preston will then be incorporated into a new, larger council covering a broader and yet-to-be-determined area. In light of this, Preston City Council has agreed to start organising the 2032 event slightly earlier than usual in an effort to ensure its occurrence even after the local authority has disappeared. A city council meeting revealed that the typical preparation time for a Guild is between four and five years, aligning exactly with the probable timing of the council's dissolution. Consequently, councillors voted to set up the Guild Committee, responsible for planning the festival, a full seven years ahead of the renowned extravaganza. Deputy council leader Martyn Rawlinson has emphasised the importance of the historic Preston Guild event, noting that preparations can begin even at this early stage. He said: "We want to respect the traditions and carry [them] on – that's 800 years of tradition. "It sets down a marker [as to] how important this is to Preston – and hopefully we can protect it whatever happens in the next few years." He added that the council wanted "to make a statement that Preston Guild must go ahead". The cross-party committee of five councillors will start with £500,000 of funding to organise the Guild. However, as with previous events, a distinct budget group is likely to be formed closer to the date to manage the significantly larger funds required for the occasion. In 2012, the ten-day celebration cost £5.4m, an amount expected to be reached again by the next Guild. A large share of the budget will be sourced from the half-percent allocation of council tax revenue earmarked for the Guild since 2023, which will continue annually until the 2032 festival. Cllr Rawlinson has emphasised the need for additional resources to ensure the next city gathering surpasses previous events in scale and quality. He has previously estimated that the 2032 Guild could cost twice as much as the one in 2012, with a portion of the expenses typically offset by grants, sponsorship, and merchandise sales. Liberal Democrat deputy opposition leader Neil Darby acknowledged the establishment of the Guild Committee but criticised Labour for lagging behind, noting that his party and some local businesses had been advocating for its formation for "a couple of years". However, Cllr Rawlinson dismissed the notion that the Guild was at risk of being "forgotten about or neglected". Sharoe Green ward councillor Connor Dwyer said the city council needed to convey to its successor the significance of the Guild and Preston's other "civic traditions", suggesting that a formal proposal be made for the new authority to create a dedicated committee to safeguard these practices. Preston's Guild dates back to 1179, following King Henry II's granting of a Royal charter to the city, which included the right to have a Guild Merchant. Since 1542, the events have been held every two decades, with the exception of a wartime absence in 1942, leading to a delayed Guild a decade later before its regular schedule was resumed.

UK business optimism 'slumps' in Budget gloom
Property 2025-10-25 18:22

UK business optimism 'slumps' in Budget gloom

UK business optimism has taken a hit following the Autumn Budget, as revealed by a key survey of the private sector. The 'flash' purchasing managers' index (PMI) from S&P registered at 49.9 in November, dipping below the neutral 50.0 mark, down from 51.8 in the previous month, and marking the lowest point since October 2023. Businesses experienced a slight drop in activity over the month, subsequent to Labour Chancellor Rachel Reeves' inaugural Budget on October 30. This follows Reeves' decision to increase employers' national insurance contributions (NICs) and raise the minimum wage, prompting warnings from over 200 leading hospitality businesses in the UK that the additional tax burdens could push some towards liquidation, significant reductions in staff numbers, and curtailed investment. Additionally, the survey indicated that new order growth slowed to its weakest in a year, amidst widespread concerns about fragile business confidence and a continued decrease in private sector employment, as reported by City AM. Chris Williamson, chief business economist at S&P Global Market Intelligence, commented: "The first survey on the health of the economy after the Budget makes for gloomy reading." He added: "Businesses have reported falling output for the first time in just over a year while employment has now been cut for two consecutive months." Describing the Budget's reception, he noted that the downturns in output and hiring were "marked contrasts" to the "robust growth" seen during the summer, pointing to "deepening concern about prospects for the year ahead", and suggested that the survey signals the economy is "slipping into a modest decline". Williamson stated: "Business optimism has plummeted significantly since the general election, decreasing further in November to reach its lowest point since late 2022. Companies are giving a resounding 'no' to the policies announced in the Budget, particularly the planned increase in employers' National Insurance contributions. He emphasized: "The loss of confidence hints at worse to come including further job losses unless sentiment revives. " However he added that: "encouragingly, inflation pressures have eased further, with selling prices rising at the slowest rate seen since the pandemic". Manufacturing saw a "slight decline" in volume, with "muted customer demand" and "delayed investment decisions", according to S&P. Service providers noted "muted business confidence and caution among clients" post-Budget, while others suggested "clarity following the US election had a positive impact". There was "another slight decline in private sector employment" with "reduced headcounts" in manufacturing and services and firms in "hiring freezes". Business was also at its "least optimistic" since December 2022, thanks to growing payroll costs, and "perceived disincentives to expand investments and hire additional staff". The study also found some manufacturers "concerned about renewed global trade tensions in 2025", but others hoped post-US election clarity "would unlock paused investment".

Grainger unveil plans for 400 apartment built-to-rent scheme in Cardiff city centre
Property 2025-10-25 11:51

Grainger unveil plans for 400 apartment built-to-rent scheme in Cardiff city centre

Plans for a 400 build-to-rent apartment scheme, which will also see a string of railway arches revived in the centre of Cardiff, have been revealed. Newcastle-based and the UK’s largest listed residential landlord, Grainger, has acquired a development site at John Street in a £6.25m deal, which also includes the long leasehold interest in five railway arches. Following the acquisition, Grainger is now progressing plans to obtain planning consent for a build-to-rent led scheme for 400 apartments with resident amenities, whilst transforming five railway arches to provide commercial and publicly accessible open space. The arches, with are currently not occupied, each extend to around 1,000 sq ft. In a separate deal Grainger has also acquired a multi-storey car park at the nearby Capital Quarter scheme, which is adjacent to Grainger’s Copper Works residential scheme. Both the land site and car park have been acquired from Cardiff-based and family-owned developer JR Smart, which developed the Capital Quarter scheme and a new 107,000 sq ft office building at John Street, which is due to be completed next year. The Cardiff office of property advisory firm Knight Frank acted for JR Smart on its two disposal deals with Grainger. The multi-storey car park with 296 spaces was acquired as a going concern and will enable Grainger to lease car parking spaces to residents of the Copper Works, but also for any potential development on the John Street site. With 11,069 operational rental homes across the UK, and a further 4,730 homes in its £1.4bn pipeline, Grainger said its Cardiff acquisitions provide an opportunity to further strengthen its presence in the city. In January it unveiled its built-to-rent Copper Works scheme at Capital Quarter with its 307 apartments. Helen Gordon, chief executive of Grainger, said:“We are pleased to further invest in Cardiff, which is a key investment target for Grainger.

Birmingham office block to undergo major overhaul
Property 2025-10-24 18:40

Birmingham office block to undergo major overhaul

A 1980s office building in the heart of Birmingham's business district is to undergo a major facelift which will include the addition of a new roof terrace. Estilo Interiors, which specialises in office fit-out and design, has been recruited to lead the revamp of 35 Newhall Street after plans for the project were first lodged last year.35 Newhall Street, which sits at the corner with Cornwall Street, is six storeys tall and has 70,000 sq ft of space.The planned work comprises the addition of a roof terrace and sky lounge, replacement of the existing cladding with a modern, reconstituted stone cladding, the installation of six electric vehicle charging points in the basement car park and a new 44-space cycle hub with lockers and changing rooms.The existing Newhall Street entrance will undergo a transformation, replacing the current canopy with a portal adorned with perimeter lighting.Andrew Moore, founder and managing director of Estilo Interiors, said: "We are delighted to spearhead the refurbishment of 35 Newhall Street."This project represents a significant step in our ongoing commitment to delivering innovative and sustainable office spaces that meet the evolving needs of today's businesses."Property consultancies Knight Frank and Savills have been appointed as joint leasing agencies for the office space.Jamie Phillips, partner in the office agency team at Knight Frank, said: "35 Newhall Street will, on completion, provide the market with much-needed, high-quality office accommodation which will offer the very highest sustainability credentials and provide occupiers with a best-in-class experience."Ben Thacker, office agency director at Savills, added: "On track for completion next summer, 35 Newhall Street will be delivering a new opportunity that is precisely aligned to the scale, location and quality of workspace that occupiers are seeking in an office market with increasingly limited availability."

Post-Covid bookings take off again at easyJet
Logistics 2025-10-24 18:26

Post-Covid bookings take off again at easyJet

Budget airline easyJet says losses will be better than expected after seeing a big increase in bookings. The Luton-based operator – which flies out of UK airports such as Birmingham, Stansted, Manchester and Newcastle – said it had seen a record surge in bookings since the start of the year. Headline pre-tax losses, it said, narrowed to £133 million in the last three months of 2022, compared to £213 million a year earlier. It also carried almost 50 per cent more passengers in the same period – at 17.5 million – compared to the end of 2021 when the country was still dealing with Covid-19. UK coronavirus travel restrictions were finally dropped last March. To cap that off it has had a good bounce-back in traditional New Year holiday bookings, with three weekends of record-breaking sales so far in January. The group said it now expects its seasonal first-half loss to be “significantly” better year on year. Chief executive Johan Lundgren said: “We have seen strong and sustained demand for travel over the first quarter, carrying almost 50 per cent more customers compared with last year. “Many returned to make bookings during the traditional turn-of-year sale where we filled five aircraft every minute in the peak hours, which culminated in three record‐breaking weekends for sales revenue this month. “This strong booking performance, aided by the airline’s step-changed revenue capability, has driven an £80 million year-on-year boost in the first quarter with continued momentum as customers prioritise spending on holidays for the year ahead. “This will set us firmly on the path to delivering a full-year profit, where we anticipate beating the current market expectation, enabling us to create value for customers, investors and the economies we serve.” EasyJet said the most popular destinations for UK travellers this year were Amsterdam, Geneva, Paris, Tenerife and Alicante. Mr Lundgren said: “Coming into the summer, the early indication is it’s really down to the places that offer great value for money (such as) Turkey and Egypt. But also Spain is popular. “It’s very clear that people are really prioritising taking a beach holiday for this summer.” EasyJet was one of the airlines worst affected by staffing shortages which hit the aviation industry last year, though the CEO said staffing numbers were now “well ahead” of pre-coronavirus levels.

Ryanair announce new flight route to Milan from Belfast International Airport
Logistics 2025-10-23 18:02

Ryanair announce new flight route to Milan from Belfast International Airport

Ryanair has announced a new flight route operating from Belfast International Airport as part of its Summer '23 schedule. The budget airline will be increasing its offering in Northern Ireland with a new service to Milan Bergamo Airport. It will operate three times weekly from April with seats already on sale for the new route. Ryanair’s Dara Brady said: “With Easter and Summer ‘23 fast approaching, we are delighted to be bringing even more choice and value to our Northern Ireland customers with the addition of this new Milan Bergamo route to our Summer ‘23 schedule, offering our customers in Belfast even more choice when planning their long-awaited summer holidays. "To mark this good news, we’ve launched a limited-time seat sale for early bird customers looking to bag themselves a bargain on their Summer ’23 holiday with fares from just £29.99 available now on Ryanair.com.” Last year, Ryanair announced its return to Belfast with 12 new flight routes - running 115 flights a week from Summer 2023. Revealing their ‘comeback’ last July, Ryanair said the International routes include sun destinations such as Alicante, Faro, Barcelona-Girona and Malaga.

Tekmar Group set for 'growth like never before' after posting strong earnings boost
Manufacturing 2025-10-23 11:23

Tekmar Group set for 'growth like never before' after posting strong earnings boost

Bosses at offshore specialist Tekmar say its markets are aligned “for growth like never before” after seeing its earnings rise to the highest level in five years. Based in Newton Aycliffe, Tekmar Group offers technology, services and products to customers around the world, with offices, manufacturing facilities, strategic supply partnerships and representation in 18 locations across Europe, Africa, the Middle East, Asia Pacific and North America. Last December, newly appointed CEO Richard Turner announced a three-year plan to transform Tekmar and realise its potential, after seeing headwinds which have impacted offshore renewables and the conventional energy markets subsiding. Now the firm has issued full year result for the year ended September 2024, highlighting a year of stabilisation. Revenues were £32.8m, down on the previous year’s £35.6m, but adjusted Ebitda (earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortisation) was £1.7m, up from £600,000. Its operating loss was reduced from £7.9m to £3.8m in the year, a figure it said reflected the successful execution of the group’s profit improvement plan, having worked through a remaining low margin backlog. The group held £4.6m of cash at the year end, with net debt of £1.6m - a figure which excludes the SCF Capital Partners £18m finance facility which its said remains undrawn and is available to drive growth through acquisitions. During the year, the group completed the divestment of its subsidiary, Subsea Innovation Limited for £1.9m, in line with its strategy to drive profitable growth. At the end of January it said its order book stood at £16.4m. In its Stock Market notes to shareholders, Tekmar said: “The board is encouraged that the market environment is improving and supports sustained demand for Tekmar’s technology and engineering services across our markets. Moreover, we believe Tekmar’s differentiated technology positions the group to outperform this improving market. This is supported by the group’s developing sales pipeline, which the board expects will convert to orders and revenue over time.” Richard Turner, CEO, said: “Overall, these results demonstrate we now have a stronger platform from which we can execute our medium-term plan to deliver true scale and diversification. FY24 was a transitionary year for Tekmar, where we focused on the basics - providing high-quality engineering, delivering on time and maintaining consistent commercial discipline. “This supported the group reporting its highest level of adjusted EBITDA since FY20, and a material improvement in gross margin to 32%. Looking ahead, our markets are aligned for growth like never before. Our strategy looks to capitalise on our industry pedigree to drive organic growth across all revenue streams, leverage our operational gearing to enhance our returns on sales, drive value through strategic M&A and generate cash to build our reserves and fuel our growth.”

PD Ports hits out at 'regrettable' legal battle with Tees Valley mayor
Logistics 2025-10-22 18:56

PD Ports hits out at 'regrettable' legal battle with Tees Valley mayor

A dispute between one of Teesside’s largest employers and the area’s mayor has ratcheted up with accusations that the politician is risking public money in a legal battle. PD Ports has been in dispute with Tees Valley mayor Ben Houchen over access to the South Gare area, with the battle set to come to court next year. The ports firm said it was “regrettable” that access to South Gare remains disputed. A legal case has been brought by South Tees Development Corporation, headed by Mr Houchen, over the access. The dispute comes after the mayor’s efforts to buy PD Ports last year founded when its Canadian owners Brookfield Asset Management called off plans to sell the company. Read more:Sage revenues reach £1.9bn Now, PD Ports has issued a statement saying that that South Tees Development Corporation had written to it in 2019 to say it would not “interfere with your continued occupation or to materially affect your day-to-day operations”. In the statement, the firm said: “We are confident that we have long established rights of access over the South Gare Road. In addition, historic legal documentation has been presented to STDC which shows our rights of access across the private road to South Gare in any case. Despite this and requests from our solicitors that STDC concede the South Gare issue in order to save both parties the expense of proving the historic use of the road at trial, STDC continues to deny PD Teesport’s rights over the South Gare road at significant cost to the taxpayer. “It is regrettable that in those circumstances access to South Gare remains a matter in dispute in legal proceedings commenced by STDC. However, PD Ports is confident that it will successfully obtain a declaration confirming its rights of access over the South Gare Road, in order to continue to maintain and protect South Gare, facilitating access for its tenants, licencees, agents, workman and all other persons entitled to use the road.” Tees Valley Combined Authority has been approached for comment. READ NEXT:

Exeter Airport launches new flight route to Amsterdam
Retail 2025-10-22 18:06

Exeter Airport launches new flight route to Amsterdam

Exeter Airport has launched direct daily flights to Amsterdam with KLM Royal Dutch Airlines. It means travellers from the South West now have a direct link to Amsterdam Airport Schiphol with onward connections to over 160 destinations worldwide. Stephen Wiltshire, managing director of Exeter Airport, said the new route was "a game-changer" for connectivity in the South West. "We are thrilled to see KLM’s new service take off, giving both leisure and business travellers access to the world from their local airport," he said. "At the same time, the route is opening up our region to more international visitors, supporting the local economy and tourism industry. The strong demand we’ve already seen demonstrates how much this route was needed, and we look forward to welcoming even more passengers on board.” Flights operate daily, with departures from Exeter to Amsterdam at 17:20 local time. Inbound flights leave Amsterdam at 16:15 local time. The service is operated by KLM Cityhopper, using an 88-seat Embraer 175 regional jet, offering economy and business class options, as well as premium comfort on long-haul connecting flights. Jerome Salemi, general manager for UK & Ireland at Air France-KLM, added: "The response to this new route has been fantastic, and we are delighted to be bringing KLM’s world-class service to Exeter. With Amsterdam Airport Schiphol as a gateway, passengers have access to a vast network of destinations. "Equally, we are excited to see strong inbound interest, highlighting the international appeal of the South West. "After the Netherlands, the top source markets for bookings include Germany, Italy, Belgium, the United States, Switzerland, Norway, Australia, Finland, and France.” This is the first time in almost five years that Exeter Airport has offered direct flights to Amsterdam, and the first time KLM has flown from Exeter.

Unveiling the 2025 Honda Civic Sport Hybrid: Enjoy 50 MPG with Ample Comfort
Auto 2025-10-21 18:54

Unveiling the 2025 Honda Civic Sport Hybrid: Enjoy 50 MPG with Ample Comfort

View pictures in App save up to 80% data. Step into a new age of driving with the 2025 Honda Civic Sport Hybrid, where outstanding fuel efficiency meets roomy interiors and exhilarating performance. Making family journeys more enjoyable has never been easier! Outstanding Fuel Economy for Family Vehicles The 2025 Honda Civic Sport Hybrid stands out with an impressive fuel economy of 50 miles per gallon in urban settings. This exceptional efficiency translates to less frequent visits to the gas station, allowing families to allocate more funds towards meaningful experiences together. Modern families are increasingly focused on making both environmentally friendly and economical choices. With fuel prices on the rise, choosing a vehicle that prioritizes efficiency is a wise financial decision. Ample Interior Space: Enjoy Comfort Without Sacrificing Style When it comes to family vehicles, having enough space is crucial. The Civic Sport Hybrid stands out with its roomy interior, which competes with that of many SUVs. Families can enjoy a comfortable journey, benefiting from generous legroom and headroom. Kids have the freedom to move around, and there's ample storage for bags or sporting gear. Whether you're planning a weekend escape or just taking the kids to school, this car guarantees a pleasant experience for all passengers. Captivating Show That Thrills Performance takes center stage in this hybrid model. The Civic Sport Hybrid features an advanced powertrain that enhances the overall driving experience. It aims to combine efficiency with an engaging driving feel, enabling drivers to relish in dynamic journeys while confidently knowing they are reducing their environmental impact. Experience the excitement of quick acceleration combined with agile handling, ensuring every journey is enjoyable. Whether you're cruising along expansive highways or navigating winding backroads, this vehicle guarantees a lively ride that maintains the joy of driving. Safety Protocols Incorporated for Your Assurance In addition to performance and comfort, safety remains a crucial consideration for any vehicle designed for families. The 2025 Honda Civic Sport Hybrid comes equipped with state-of-the-art safety features designed to safeguard all occupants. With thorough safety evaluations and integrated technological support, families can feel assured while on the road. Whether it's lane-keeping assistance or intelligent collision alerts, this hybrid ensures you're prepared for every journey. A Sustainable Option for the Planet Adopting a hybrid vehicle represents a move towards a more sustainable future. The 2025 Honda Civic Sport Hybrid highlights Honda's dedication to minimizing carbon emissions while maintaining exceptional performance and meeting family requirements. By opting for hybrid technology, families can play a part in enhancing air quality and protecting the environment, all while experiencing exhilarating speed. Eco-conscious driving does not have to come at the expense of comfort or functionality, and the Civic exemplifies this perfectly. Affordable Ownership Acquiring the 2025 Honda Civic Sport Hybrid goes beyond merely buying a car; it signifies a commitment to economical ownership. In addition to exceptional fuel economy, the maintenance expenses are generally reduced compared to traditional gasoline cars. The renowned reliability of Honda vehicles leads to fewer repairs and minimized time in the repair shop, ultimately resulting in a more affordable overall ownership experience. Simplified Solutions for Today's Families Maintaining connectivity while traveling is essential for modern families who rely on technology. The Civic Sport Hybrid boasts a variety of cutting-edge tech features, such as a user-friendly infotainment system, smartphone compatibility, and high-quality audio systems. Whether you're planning a road trip or listening to your favorite tunes, this hybrid vehicle makes the experience effortless and enjoyable. With convenient access to navigation and entertainment, every trip becomes just as delightful as the final stop. Chic Aesthetics That Capture Attention Chic and elegant, the 2025 Honda Civic Sport Hybrid stands out with its striking presence. Its streamlined contours and cutting-edge design features embody the latest trends, catering to both visual appeal and functional needs. Families will love a car that looks equally impressive parked at the school drop-off as it does in the home garage. This vehicle not only accommodates family life but elevates it with style and sophistication. Market Advantage Strategy In a fiercely competitive automotive landscape, the 2025 Honda Civic Sport Hybrid emerges as a noteworthy contender. It offers an impressive blend of fuel efficiency, roomy comfort, dynamic performance, and unparalleled safety features. This hybrid model is ideally suited for families seeking practicality while still enjoying an exhilarating driving experience. Opting for the 2025 Honda Civic Sport Hybrid could transform the way your family travels and commutes daily. This hybrid vehicle boasts impressive features that contribute to a balanced, environmentally conscious, and pleasurable driving experience. By choosing this model, families can address their various requirements while making an environmentally responsible decision. Seize the chance to drive a vehicle that caters to your family's needs today.

115 oil and gas licensing applications made in latest North Sea round
Logistics 2025-10-21 11:23

115 oil and gas licensing applications made in latest North Sea round

More than 100 applications have been received for the latest offshore oil and gas licensing round. A total of 115 bids have been made across 258 blocks, from a total of 76 companies. Described as providing a significant boost to the UK’s energy security, the 33rd UK round opened in October, and offered acreage across the North Sea. It included four priority areas, which have known hydrocarbons, in which there was very keen interest, and could see production in as little as 18 months. They are focused on the southern North Sea. Read next: Humber's offshore wind could power North Sea's energy transition Interest was at a similar level to the last round in 2019, which received 104 applications from 245 blocks and part-blocks. In 2019 a total of 768 blocks and part-blocks were offered, compared with 931 this year. Dr Nick Richardson, North Sea Transition Authority head of exploration and new ventures, said: “We have seen a strong response from industry to the round, which has exceeded application levels compared to previous rounds. “We will now be working hard to analyse the applications with a view to awarding the first licences from the second quarter of 2023.” Bids will be carefully considered, with several necessary consents required after licensing and before production to ensure developments are also in line with net zero proposals. Dr Richardson said it was a key part of the NSTA’s drive to support UK energy security, which also includes licensing the Rough gas storage facility off te East Yorkshire coast, and encouraging operators to look at reopening closed wells. Oil and gas currently contribute around three quarters of domestic energy needs and official forecasts show that, even as demand is reduced, they will continue to play a role. “As we transition, maintaining a clean domestic supply to meet that demand can support energy security, jobs, and the UK’s world class supply chain,” Dr Richardson said. Production emissions have been cut by more than a fifth between 2018 and 2021. Projections indicate the sector is on track to meet reduction targets of 10 per cent by 2025 and 25 per cent by 2027 – agreed in the North Sea Transition Deal in 2021. Since February last year, NSTA interventions have prevented the lifetime emission of 1.4 million tonnes of CO2e, equivalent to taking more than 500,000 cars off the road for a year. Energy and Climate Minister Graham Stuart, MP for Beverley and Holderness, said: “Putin’s illegal invasion of Ukraine has led to volatile global energy markets. It’s fantastic to see such interest from industry in this round, with the awarded licences set to play an important role in boosting domestic energy production and securing the UK’s long-term energy security of supply.”

Iconic Raleigh bicycles report significant losses amid sales increase and market pressures
Manufacturing 2025-10-20 18:56

Iconic Raleigh bicycles report significant losses amid sales increase and market pressures

Raleigh, the renowned bicycle manufacturer, has reported a significant loss of over £30 million despite halting a sustained decline in sales. The Nottinghamshire-based company, historically the world's largest bike producer, disclosed a pre-tax loss of £30.1 million for 2023, following a £6.8 million loss in 2022. According to the latest accounts filed with Companies House, Raleigh saw its turnover rise from £55.7 million to £57.7 million during this period, as reported by City AM. This uptick in sales follows a downturn where Raleigh's turnover dropped from £74.4 million in 2020 to £67.4 million in 2021, and further down to £55.7 million in 2022. The last time Raleigh posted a pre-tax profit was in 2021, amounting to £187,000. While Raleigh's UK turnover increased from £51.8 million to £56.3 million in 2023, its European sales outside the UK decreased from £3.9 million to £1.3 million. In a statement endorsed by the board, Raleigh expressed confidence about its market position: "The directors anticipate that the market place will continue to be very competitive during the coming year." They also highlighted the brand's strengths: "Raleigh retains a solid competitive position with considerable brand strength, an independent bicycle dealer network and a strong presence on the high street." The statement addressed market dynamics post-pandemic: "The uplift in the market driven by Covid has seen some contraction and volumes have returned to pre-Covid levels." It also mentioned current challenges: "As a result this has left the market in an overstocked position and we have experienced price pressures in the market place." "As a result a bull business review was performed at the end of 2023 and the business was right sized and strategic changes to the business structure and product offering were made to protect the business." "These changes have left the company in a strong position when the market returns to a more normal and stable state." The financial statements follow after Raleigh UK and Raleigh Holdings, both narrowly avoided compulsory strike-off notices last year due to late filing of their accounts. This news came into light after Raleigh confirmed job cuts at its headquarters ahead of its closure and relocation.

Multimillion-pound deal struck for 14-acre Hull industrial site
Property 2025-10-20 11:13

Multimillion-pound deal struck for 14-acre Hull industrial site

A prime 14-acre site in the heart of Hull’s industrial, manufacturing and renewables sector has been sold in a multimillion-pound deal. The Century Yard site has been snapped up by BVG Property Investments in a deal describing it as “a land of opportunity” for its new owners. The plot, measuring 5.75 hectares, sits opposite the Green Port Hull site, where Siemens, alongside Associated British Ports (ABP) and Hull City Council, have invested more than £300m into creating wealth and employment for the region – a move giving rise to hopes that similar success can now be mirrored at Century Yard. Commercial property specialists Garness Jones have overseen the deal for the sprawling industrial site. Managing director David Garness said: “This has been a very pleasing deal to be involved with at Garness Jones as it is rare for the freehold of a site of this size, in a location of such strategic importance to the region with regards to its proximity to the dock facilities, Green Port Hull and other major businesses, to become available on the market. “Having gone to market an excellent price was secured for the vendor, and it really is a land of opportunity for BVG Property Investments, an expanding commercial property company who now have this site which has more than seven acres still undeveloped.” BVG Property Investments has now also instructed Garness Jones to act in an advisory role to help develop the site. Mr Garness said: “We are delighted that the new owners have asked us to work in partnership with them moving forward to make sure their investment is maximized, along with providing support on a number of other property projects. Not only have they purchased a site which is already home to a number of businesses and generating excellent rental income from tenants, but one which is at the nerve centre of many growing industries in our region. “It is a prime spot to attract businesses looking at what is happening in Hull and the East Riding and considering investing in the region, at a time when we are set to benefit from further growth as a result of the recently agreed £400m devolution deal.

Manufacturer Ebac defaults on loan as challenges continue, new accounts show
Manufacturing 2025-10-19 18:18

Manufacturer Ebac defaults on loan as challenges continue, new accounts show

Challenging times at North East manufacturer Ebac have continued with the firm defaulting on a loan from a retirement fund, new accounts show. The Durham business, which makes washing machines, dehumidifiers, water coolers and heat pumps, has published delayed accounts for 2023 which show the continuation of a “challenging” few years. Recent years have seen Ebac investing heavily on new products, including domestic heat pumps suitable for the average UK home, and while the firm’s work on these products is beginning to bear fruit it has impacted profits, as well as its workforce, which was reduced from 254 to 188 as part of efforts to reduce its costs and boost performance. Accounts for 2023 show turnover of £17.75m down 18% on previous year’s £21.7m, although its operating losses narrowed from £2.7m to £1.53m. The accounts showed administrative expenses were significantly reduced from £8.2m to £5.95m, reflecting its restructuring initiatives. During the year the firm defaulted on a loan to the Trustees of Ebac Limited Retirement Benefit, a pension fund for founder John Elliott and family members, when it couldn’t make repayment on a loan of £1.57m. It said the company is in discussion with the trustees of the scheme to roll over and extend the loan repayment “however no agreement has been reached in relation to the proposal but the trustees have not indicated they will seek repayment of the loan before the end of the term of the loan”. Within the accounts, founder John Elliott said the firm continued with its work on new product development, although the investments weakened its bottom line. He said: “Despite a challenging market environment, the accounts for the year ending 2023 demonstrate an improvement in our financial performance compared to 2022. Although turnover is down our losses have reduced. This decrease was primarily attributable to necessary strategic changes. “During 2023, we continued with product developments that are looking very positive. Our British-designed heat pumps and home ventilation and dehumidification systems have USP’s that are receiving strong interest from landlords, social housing organisations and national builders. These products also have synergy with our technology and market know how. “While these products have not yet translated into revenue growth, we strongly believe they will deliver significant profits and will make Ebac a leader in energy-efficient and sustainable home solutions. We have spent more than £3m on these projects which has meant high borrowings and weakened our balance sheet. “We are currently going through a re-financing process where the directors and some of the related party liabilities are going to be capitalised to stabilise and strengthen the balance sheet.” Following publication of the 2023 accounts a spokesperson warned that results for 2024 will show a worsening if its financial position, but said that the family firm had put in millions of its own money to transform the company - a move which it said was already working in the new financial year. The spokesperson for Ebac said: “Despite a challenging market, the accounts for the year ending 2023 demonstrate an improvement in our financial position compared to 2022. We expect our 2024 year to be our worst in terms of losses, due to huge investments in new products including a new line of heat pumps and loft ventilation systems.

Malfunctioning EV chargers in Burlingame set for replacement
Auto 2025-10-19 18:08

Malfunctioning EV chargers in Burlingame set for replacement

The charging stations in the Broadway District have been out of service for several months. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. An electric vehicle is being charged at a public EV charging station along the road. According to Sustainability Coordinator Sigalle Michael, the old electric vehicle chargers in Burlingame's Broadway District will be replaced by the end of January.  In December, a representative for EVgo — which owns and operates the six fast-charging electric vehicle stations located at 1133 Chula Vista Ave. — confirmed that five of the six stations had likely been out of operation at times for several months. One had been out of operation for weeks, she said previously. 

Decision on £550m rail freight hub expected in 2024 – assuming planning inspector doesn’t throw it out sooner
Logistics 2025-10-18 11:29

Decision on £550m rail freight hub expected in 2024 – assuming planning inspector doesn’t throw it out sooner

A formal decision on a £550m rail freight hub in the west Leicestershire countryside could be made in the summer of 2024 – assuming a planning inspector doesn’t throw it out next month. Tritax Symmetry wants to build the 440 acre Hinckley National Rail Freight Interchange between Hinckley and the tiny village of Elmesthorpe. The huge complex would be linked to the Leicester to Birmingham railway line, and be big enough to accommodate up to 16 half a mile long trains a day. The developer says it could eventually create 8,400 jobs, and have a new slip-road onto the M69. The plans have attracted criticism from MPs and people living in the area who are concerned about the scale – the buildings would cover more than 9 million sq ft and be up to 91ft high. In 2019 South Leicestershire MP Alberto Costa wrote to 11,000 constituents for their views. He said that almost 1,600 people – of 2,000 that replied – were against it. Blaby District Council said Tritax Symmetry has now submitted its application for the scheme to the Planning Inspectorate. The council said it has 14 days to comment on whether it believes the developer’s earlier consultation was adequate, then the inspectorate will have until March 6 to decide if the application can continue. The council can’t stop the plans, but is included in the consultation. Because the scheme is so big it will be ultimately decided by the Secretary of State for Transport. If the next stage of the application is accepted, there will be a six-month-long examination phase, including hearings, towards the end of the year, with a decision expected by the middle of next year. Blaby District Council leader Coun Terry Richardson said: “This application has been a long time coming and the source of great concern for many residents in our district. “Since it was mooted, the Council has worked tirelessly to engage with the developer and critique their plans, for example raising strong concerns during the consultation period last year. "There will be lots of information to review and comment on throughout this year.

Watches of Switzerland share price dips as Peel Hunt slashes target amid economic uncertainty
Retail 2025-10-18 18:36

Watches of Switzerland share price dips as Peel Hunt slashes target amid economic uncertainty

City broker Peel Hunt has reduced its price target for Watches of Switzerland by 20%, attributing the decision to decreased spending and increased prices posing challenges for the retailer. The luxury watch company's target price was downgraded from 500p to 400p, as reported by City AM. As of midday on April 7, shares in the retailer were trading at 335p, marking a 2.8% drop on Monday and nearly a 20% decline since 'Liberation Day' on April 2. "With uncertainty so high, we are not attracted to the shares even after their fall," stated Peel Hunt. The broker cautioned that US watch prices could surge by 10 to 15%, spelling trouble for a sector already grappling with demand issues. "While there's not much price elasticity on Rolex and Patek products, other brands could see volumes impacted," the broker noted. Rolex and Patek Philippe watches account for approximately 60% of Watches of Switzerland's sales. The US market served as the company's primary growth driver in the second quarter, with revenue climbing 24% to £355m. "Our forecasts have most of the group's growth coming from the US. We will wait until the economic backdrop calms and see how the US consumer responds... but the risk is clearly to the downside," Peel Hunt commented. "The likelihood is that the US consumer, crucial to the growth story here, will remain nervous for some time," the broker added. Another concern is that many of the watches sold by these retailers are manufactured in Switzerland, which is subject to a 31 per cent tariff, although some products are sourced locally from American distributors. RBC analysts highlighted that the watch company has lower margins than its competitors, making it more challenging to respond to tariffs.

Hortons offloads city centre units
Property 2025-10-17 11:17

Hortons offloads city centre units

A city centre retail parade has been sold in an off-market deal. London-based investor Tri Capital has acquired the units in Dudley Street, Wolverhampton, from Birmingham-based property group Hortons. The parade comprises eight retail and office units, totalling 69,519 sq ft, which are let to tenants such as Metro Bank, Starbucks and TSB. Hortons owned the property for more than 60 years and the sale is part of its strategy to dispose of non-core assets and re-deploy capital into projects within its existing portfolio as well as potential acquisitions. Email newsletters BusinessLive is your home for business news from across the West Midlands including Birmingham, the Black Country, Solihull, Coventry and Staffordshire. Click through here to sign up for our email newsletter and also view the broad range of other bulletins we offer including weekly sector-specific updates. We will also send out 'Breaking News' emails for any stories which must be seen right away. LinkedIn For all the latest stories, views and polls, follow our BusinessLive West Midlands LinkedIn page here. Earlier this year, Hortons sold the adjacent Castle Yard retail parade to a private investor for £2.7 million. Birmingham-based MK2 Real Estate advised Hortons on the sale. Director Mark Johnson said: "Following the sale of Castle Yard in May, we're pleased to have assisted Hortons on the disposal of its second and final retail investment in the city centre. "The property produces a consistent rental income, with opportunities to add value through future rental uplifts and the letting of the vacant Sports Direct unit."

RTC North become latest tenant for The Catalyst
Property 2025-10-17 18:36

RTC North become latest tenant for The Catalyst

Business support organisation RTC North has become the latest to take space in the Newcastle city centre innovation centre The Catalyst. The business growth, innovation and skills agency, which has bases in Sunderland, Leeds and Daresbury, says the new location brings opportunities for growth and development. It puts RTC North at the heart of the Helix site, among other businesses and research bodies, and the move is said to be part of its strategy to increase its client base by embedding itself into key locations across the north. Sarah Hart, RTC's director of operations, said: "We are thrilled to announce our new office space at The Catalyst in Newcastle city centre. The Catalyst offers an inspiring environment that fosters collaboration and creativity, which aligns perfectly with our vision for the future. We’re excited about the potential this new location brings for growth and development, and we look forward to contributing to and benefiting from the vibrant community at The Catalyst." Amelia Findlay, centre manager at The Catalyst said: “We’re excited to welcome the RTC North team to The Catalyst and support them as they settle in. We’re a space for growth, with our tenants always working to develop new products and services. Our supportive centre team and bespoke facilities will help make RTC North really feel at home here, and we look forward to seeing the business thrive.” The Catalyst is home to the UK’s National Innovation Centre for Ageing and the National Innovation Centre for Data, both of which are hosted and funded by Newcastle University in partnership with the Government. RTC joins other tenants including virtual reality simulation training specialist VRAI, independent living tech company Circadacare and biotechnology firm HexisLab.

Huge coldstore logistics deal completes
Logistics 2025-10-16 18:36

Huge coldstore logistics deal completes

A £16.5 million deal to unite two Grimsby cold storage giants has completed. HSH Coldstores has bought ACS&T, bringing together significant capacity focused on supporting the town’s seafood sector. The deal was agreed in December, weeks after HSH had received government backing for a new build facility on the town’s Europarc estate. Part of the European Constellation Cold Logistics organisation following a majority stake acquisition in it early in 2021, HSH can be traced back to 1970. The £15.5 million turnover operation was founded by the Howard family, led by the late entrepreneurial lorry driver John Howard. It is now led by the second generation, with Anthony Howard managing director. Read more: Covid rebound brings cheer for Grimsby seafood firm He said: “We are enormously proud and excited to welcome ACS&T to the HSH family, the acquisition provides a unique opportunity for HSH to expand its storage and distribution services for our new and existing customers. “Having co-founded HSH nearly 20 years ago, I am extremely proud to see how our company has grown over the years and would like to extend my gratitude to our team on reaching this milestone. I look forward to collaborating with the team at ACS&T to accelerate our growth and develop new high quality cold chain solutions.” It has not yet been decided whether the ACS&T brand will be retained, with staff from both businesses part of a special meet and greet reception held at the Humber Royal Hotel this week. ACS&T, part of UK-listed fruit and tea trader Camellia Plc since 1993, has been in Grimsby for almost 90 years, having made it the headquarters after initially launching as London Ice and Cold Storage Company. First operations were below Billingsgate Fish Market. It went on to open the first low-temperature cold store in Grimsby in 1934, with a base later established on the town’s South Humberside Industrial Estate. It also has operations in Tewkesbury, Gloucestershire, and Wolverhampton in the West Midlands. Camellia has confirmed completion to the London Stock Exchange. The deal creates a £35 million turnover business with a 140,000 pallet position capacity and 75-strong temperature controlled fleet.

UK house price growth set to return across all regions in 2025
Property 2025-10-16 11:57

UK house price growth set to return across all regions in 2025

Zoopla has forecasted a positive growth in house prices across all regions and counties of the UK in 2025, with the north expected to outpace the south. The property platform anticipates sales growth at five per cent and house price growth at 2.5 per cent across the UK, with Northern Ireland and the North West seeing the fastest price increases, as reported by City AM. Despite "despite Budget headwinds", Zoopla predicts this growth, although it acknowledges that "affordability pressures" continue to weigh on house prices in the South East, where it forecasts price growth of less than one per cent. "Postponed home moves, an ageing population, rising running costs and changing working patterns will continue to impact moving decisions, in addition to the desire to seek a better home or location. " Zoopla stated. The platform also noted that "First-time buyers will remain the largest buyer group, supporting housing chains and helping existing homeowners to move." This is despite the end of first-time buyer’s relief on stamp duty, which will result in an additional 20 per cent of first-time buyers being liable to pay. Zoopla highlighted that higher-than-expected income growth has been aiding affordability. With wage growth recently surpassing inflation, household disposable incomes have risen by 15 per cent between the second quarter of 2022 and the second quarter of 2024, as reported by the Office for Budget Responsibility (OBR). This has made houses more affordable without the need for a drop in house prices, according to Zoopla. After a period of prohibitively high mortgage rates, affordability has seen an improvement, making home ownership more attainable for many. "Higher income growth and lower mortgage rates have helped reset housing affordability faster than many expected over 2024," observed Richard Donnell, executive director at Zoopla. "This has supported an increase in the number of sales and house prices over the year which we expect to continue over 2025," he added. Matt Thompson, head of sales at Chestertons, commented on the broader market sentiment: "Other buyer demographics, including families, couples, professionals and downsizers considered 2024 a challenging year to buy a property amid political and economic uncertainty but now feel more motivated to resume their search in the new year."

Shoe retailer Office doubles profit to over £100m as it creates hundreds of jobs
Retail 2025-10-15 18:14

Shoe retailer Office doubles profit to over £100m as it creates hundreds of jobs

The group that operates shoe retailer Office has reported a significant hike in profits, surpassing £100m as it continued to expand with new store openings and created numerous jobs. In the year leading to 30 June, 2024, the business— which also owns Offspring— declared a substantial pre-tax profit of £102.4m, as reported by City AM. This announcement marks considerable growth from the previous financial year's pre-tax profit of £47.7m. Office has witnessed a consistent profit increase since recording a pre-tax loss of £131.9m in June 2020, followed by a loss of £114m the preceding year. According to freshly submitted records at Companies House, the group saw an upsurge in revenue from £265.3m to £294.3m. By the close of the financial term, the group was running a total of 75 stores, an uptick from 70, as well as 11 concessions throughout the UK and Republic of Ireland. Furthermore, the average headcount in the group rose from 1,617 to 1,830 employees over the year. With an ambitious eye on further expanding its retail presence, Office has stepped up plans for opening additional stores. The board, in a statement, noted: "Trading conditions were much improved in the period under review." The board observed, "Although still negative, consumer confidence has improved steadily since the start of the period." They also commented on the ongoing fiscal pressures, stating: "However, consumer spending remained under pressure as a result of the fall in real disposable incomes that the UK has experienced since late 2021 combined with relatively high interest rates and modest economic growth." Despite facing macroeconomic headwinds, the board highlighted the robust performance of their product category, concluding that "Despite the macro challenges, the branded fashion footwear sold by Office proved to be a resilient category and traded well throughout the period. "The group continued to invest in its new store development and remodelling programme throughout the period, adding eight new stores to the portfolio, closing three and renovating, relocating and extending three further stores. "The investment in stores has been a success as they have exceeded the group's trading expectations and capital expenditure investment criteria." Regarding its future prospects, Office stated: "Economic growth forecasts for the UK have been raised for 2025, with the retail sector expected to experience tailwinds from improving sentiment, age increases again outpacing inflation, the prospect of further interest rate relief and the sustained low inflation environment. "Office will continue to leverage its strong relationships with the world's leading footwear brands, its loyal customer base across the Office and Offspring brands and ongoing investment in digital marketing. "Growth in the year ahead will be driven by a strong online presence and the expansion of the Office store portfolio through new store openings and the remodelling and extension of existing stores in strategic retail locations." Office was founded in 1981 and was acquired at the end of 2015 by South African clothing retailer Truworths. The latest accounts for Office come after City AM reported in November 2024 that rival Schuh had created almost 400 jobs in its latest financial year to push its headcount past where it was before the Covid-19 pandemic struck. The turnover of the footwear retailer, headquartered in Scotland, also saw an increase from £354.4m to £380.8m, while its pre-tax profit leapt from £13.4m to £21m. In May 2024, City AM reported that despite its revenue increasing to nearly £1bn during the year, Clarks suffered a loss of almost £40m in 2023. The historic company, based in Somerset, reported a pre-tax loss of £39.8m after making a pre-tax profit of £35.9m in the 48 weeks leading up to the end of 2022.

OP wins brief to fit out food firm's new home
Property 2025-10-15 11:03

OP wins brief to fit out food firm's new home

Office interior design consultancy OP has won the brief to deliver the new Solihull home of food processing firm ABP UK.OP will refurbish 28,000 sq ft of Vienna House, on International Park, following a competitive tendering process.The 12-week project will create a modern, office environment for up to 200 people, with a range of settings to allow for privacy, focussed work and collaboration.Features will include a conference suite, demonstration kitchen and space for town hall meetings. There will also be quiet spaces and also various areas for collaborative working and client visits.Specialist acoustics will be installed throughout the workspace to ensure optimum noise levels.The design includes finishes made with plastic sourced from the ocean floor and existing furniture and materials are being reused and retained wherever possible.ABP acquired Vienna House earlier this year and will occupy two floors of the three-storey, self-contained building, on completion of the refurbishment.Gary Tailby, joint managing director of OP, said: "We're looking forward to delivering a fabulous new workplace for ABP UK."The project is the culmination of a year-long collaboration between the two companies to pinpoint the best available location for the new office and create a high-end design that supports flexible ways of working.

North East automotive sector could see thousands of jobs created once current 'turbulence' is overcome
Manufacturing 2025-10-14 18:54

North East automotive sector could see thousands of jobs created once current 'turbulence' is overcome

Building of new electric vehicle models and the batteries to power them has the potential to create up to 3,500 jobs in the North East, a key car manufacturing group has indicated. The North East Automotive Alliance (NEAA) says the region's industry has a combined turnover of £10.3bn and employs about 27,000 people but could create significant growth once current turbulence in the sector has been navigated. A significant part of that activity is underpinned by Nissan's Sunderland operation, which earlier this week confirmed it was cutting back production at the plant amid global cost cutting. Responding to the news, Paul Butler, who is CEO of the body which represents supply chain companies, said it was reflective of the significant flux in the global automotive sector but also demonstrative of the agility of the North East automotive sector in managing the challenging conditions. Mr Butler referenced well-publicised semiconductor shortages on the back of Covid, the emergence of new competitors such as BYD and Tesla and falling sales in traditional car markets in Western Europe and North and South America between 2019 and 2024, due to economic challenges, and concerns about range and charging technologies for electric vehicles. The UK Government's Zero Emission Vehicle Mandate - which requires 100% of all new car sales to be EV by 2035 - has also prompted concern from manufacturers with Nissan itself among those warning the measures threatened jobs. A consultation on the measures was launched by Government and the NEAA says the sector is now eagerly awaiting its results. Mr Butler also highlighted the Vehicle Excise Duty 'Expensive Car Supplement' on battery electric vehicles which will mean models costing more than £40,000 will incur a £3,110 tax bill over the first six years of ownership - a move the Society of Motor Manufacturers and Traders has said undermines ambitions to transition to electric motoring. Mr Butler said: "Given all these headwinds it is not surprising that we are in a very turbulent period, whereby companies must act to market conditions. This is a strategic decision that has been taken to improve efficiency, with no changes to the current number of employees, nor planned investment. The Nissan Sunderland plant continues to be at the forefront of vehicle electrification, with new all-electric Leaf and the third-generation e-Power Qashqai models to be built in Sunderland." Despite the challenges facing Nissan and the wider sector, there has been continued investment in the region's automotive sector in recent months, including the announcement by Nissan-owned transmission supplier Jatco that it will set up a £48.7m factory near the Wearside plant. Jatco boss Tomoyoshi Sato told us he hopes the facility will grow to serve more manufacturers in Europe such as Volkswagen and BMW. Last week the £1m National Battery Training and Skills Academy was launched by New College Durham and Newcastle University. The training facility at the college's Framwellgate Moor Campus will initially support the second Sunderland gigafactory of battery maker AESC, which opened the country's first such plant in the same location 13 years ago. The UK's new car market got off to a shaky start this year, with a -2.5% decline to 139,345 units in January. Meanwhile, both hybrid electric vehicles and plug-in hybrids saw growth and their market shares rising to 13.25 and 9% respectively, while battery electric vehicle registrations were up 41.6% year-on-year to take 21.3% market share.

Jet2 bounces back stronger after Covid with profits of more than £500m
Logistics 2025-10-14 11:33

Jet2 bounces back stronger after Covid with profits of more than £500m

Low cost airline Jet2 has hailed a bounce-back to profitability despite what it called a "difficult return to normal operations" after the Covid restrictions. The Leeds Bradford Airport-based operator released half year results to the end of September showing a 730% rise in revenue to £3.5bn and a 403% rise in operating profit to £516.6m, following a loss of £170.4m in the same period of 2021. Jet2 told investors on the London Stock Exchange the performance was 44% ahead of its 2019, pre-Covid, results. However, the holidays firm also said it faced a number of cost pressures including fuel, carbon, a strengthened US dollar and wage increases. It said the inflationary headwinds could mean margins are squeezed. Read more: Cranswick resilient against the economic crunch as Hull 'home' of McCrispy kicks on Jet2 founder and chairman Philip Meeson reiterated previous criticism of airport operators and suppliers saying their lack of planning and preparedness had frustrated industry recovery. More than £50m in compensation was incurred by the company for passenger disruption during the mid-summer travel chaos reported at UK airports. But winter 2022/23 bookings were said to be "encouraging" given the important post-Christmas booking period is still to come. Jet2 said it was on track to exceed current market expectations for profit before foreign exchange revaluation and taxation for the year to the end of March 2023. Mr Meeson added: "Our leisure travel business has continued its encouraging recovery following the reopening of international travel in early 2022. Strong customer demand, in particular for package holidays, plus a robust pricing environment and considered cost control, have underpinned a substantially improved financial performance compared to recent Covid impacted summer seasons, but also against pre-Covid Summer 2019. "The business made considerable investment well ahead of Summer 2022, retaining over 8,000 loyal colleagues throughout the pandemic and significantly topping up the Coronavirus Job Retention Scheme funding on a sliding scale basis up to 100% of salary for the lowest paid, recruiting and training seasonal colleagues in good time, making substantial marketing investments, plus early and meaningful salary increases for all colleagues. This left us very well prepared for our summer operation and also enabled Jet2.com to earn the accolade of being the only UK airline not to cancel a flight during July and August 2022, according to leading travel intelligence company, OAG." READ NEXT: Grimsby seafood blow as Icelandic firm pulls UK operations after racking up huge losses Myenergi co-founder named Great British Entrepreneur of the Year Don't allow small firms to fail, says North East-based FSB chair Historic Redcar Blast Furnace demolished after 43 years on Teesside skyline

£5m boost defrosts huge Grimsby cold storage expansion after costs soared on £30m plant
Logistics 2025-10-13 18:20

£5m boost defrosts huge Grimsby cold storage expansion after costs soared on £30m plant

Grimsby’s cold storage capacity is to be increased by 20 per cent after £5 million of government support was netted for a key project. Brexit and Covid have put pressure on a vital element of the wider seafood sector, with it trading at over-capacity for the past six months, as just in time imports have switched to more considered buying by the town’s cluster of processors. The £30 million Europarc proposal from HSH Coldstores is fully consented and will create 60 new jobs, with the potential to unlock hundreds more in Grimsby. It was the lead beneficiary from the first round of the UK Seafood Infrastructure Fund, with £20 million being invested nationwide. Read more: Seafood processor swoops for neighbouring home delivery specialist A further £2.4 million has been awarded to JCS Fish to expand its processing operations in the town, with cash for projects in Fort William, Peterhead and Alness in Scotland, for Mowi, Denholm Seeafoods and Aquascot; Shoreham Port for vessel maintenance and Falfish Ltd in Newlyn ad Mevagissey. Henry Pringle, chief operating officer for Constellation, HSH's parent company, welcomed new Fisheries Minister Mark Spencer to the existing Birchin Way site, taking him on a tour of the huge operation. He said: “We are running at over-capacity, we’re storing in the aisles, it is everywhere, and it is not just us. Everyone in Grimsby is full. We see that as a major impediment to Grimsby industry, processing depends on cold storage and occupancy at the moment creates tonnes of additional cost. We cannot take in additional customers, and we’re having to shuttle to the Midlands and Peterborough. “Grimsby being the centre of fish and seafood processing in the UK, a lot of the supply chains are dependent on imports. This is the main fish and chip shop warehouse for the UK.” Cold storage is required for raw product, ingredients for value-added processing and pre-sale holding, with transportation to and from the cluster adding to the cost, and eroding competitive advantage. Mr Pringle said: “We are looking at building a new facility within Grimsby, supporting 30,000 pallet spaces. There are 150,000 currently, so that will be increasing by 20 per cent.” The 52-year-old second generation business holds a third of the market share in the town, and will employ 200 people when the addition completes, scheduled for early 2024. It is currently being rendered for, and has been hit by inflation in the building materials market. Of the reasoning behind the demand, Mr Pringle said: “We are at peak season going into Christmas, there has been a bounce-back post Covid and Brexit concern means no-one wants just-in-time inventory. The model is now to import and hold greater stock. “We wouldn’t be able to do this without the grant funding. Capital expenditure accelerated, construction costs have gone through the roof and while they have come down, they are not where they started. This really gets us across the line in terms of making it viable.” When first announced in May 2021, with Europarc developer Wykeland, the 171,000 sq ft site had a price tag of £15 million, though 25 new fuel efficient trucks with the latest refrigeration technology are also part of the successful bid. At JCS, a state-of-the-art 2,000 sq m fish processing factory with integrated smokehouse is to be developed, doubling salmon and trout processing capability to 20 tonnes per day. It could bring 32 jobs to the town, while reducing reliance on imports. It came as it was announced in Tromso, Norway, that the next International Coldwater Prawn Forum will be held in Grimsby in 2024, likely to bring more than 200 delegates. The town successfully hosted the World Seafood Congress in 2015. Mr Spencer, appointed to Defra under Liz Truss, and the representative for Sherwood in Nottinghamshire, said: “We are adding value to the processing sector, building extra storage that helps with the supply chains and generates jobs. “This is about investing for the future and making sure we have one of the most robust, sustainable and employable industries in Europe. We are now competing with our colleagues across the water, we want to make sure the UK fisheries sector is robust and fit for the future. “It demonstrates our huge opportunities in this sector, and I think this will assist on that journey, moving forward in the new world post-Brexit, and I think it is great news for the sector, it proves we can do it here in the Uk and do it very successfully.” He rejected the idea it was paying for issues arising from the vote to leave, despite the stated change in business model. “Companies are holding more stock because they are confident in the future and confident they are going to sell it,” he said. Icelandic Seafood International’s decision to exit UK operations, putting 200 jobs at risk in Grimsby, was raised with the Minister. He claimed administrators had been appointed in media interviews, but this was refuted by the business, which is working with specialist MAR Advisors to achieve a sale. The company operates the huge former Five Star Fish plant on Great Grimsby Business Park, having merged two businesses into it as Covid struck UK shores. Mr Spencer said there would be “wrinkles on the way” following Brexit, with the company’s chief executive having pointed to harder trading conditions as part of the reasoning, with losses of £12 million revealed. He said: “It is very sad for these people, losing jobs - potentially - and I hope the administrator can find someone to take it on lock, stock and barrel. With this investment there will be other jobs in fish processing industry and as a nation we have reason to be optimistic about the future.” ISI had announced it was to pull out of the UK in a trading update last week. It is rigorously pursuing a sale, with interest mooted. Following his comments, to several media outlets, Bjarni Ármannsson, Icelandic Seafood International group chief executive, said: "Iceland Seafood is running a sales process on its UK subsidiary, Iceland Seafood UK, after having decided to exit the UK value-added operation. "MAR Advisors have been mandated to run the process. We are currently presenting the company to prospective buyers. As Iceland Seafood is a publicly-listed company we will report the outcome of such a process at an appropriate time to the market. Any suggestions that Iceland Seafood UK is in a liquidation process are false. That is not the case at all." Grimsby MP Lia Nici had earlier in the week taken to social media to air her concerns about finding out about the company’s plight via social media. The Westminster agenda led to her missing Mr Spencer’s visit, but she met with him in London prior to his arrival.

Nissan reveals new European range including Sunderland-built Leaf and Juke - and a comeback for the Micra
Manufacturing 2025-10-13 18:40

Nissan reveals new European range including Sunderland-built Leaf and Juke - and a comeback for the Micra

Automotive giant Nissan has shown images of the third generation Leaf model which is due to go into production at Sunderland later this year. The Japanese car maker has also announced it is reviving the Micra name for a new all-electric supermini to be launched this year, though that model will be designed in London and built in France. Meanwhile engineers are still working on a new, all-electric Juke - which will follow the Leaf onto production lines at Sunderland and which completes the refresh of Nissan's European range. Nissan claims to have been the first to produce mass-market electric vehicles when the original Leaf was introduced in 2010. Its third generation update comes with a new aerodynamic shape and is developed on the manufacturer's CMF-EV platform, which it shares with larger stablemate Ariya. The second new vehicle to be launched in Europe in 2025 also represents the return of a historic nameplate, LEAF – a badge associated with the pioneering EV which started the mass-market electric vehicle revolution when it was introduced in 2010. Leon Dorssers, regional senior vice president, sales and marketing, Nissan AMIEO (Africa, Middle-East, India, Europe & Oceania) region, said: “The renewal of Nissan’s European line-up is the realisation of our bold plan to electrify our range in Europe. All the new models will share common Nissan DNA: striking design, technical innovation and intuitive technology – a combination of qualities which we are confident will attract new buyers to Nissan, as well as continuing to appeal to existing customers who already love how Nissan vehicles enrich their daily lives.” David Moss, senior vice president, region research and development, AMIEO, said: “As well as welcoming the return of the Micra as an EV and the third generation of our revolutionary LEAF, we’ve made significant steps with one of our most popular technologies. Having reinvented the hybrid with introduction of e-POWER by making it quieter and more responsive than a traditional hybrid, the forthcoming updates to e-POWER will make it even more efficient, more refined and closer overall to a pure EV-driving experience. It will remain the powertrain of choice for buyers who love the feel of driving electric, but don’t want to recharge.” Changes to Nissan's European showroom line-up come as incoming chief executive Ivan Espinosa says he is determined to speed-up decision making at the manufacturer. Mr Espinosa takes over from embattled Makoto Uchida, who has led the company through a turbulent time of falling sales, financial worries and collapsed merger talks with Honda.

The Latest Béis Sport Collection Is Perfect for Both Your Workout Sessions and Your Upcoming Adventures.
Auto 2025-10-12 18:40

The Latest Béis Sport Collection Is Perfect for Both Your Workout Sessions and Your Upcoming Adventures.

These bags come with an *incredible* number of built-in features. PureWow editors select every item that appears on this page, and some items may be gifted to us. Additionally, PureWow may earn compensation through affiliate links within the story. All prices are accurate upon date of publish. You can learn more about the affiliate process here. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. Who says sporty styles can't be as fashionable as they are functional? Although if you've had a tough time finding pieces that fit the bill on both fronts, I have some good news for you. Editor-approved luggage brand Béis just dropped a new Sport Collection, which features everything from a zip-top tote ($88) that can fit practically anything you need for your workout class to a convertible catchall ($78) that you're sure to find yourself reaching for daily. And, like all things Béis, each of the pieces are also cleverly designed for taking on the go—and I'm talking well beyond the gym. Below, find a few of my personal faves from the collection available to shop now. Want to know which buzzy products are *really* worth buying? Sign up for our shopping newsletter to uncover our favorite finds. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. Béis At the top of my list is this fab nylon tote that has *so many* functional features, it's hard to count them all. Its spacious size can fit a laptop, change of clothes and more, per the brand. There's also an exterior mesh compartment that you can easily slip an extra pair of shoes in, plus a key leash, trolley pass-through, water bottle pocket and yoga mat strap, with tons of pockets and a zip closure to top it off. Whether you're heading to hot yoga or Hawaii, you'll want this baby on hand. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. Béis Prefer backpacks to totes when it comes to an everyday bag to store *all* your necessities? Then you're gonna want to check out this North South design that will keep you just as organized as the bag above, with the added bonus of easy back-carrying. It has similar features, like that mesh pocket, trolley strap and key leash, and it's also made of a lightweight nylon fabric that should be easy to wipe clean. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. Béis If you only choose one piece from this collection, I'd seriously consider scooping up this Crescent catchall that can seamlessly take you from your weekend Pilates sesh to brunch, and would even make a perfect carry-on for your next flight. The bag has a built-in laptop sleeve that can fit up to a 13-inch laptop, along with a key leash and a bunch of interior pockets. It's water-resistant, which makes it an ideal choice for busy days out when the weather might change, and the design can easily switch from a crossbody to a handheld, making it extra versatile.  View pictures in App save up to 80% data. Béis Béis's beloved carry-on roller also got a cool new update for this collection in this bold cobalt color. Reviewers consistently rave over the suitcase's durability, smooth rolling and lightweight feel. Plus you can pair it with the tote, backpack or catchall bags if you like to have your luggage matching while you travel. Explore the Béis Sport Collection for more options! Assistant Editor for Commerce Writes commerce stories and features that span multiple topics, including fashion, beauty, travel, home and sales/deals Has contributed to reports on ethical fashion and continues to stay up-to-date on sustainablility developments Completed a bachelor's degree in psychology at the University of Pittsburgh and a master's degree in fashion studies at Parsons The New School

New property joint venture launches
Property 2025-10-12 11:59

New property joint venture launches

A development company has launched a new joint venture. Birmingham-based Nurton Developments has teamed up with industry specialist Ian Harris to create Nurton Retail. The new business will focus on sourcing and delivering retail and roadside development opportunities. Mr Harris has 30 years of experience in this area of property, including site sourcing, planning, occupier engagement and construction management. His experience has been gained from roles with retailers Lidl and Wickes and as a director at property consultancy CBRE among others. Email newsletters BusinessLive is your home for business news from across the West Midlands including Birmingham, the Black Country, Solihull, Coventry and Staffordshire. Click through here to sign up for our email newsletter and also view the broad range of other bulletins we offer including weekly sector-specific updates. We will also send out 'Breaking News' emails for any stories which must be seen right away. LinkedIn For all the latest stories, views and polls, follow our BusinessLive West Midlands LinkedIn page here. For 12 years, he also operated his own development consultancy, working with high-profile clients including Bullring co-owner Hammerson and Strathclyde Pension Fund. Nurton Retail will target retail and roadside sites of up to ten acres, with a focus on high-visibility locations along major roads and offering services such as site identification, viability assessment, achieving planning consents and construction. Mr Harris said: "I welcome the opportunity to join forces with Nurton. "This collaboration brings together decades of experience in development and retail development and a shared commitment to identifying and delivering high-quality roadside and retail opportunities. "With a hands-on approach and strong client and occupier relationships, we are well-positioned to meet the growing demand in this dynamic market sector." Nurton Developments' managing director David Bradshaw said: "This is a sector we have had some success in previously, however our partnership with Ian is a gamechanger, offering unparalleled expertise and industry insight which will be instrumental in delivering growth opportunities.

Three Welsh firms awarded contracts to help deliver new £1.25bn electric arc furnace at Port Talbot
Manufacturing 2025-10-11 18:06

Three Welsh firms awarded contracts to help deliver new £1.25bn electric arc furnace at Port Talbot

Three south Wales contractors have been appointed to deliver key parts of a £1.25bn investment by Tata Steel to deliver a new electric arc furnace (EAF) at Port Talbot. The contracts to Bridgend-based companies Darlow Lloyd & Sons, Wernick Buildings, and Swansea-based business, Andrew Scot,t will sustain more than 300 jobs. The investment by Tata, which includes £500m in funding from the UK Government, will see the EAF, that will make steel from scrap steel, becoming operational in 2028. It follows the ending of heavy steel making with the closure last year of Tata's two blast furnaces at Port Talbot which resulted in nearly 2,800 job losses across its UK operations . Darlow Lloyd & Sons will play a key role in the initial phases of the project, overseeing excavation, recycling, infrastructure, and drainage works essential to the site’s transition to EAF steelmaking. Director, Rhys Lloyd, said: “We are delighted to announce this partnership which will boost employment across Neath Port Talbot and lay the foundation for future growth across the manufacturing sector. “This collaboration safeguards our experienced workforce and allows us to appoint local experts with transferable skillsets to this once-in-a-lifetime project.” Critical infrastructure, including the construction of a new scrap yard to manage the inflow of UK-sourced used steel as a feedstock for the new EAF will be completed by Andrew Scott David Evan Williams, civil contracts director, said: “Having worked major on civil and construction projects at Port Talbot since the late 1800s, our involvement in this transformation is not only a privilege, but fundamental to maintaining our strong presence and heritage at the site. “We have committed to supporting local talent, ensuring that we fill positions with our skilled workforce, alongside experienced former Tata Steel workers and experts in the supply chain. As work progresses, we aim to provide further opportunities for individuals in surrounding communities to help deliver this exciting vision.” Ben Wernick, managing director, Wernick Buildings added: “We are thrilled to bring our wealth of experience in the modular construction sector to deliver the centrepiece of Port Talbot’s contractor village; an 8500 square metre space spanning three buildings, comprised of offices and welfare zones. “90% of the workers we employ to build this impressive space will be from communities surrounding the steelworks – spanning Swansea, Neath Port Talbot and Cardiff – allowing us to nurture and grow regional talent.” Secretary of State for Wales Jo Stevens added: “We have supported Tata Steel with £500m to safeguard Welsh steelmaking and I’m pleased that the company is itself investing in the local supply chain, securing hundreds of jobs and driving economic growth. “It is fantastic news for the South Wales economy that local firms have secured these major contracts to deliver the transformation of steelmaking at Port Talbot.” Lloyd Bryant, Head of Infrastructure & Amenities, Tata Steel, said: “The expertise of these long-standing contractors is key to the success of our transformation. "We look forward to collaborating with them, under Sir Robert McAlpine’s supervision, to safeguard the future of sustainable steelmaking in the area, securing jobs and ensuring the long-term viability of steelmaking in Wales for generations."

Scottish charity successfully gathers the necessary funds to acquire Davidson Legacy Cottage.
Auto 2025-10-11 11:41

Scottish charity successfully gathers the necessary funds to acquire Davidson Legacy Cottage.

Revised: Today at 5:50 PM View pictures in App save up to 80% data. A frontal perspective of the Davidson Legacy Cottage. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. Cruisers lined up in front of the Davidson Legacy Cottage. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. A group of Harley-Davidson cruisers lined up side by side. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. The Davidson Legacy Cottage following its renovation One out of four. A Scottish cottage, once belonging to the ancestors of a Harley-Davison founder, has been rescued from the threat of demolition by a local charity. The stone dwelling, found in Netherton, Angus, can now be purchased by the Davidson Legacy Preservation Group, after successfully raising the remaining £70,000 of their required budget – including a donation from Harley-Davidson themselves to secure the property. "It's truly remarkable," said Nyree Aitken, the Project Coordinator from Angus, in an interview with MCN. "The volunteers understand that this is just the start of the hard work ahead." The structure served as the residence of Alexander ‘Sandy’ Davidson and his spouse Margaret until the family made the decision to emigrate to America in 1857. The couple’s son, William C. Davidson, was father of William A. Davidson who co-founded Harley-Davidson Motorcycles with Bill Harley in 1903. "The house was home to 10 individuals, and our goal is to capture that essence," the fundraiser elaborated. "We aim to share the narrative of the Davidsons and highlight the impact of Scottish culture on America and beyond." Alongside the fundraising effort, a sizeable £250,000 grant was awarded by the UK Government Community Ownership Fund in December 2023. This came with a strict one-year deadline for use though, and the charity confirmed they had achieved their additional total on December 24 of last year. The charity has stated that their primary goal at the moment is to finalize the acquisition of the building, after which they will turn their attention to further developments on the property. “We need to secure funding to improve the access road and enhance accessibility for individuals with disabilities,” Aitken added. “According to a community survey, there is a strong desire for a café to be established on the premises.” "We have a five-year strategy in place, and by the end of those five years, we expect to have that place thriving and bustling."

Ryan Giggs' restaurant closed owing nearly half a million pounds
Retail 2025-10-10 11:15

Ryan Giggs' restaurant closed owing nearly half a million pounds

The restaurant owned by former Manchester United star Ryan Giggs, George's Dining Room and Bar in Worsley, Manchester, was confirmed to have an estimated deficiency of just over £478,000 to its creditors when it collapsed. The business behind the restaurant, which Giggs opened with friends Kelvin Gregory and Bernie Taylor in 2014, was placed into voluntary liquidation in February, as reported by City AM. A document recently filed with Companies House revealed that the company owed £389,454 to ordinary unsecured creditors, including HMRC and a Covid-era Bounce Back Loan. Other creditors include Natwest, British Gas and Carlsberg Marton's Brewing Company. Giggs himself is owed almost £100,000, Bernie Taylor nearly £13,000 and Kelvin Gregory more than £53,000. In early 2025, City AM reported further losses at the Stock Exchange Hotel in Manchester, co-owned by Giggs and Gary Neville, following the closure of Tom Kerridge's restaurant. The hotel reported a pre-tax loss of £2.5m for 2023, following a loss of £1.8m in the previous year. Revenue also dropped from £5.1m to £3.9m during this period. Tom Kerridge's Bull & Bear restaurant at the hotel closed its doors at the end of 2022 and its successor also ceased operations in July 2023 after only four months. Earlier, City AM had reported that another Manchester hotel owned by the same pair, Hotel Football, continued to operate at a loss despite recording a banner year.

Michael Kors to cut prices as sales suffer huge hit amid cost-of-living crisis
Retail 2025-10-10 11:17

Michael Kors to cut prices as sales suffer huge hit amid cost-of-living crisis

The UK subsidiary of the esteemed fashion label Michael Kors has disclosed its intentions to reduce prices following a considerable decline in sales. During the year ending 30 March, 2025, the division's revenue plummeted by 20 percent. This drop occurred amidst widespread store closures and as a consequence of the cost-of-living crisis, as reported by City AM. Michael Kors notably shuttered outlets in Newcastle, Milton Keynes, and Manchester, along with a concession in Harvey Nichols, London. Furthermore, the company announced an expected reduction in prices "in the foreseeable future" aiming to align more appropriately with consumer demands and to strategically address competition in the market. This information was incorporated into the financial accounts of Michael Kors for the fiscal year up to 30 March, 2024, which were submitted belatedly to Companies House. According to the recently filed accounts, the company saw a decrease in turnover from £77.1 million to £70.8 million over one year. However, its pre-tax profit surged from £40.4 million to £66.1 million within the same timeframe. In reference to that fiscal year, the company observed: "The overall result of the period reflects sustainability of the global 'Michael Kors' brand, where despite the level of competition and the current challenges in the economic environment affecting the UK retail sector, Michael Kors continues to be a profitable business." Michael Kors is part of Capri Holdings which also encompasses luxury brands Versace and Jimmy Choo. In August 2023, the conglomerate was snapped up by Tapestry, the American fashion powerhouse behind high-end brands such as Coach and Kate Spade, in a deal worth $8.5bn (£6.6bn). Fast forward to December 2024, Versace's UK division reported a year-on-year turnover of £19.1m for the 12 months ending 31 March 2024, marking a decrease from the previous £23.8m. Simultaneously, its pre-tax profit also took a hit, dwindling from £314,862 to a mere £112,895.

Primark boss steps down after 'behaviour towards woman'
Retail 2025-10-09 11:45

Primark boss steps down after 'behaviour towards woman'

The boss of Primark has resigned after an allegation over his behaviour towards a woman “in a social environment”. Primark’s parent firm, Associated British Foods (ABF), said Paul Marchant has stepped down as chief executive of the high street fashion brand with immediate effect following an investigation into the incident. The company said Mr Marchant co-operated with the investigation, “acknowledged his error of judgment and accepts that his actions fell below the standards expected by ABF”. “He has made an apology to the individual concerned, the ABF Board and also to his Primark colleagues and others connected to the business,” it added. ABF stressed that it will continue to offer support to the individual who brought the incident to its attention. George Weston, chief executive of Primark parent firm Associated British Foods, said: “I am immensely disappointed. “At ABF, we believe that high standards of integrity are essential. Acting responsibly is the only way to build and manage a business over the long-term.

Historic Coventry shop to close after 100 years as owner says 'retail is also not as nice as it used to be'
Retail 2025-10-09 18:42

Historic Coventry shop to close after 100 years as owner says 'retail is also not as nice as it used to be'

A historic Coventry shop is set to close its doors permanently after more than a century in business. Tobacconist and lighter repair specialist Salts was founded by Harry Salt in Parkside, Coventry, in 1916 before relocating to New Union Street in 1961.It was run by the Salt family until it was taken over by Mark Kendall in 2019. Mark, a Coventry local, said he was "really sad" about the impending closure on March 29. He revealed that the decision to shut down was reluctantly made due to several factors. In an interview with Coventry Live, 49 year old Mark said: "Footfall never came back after COVID. Retail is also not as nice as it used to be because there are the issues of break-ins and theft and all those things that happen in city centres to retailers." He also highlighted the challenges posed by the illegal tobacco trade in the city. He said: "Coventry is rife with illegal stuff so the people selling it legally cannot compete." Despite the sadness surrounding the closure, Mark said he had relished his time at Salts. He said: "I have loved it! I always wanted to run a shop, so I have really enjoyed it." Customers have been sharing their 'fond memories' of visiting Salts. Many nostalgically recalled trips to the city centre with their grandparents many years ago, Mark said. He added: "It is quite generational, so a lot of people have fond memories of relatives, they used to come here as children with their grandparents, so obviously it holds a lot of sentiment... and a lot of granddaughters and grandsons just remembering when times were more simple, and you remember stuff about your childhood and your now-departed relatives, so a lot of moments for people." Mark added: "We have had a blast! Thanks for all of the support we have had from our regulars, they will be missed."

These Exciting Italian Cars Are Launching a Special Edition Series, Arriving Soon in America
Auto 2025-10-08 11:05

These Exciting Italian Cars Are Launching a Special Edition Series, Arriving Soon in America

Alfa Romeo汽车品牌 has announced an exciting new series for its 2025 model lineup, and they will be coming to the U.S. market. The Intensa special series made its debut at the 2025 Brussels Motor Show, and it will offer a bold and distinctive two-tone design to the Tonale, Stelvio, and Giulia models. Along with unique color combinations, these models will feature refined interior touches, and advanced technology. View pictures in App save up to 80% data. Alfa Romeo汽车品牌 Parent Corporation Stellantis Founded 1910 Founder Ugo Stella and Nicola Romeo Headquarters Turin, Piedmont, Italy Current CEO Jean-Philippe Imparato Status Active Total Vehicles Sold In 2022 18,252 Tonale Intensa The Tonale is Alfa Romeo汽车品牌's best-selling model, and the 2025 Tonale Intensa gains an elegant and dynamic update now. Buyers can choose between a 1.3-liter PHEV powertrain offering 285 hp and 33 miles of all-electric range, or a 2.0-liter turbocharged gas engine producing 268 hp. Highlights include: Exterior Design: 20-inch black alloy wheels with light-gold diamond-cut finish, Gloss Black moldings, and exclusive black brake calipers. Interior Refinement: Black Alcantara seats with tan stitching, a leather-wrapped steering wheel, and multicolored ambient lighting. Technology: Uconnect 5 with a 10.25-inch touchscreen, Harman Kardon 14-speaker audio, and Level 2 autonomy with Traffic Jam Assist. Pricing: Starts at $44,495 for the gas model and $54,495 for the PHEV (excluding destination fees). "From legendary cars like the 33 Stradale and Giulia to our unforgettable triumphs in F1 and DTM, Alfa Romeo汽车品牌's legacy is defined by iconic Italian design, performance and passion. The new Intensa special series captures this spirit with its bold two-tone design, honoring the intensity that makes Alfa Romeo汽车品牌 a global icon." Chris Feuell, head of Alfa Romeo汽车品牌 North America 0:59 View pictures in App save up to 80% data. Connected Stelvio Intensa The 2025 Stelvio Intensa continues Alfa Romeo汽车品牌’s tradition of sporty luxury, powered by a 280-horsepower turbocharged engine paired with an eight-speed automatic and standard Q4 all-wheel drive. Key features include: Exterior Aesthetics: Light-gold accents on the 20-inch wheels, Italian flag side mirrors, and available colors like Rosso Etna and Verde Fangio. Interior Luxury: Black leather sport seats, a tan-colored center armrest, and aluminum sport pedals. Cutting-Edge Tech: A 12.3-inch TFT display and an 8.8-inch infotainment system. Pricing: Starts at $55,395 (excluding destination fees). View pictures in App save up to 80% data. Connected Gorgeous 600-HP Alfa Romeo汽车品牌 Restomod Wins Our Hearts Totem Automobili's GT Super combines classic Alfa styling with a robust V6 engine and an abundance of carbon fiber enhancements. Giulia Intensa As the sports car of its segment, the 2025 Giulia Intensa marries style and performance. Equipped with a 280-horsepower turbocharged engine, it offers thrilling dynamics with optional Q4 all-wheel drive. Highlights include: Exterior Appeal: 19-inch black alloy wheels with gold accents and iconic Italian flag wing mirrors. Premium Cabin: Black leather seats with tan stitching, aluminum paddle shifters, and a leather dashboard. Top-Tier Tech: Harman Kardon audio, a 12.3-inch digital cluster, and navigation-equipped infotainment. Pricing: Starts at $49,995 (excluding destination fees). View pictures in App save up to 80% data. Google 新闻 Enjoying the content? Consider adding HotCars to your Google 新闻 feed.

New office for Harris Lamb
Property 2025-10-08 11:37

New office for Harris Lamb

Commercial property consultancy Harris Lamb has relocated its 60-strong team in Birmingham to a new office.The business, which has been based in Francis Road in Edgbaston for the past 21 years, has leased 5,391 sq ft of space on the fourth floor of 4 Brindleyplace. The move will support its growth plans.Director Charles D'Auncey said: "This is a very exciting move for us, the time was right for the business and the team."We wanted a central, sustainable and flexible office solution that would suit the needs of our multi-service team, both professionally and personally."Brindleyplace needs no introduction, lying at the heart of the Second City, and offering superb amenities and an excellent business community within the complex itself."2024 has been an exceptional year for Harris Lamb, with us having made a number of key senior appointments within the business to further our growth and we are delighted to be relocating to our new Birmingham office and look forward to what the future holds."The office has undergone an extensive fit out, led by Harris Lamb's own project management and building consultancy team, with improvements including a new heating and cooling system and LED lighting.

Plans submitted to develop 330 acres of land next to the seaside town of Skegness
Logistics 2025-10-07 11:25

Plans submitted to develop 330 acres of land next to the seaside town of Skegness

Plans have been submitted to develop 330 acres of land in the Lincolnshire seaside town of Skegness. Backers said the “sustainable urban extension” could create hundreds of homes and needed jobs in the area. The planned Skegness Gateway development on the western side of the town include 50 acres of retail, business and industrial space along with 1,000 homes, new open space and recreational amenities as well as a college and learning campus. East Lindsey District Council will soon begin a consultation on the scheme giving the public and other stakeholders a chance to comment. The land is mainly owned by the local Croftmarsh family business with additional areas owned by the Scarbrough family. Croftmarsh manager Sue Bowser said it was vital for future-proofing the town as a place of opportunity and ambition and the council’s She said: “We are pleased to support the council in its vision to bring these ambitious plans to reality. “Our family has lived and worked in Skegness for many generations, so it’s a great source of pride that we can support a development that will help secure the town’s future by creating thousands of jobs and homes for both existing local residents and attract a new generation of people to the area. “We are working closely with East Lindsey District Council and other partners to bring forward a scheme that will work alongside the regeneration being enabled by the Towns Fund. “We know that Skegness is a town that needs economic transformation. “The mechanism for that is through urban regeneration and expansion of skills, training and education – all secured by investment and infrastructure and digital connectivity. “Ours is a town in real need. There isn’t enough money in the town to pay for this all year round and the secret to this is to have more people living here. We need to create jobs. “We need to build infrastructure and provide the significant benefits that government is seeking in places such as Skegness. “We want to enable the delivery of hundreds of new homes not just for the people who live in the local area – but for those people we want to attract to come and live and work in Skegness. “This scheme will transform the area, putting it on the map and making the town famous not just for its beaches, but for its enterprise.” Boston and Skegness MP Matt Warman said: “This local sustainable development includes a state of the art learning campus funded through the Skegness Town Deal, providing new training opportunities for the coast. “Importantly, training including digital skills, motor vehicle, construction and engineering, will allow people to gain the skills and knowledge they need to get the jobs they want.

Drinks wholesaler launches new regional base in £7m move creating 50 jobs
Logistics 2025-10-07 11:55

Drinks wholesaler launches new regional base in £7m move creating 50 jobs

A major UK drinks wholesaler has opened up in a purpose-built distribution depot in Doncaster, creating more than 50 new jobs. LWC Drinks has completed the £7 million project to take on a 58,164 sq ft site on Herons Way, and will serve customers in South and East Yorkshire, Lincolnshire, Nottinghamshire and Derbyshire. It follows “enormous success” through 2022 for the Manchester-headquartered business. The company distributes beers, wines, spirits, and soft drinks, working with all licensed establishments across on-trade and off-trade around the country, delivering more than 8,500 products to more than 14,000 customers. Read next: Grimsby logistics firm adds beer distribution to group with crafty acquisition Having spent much of 2022 focused on continuing its post-pandemic return to a position of strong, sustainable, profitable growth, the family-owned business has been putting the wheels in motion for its expansion plans. The Doncaster acquisition, of a former Heras unit, is joined by two others, with 300 new employees welcomed in the past 12 months. Managing director and co-founder Ebrahim Mukadam, who launched the £249 million turnover business with chair Robin Gray more than 40 years ago, said: “2022 was a record-breaking year for LWC. We’re fortunate enough to see a growth in turnover over the last year and identified a need to increase our storage capacity to meet customer demands and drive efficiencies through the business and for our customers. In fact, we have added 350,000 sq ft distribution space over the last year alone. “Opening this new depot in Doncaster marks another crucial step forward in our growth plans. “Expanding our national footprint is imperative in the future of our business, so we can continue to support our partners where they need us the most. By actively securing more warehousing space and creating new, quality jobs in the process, we’re working hard to invest in the future.” A total of eight new staff in sales and marketing, eight further office roles and 35 positions covering warehousing and distribution are being created. The new facility will house a new warehouse management system with improved inventory management and forecasting accuracy for the distribution teams. LWC also operates 40 of its own venues under the Dorbiere Pub Group name, comprising community pubs, country inns and student bars across the North West, Midlands and North East. The business is privately owned by the Mukadam and Gray families.

Unilever snaps up eco-friendly deodorant brand as it seeks to boost beauty business
Retail 2025-10-06 18:14

Unilever snaps up eco-friendly deodorant brand as it seeks to boost beauty business

Unilever has officially announced its acquisition of refillable deodorant brand Wild, as part of its strategy to expand its footprint in the premium beauty and self-care market. The financial details of the transaction were not disclosed, but it is estimated that the deal values Wild at £230m, as reported by City AM. Wild was launched in 2019 by business partners Charlie Bowes-Lyon and Freddy Ward and experienced significant growth during the Covid-19 pandemic, achieving its first profitable year in 2023. "Joining Unilever marks an exciting new chapter for Wild," said co-founder Charlie Bowes-Lyon. He added: "Our mission to remove single-use plastic from the bathroom with desirable, innovative personal care products will be hugely strengthened by leveraging Unilever's expertise, scale and reach to further grow the brand and bring our vision to more consumers." Bowes-Lyon told The Times that he hopes Unilever can assist Wild in moving some production, particularly its aluminium casings, from China to Unilever-owned factories in America. The purchase of Wild aligns with Unilever's Growth Action Plan 2030, which aims to optimise its portfolio towards "premium and high growth spaces," according to the company. In March, new CEO Fernando Fernandez identified approximately €1bn (£840m) worth of brands in its Foods Europe division that "don't fit well" with the company's portfolio. "[Wild is] a perfect complement to our Personal Care portfolio," stated Fabian Garcia, president of Unilever Personal Care. Wild has primarily utilised digital advertising channels such as Instagram and TikTok to market its products. However, the news of Wild's acquisition has elicited mixed reactions from creators on these platforms. For instance, some Instagram creators have begun suggesting alternatives to Wild for consumers who prefer supporting smaller-scale brands. There are also apprehensions that Wild's environmental credentials may diminish, with many citing Unilever's history of plastic production. Dove, one of Unilever's brands, was criticised by Greenpeace last year for its use of plastic sachets, leading activists to blockade the entrance to Unilever's headquarters on 5th September.

John Lewis scraps staff bonus for third year in a row despite tripling profit
Retail 2025-10-06 11:37

John Lewis scraps staff bonus for third year in a row despite tripling profit

Despite nearly tripling its profit, the John Lewis Partnership has decided to forgo its staff bonus for the third consecutive year. The company, which owns both John Lewis and Waitrose, informed markets that its pre-tax profit surged from £42m to £126m over the 52 weeks to 25 January, as reported by City AM. Total sales increased by three per cent year on year, rising from £12.4bn to £12.8bn, while the firm's operating profit margin improved by 0.9 percentage points to two per cent. John Lewis revealed plans to "step up" its transformation plan this year, supported by a self-funded investment of £600m. This will encompass "store refurbishments and openings, technology upgrades, and supply chain modernisation." The company also intends to invest £114m in staff pay. These two investments mean its annual bonus will be scrapped this year-for the third year in a row. At Waitrose, sales grew 4.4 per cent to £8bn and volumes were up 2.6 per cent. Adjusted operating profit was £227m, up £122m year on year. Sales at John Lewis remained flat at £4.8bn, while adjusted operating profit was £45m. "These are solid results... we have made good progress," Chair of JLP Jason Tarry said. "Looking forward, I see significant opportunity for growth from both our Waitrose and John Lewis brands." Chairman designate Jason Tarry stated: "Our focus will be on enhancing what makes these brands truly special for our customers. This will involve considerable catch-up investment in our stores and supply chain, underpinned by a strong focus on the core elements of great retail, delivered by our brilliant Partners." "I am confident with the transformation momentum in the Partnership, we remain well placed to drive further growth in the year ahead and over the longer term," he continued. Chief Executive Nish Kankiwala, who is set to leave this year after a two-year tenure, commented, "both brands are showing momentum." Kankiwala also stated, "Tripling our profit is a significant testament to the progress of our transformation – focused on delighting customers while continuing to deliver efficiency improvements, thereby laying the foundations for long-term sustainable growth." Julie Palmer, partner at Begbies Traynor, called the results "encouraging." "However, there remains a long road ahead if the retailer is to win back the market share it lost to M&S and other rivals in the battle for Middle England's consumers," she added. "New Chair Jason Tarry is certainly sounding the right notes. The opening of new Waitrose stores, the reintroduction of John Lewis' 'Never Knowingly Undersold' guarantee, and an inflation-beating £114m investment into staff pay, should all bode well for the partnership.

Heinz beans factory and Stanlow refinery win Government green backing as North West continues Net Zero push
Manufacturing 2025-10-05 11:43

Heinz beans factory and Stanlow refinery win Government green backing as North West continues Net Zero push

Heinz’s massive baked bean plant in Wigan and the giant Stanlow oil refinery in Cheshire have both won Government backing to help them go green. Industry minister Sarah Jones says the latest round of Industrial Energy Transformation Fund (IETF) cash is aimed at “helping some of Britain’s favourite businesses to cut their carbon emissions” – and the scheme is now backing several North West businesses. Kraft Heinz secured £2.5m from the fund towards a £7.2m heat pump project at its Kitt Green plant, which is one of Europe’s biggest food factories. Under the project, it will change the way it heats the water it uses to blanch beans and to cook spaghetti hoops. Instead of burning fossil fuels, it will install heat pumps to reuse heat generated in other parts of the site. Saji Jacob, head of west Europe supply chain at Heinz, said: “The Industrial Energy Transformation Fund has enabled this energy efficiency project to become a reality at our largest food manufacturing plant in Europe. “It represents a critical step in our decarbonisation journey towards Net Zero. The UK business recognises the significance of the investment and is committed to further utilising this technology across our company.” This new plan follows news last year that Heinz wanted to build a £40m green-powered hydrogen plant to generate more than half of the gas it uses at the Wigan site. In total, the Government is supporting 25 emissions-cutting projects across England, Wales and Northern Ireland with £51.9m in funding through its Plan for Change to drive economic growth. Four projects around the giant Stanlow energy cluster in Cheshire secured funding through the IETF. Essar Oil UK, which runs the Stanlow refinery, secured £1.8m towards a £7.4m carbon capture study as well as £427,000 towards a £1.7m project to switch to low-carbon hydrogen. Neighbouring glassmaker Encirc secured £2.5m towards its £4.4m plan to deploy a hydrogen fuel system for glass furnaces. Encirc also secured £1.2m towards a £2.4m study on the feasibility of hydrogen-hybrid furnace upgrade at Elton. Last October, the Prime Minister and Chancellor visited Encirc glass plant in to announce £22bn in support for two carbon capture and storage (CCS) schemes, including Hynet, which stretches across the North West and North Wales. Encirc's managing director Sean Murphy said: “As a business with sustainability at its core, Encirc has been a longtime innovator in finding ways to reduce our carbon footprint, both on the manufacturing process as well as in logistics and supply chain. The regional focus is a sign of confidence for businesses here in the north west, and we hope further afield." He added: "We look forward to working with UK Government on a range of issues to ensure that the right conditions are in place to enable the sort of inclusive green growth that benefits everyone across society.” Warrington-based recycler Novelis has secured £14m towards the £63m expansion of its Latchford Locks site. The plans, first announced last year, will double the plant’s capacity for recycling used beverage cans. Novelis says it will help it to reduce the plant’s carbon emissions by more than 350,000 tonnes. Announcing the project last July, Allan Sweeney, plant manager of Novelis Latchford, said: “Thanks to technological developments, we will be able to recycle all types of UBC scrap, fostering low-carbon and high-recycled content products that support not only our own ambitious sustainability goals, but those of our customers as well.” Taylor's Farm Shop, of Ormskirk, West Lancashire, secured £988,000 towards a £1.4m combined heat and power (CHP) project. Minister for Industry Sarah Jones said: “This Government’s Plan for Change is about delivering what working people want to see in this country. In energy, that means replacing the UK’s dependency on insecure fossil fuel markets with the clean homegrown power we need to protect consumers and grow our economy. “That’s why we’ve already kickstarted a national carbon capture industry, secured a record amount of new renewable energy projects and published a plan for clean power by 2030 – genuine climate action which will create growth and jobs at the same time. “Now, we’re helping some of Britain’s favourite businesses to cut their carbon emissions too, while continuing to make the products we love – from baked beans to beer and coffee – with more than £50m in government grants. “Eight of these projects are in the North West – from Novelis aluminium facility in Warrington, to Encirc glass manufacturing in Cheshire – helping to decarbonise and create jobs around Manchester. “And thanks to our support, Heinz’s factory in Wigan – the largest in Europe – is installing heat pumps so they can reuse their own waste heat to blanch beans and boil spaghetti hoops." The minister added: “Low carbon technologies help firms save on their energy bills and production costs, meaning consumers could benefit from lower prices. “So, instead of choosing between sustainability and economic growth, we're putting businesses at the heart of our mission to become a clean energy superpower and providing the reliable and affordable energy this country needs to thrive.”

Work starts on new business park in the Black Country
Property 2025-10-05 11:43

Work starts on new business park in the Black Country

Work has started on transforming a derelict industrial site in the Black Country into a new business park which is expected to create more than 330 new jobs.Foundry Business Park is being built on 15 acres of land off Brook Street, in Bilston, and will offer a mix of accommodation for small and large companies.Oldbury-based developer Goold Estates has started work on site following confirmation of a £12.5 million investment by the West Midlands Combined Authority (WMCA) to help get the scheme under way.Goold Estates was selected by City of Wolverhampton Council as its chosen developer for the land which it has designated for employment use as part of its wider Bilston Urban Village regeneration project.The WMCA funding is being used in part to cover the cost of cleaning up the site and making it ready for the construction of 15 industrial and distribution units totaling 166,500 sq ft of accommodation to suit a variety of uses.West Midlands Mayor Richard Parker said: "Foundry Park will bring new life to this site and create over 300 much-needed jobs for local people."This modern, environmentally sustainable development will give businesses room to grow and contribute to the community. It will also help tackle a shortage of high-quality workspaces for our region's smaller firms."Investments like this strengthen our local economy and build a solid foundation for future growth that benefits everyone across the West Midlands."Dominic Goold, managing director of Goold Estates, added: "This brownfield site has a complex industrial legacy which has kept it vacant for more than 20 years."It required consultation with a number of third parties to progress the site's development but we are excited to have begun remediation works."Foundry Business Park has the potential to create hundreds of new jobs, secure the future of many firms in the region and attract inward investment."City of Wolverhampton Council leader Cllr Stephen Simkins said: "Bringing this strategically important site forward has been a long-term ambition for the council and I am delighted to see our chosen developer, Goold Estates, start work to create new industrial and distribution units that will deliver hundreds of jobs for our residents.

Royal Albert Dock Liverpool unveils green transformation plans with new planting and outdoor furniture
Property 2025-10-04 18:16

Royal Albert Dock Liverpool unveils green transformation plans with new planting and outdoor furniture

The appearance of the Albert Dock could be set for a transformation, as new plans have been submitted to Liverpool City Council by its owners. The proposals from Royal Albert Dock Liverpool, the freehold ownership entity of the dock, include increasing green spaces around the dock, introducing new plant species and adding a fresh suite of outdoor furniture. The upgrades are intended to enhance visitor experience and accessibility while honouring the dock's heritage. The design team from the Royal Albert Dock collaborated with Liverpool-based studio Planit to create the plans - the first phase in a series of improvements. Subject to planning approval, work is slated to commence next spring. A 'multi-zonal strategy' will see three initial areas of the dock developed, each reflecting the unique characteristics of its surroundings. Up to 40 new plant species will be introduced, underused areas will be enhanced with new seating and furniture, and the site's cobbles will be smoothed over to improve accessibility for wheelchair and pushchair users. At the North site entrance near Tate Liverpool, Mermaid Courtyard is planned to become a nature-led extension to the art gallery, with planting and new furniture softening the external terrace area which Tate Liverpool will open onto after their current renovation works. This landscaped area will provide a space for community events and workshops, reports the Liverpool Echo. The walkway next to the Maritime Museum at Hartley Quay is set for a revamp to improve accessibility and create a more inviting waterfront space. The new design will include fresh planting, picnic tables and benches with a robust timber aesthetic that pays homage to the dock's industrial past. These enhancements aim to highlight the dock's picturesque location and waterside views while boosting green infrastructure and supporting climate resilience. The Northern Gateway, which serves as the initial point of contact for visitors from the city centre, will be made more welcoming with the addition of seating areas. New information boards and signage will also be installed to educate visitors about the dock's history. This comes as part of a series of renovation projects taking place at the dock. Liverpool City Council recently approved plans for a new dedicated entrance at the Martin Luther King Jr building as part of National Museums Liverpool's £58m improvement works on the waterfront. Meanwhile, the Tate is currently undergoing refurbishment and remains closed. Helen Legg, chair of Royal Albert Dock Liverpool Ltd, said: "Liverpool's waterfront, and in particular the Royal Albert Dock, is the city's greatest asset. As the largest collection of Grade 1 listed buildings in the country, it's essential that we invest in maintaining and developing the dock. We are doing this alongside ambitious plans by Tate and NML to reimagine the museums on the site thus reinstating Royal Albert Dock's cultural and heritage significance." Jacob Loftus, CEO at General Projects, added: "The public realm works proposed set out our intentions to modernise and activate the Royal Albert Dock for the local community and visitors alike. This enables us to create a truly unique public offer while celebrating the heritage and cultural qualities that make this area of Liverpool such an intrinsic part of the city". Danny Marsh, studio director for Planit Liverpool, said: "This was an exciting opportunity to refresh the Royal Albert Dock public realm masterplan, and reassess the collective priorities of the landlord, tenants, public and planet. The Royal Albert Dock is one of the most important historical and cultural sites in the UK, and we want to make this an inviting and attractive place for everyone for generations to come." Spanning a vast 375,000 sq ft, The Royal Albert Dock houses the largest collection of Grade I listed buildings in the UK. Its conversion into a leisure and retail hub played a pivotal role in Liverpool's regeneration during the 1980s. In 2018, it was bestowed with Royal status and now attracts over six million visitors annually. The freehold ownership of the wider Albert Dock is held by Royal Albert Dock Liverpool Limited, jointly owned by General Projects, Neo Capital, Tate Gallery, National Museums Liverpool, and The Colonnades Residential Limited.

Manchester office investment 'paying dividends' as international businesses head to city, agents say
Property 2025-10-04 18:12

Manchester office investment 'paying dividends' as international businesses head to city, agents say

Property leaders say the massive investment in Manchester City Centre is paying dividends in attracting national and international businesses to the city – and they hope there’s more to come. The latest figures from the Manchester Office Agents Forum (MOAF) showed that in the third quarter, 432,619 sq ft of city centre office space was let across 51 transactions, giving a big boost to the annual total. Almost 1m sq ft has been let in the year so far – with 46% of take up coming in Q3. The quarter also saw the two largest transactions in the year, with the letting of 4 Angel Square (196,443 sq ft) to BNY Mellon and ARM’s deal for three floors in 1 St Michaels (68,860 sq ft). MOAF has predicted a “strong take-up” for the rest of the year and expected the annual total to top 1.3m – eclipsing the five and 10-year average figures of 1.1m and 1.2m respectively. Steve Brittle, partner at property consultancy Fisher German’s Manchester office, said: “The increase of 100,000 sq ft in deals compared to the previous quarter was predominantly due to the major letting to the Bank of New York Mellon Corporation which is the largest regional ‘big six’ letting recorded over the last four years. “This highlights the attraction and pull of Manchester as a city to corporate occupiers wanting to consolidate and expand their presence in the city along with the high-quality space that is available. “The massive amount of investment in Manchester city centre in recent years in terms of re-development, refurbishment of office buildings and inward investment from the private and public sector is paying huge dividends in the calibre of businesses and organisations that now want to make the city their home or expand here." Mr Brittle said occupiers were also looking more at Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) requirements when it came to office space. He added: "Acquiring office space that supports health, sustainability and transparency helps attract and retain top talent and is now considered to be a crucial factor when moving into a new base. “We expect the final quarter of 2024 to be positive with the deals that are currently in the pipeline, and the office market in Manchester City Centre has demonstrated a robust performance to date and the evidence of larger footprint transactions is encouraging.” In South Manchester, the market has witnessed a take up of 81,910 sq ft over 59 deals during Q3 which was a slight increase on the Q2 figure. The Q3 figure brings the transactions to date to 254,021 sq ft for 2024. Steve said: “The South Manchester market has been consistent throughout the year with levels and number of transactions being similar in each quarter. We expect that to continue for the remainder of the year and into 2025.” Announcing the Q3 survey results last month, Rob Yates, head of office agency at Cushman & Wakefield and MOAF chairman said: “Manchester’s office market continued to perform robustly, the return of larger lettings is particularly pleasing. The letting of 4 Angel Square is the largest regional ‘big six’ transaction recorded in the last 4 years. This illustrates the pull of Manchester to major occupiers seeking to consolidate and expand their footprint in Manchester. “We continue to see a diminishing supply of readily available Grade A space and robust demand for the best space. Given the lack of speculative development we expect to see a supply and demand imbalance in 2025. This issue will be further magnified when a number of high-profile transactions completed in Q4.” MOAF also discussed the out-of-town market in Q3, where Salford Quays and Old Trafford saw 15 completed transactions totalling 35,134 sq ft. John Nash, Canning O’Neill, said: “The out of town markets have been incredibly consistent through 2024 with similar transaction numbers and take up throughout each quarter of the year. Take up remains down on historic 5 year averages for these markets with larger lettings proving more difficult to secure. However, with reduced void and increasing rental levels in the city centre, the argument to look out of town is likely to become even more compelling.” MOAF is made up of Avison Young, BE Group, CBRE, Colliers International, Canning O’Neill, Cushman & Wakefield, Edwards, Fisher German, Hallam Property Consultants, JLL, Knight Frank, LSH, OBI, Savills and Sixteen. Earlier this month, Avison Young reported that the big cities of the North saw a boost in office take-up levels in Q3 as appetite for “best in class” space continues to grow – though there were still fears about levels of Grade A stock. Also this month, investment bank Cavendish announced its Manchester expansion with a new office at No.1 St Michaels.

Airea looking to benefit of multimillion-pound investment effort as sales grow
Manufacturing 2025-10-03 18:48

Airea looking to benefit of multimillion-pound investment effort as sales grow

Flooring manufacturer Airea says investment into its factory capabilities is expected to bring benefits in the third quarter, following strong sales growth but a fall in profits. The carpet tile specialist which owns the Burmatex brand saw 6% sales growth in the second half of 2024, despite a weaker first half in which bosses say announcement of the General Election had brought about cancellations in key public sector work. Full year revenue was up 0.6% to £21.2m and operating profit before valuation gain was down from £1.8m to £700,000, having been impacted by £900,000 worth of costs associated with investment. Airea has been implementing a £5m overhaul of its factory set-up with the introduction of new equipment, including robotics. The work has impacted the AIM-listed firm's bottom line in the short term, but CEO Médéric Payne told BusinessLive he was eager to get the systems running - as commissioning of the equipment could start from June. In full year 2024 results, investors were told of momentum behind the business - and were given a final dividend of 60p per share, up from 55p per share in 2023 and the fourth consecutive year of dividend growth. Airea has said it is well placed for future profitable growth. Asked about markets the firm is looking to grow in, Mr Payne said: "We're doing a bit more in hospitality than we have done traditionally - so that's encouraging. And we're doing a lot more on white label and selling to other manufacturers who want our product but under their brand or credentials. "Some of those are new customers who are wanting to purchase more locally, rather than far away, overseas, and where they've got more control over supply chain. And also, our capabilities are such that we are prepared to do it now." He added: "Bearing in mind, having just done this investment into the factory, and having doubled capacity, we also need to be able to increase - and 'feed the monster' as I say in the office - and to make sure we have enough orders to make sure the investment was worthwhile." In January, post year end, Airea launched a showroom and warehouse operation in Dubai - which Mr Payne said signalled where the business saw growth opportunities. That facility is intended not only as a gateway to Middle East work but also further afield, with the company having identified Dubai as hub to host clients from markets such as Africa. Within the results, chairman Martin Toogood said: "The group was pleased with the positive momentum in the second half of the year. This encouraging performance was delivered despite the ongoing global economic and geopolitical challenges. "We made further progress in expanding our sustainable portfolio with the launch of several carbon-neutral products both in the UK and in our key target overseas markets. The opening of the group's new showroom in Dubai in January 2025 is another example of our investment for future growth. This will operate as a strategic hub to drive sales across the GCC, MEA regions and India.

Fort Myers City Council to tackle issues related to heavy truck traffic on McGregor Boulevard.
Auto 2025-10-03 11:47

Fort Myers City Council to tackle issues related to heavy truck traffic on McGregor Boulevard.

Traffic congestion along McGregor Boulevard in Fort Myers is a familiar sight, with large trucks often exacerbating the situation for motorists. On Monday, the Fort Myers City Council is set to address this pressing issue, considering various solutions to alleviate the traffic jams and enhance the overall flow of vehicles. City Councilwoman Liston Bochette has received numerous complaints from residents living near McGregor Blvd, particularly in the Edison Park Historic District around the Edison and Ford Winter Estates, who express concerns that these trucks pose safety risks. Bochette reported spotting approximately 21 dump trucks in just a half-hour while driving on McGregor. Another issue raised is that these trucks are using local residential streets as shortcuts to reach major routes like US-41. Consequently, Bochette is advocating for the enforcement of an existing ordinance that limits large trucks on this heavily trafficked road. Fort Myers city officials will convene on Monday at 9 a.m. to formulate a plan. Stay tuned to NBC2 for the latest updates. DOWNLOAD the free NBC2 News app for current news and weather notifications. FORT MYERS, Florida — Traffic congestion on McGregor Boulevard in Fort Myers is a common sight, with large trucks frequently exacerbating the situation for motorists. On Monday, the Fort Myers City Council will address this problem, considering various solutions aimed at alleviating the traffic jams and enhancing the overall movement of vehicles. Fort Myers City Councilwoman Liston Bochette reported receiving concerns from residents residing along McGregor Blvd, particularly in the Edison Park Historic District near the Edison and Ford Winter Estates. They expressed that these trucks present a potential danger. Bochette mentioned that during a 30-minute drive on McGregor, he observed approximately 21 dump trucks. Another issue is that these trucks are utilizing residential streets as shortcuts to access major roads such as US-41. Bochette is now advocating for the enforcement of a current ordinance that limits the presence of large trucks on this well-trafficked and favored roadway. City officials in Fort Myers are set to convene on Monday at 9 a.m. to create a new plan. Stay tuned to NBC2 for the latest updates.

North East chip maker Pragmatic backs calls for Government to accelerate semiconductor sector
Manufacturing 2025-10-02 11:33

North East chip maker Pragmatic backs calls for Government to accelerate semiconductor sector

A North East maker of high tech semiconductors has backed calls for the Government to go further and faster with a national chips strategy. Pragmatic Semiconductor, which has bases in NETPark in Sedgefield and in Cambridge, has supported trade association techUK in its suggestion the National Semiconductor Strategy should be accelerated with measures such as an open access factory and helping to support more large scale private investment. The body's list of 27 recommendations in its updated 'UK Plan for Chips' follows on two years from the launch of the Government's strategy which hopes to put the UK in a world leading position on areas of semiconductor development. Bosses at Pragmatic, which is behind the multimillion-pound creation of new semiconductor production lines in County Durham, says chip manufacturing has significant potential to boost the economy but that investment in rival countries means the UK must "urgently" ramp up financial support for the sector. TechUK points to Pragmatic's opening of its new North East factory as one of 23 commercially successful fabrication facilities in the country. But it says that in contrast to the UK, other countries have provided manufacturing incentives to build factories - notably in the US, EU, Japan, South Korea and China. Authors of the report say the UK must capitalise on strengths in design and intellectual property, research and development and compound semiconductors. To do so they call for financial support, promoting investment and forging international partnerships in the supply chain - saying progress since the national strategy's launch has only been incremental and that decisive action is now needed. Laura Foster, associate director for Technology and Innovation, techUK said: "The UK has a unique opportunity to lead in the global semiconductor landscape, but success will require bold action and sustained commitment. By accelerating the implementation of the National Semiconductor Strategy, recognising its role as a key strategic technology and underpinning its importance within the Industrial Strategy, we can unlock investment, foster innovation, and strengthen our position in this critical industry. "We must act at pace to secure the UK’s semiconductor future and as such our technological and economic resilience." Richard Price, chief technology officer at Pragmatic Semiconductor, said: "techUK rightly emphasises the urgent need to accelerate the UK’s National Semiconductor Strategy. Semiconductors are the backbone of modern technology, and securing the UK’s role in this fast-growing industry is vital for economic growth, innovation, and resilience. "Core value creation lies in semiconductor manufacturing, which has significant potential to boost the UK’s economy. Europe and the US are already investing heavily; competitive incentives in areas such as capital investment are urgently needed to level the playing field.